RU2399093C2 - Va kushenko character processor - Google Patents

Abstract

FIELD: information technology.

SUBSTANCE: electronic brain consists of brains connected to each other by an internal language multichannel communications line, an address bus, commands, data, pulsed and analogue signal lines. The brain consists of a problem solver unit, an imagination unit, an inner view unit, an orientation unit, a watching unit, an inner screen unit, an inner voice unit, an associative memory unit, a long-term memory unit, a destruction unit, a time unit, a chassis movement unit, a unit of drives and sensors combined into a nucleus unit which is connected to an external interaction unit composed of: connectors, video data transmission-reception unit, audio data transmission-reception unit, audio signal generation unit and a unit for transmitting-receiving data from sensors and response actions. The nucleus unit is also connected to an aid unit comprising an object identification unit, a unit for determining similarity of words, a unit for initial word recording, a unit for recording sentences and characters, a unit for generating instructions through sentences and characters, an instinct unit, a unit for generating nouns, a good-bad unit, an inner computational power unit, a current information recording unit, a test unit, a unit for preliminary translation of literal text, an AV(p) connection unit and an external connector unit.

EFFECT: realisation of thinking process using disclosed device.

134 dwg

Description

The invention relates to the field of devices (automatic machines) and decision-making systems, to the field of electronic digital computers (ECM) - computers. Known devices for obtaining information about the object. See, for example: “Device for registering flows of moving objects”. Kushchenko V.A. A.S. USSR No. 1193704, 1984. A decision-making system is known in the field of routing passenger and other modes of transport. See, for example: “Systemic modeling and algorithmization of the management of GPS network transport objects”. Kushchenko V.A., dissertation candidate of technical sciences, Voronezh, 1986, 210 pages. The system contains information collection devices, data transmission channels, decision-making devices and devices for bringing these decisions to executive units and objects. Decision making software operates on a computer (processor).

Known biological decision-making devices implemented on the H-C-O-N-P-S elemental base, having nanoscale (N. Green and other Biology in 3 volumes. "World", - 1993). Data for the artificial reproduction of these objects is currently scarce. The algorithms for their functioning are mostly unknown. Their complexity, small size, lack of understanding of the structure makes it difficult to modernize and design them in given directions.

There is only one way - to create them.

Known arithmetic-symbol processor (RF patent No. 2316047, publ. 2008, G06F 15/76. Known digital processor IBM / 360. M: Statistics, 1974 (prototype)).

The disadvantages of the prototype are:

1. The inability to collect data about the world in the form of visual, auditory and tactile images and the formation of goals.

2. The inability to form environmental models.

3. The inability to transfer the generated knowledge, experience to other similar systems.

4. The inability to make decisions in a real environment, the accumulation of experience and its application.

5. The inability to search for patterns in the received data and the lack of an autonomous self-programming mode.

The technical result consists in the fact that the device allows you to implement the process of thinking: it forms an idea of the object, makes decisions and, in accordance with the chosen goals, implements these decisions.  The technical result is achieved by  what's in the processor,  containing a digital processor  according to the invention, one or more of the concepts are added,  interconnected accordingly  with each core consisting of a core,  Assistants block  block of external influences;  all blocks of each sense are connected by three types of communication,  bus address - commands - data  multi-channel communication line of the internal language,  multi-channel signal line  moreover, the core consists of one or more sets of solvers;  Each set of solvers consists of a sound solver,  figurative solver  text solver;  The core also includes:  associative memory block,  long-term memory unit,  internal voice block,  internal screen unit  drive and sensor block  chassis block  guard unit  time block  destruction block;  and the assistant block includes:  initial word recording unit,  block for recording sentences and images,  block forming instructions with sentences and images,  block of instincts  noun word generation block,  the block is good or bad  block of internal computing power,  operational information recording unit,  testing unit  block preliminary translation of alphabetic text,  AV link block  block of external connectors;  moreover, the block of external influences consists of a block of reception and transmission of video data,  unit for receiving and transmitting audio data,  an audio signal generating unit and a sensor data transmission unit and response actions;  moreover, the block of external connectors has corresponding schemes for receiving and transmitting information for communication with external devices through a multi-channel communication line exchange commands of the internal language,  address buses - commands - data and signal lines;  moreover, the AV-communication unit by means of transmission units of a multi-channel communication line and reception circuits is connected to the respective data reception-transmission units,  providing communication in the selected medium of the signal carrier;  moreover, blocks of preliminary translation of alphabetic text and similar blocks of translation of sound text,  block matching letters and sounds (sounds and letters) - contain a block of transmission-reception of a multi-channel communication line,  a recording scheme of the corresponding objects of one language to another,  a search pattern for these matches,  blocks of messages about the execution of commands and about errors in execution,  digital processor unit  connected appropriately;  moreover, the testing unit comprises a transmission receiving unit for a multi-channel communication line for processing test instructions,  transmission scheme of the tested effects,  a comparison scheme for response reference codes,  a scheme for transmitting test results to the addressee,  digital processor  connected appropriately;  moreover, the recording unit of operational information contains the corresponding block of the external view (connected to the signal line),  connected to the shift register block,  connected to the stack block of the signal line stack,  also connected to the corresponding microphone and to the corresponding hearing unit,  which, by means of corresponding blocks of shift registers, is connected to a block of stack memory,  the corresponding time block is connected to the stack memory block,  the transmission receiving unit of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the stack memory unit accordingly;  moreover, the block of internal computing power has transmission-reception blocks of a multi-channel communication line,  connected to the volume switch unit (with matrix decoder),  providing the creation of the necessary structures of digital processors of this unit;  moreover, the block well-poorly contains blocks of the transmission-reception of a multi-channel communication line,  connected to the corresponding video blocks (text,  sound) programs for responding to video data,  sound response unit,  odor signal response unit,  a response unit for skin signals,  taste response unit,  temperature response unit,  motion response unit,  response unit to internal signals,  position signal response unit,  a unit for responding to other sensors,  a unit for responding to semantic information (sentences) and a digital processor,  wherein each of the response units comprises a register unit,  image memory block (text,  sound  signals)  video program memory block (audio text,  signal programs) and a digital processor,  connected appropriately;  moreover, the noun word generation unit consists of reception units and transmission schemes of a multi-channel communication line,  connected to the corresponding memory block of images and words,  a block to convert to a shadow object,  image similarity determination unit,  a memory unit for images and sound and letter words,  word formation unit,  and a digital processor,  connected appropriately;  moreover, the block of instincts consists of an internal block of time (timer),  connected to the block of figurative programs,  connected to the data transmission scheme of a multi-channel communication line,  connected to the image response unit,  to the sound response unit,  to the digital processor,  connected to the signal line and the address bus - commands - data,  moreover, the block forming instructions with sentences and images contains the corresponding block of hearing (connected to the signal line),  connected to the block for generating incoming offers,  connected to the analysis scheme of incoming offers,  connected to the block of memory instructions instructions,  connected to the memory block situations images frames,  connected to the instruction memory block by blocks of frames,  connected to the corresponding block of the external view (connected to the signal line) by the corresponding elements of the block forming instructions with sentences and images,  connected to the transmit-receive unit of the multi-channel communication line and to the corresponding digital processor;  moreover, the block recording sentences and images contains a corresponding block of hearing (connected to the signal line),  connected to the corresponding block for the formation of incoming offers,  connected to the proposal analysis scheme,  connected to the proposal memory block and to the image memory block by frames,  connected to the corresponding internal view unit (connected to the signal line),  the corresponding elements of the block for recording sentences and images are connected to the corresponding block of the data transmission and reception of the multi-channel communication line and to the corresponding digital processor;  moreover, the initial block of words contains the corresponding block of hearing (connected to the signal line),  connected to the block for the formation of initial proposals,  connected to the proposal analysis scheme,  consisting of blocks of recognition and memory of nouns,  verbs  adjectives  adverbs  numeral  pronouns  Union  particles  term  service word  connected to the corresponding block of the data transmission and reception of a multi-channel communication line,  the corresponding elements of the initial block of words are connected to the corresponding digital processor,  which is connected to the corresponding block of the transmission of multichannel communication lines;  moreover, the block of reception and transmission of sensor data and response actions contains a block of information transmission,  connected to the signal line,  to which the information receiving unit is connected,  installed in the appropriate place  data transfer unit  installed in the appropriate place and connected to the signal line,  to which the data receiving unit is also connected,  implements a time-frequency circuit for compressing data transmission signals into a signal line;  moreover, the unit for generating audio signals consists of the corresponding images of the reception-transmission (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  which is connected to the shift register block and to the elements,  providing the supply of code effects on threshold elements:  keys  harmonic dividers and conditioners,  preset frequency  phase and amplitude  connected to the corresponding harmonic amplifier (reducer),  connected to the mixer,  connected to an amplifier with controlled input,  connected to the corresponding connector and further to the corresponding sound transducer,  the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to the multi-channel communication line) connected to the corresponding digital processor;  moreover, the block of reception and transmission of audio data contains a Converter of sound vibrations into electrical,  moreover, connected to the corresponding line connector,  connected to an amplifier  connected to the mixer,  connected to the signal line connector;  moreover, the block transmit-receive video data contains a set of blocks for transmitting video data  connected to the signal line,  to which a set of video data receiving units is connected,  the video data receiving unit by the inputs of its respective registers is connected (via a connector) to the outputs (inputs) of the respective blocks of light sensors,  and the outputs are connected to a block of shift registers and to elements of a circuit for converting data into analog form,  connected to the mixer,  the video data receiving unit contains clock filters,  labels of information signals,  connected to a circuit for recording received data in a shift register and to a circuit for synchronously distributing the received data across the respective registers;  moreover, the imagination unit contains a corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding digital processor and the bus of the address - commands - data connected to the buffer blocks of virtual memory cubes and to the corresponding block of the internal look,  to the block of the virtual cube of memory,  imagination and to the corresponding blocks of operations,  consisting of a corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to read-only memory and to the corresponding internal view unit,  corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding inputs of the operation block;  moreover, the block of the virtual cube of memory contains at least two sets of circuits of cells of the virtual cube of memory,  creating a spatial three-dimensional structure,  for example cubic  through its inputs and outputs,  connected to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the bus address - commands - data,  to the external connector and to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  moreover, all cell circuits of the virtual memory cube are also connected to the address bus - commands - data bus;  moreover, each circuit cell virtual cube memory contains a connector,  connected to the command recognition circuit,  connected to the first and second blocks of recording coordinates and the identification scheme of the object code,  to the comparator unit,  It is also connected to a set of storage blocks for the parameters of the virtual cube memory  the corresponding circuit elements of the cell block of the virtual memory cube are connected to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the transmit-receive unit,  connected to a multi-channel communication line;  moreover, the building block in the virtual memory cube contains the corresponding digital processor,  connected to an external connector with address buses - commands - data,  connected to the corresponding block of the reception-transmission (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the appropriate gateways,  connected to the corresponding block of the internal gaze (in the center of the field of view of which is the central block of sensors),  also connected to the appropriate gateways,  connected to the command unit  connected to the gaze direction unit,  connected to the rotation control unit,  connected to the address bus connector - commands - data,  connected to the corresponding block of the memory cube (containing a virtual memory cube,  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the transmit-receive unit,  connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the image conversion block in a virtual memory cube,  containing a rotation block around the x-axis,  at  z  increase-decrease block,  block movement in the planes xy,  yz  zx  connected to the block for determining the movement of the image in the memory cube,  consisting of a block of a set of motion elements,  consisting  eg,  of 728 blocks,  connected to the gaze block,  containing a pointer tracking unit,  connected accordingly  corresponding elements of the image building block in the virtual memory cube,  connected to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit,  connected to a multi-channel communication line;  moreover, the internal view unit contains a corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding connector,  connected to the bus address - commands - data,  connected to the plug-in unit and to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the first and second blocks of coordinates,  connected to the observation point selection unit,  connected to the block of the virtual cube of the main memory,  connected to the first and second selection blocks,  connected to the block of the virtual cube of the object’s memory,  connected to the block of the virtual cube memory observation object,  connected to the first and second blocks of the task of the cube of observations (containing the corresponding arithmetic blocks) and to the first and second blocks of the screen memory,  connected to the corresponding block of registers (connected to read-only memory),  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  moreover, the orientation unit contains a digital angle sensor,  cycle counting unit,  height measuring circuit  depth measurement circuit  speed measurement circuit  pressure measurement circuit  acceleration measurement circuit  ultrasonic location unit,  magnetic direction indicator,  inertial direction finder,  block determining the direction of celestial bodies,  connected to a multi-channel communication line,  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the transmit-receive unit,  connected to a multi-channel communication line;  moreover, the watchdog block contains a corresponding transmit-receive block (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the address circuit of the reacting elements,  connected to the survey results generation scheme,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit;  moreover, the internal screen (vision) block contains the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to the multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding decoder and screen memory unit,  connected to a discrete-to-analogue conversion circuit,  connected to the mixer,  connected to the signal line connector,  contains the appropriate information reporting scheme on the execution of commands and the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line) and to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the internal screen unit (vision);  moreover, the internal voice unit contains a corresponding unit for generating an audio signal,  connected to the mixer,  connected to the signal line;  moreover, the associative memory unit contains a control unit for the associative memory unit,  digital wave propagation unit,  communication forming unit,  connected to the cells of the volume switch,  to which is also connected a block of storage of sounds and letters,  letter storage unit,  sound and harmonic codes,  a block for storing sentences and images of four types is connected:  decree,  find out  tale  vior  connected to storage units for dynamic flat objects and texts,  connected to storage blocks of dynamic volumetric objects and texts,  moreover, the volume switch can be made in the form of a sphere with the listed blocks located in them;  moreover, the volume switch circuit is a set of less than six switching elements with the corresponding control circuit;  moreover, the block of storage of sounds and letters contains the corresponding block of transmission-reception (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the rewrite circuit (also consisting of a decoder and corresponding timer),  the corresponding transmit-receive unit is connected to the corresponding register unit,  which is connected to the corresponding key block,  to the registers of the individual code of the object and time,  also connected to the corresponding timer,  the corresponding transmission-reception unit through the delay element is connected to the corresponding waiting circuit,  connected to the appropriate register,  connected to the corresponding key block and to other registers,  connected to the corresponding forwarding and recording units,  connected to the respective transmit-receive units (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding cells of the volume switch,  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive units (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  moreover, the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements for storing sounds and letters;  moreover, the storage unit for words in a sound code,  letter code  the harmonic code contains the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to the multi-channel communication line),  connected to the transmission scheme and to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding key blocks,  registers and to the transfer scheme,  the corresponding transmit-receive unit is connected via the corresponding delay element,  connected to the corresponding standby circuit,  connected to the corresponding registers,  which are connected to the outputs of the respective register key blocks,  and outputs to the corresponding overwrite blocks,  connected to the respective recording reception units,  connected to the corresponding cells of the volume switch,  the corresponding recording transfer unit is connected to the corresponding transmit-receive units (connected to the multi-channel communication line) and to the corresponding register unit,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  the corresponding recording reception unit is connected to the butt memory unit,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  moreover, the corresponding block of keys and the corresponding decoder are connected to the corresponding blocks of the key registers and to the inputs of the write read address information,  moreover, the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line) is connected to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the word storage unit in the sound code,  letter code  in a harmonious code;  moreover, the block for storing sentences and images contains a transmission-reception block (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the transmission scheme,  connected to the register block  connected to the corresponding blocks of sentences and images,  corresponding transmit-receive unit,  connected through a delay element to the corresponding identification schemes,  connected to the respective registers and to the corresponding blocks of sentences and images,  connected by inputs to other blocks of image sentences,  and outputs to the forwarding and recording units,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive units (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  to the corresponding blocks of reception and recording and to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  the corresponding reception and recording unit is connected to the corresponding cells of the volume switch and to the butt memory unit,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  moreover, the corresponding input record address of the information reading connected through the key block,  decoder,  corresponding to the elements of the blocks for storing offers and images,  the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to the multi-channel communication line) is connected to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the block for storing offers and images;  moreover, the storage unit of dynamic flat images and texts has the same structure,  like the previous block,  only instead of memory blocks,  sentences and images is a memory block of dynamic flat images and texts,  moreover, the storage unit of dynamic volumetric images and texts has a similar structure,  as a storage unit for dynamic flat images and texts,  but instead of a memory block of dynamic images and texts, they contain a memory block of dynamic three-dimensional images and texts,  moreover, the sound wave propagation unit comprises a transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the unit for informing about the execution of the command,  connected to the corresponding block of registers and to the corresponding delay element,  connected to the corresponding reset circuit,  connected to the appropriate cell volume switch,  the corresponding block of registers is connected to the corresponding first block of butt memory,  connected to the corresponding computing unit,  connected to the corresponding decoder,  connected by means of a corresponding block of keys to the corresponding cells of the volume switch,  also connected by means of a corresponding block of keys to wave counters,  also connected to the computing unit and to the corresponding comparison circuit,  the computing unit is also connected to the second unit of the butt memory,  comparison chart  also connected to an appropriate transmitter receiver (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding read-only memory,  corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the digital wave propagation unit;  moreover, the communication forming unit comprises a transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the unit for informing about the execution of the command,  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding computing unit,  connected to the corresponding decoder,  connected to the corresponding cells of the volume switch,  also connected to appropriate comparison schemes,  connected to the corresponding computing unit and to the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  corresponding transmit-receive unit,  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the formation of communication;  moreover, the control unit of the associative memory unit contains a transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding decoder,  connected to the reading unit for recording cell circuits of the volume switch,  comprising a state memory block of cell circuits of the volume switch,  appropriate control scheme,  unit for informing about the execution of commands,  corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the reading unit of the recording circuit of the cells of the volume switch,  appropriate decoder,  also connected to the read unit of the memory switch volume of the switch,  containing a block of sounds and letters corresponding to at least one type,  corresponding to at least twelve types of word memory blocks (sound,  text and harmonic codes),  at least four corresponding memory blocks of sentences and images,  at least four types of corresponding memory blocks of flat text images,  no less than four types of memory blocks of volumetric images and texts,  corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line,  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the reading unit of the memory switch of the volume switch);  moreover, the corresponding decoder is also connected to at least twelve blocks rewriting the definition of relationships,  eliminate time relationships,  connecting letters (sounds) with at least twelve types of blocks,  with four other blocks of redefinition of communication,  eliminate communication time  connecting words with four types of sentence blocks and images (decree,  tale  vior  see) and then four types of the following blocks of communication with blocks of flat images and texts and four types of similar blocks,  associating with four types of blocks of volumetric images and texts,  moreover, the corresponding block rewriting the definition of communication,  the elimination of communication in time contains the corresponding block of transmission-reception (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  blocks of information about the object,  registers of an individual code of an object,  communication registers  recording time registers  connected to the corresponding control circuits and corresponding blocks,  keys to the corresponding register blocks,  to relevant spreadsheets;  moreover, the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the communication definition rewriting unit,  establishing communication in time;  moreover, the long-term memory unit has the same structure,  as the operational information recording unit,  but more storage of incoming data,  moreover, the destruction unit contains a transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the appropriate control circuit,  connected to the execution device of the destruction process;  moreover, the time unit contains a transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding decoder,  connected to the calendar selection scheme,  connected to a time memory unit,  each of which contains its own type of calendar,  the outputs of which are connected to the register block,  connected to the inputs of the corresponding transmit-receive unit,  and the inputs are second  minute  hourly,  day,  monthly,  years,  connected to the corresponding counters,  connected to the respective registers and to the pulse generator,  connected to the corresponding outputs of the corresponding decoder,  moreover, the chassis movement unit corresponding to the transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding blocks of the message on the execution of commands,  to the corresponding blocks of the error message in the execution of commands,  to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding decoder of recognition of commands of the internal language,  connected to the block providing movement to the touch,  connected through a block of keys to touch the corresponding muscle blocks,  stretching  compression  consisting of corresponding muscle blocks of stretching and corresponding muscle blocks of compression,  composed of muscle elements  containing touch sensors of muscle elements,  force sensors  connected through the power switch block to the corresponding block of the analog-to-digital converter,  connected to the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line) with corresponding touch sensors of muscle elements,  connected through the block of information keys to the block providing movement until touch,  moreover, the corresponding blocks of tension-compression are attached to the corresponding parts of the respective chassis,  moreover, the remote communication between the elements is provided by the block receiving transmissions of sensor data and response actions;  moreover, the corresponding command decoder is also connected to the memory unit of the positions of the chassis,  containing the corresponding block of sentences memory,  positions  the corresponding block of image memory,  positions  corresponding position memory block,  connected to the appropriate images,  connected to the respective muscle tension-compression blocks and to the chassis pose determination blocks,  connected to the respective transmit-receive units (connected to the multi-channel communication line), the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to the multi-channel communication line),  connected to the chassis movement program block,  connected to the command decoder,  connected to the command counter,  connected to the chassis micromotion memory block,  containing corresponding register blocks,  assumptions  positions  first and second micromotion memory blocks,  connected to the corresponding images,  connected to the micromotion selection unit,  connected to the chassis unit for speed movement of the chassis,  moreover, the corresponding transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line) is connected to the corresponding digital processor,  connected to the corresponding elements of the chassis movement block;  moreover, the movement to a given point in the space of the elements of the chassis is carried out according to pre-calculated trajectories,  divided into micromotion and recorded in the corresponding memory;  moreover, the drive unit and sensors contains a transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding command decoder,  connected to the appropriate digital processor,  connected to the corresponding connector of the address bus - commands - data and to the corresponding address registers,  command register  input data register and output data register of the digital processor and to the corresponding command decoder,  connected to appropriate drive circuits and drive sensor circuits,  connected to the corresponding tilt schemes and to the corresponding temperature measuring units,  connected to the coating sensor unit,  containing appropriate coverage sensor circuits,  connected to the odor unit,  containing odor patterns,  taste block  containing taste schemes  connected to the acceleration measurement circuit,  and pressure measurement circuitry,  speed measurement circuit  moreover, the circuit contains a block of keys,  connected to the corresponding registers,  connected to the digital analog of the converter,  connected to drives  moreover, the drive sensor circuit contains a corresponding sensor,  connected to the corresponding analog-to-digital converter,  connected to the respective registers and corresponding key blocks,  moreover, the inclination circuit contains analog angle sensors,  connected to the corresponding analog-to-digital converter,  connected to the appropriate register,  connected to the corresponding key block,  and the angle sensors are analog,  drive  drive circuit sensors  temperature sensors  touch sensors  odor sensors  taste sensors  acceleration sensors  speed sensors  Pressure Sensors,  sensors  installed in appropriate places on the chassis,  moreover, the signals from the respective sensors to the respective drives are transmitted by the transmit-receive unit of the sensor data and response actions;  moreover, the sound solver contains a transmission-reception unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the block of proposal registers,  connected to the word buffer block,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to the multi-channel communication line) is connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding decoder,  connected to the command memory of sounds,  memory block commands images  memory block commands in the internal language,  which is connected to the corresponding decoder,  connected to the second command counter,  connected to an internal language instruction analysis unit,  comprising control units for the instruction counter of the first and second control units for the image memory blocks,  blocks of random access memory of texts,  blocks of RAM memory sounds  block control unit buffer word memory,  the digital processor is connected to the address bus - commands - data bus and to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  the internal language instruction analysis unit is also connected to the first instruction counter,  connected to the corresponding decoder,  connected to the respective registers and corresponding key blocks,  the sounds connected to the command memory unit and the command memory unit with images,  connected to the corresponding block of registers,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  the corresponding output of the internal language instruction memory block is connected to the corresponding key blocks,  the corresponding outputs and inputs of the internal language command analysis unit are connected to the outputs and inputs of the image RAM block,  block RAM text,  RAM memory block,  connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line),  moreover, the text solver has the same structure,  as a sound solver,  only the block of proposal registers is replaced by the block of proposal registers text,  moreover, the shaped solver has the same structure,  as a sound solver,  only the block of proposal registers is replaced by a block of figurative registers;  visual information about an external object is encoded in parasols,  internal representation encoded in chips,  wherein the parasol is a polygonal structure,  in particular square,  divided by a line into two parts of different colors,  the cleavage is a one-color part of parasol;  sound images are composed of primary sounds with the following replacement options:  about,  and I),  e (e,  e)  and (and,  s)  l  m  n  R,  b (p)  in (f)  t (d)  k (x,  d)  s (q,  h  well  w  u) and the following semantic names of images:  a - call (recall),  bv (b,  c) - exhalation (o - sigh),  bo - breathe (alive,  woman,  child,  wood,  mobile),  vi - soar (curly,  way,  traffic,  see,  to bind  gas,  live),  go (ho) - breathing when walking (to go,  to run  crawl,  traffic,  animal,  way),  yes (that) - water (confirmation),  e is (is, is,  food),  W (sz) - buzzing (movement),  h (bonds) - gap (lips,  acute,  thin,  direction,  crest),  and more,  them (mm) - take (give,  have,  there is),  ko (goo,  eye) - drop (water,  water movement  eye),  la - flow (liquid,  water,  traffic,  process),  le (lae) - to fly,  m (them) - have (give,  pick up  feed,  have,  give out  give away,  mumble)  nm (pl  n  mm  not) - denial,  na - give (give,  transmit)  o - breath (round,  the sun,  moon,  a lot of,  surprise),  he (un) - pointer (round,  moon,  the sun,  the God,  it),  eye (eye) - water,  a drop,  eye,  flow,  river,  waterway,  pa - red (sun,  ball,  shine,  round,  circular motion  the God,  yellow),  ora - shine (thunder,  noise,  scream)  s (h) - bond (confluence,  binding  keenly  thin,  high,  this is),  then (yes) - an indication,  y - out (up,  way down,  out  inside  discouragement  failure),  bonds (bond) - gap (communication,  affiliation  source,  stock  sharp  a place,  where is the sun hiding  direction,  case  clothes,  fetter,  narrow,  thin,  stock  fingers),  w - noise  I (and there are) - the sound and sounds of imitation like:  x  chl  h  cha  h  u  uh  etc. d. moreover, the rules for compiling words to designate objects and their properties consist in selecting similar semantic meanings of the original sounds and their meanings to the real object, then eliminating duplication and processing of the obtained words in order to increase the speed of information transfer and increasing noise immunity in the corresponding environment, and of all types of words eleven: noun, preposition, verb, adjective, adverb, pronoun, numeral, union, particle, term and official word; moreover, for coding the real world process, four types of sentences drawn from the corresponding words are enough: decree - indicative, Uzvi - conditional, narrative - narrative, vior - interrogative, and each sound (text) sentence corresponds to an image, display of real world information, and the process of thinking consists in comparing the sound (text) figurative sentence of the instruction, consisting also of the corresponding sentences on the described structures of the internal and external language, and internal language statements can be universal; the corresponding time block (VK - calendar) divides the real day into 10 (units) parts, each part into 100 (la) parts, each part into 100 parts (vi), divides the sun's rotation cycle by 365 days and one day into the fourth year, this set is divided into 13 months (ice, sup, hot - winter; straight, torus, sowing - spring; May glad, heat, mountains - summer, kushch, boron, don - autumn) for 28 days, combined in four weeks each ( with the traditional name of the days), and one Saturday is added at the end of the normal year and two Saturdays in a leap year, the countdown starts from the time of the most distant point on ozhdeniya the Sun from the Earth, for the northern hemisphere in the night in 0 h 0 min at the usual time every 125 years in a leap year, one day is not added; introduced a virtual memory cube, which is a volumetric, for example, cubic structure, where each point in the corresponding space corresponds to a device with a control circuit, store parameters at the corresponding point, place, remove, select, increase, decrease, rotate along the X, Y, Z axes, move in the corresponding planes in a three-dimensional form, and the transformation of the internal space in a virtual memory cube is carried out by pre-calculated volumetric tables (tensors, arrays) that allow identifying cite and transform objects according to this table; moreover, the identification of the movements of external objects is carried out using a table of possible movements in 3-dimensional space containing at least 728 possible movements; an analog tilt angle sensor and a digital tilt angle sensor were used, each of which contains corresponding closed cavities, for example, annular tubes with a body inside them, for example, a predetermined degree of liquidity, providing closure of contact groups located around the perimeter of an annular tube, and an identification circuit for these contacts ; the digital angle sensor contains a transmission-reception unit connected to a contact identification circuit to a multi-channel communication line; digital and analog angle sensors use a set of, for example, at least three angle sensors located in rings, for example, perpendicular to each other; the magnetic direction indicator contains a magnetic arrow with (NS) poles placed in a sphere having, for example, N at its end, a reflecting surface that is in another sphere, providing free rotation of the first sphere, on the surface of the second sphere there are pairs of receiver emitters connected to the circuit identification of the position of the arrow connected to the transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line); the inertial direction determinant contains in the first embodiment three volumetric bodies, for example, annular tubes located in spatial, for example, perpendicular to each other, in which there is a body, for example, a liquid, which is driven, for example, by pumps located on the surface of the annular tubes, having a thickening in the lower part and placed in the inner sphere, freely moving in the outer sphere, having a corresponding reflective surface; on the surface of the second sphere there are pairs of emitter and receiver connected to the identification circuit of the positions of the inner sphere connected to the corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to the multi-channel communication line).  In the second case, the inertial determinant of direction for each annular (closed) cavity (tube) has an internal same closed cavity with the drive system, the body inside it in the opposite direction to the body in the first corresponding cavity; the unit for determining the direction of celestial bodies has a corresponding transmit-receive unit (connected to a multi-channel communication line) and to the comparison scheme of the received image through the visual system, with the stellar constellations circuits located in the electronic card index, by the characteristic star that determines the direction connected to the corresponding digital the processor; the device contains three information exchange systems: address-channel-data buses, a multi-channel transmission line of internal language commands, analog and pulse signal lines, provided with compatible information transfer protocols, providing free quantitative and configuration entry of devices connected by one or several internal and external software systems providing in the form of figurative, sound and text sets of sentences.

Modern computers are built on the principles of working with numbers. Numbers are universal coding characters here. The proposed VK - image processor (VK-O) - the electronic brain was originally built on the principles of working with pictures (images).

The present invention (Electronic brain, VK-O - processor) eliminates the disadvantages of the prototype - expands its functions and allows you to implement the process of thinking, i.e. forms an idea of objects, makes decisions and, in accordance with the chosen goals, implements these decisions. As well as:

1. This conceptual electronic model of the brain can be a place to practice related ideas.

2. The model is a compact expression of thoughts about this subject in a particular circuit language.

3. The proposed model has a methodological and methodological integrity that allows the use of material for training.

4. The digital processors included in it (VCC - (prototype)) make it possible to implement VK-O - processor in the form of programmable blocks, which allows you to simulate thinking processes in order to select the optimal structures and algorithms.

5. The proposed electronic version can be taken as a basis for gene (cellular) implementation of control systems, and only a new option for its implementation is possible.

6. The model reflects a certain period of the study, making it possible to take stock and outline goals.

7. The study of structures of thinking is the main guideline in human survival (on a scientific and religious-social basis with the formation of an appropriate ideology).

8. The creation of this model is a prerequisite for modeling the processes of reproduction of cellular structures (creating a chemical processor).

9. The VK-O processor itself is a universal model of the world. His knowledge base is a repository of detectable patterns.

10. The phenomena available for research, apparently, can be understood (their models are constructed, in connection with the facts known before them) only with the help of a more developed thinking system, the prototype of which is the VK-O processor.

11. A version of the language generator and a set of primary semantic elements that allow you to create words, sentences, texts are proposed. This makes it possible to propose a version of the interpretation of the words of Russian and other languages, including making assessments of their branches. A variant of the grammar of the VK-O processor language is proposed (classification of words by gender, numbers, cases, etc.). A calendar for the functioning of the VK-O system is proposed.

12. A variant of the visual (visual) encoding of the outside world with chips and parasols is proposed. A variant of the internal representation of external objects in the form of a virtual memory cube is proposed. Variants of associative memory, chassis movement patterns, decision patterns of instincts and feelings are proposed.

13. The device allows you to assess the complexity of similar, existing biological structures, imagine the scale of their creating systems and realizing this is to realize their goals.

14. The ability to solve problems using the proposed system may be a pass to the next stage of development and contacts.

15. The peculiarity of this object is that it cannot be simple or function separately in parts. It should immediately contain a large number of elements interacting with each other, without each of which it is not functional. In the presence of the carrier structure, the compressed, wearable (transmitted) various algorithmic software of VK-O processor can be called his soul.

16. Intelligence was, is and always will be the main weapon in any struggle, and especially in the struggle of national interests.

17. Security of development cannot be ensured without the creation of its own VK-O processor.

The invention is illustrated by drawings 1-135.

The drawings show:

Image Encoding Figure 1 Flat parasols (chipped) Figure 2 Zones, fields, parasols, sensors, image Figure 3 Parasol Color Coding Table Figure 4 Visual reception platforms Figure 5 Projection of an object on six planes 6 Virtual Cube of Memory (VKP) 7 Range table Fig. 8 The location of the IITF inside the facility Fig.9 The location of the site Figure 10 The scheme of movement of the inner gaze 11 Type of sound signal on the oscilloscope 12 Object dataset schema Fig.13 Data Element Diagram (ED) Fig.14 Data Switching Algorithm Action Scheme Fig.15 General scheme of electronic data switch Fig.16 The location scheme of shadow objects in the sphere Fig.17 Chip parameters diagram Fig. 18 Object sizing scheme Fig.19 Object Detection Scheme Fig.20 Outline definition circuit Fig.21 Wave fill pattern Fig.22 Scheme of moving an object in a plane Fig.23 The scheme of rotation of the object in the plane Fig.24 Plane rotation pattern Fig.25 Increase-decrease scheme Fig.26 The rotation pattern around the axes Y and Z Fig.27 Pattern Comparison Scheme Fig.28 Schemes for determining the distance to the object Fig.29 Sharpness scheme Fig.30 Object Vision Scheme Fig.31 Object Sounding Scheme Fig.32 Feeling scheme of the object Fig.33 Scheme for constructing an image in a memory cube Fig. 34 Chassis Type Scheme Fig. 35 Driving scheme DNDR chassis Fig. 36 Table of Defined DNDR Chassis Drives Fig.37 VK - movement table Fig. 38 General table of language objects Fig. 39 Block diagram of nouns Fig.40 Noun table Fig.41 Prepositional block diagram Fig. 42 Preposition tables Fig. 43 Verb block diagram Fig.44 Tables of Verbs Fig. 45 Block diagram of adjectives Fig.46 Adjective Tables Fig.47 Structural diagram of adverbs Fig. 48 Adverb Tables Fig. 49 Numeral block diagram Fig.50 Numeral tables Fig.51 Structural Pronouns Fig.52 Pronoun Tables Fig. 53 Structural scheme of unions Fig. 54 Union tables Fig.55 Particle block diagram Fig. 56 Scheme of communication of offers and images Fig. 57 Table of flat objects (example) Fig.58 Volumetric table (example) Fig. 59 Verb images (example) Fig.60 Scheme of interaction of images and language objects Fig. 61 Light Sensor Unit (BDTS) Fig.62 Field of view formation unit Fig. 63 External view unit (BVVZ) Fig. 64 Pointer Tracking Unit (BSU) Fig. 65 Hearing Block (BSLH) Fig.66 Sound Signal Block (BSS) Fig. 67 Block of drives and sensors (BPDT) Fig. 68 Tilt Sensor Diagrams Fig.69 Cycle Counting Unit (BPCC) Fig.70 Pressure Measurement Scheme (SHID) Fig. 71 Acceleration Measurement Scheme (SHIUSK) Fig. 72 Block of ultrasonic location (BUZL) Fig. 73 Magnetic Direction Finder (MON) Fig. 74 Inertial Direction Finder (ION) Fig. 75 Orientation chart for celestial bodies Fig. 76 Direction determination unit (BONNT) Fig.77 Object Image Search Block (BPO) Fig. 78 Image Sizing Unit (BOR) Fig. 79 Coordinate block (BZK) Fig. 80 Block fill image (BZO) Fig. 81 Plane offset image block (BSP) Fig. 82 The increase-decrease block in the plane (BUUP) Fig. 83 Axis rotation block (BVRH, BBPY, BBPZ) Fig. 84 Image Comparison Unit (BSO) Fig. 85 Block comparison of types of images (BSVO) Fig. 86 Object Identification Unit (BIO) Fig. 87 Scheme of a cell block of a cube of memory (SNAVKP) Fig.88 The image building block in the CPSU (BPOVKP) Fig. 89 Internal View Block (BVNTV) Fig.90 Outline view Fig. 91 Chassis Motion Block (BDSHAS) Fig. 92 Word Similarity Definition Block (BOPS) Fig. 93 Initial Proposal Formation Unit (BFNP) Fig. 94 Block of initial recording of words (BNZS) Fig.95 Block for the formation of incoming proposals (BFVHP) Fig.96 Block recording proposals and images (BZPO) Fig. 97 Block of instructions, sentences and images (BFIPO) Fig. 98 Volumetric Switch Cell Connection Diagram Fig.99 Volume Switch Cell Circuit (SCNOK) Fig. 100 Digital Wave Propagation Unit (BRTSV) Fig. 101 Link formation unit (paths) (BFSV) Fig.102 Block storage of sounds and letters (BHRZB) Fig. 103 Word storage block Fig. 104 Offer storage unit Fig.105 Block for storing flat objects and texts Fig. 106 Block for storing voluminous images and texts Fig. 107 Associative memory block control unit Fig.108 Associative Memory Block (BASP) Fig. 109 Layout Option (BASP) Figure 110 The unit for recording operational information (BZOI) Fig. 111 Block AB (n) communication (BAS) Fig. 112 External Connector Block (BVNR) Fig. 113 Test Block (TB) Fig. 114 Block good-bad (BHP) Fig. 115 Block of the generator of nouns (BGSS) Fig. 116 Block of internal computing power (BVVM) Fig. 117 Instinct Block (BI) Fig. 118 Block of preliminary translation of alphabetic text Fig. 119 Block of Imagination (BOBR) Fig. 120 Block virtual cube memory (BVKP) Fig. 121 Solvers RShZ, RShT, RShO Fig. 122 Watchdog Block (BSTR) Fig.123 Time block (BVRM) Fig.124 VK calendar Fig. 125 Destruction Block (BUNICH) Figure 126 Orientation Unit (BOARD) Fig. 127 Internal Voice Block (BVNG) Fig 128 Internal screen unit (BEVN) Fig. 129 Video data receiving-transmitting unit Fig. 130 Audio Data Transmission Unit Fig. 131 Block BPPDDOV Fig. 132 Scheme of Razmys (REM) Fig. 133 General scheme of VK-O processor Fig. 134 VK-O processor Fig. 135

To describe the structure and functioning process of the proposed device, it is first necessary to show what information about the external environment is used, how it is represented in it and how it is transformed for the purpose of adapting the carrier (chassis) to constantly changing conditions.

1.1 coding scheme of visual images

Figure 1 shows the real world coding scheme proposed here: 1. World; 2. Zone (vision): what the VKO processor sees. 3. Field (vision). The zone is divided into fields that process primary information in parallel; 4. Parasols. The field is divided into parasols, the types of which can be a given amount necessary for an adequate description of the image. There can be 13 to 5 variants of each, for example as shown here. To describe the outside world, a parasol (i.e., two chips) is also proposed here. To represent the object in the inner world, these are chipped (that is, one part of a parasol). In black and white, there are 26 of them, for example (13 direct and 13 reverse (inverse) with their variants) (figure 2). Each chip has its own code. 5. Light sensors (TPA) (figure 1) - sensitive elements that occupy a certain area and respond to a certain frequency of electromagnetic radiation (EM). For example, colors: 1 - black (H); 2 - white (B); 3 - red (K); 4 - orange (O); 5 - yellow (G); 6 - green (3); 7 - blue (G); 8 - blue (C); 9 - violet (F). Sensors can generate an output signal according to a certain law, depending on the intensity of the incident EM radiation. For example: linear law, logarithmic or S-curve. Figure 3 shows the relationship of the image as part of the world, the field of view, field of view and parasol (cleavage). In figure 2, the blackened and white parts are chipped. The cross shows the location of the sensors for determining the intensity (according to the chip). Figure 4 shows a table of the ratio of colors in these two-color chips (combined in a parasol). For example, the top row number 6 is green, the side row number 3 is red. At the intersection - red-green. One part of the parasol is red, the other is green. And the second option is green on the left, red on the right, and a green-red parasol at the intersection. Parasols of the same color are taken into account in parasol No. 13 of figure 2. The process of encoding objects of the outside world is to select the desired parasol with the appropriate color for the selected place. The sizes of the parasols are such that they are defined as two-tone.

1.2 Organization of external and internal view

For the proposed system, we will accept the following object recognition scheme: A - acquaintance with the object, B - object allocation, C - object recognition (recognition).

(влево, вправо). Относительно оси у, ось

на угол γ (вверх, вниз). Относительно оси

на угол Θ - набок - налево, набок - направо. По длине оси

наводится резкость (тем самым определяется расстояние до объекта). Сама платформа ППЗИ (ПППЗИ) перемещается по трем осям х, у, z и вращается вокруг этих осей φх, φу, φz. Углы кодируются числами и знаками «+», «-». Ориентировка ПППЗИ осуществляется по отношению к реальному миру (поверхность, сила тяжести, магнитная стрелка, полярная звезда, объекты и т.д.).A. Visual familiarization with the object (figa). The visual information receiving device (FDIS) can rotate around the z axis by angle β with the axis rotated

(left, right). With respect to the y axis, the axis

angle γ (up, down). Relative to axis

angle Θ - side - to the left, side - to the right. Along the axis

sharpening (thereby determining the distance to the object). The FBWP platform itself (FBWI) moves along the three axes x, y, z and rotates around these axes φх, φу, φz. Corners are encoded by numbers and signs "+", "-". The orientation of the PPPZI is relative to the real world (surface, gravity, magnetic needle, polar star, objects, etc.).

For the inner world there is a virtual memory cube (VKP), VPPZI - the internal built-in FDZI and (VKD) - the internal range cube. When familiarizing yourself with the object under study, it is necessary to orient and show where it has 1 - in front, 2 - the left side, 3 - the back side, 4 - the right side, 5 - the bottom, 6 - the top (Fig.5b). By rotating around the axes x, y, z and moving along these axes and walking around the object, familiarization with it occurs (Fig.5b, Fig.6). In this case, the boundaries of the subject during training can be shown with a pointer, by palpation, by the method of moving against a fixed background, etc. Storage of information about objects is carried out in a virtual memory cube (VKP) (Fig.7). These memory elements in Fig. 7 are shown by points at which special storage devices are located. Each point of the CPSU - an element of the CPSU (EECP) has access along the x, y, z coordinates and the ability to read and remember information. A virtual view extends inside the CPSU, as shown by the lines in FIG. That is, for given α ₁ , β ₁ , d ₁ (Θ is not used here), we have the coordinates x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ in the presence of Table 1 (Fig. 8). An appropriate device forms this inner look. Each of the objects relative to the selected axes x, y, z has the ability to make a rotation (as shown in Fig.7). This rotation is virtual (i.e., information is being rewritten in the CPSU). In this case, the bulk properties of the object are preserved. The CPSU is divided by planes along the axes xy, xz, zy, and each plane (xy) i, (xz) i, (zy) i, can virtually rotate when the other planes are motionless. Inside the CPSU there may be a virtual (internal) range cube (VCD). It may occupy all or part of the CPSU. Or there may be a given number of them. In the VCD, each of its elements contains information about the coordinate of this point, the angle of the tilt of the surveillance system, and the distance from the IOPS. In this case, the parameters of the point itself (x, y, z) and for given angles of inclination immediately determine the range, and when setting the range and angle of inclination, x, y, z is immediately determined in the VCD. Thus, placing the VCD in the CPSU and combining their points, a virtual view of the objects stored there from any point in the virtual space is performed. In Fig.9 shows the location of the IOPSI indoors. Figure 10 is outdoors. Figure 11 shows the "look" of the two points 0 ₁ and 0 ₂ (two platforms VPPZI). On Fig.9, 10, 11 it is seen that the distance from PPPZI to the object is determined by angle Θ. At close distances, one mechanism can work, at large distances another (determination of the distance to the object from PPPZI and VPPZZI). Then L = ([0 ₁ , 0 ₂ ] × tg (Θ / 2) / 2) (Fig. 11).

The corresponding block of internal gaze must have full information: d - distance to the EECP, parasol number, in the EECS, color 1, color 2, intensity 1, intensity 2. The parasol in the CPSU splits into two chips that describe the object inside the CPSU. Parasols encoded information from the outside world. Each object of the CPSU contains a corresponding table listing all points of the CPSU and points belonging to this object in the CPSU. Getting an internal look into the EECP, the system (CTP) receives information from the table of the object about all its points.

1.3 Organization of the sound part

Sound information is distributed to all consumers, going around obstacles (without a preliminary source (backlight)). For the proposed aerospace defense system, audio information is separated by pauses (P) of FIG. 12. It uses sounds displayed by the 31 letters of the Russian alphabet: A, B, C, D, D, E, E, F, 3, I, Y, K, L, M, N, O, P, P, C, T, U , Ф, X, Ц, Ч, Ш, Щ, Ы, Э, Ю, Я. (In the practical implementation of the VK-O system, soft and hard characters can be formed by soft and hard sounds of the main letters.)

Special sounds to imitate the environment or to transmit information (official) can be entered in advance in a predetermined quantity. The sound signal in electrical form (on the oscilloscope screen) has the form shown in Fig. 12. Sounds are displayed in letters (or a combination of letters (codes)). A combination of sounds (and corresponding letters) form syllables. Syllables form words. Words form here only the following sentences: narrative, (tale) incentive (decree), interrogative (vior), conditional (uzv) described in detail below.

The sound signal itself is represented on a given interval by a set of a certain number of functions of the form:

F (t) = Ao / 2 + Σ _n A _k Sin (ω _k t + φ _k ).

Ultimately, the signal is represented by the sum of sinusoids (harmonics) defined by their frequencies (the main and multiples of the main - ω _k , k = 1, ..., n), amplitudes (A _k ) and phases (φ _k ) of these harmonics.

Thus, the sound defining the letter is given by the set ω _k , A _k , φ _k (k = 1, ..., n) and A ₀ is a constant component characterizing the shift of this signal relative to the zero value. The word (sentence), in order to quickly recognize, can also be specified as a whole (without splitting by letters (words)) with this set.

Recognition of letters (words, sentences) can be carried out according to a predetermined specific set of harmonics (from 1 to n) by different algorithms.

In this case, we will recognize words by recognizing incoming letters in them, which are separated by pauses when sounding. (Sentences are separated by official words.) Words are separated by special sounds (symbols) or by a pause (for example) twice as long as a pause between letters.

The letter (the corresponding sound) here will be recognized by two characteristic recognition frequencies ω _k1 , ω _k2 (and, accordingly, for them A _k1 , A _k2 ). These frequencies are initially assigned to the used sounds of the language (during design and manufacture) and therefore are necessarily recognized. The corresponding amplitudes for a selected period of time can be averaged:

A _k1 = (A _k1 (j) + A _k1 (j + 1)) / 2; A _k2 = (A _k2 (j) + A _k2 (j) + A _k2 (j + 1)) / 2.

The ratio of the amplitudes of these harmonics of recognition is here the parameter of recognition of the letter P _b = A _k1 / A _k2 .

In the case of distinguishing recognition of letters with pauses only between words, it is enough to track the changes in P _b in the word itself (the sounds of the word). This algorithm can be implemented by the corresponding letters of the VCC processor. By organizing the retransmission of information, one can always achieve literal recognition.

1.4 a Set of data about the object in VK-O and its storage

Each object has an individual object code (PPI) (Fig.13). An object can relate to either a spatial domain (L) or a temporary (T). Further, the data set includes visual verbal designation of the object (word - letter) and verbal-sound (word - sounds) designation of the object. Each object has a set of shadow objects-projections TO. They can be, for example, 1000 × 1000 = 10 ⁶ options, shown in Fig.17 in the form of a sphere. Identification of such TO is carried out by angles α, β and R (R = 1) (Fig. 26). Moreover, each set of α, β, R has its own set of X, Y, Z. Each object of the world has its own flat object (PO). The software for each object has, for example, 10 ⁶ options defined by α, β, R (X, Y, Z) (Fig. 17).

Each real object corresponds to its own object in the CPSU (Fig.13). L-VKP - an object in statics. If T-VKP - objects, then they can be considered in time (T1, T2, T3 ... Tn) - frames. The object is also characterized by the emitted noise created by the smell, taste, surface temperature, surface roughness (PV) and a set of sentences, text (TXT). Thus, in the VK-O processor, there can be the following data element type names (IED) (Fig. 22): ZVS - sound-word; ZVSh - sound-noise; ZP - smell; VKS - taste; TS - surface temperature; PV - code for surface roughness; ЗPTL - visual information shadow in space (static); ZPITL - visual information about a flat object in space; ЗPBL - visual information about the object in the CPSU in statics; ZRTT - visual information of a shadow object in time; ZRPT - visual information about a flat object in time; ZRVT - visual information about the object in the CPSU in time.

Data in the VK-O processor is presented as data elements (ED) (Fig. 14). ED consists of a record number (NC) - an individual code of an object, PPI (L, T), name of a data element type (IED) with index L, T.

The EDs in the VK-O processor are stored in a tabular format in bulk. The table view identifies the ED through the NC (record number) and then through the PPI. A sequential search and assignment of data to the same PPI is carried out. Using links (hyperlink), you are transferred to other data related to this object. The parallel communication method involves the presence of an electronic volumetric data switch (EOKD), which allows parallel organization of the search for all objects, has more entry points, and stores data in different places without overwriting them. The presence of sequential tabular data recording and volumetric parallel recording allows in cases of loss of data to restore them from sequential records to volumetric.

To organize communication between the same PPI, the following data switching algorithm (AKD) is used:

1) from a given PPI, a 3D digital wave propagates along the free elements of the ECDE (Fig. 15);

2) the digital wave propagates until it reaches the desired PPI (i + 1);

3) if the wave does not reach the PPI (i + 1), then the EECA expands from position I to position II of Fig. 16 and goes to point 1;

4) if the wave reaches the PPI (i + 1), then in the direction of the wave source (to reduce the value of the fronts of the digital wave) there is a beam that marks the elements of the EDCS (Fig. 16);

5) there is a record in the data table of the received information.

1.5 Electronic volumetric data switch

On Fig shows a circuit switching data. VK-C main (G) processor has communications with incoming data and communications with other VK-Ts-1 - VK-Ts-N processors serving blocks of record number (BNZ), which are connected to the BIKO.1-BIKO object code identification block .d

BIKO is connected to its lines of blocks of electronic volumetric data switch (BEOKD) - 251, which together constitutes (EOKD). VK-C processor is connected to each BEOKD through a bus. BIKO contains a memory block of the corresponding object (Fig.14). BNZ contains information about a free memory cell or occupied. The WCC communicates data.

1.6 Object recognition in the VK-O processor

The following scheme is used to recognize objects. The external image is encoded with parasols. On the internal screen, the image is searched automatically (with an internal look). A shadow object is built in the image, by filling the image, highlighting the contour, the object is scaled (increase-decrease) to the standard sizes stored in the processor’s memory, the center of the object is determined, definition 1 - top, 2 - sides of the right, 3 - bottom, 4 - sides of the left. If it is possible to bring the object to a standard form and compare the object recorded by objects in memory (by rotation, displacement, etc.), or compare it with previously recorded shadow objects in the sphere.

On Fig, 19 shows a parasol - here it is equipped with coordinates X1, Y1 - coordinates of the binding angle for each parasol its own, X2, Y2; X3, Y3 - the coordinates of the intersecting segment - for each parasol, their own, “code" - the identifying code of the parasol (figure 2), C1 - the color of one part of the parasol, C2 - the color of the second part. The crosses show where the intensity sensors are. Here, the determination of I1, I2 - intensities 1 and 2, respectively. The top of the parasol is designated - 1, the right side - 2, the bottom - 3, the left side - 4. The parasol is used to encode images, the chip is used to construct objects in the CPSU - virtual memory cube.

One object of FIG. 20 is separated from another. In the selected object is the determination of its size (placement in the frame) (Fig.19) and the determination of its center of reference (OP).

On Fig, 22 shows the propagation of the "digital wave" to determine the contour. The homogeneous color areas are filled.

Figure 23 shows an example of the planar movement of object A.

On Fig shows a circle divided into 36 parts of 10 °. To implement the rotation of each point of the image D, it is necessary to carry out cumbersome calculations according to the formula of Fig. 24, which requires a lot of time.

On Fig shows another tabular method of transformation of images. Here the sensors are DTS, the field is P1, the “rotated” field is P2, the image is Ob. The method consists in the fact that the field is divided into parasols, the rotations of the “rotated” field P2 at different angles (for example, from 1 to 1,000) are calculated in advance, and each TLS of the field P1 corresponds (tabular or hardware) to the TTS of the “rotated” field P2. To rotate the image, it is enough to rotate the field-P1 in a tabular manner and restore the image in the rotated field. To rotate the image itself around a certain point, it is necessary to combine this point with the center of rotation of the field-P1 and rotate the field.

On Fig (a, b, c) shows the use of parasols for the operation of increasing, decreasing the image (About ₁ , About ₂ , About ₃ ). Parasols 264 (1, 2, 3, 4) change their scale: b) increase, c) decrease and are restored to a field similar to the field of rotation in a given plane.

Accordingly, the fields -a and -c at different degrees of increase (decrease) are calculated and written in advance (hardware or table). Each scale has its own set of parasols. In an enlarged (reduced) field, this parasol is placed at a given point in the field, for example, the center.

On Fig shows the options for rotating the image around the Y axis and around the Z axis. Schematically shows a decrease and increase in the image. Here we also apply the method of measuring the image by changing the corresponding parameters through tables of correspondence of the rotation angle around the Z (Y) axis and the type of a particular parasol in the corresponding cell.

On Fig shows a diagram comparing images. Here, the control unit (CU) superimposes the image obtained from the external environment onto the image obtained from the memory. This procedure can occur simultaneously for 10 ⁶ (1000 × 1000) and more types of comparison images (spherical arrangement of comparison images (Fig.17)). The degree of similarity is determined by the maximum number of matches (or by the minimum number of differences).

In Fig.29 shows a scheme for determining the range when receiving visual information with two devices O ₁ and O ₂ , with φ = 180 ° - (α + β) = 180 ° -α-β, L is the distance between the recorded devices, α, β - angles of rotation of the PPZI.

On Fig a, b depicts a scheme for obtaining information by one visual device.

a) the case of moving the screen onto which the image is projected;

b) the focal length of the lens changes with a fixed field of the screen.

On Fig shows a scheme for obtaining information by illuminating the source of radiation of particles (eg, photons) and the register of their respective body.

On Fig shows a diagram of obtaining information about the object by emitting and receiving a signal (feeling the signal), for example, it can be an ultrasonic pulse.

In Fig.33 shows the manipulator. The length of its respective links L1, L2, L3, α is the deviation (rotation) angle of its links of the corresponding hinges, L4 is the length of the measuring device. Having the data obtained, it is possible to obtain a surface curve of the object.

On Fig presents a diagram of the image in the virtual memory cube (CPSU) by transferring the image from the real world to the CPSU (calculation of the distance to a given point of the object and display it in the CPSU).

1.7 Chassis types VK-O

The VK-O processor can be located on different chassis. Here are their main types.

1. Crawling chassis (PSH).

2. Floating chassis (PLC): a) the movement is carried out by certain organs (fin, tail, etc.); b) body movement; c) reactive movement by a stream of water; d) helical movement of a specialized organ.

3. A multi-step chassis (MNS): a) millipedes; b) six; c) four-legged; d) climbing four-legged; e) jumping four-legged.

4. Two-legged and two-armed chassis (DNDRSH).

5. Chassis flying in the air (LCSS).

6. Moving by rotational motion of the chassis (VDSH): a) more than three wheels; b) four wheels; c) three wheels; d) two wheels; e) one wheel; e) screw; g) ball.

7. Jet flight of the landing gear (RPSh): a) relying on air (gases); b) relying on an inertial field.

Combinations of the listed chassis types are also possible. Dimensions of the chassis 10 ^-6 m (bacteria) to 30 m (dinosaurs, whales) - in nature of claims 1-5. From 0.1 mm to 100 m in technology.

Speeds from 0 to 50,000 km / h are spacecraft (currently).

The classification of the types of chassis is shown in Fig. 35, and Fig. 36 shows the chassis of the DNDR chassis.

On Fig shows a table of possible movements of the object in three-dimensional space. This table is used in the process of encoding the movement of an object when displaying it in the CPSU.

1.8 VK - recognition language

R1 (mode 1) vision management

R).1. Open the first eye of OG1; 2. Open the second eye of OG2; 3. Open the first and second eyes of OG12; 4. Close the first eye ZG1; 5. Close the second eye of ZG2; 6. Close the first and second eyes ZG12; 7. Turn the eye to the left by φ ° PGL (φ); 8. Turn your eyes to the right on φ ° PGL (φ); 9. Turn your eyes upward at φ ° PGL (φ); 10. Turn your eyes down on φ ° PGL (φ); 11. Look at the given distance P (φ); 12. Look in a given direction to the first PP object (

R).

R2 - flat picture

13. Fill a flat image table with chips once PZT1; 14. Fill the flat table of the image with chips through the ΔT period of the PZT (ΔT); 15. Automatically select one object in the flat table of chips having the specified characteristics BO1 (P1, P2, P3);

P1 - color: 0-9;

P2 - shape: 1 - round, 2 - triangular, 3 - rectangle, 4 - square, 5 - line, 6 - oval, 7 - ring;

P3 - size: 1-100;

16. Automatically select all objects in a flat table according to a given attribute, forming a table BO (P1, P2, P3); 17. Automatically find all objects in the image of BOO (R).

R - name of the object, image (address of information about it)

18. Automatically find the name of the highlighted object of the WARRIOR (R); 19. Make a flat object a shadow COT (R); 20. In the signs of the object write down this type of shadow object, if it was not there PTEZ (R);

21. Flat shadow object bring to the standard size in the frame and determine its center of movement and rotation, as well as the left, right, bottom and top of the TSC (R); 22. Put in the immutable memory samples of shadow objects and their names DPTO (R); 23. Request the names of the selected HBO (R) objects;

24. Request the names of the shadow objects of the NTO (R); 25. Compare the shadow objects with the samples in all cases and give the degree of similarity of the SRTO (R, P); 26. Move the TO along the X axis by ΔX PTOK (ΔX); 27. Move the maintenance along the Y axis by the value AY of the vocational school (AY); 28. Rotate the shadow object around the center of the VTOX (φ) object; 29. Rotate the shadow object around the Y axis, passing through the center and parallel to the bottom of the BTOY frame (φ); 30. Rotate the shadow object around Z, passing through the center of the object and parallel to the side of the frame of the object BTOZ (φ); 31. Increase the volume relative to the center of the object by 1/100, 100/100 twice, etc. SVR (N / M, R); 32. Reduce the object relative to the center of the ULV object (N / M, R); 33. Increase the shadow object relative to the center of the UVTO object (N / M, R); 34. Reduce the shadow object relative to the center of the UMTO object (N / M, R); 35. Divide the object into parts and tell what each part of OCH (R) looks like; 36. Divide the shadow object into parts and tell what each part of TOCH (R) looks like; 37. Based on the description of the parts of the object or shadow object, determine the name of the object of the GNSO (R); 38. Give the shadow object a working name and put in the file of unidentified objects PNOI (R); 39. Ask what they look like, in turn from the file cabinet, unidentified objects, yourself or a higher system in the case of FAST (R).

R3 - volumetric picture of objects

40. Focus on parts of the VChO (R) facility; 41. According to a given attribute, determine the part of the object, including the contour with the compilation of the table of the incoming parts of the RFL (R); 42. Remember the selected objects and make them shadow objects VZTO (R); 43. Increase and combine the selected parts of the object and compare the LFID (R); 44. Keep an eye on the pointer on the basis of the signs of the pointer VZU (P); 45. Look with your eyes at the figure indicated in the signs of the VZG (P1, P2, P3); 46. Look with your eyes at the figure indicated in the sample of the VZGO (R); 47. By an elementary comparison with the gaze with the sample with the reduction to the same size and automatic rotation SRVRP (R); 48. Divide the object with a glance at the parts of the VGZRCh (R); 49. Feel the sight of the object and build accessible parts of the CPSU for it with placement in the card file of the All-Russian Higher Military Commissariat of Higher Education (R); 50. Turn V - object VK - 729 one step SHG (R); 51. Combine the V-object VK-729 VK-729 CBM (R);

52. Get a flat projection of the VK object on the 1st plane of the VKP PP1 (R);

53. Get a flat projection of the VK object on the 2nd plane of the VKP PP2 (R);

54. Get a flat projection of the VK object on the 3rd plane of the VKP PP3 (R);

55. Get a flat projection of the VK object on the 4th plane of the VKP PP4 (R);

56. Get a flat projection of the VK object on the 5th plane of the VKP PP5 (R);

57. Get a flat projection of the VK object on the 6th plane of the VKP PP6 (R);

58. Enter a photo of the object of the Volga Federal District (R); 59. Build from photographs of the object R of his VKP - the object of the PWC (R); 60. Dialogue on the classification and placement in the memory of the object:

- where the name enters; - what the name contains; - whether placed correctly; - to the left; - to the right; - up; - way down; - X axis yet yes no; - Y axis yet yes no; - Z axis yet yes no; - back yes no; - go ahead no;

61. Automatic construction of the shadow object for the CPSU of the object 100 * 3 = 300, 100 for each of the axes TOVKP (R); 62. Request for the names of each party of the CPSU ZTOVKP (N, R); 63. Self-attribution of parties N = 1-6 CPN (N, R); 64. The placement of VK objects in the cube and assigning to it the top, bottom, right, left, 6 centers of the shadow object and one center of the object of the VKP TsVKP (R): - this is before; - it's a butt; is left; is right; - this is the bottom; - this is the top; 65. Reducing the CPSU of the object N / M UMVKP (N / M, R); 66. Increase in the CPSU of the N / M UVHKP (N / M, R) facility; 67. The movement of the CPSU of the object X to ΔX PVKP X (ΔX, R); 68. The movement of the CPSU of the object Y to ΔY PVKP Y (ΔY, R); 69. The movement of the CPSU of the object Z to ΔZ PVKP Z (ΔZ, R); 70. The rotation of the VKP of the object around the X axis by an angle φ from 0 to 1000 VRVKP X (φх); 71. The rotation of the VKP of the object around the Y axis by an angle φ from 0 to 1000 VRVKP Y (φу); 72. The rotation of the VKP of the object around the Z axis by an angle φ from 0 to 1000 VRVKP Z (φz); 73. Paint VKP object KRVKP (R); 74. Disconnecting the lines of the CPSU object, make them different RVKP (R); 75. Combining the lines of the CPSU facility, do one whole OBVKP (R); 76. Placement of an object in this object on a map of three-dimensional objects with an indication of the place and in the report on the problems of the ACLP (R); 77. Automatic inclusion of an object in the list of objects on the map; 78. The placement of the inner eye in the CPSU - the world of PVGL (R); 79. Movement inside the CPSU - the world of the Far East (X, Y, Z, φх, φу, φz, Vx, Vy, Vz, Dx, Dy, Dz, Wx, Wy, Wz, Ex, Ey, Ez); 80. Movement inside the CPSU - the world with the view of the Far East (R); 81. The definition of the name of the object with the internal view of NOVVGL (R).

R4 - Actions

82. Remember a series of flat objects in the time interval ΔT SOP (ΔT, R);

83. Remember the series V - objects in the time interval ΔT COV (ΔT, R); 84. View direct R series of PRP (R); 85. View reverse R series of missile defense (R); 86. The allocation of part R of the series Δ PRO (r, R).

R5 - text

87. Description in words of an object CCA (R); 88. According to the construction of the facility PSO (R).

R6 - other sensors

89. Listen with one ear, Vh 1; 90. Listen to the second ear Vh 2; 91. Listen with the first and second ears Ux 1, 2;

92. Do not listen with one ear OUH 1; 93. Do not listen to the second ear NUH 2; 94. Do not listen to the first and second ears NUh 1, 2; 95. To the object R of the name add the sound DZ (R); 96. To the object R of the name, add the taste of DV (R); 97. To add the object R of the name at the given point, the temperature of the engine (R); 98. To add the object R of the name at the given point the temperature of the engine (R); 99. To add the object R of the name at the given point, the roughness LH (R).

R7 movement elements DRDN-chassis

Right hand movements

100. The movement of the shoulder of the right hand; 101. Forward φх; 102. Back φх; 103. Up φu; 104. Down φu; 105. Forward rotation φz; 106. Backward rotation of φz

The movement of the forearm of the right hand

107. The rotation φx forward; 108. The rotation φx back; 109. The rotation of φy forward;

110. The rotation of φy back;

111. The rotation of φz forward; 112. Rotation of φz back.

The movement of the forearm of the right hand

113. The rotation φx forward; 114. The rotation φx back; 115. The rotation of φy forward; 116 Rotate φy back

Movement of the right hand

117. The rotation of φy forward; 118. The rotation of φу back; 119. Rotation of φz forward; 120. Rotate φz back

The movement of the thumb of the right hand

121. The rotation φx forward; 122. The rotation φx back; 123. The rotation φz forward; 124. Rotation of φz back

The movement of the middle part of the thumb of the right hand

125. The rotation φx forward; 126. Rotation φx back

The movement of the small part of the thumb of the right hand

127. Rotation φх forward; 128. Rotate φx backward;

The movement of a large part of the index finger of the right hand

129. The rotation φx forward; 130. The rotation φx back;

131. The rotation of φy forward; 132. The rotation of φy back

The movement of the middle part of the index finger of the right hand

133. The rotation of φy forward; 134. The rotation of φу back;

The movement of a small part of the index finger of the right hand

135. The rotation of φy forward; 136. The rotation of φу back;

The movement of a large part of the middle finger of the right hand

137. The rotation φx forward; 138. The rotation φx back; 139. The rotation of φy forward; 140. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the middle finger of the right hand

141. The rotation of φy forward; 142. The rotation of φу back;

The movement of the small part of the middle finger of the right hand

143. The rotation of φy forward; 144. The rotation of φу back;

The movement of a large part of the ring finger of the right hand

145. The rotation φx forward; 146. The rotation φx back; 147. The rotation of φy forward; 148. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the ring finger of the right hand

149. The rotation of φy forward; 150. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the ring finger of the right hand

151. The rotation of φy forward; 152. The rotation of φу back

The movement of a large part of the little finger of the right hand

153. The forward rotation of φx; 154. The rotation φx back; 155. The rotation of φy forward; 156. The rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the little finger of the right hand

157. The rotation of φy forward; 158. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the little finger of the right hand

159. The rotation of φy forward; 160. Rotate φy back

Left hand movements

Left shoulder movement

161. Forward φх; 162. Back φх; 163. Upward φу; 164. Down φu; 165. Forward rotation φz; 166. Backward rotation φz;

The movement of the forearm of the left hand

167. The rotation φx forward; 168. The rotation φx back; 169. The rotation of φy forward; 170. The rotation of φy back; 171. The rotation φz forward;

172. Rotation of φz back

The movement of the forearm of the left hand

173. The rotation of φx forward; 174. The rotation φx back; 175. The rotation of φy forward; 176. Rotation of φу back

Left hand movement

177. The rotation of φy forward; 178. Rotation of φу back; 179. The rotation φz forward; 180. Rotation of φz back;

Movement of the thumb of the left hand

181. The rotation φx forward; 182. The rotation φx back; 183. The rotation φz forward; 184. Rotation of φz back

The movement of the middle part of the thumb of the left hand

185. The rotation φx forward; 186. Rotation φx back

The movement of the small part of the thumb of the left hand

187. The rotation φx forward; 188. Rotation φx back

The movement of a large part of the index finger of the left hand

189. The rotation φx forward; 190. Rotation φx back; 191. The rotation of φy forward; 192. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the index finger of the left hand

193. The rotation of φy forward; 194. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the index finger of the left hand

195. The rotation of φy forward; 196. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a large part of the middle finger of the left hand

197. The rotation of φx forward; 198. The rotation φx back; 199. The rotation of φy forward; 200. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the middle finger of the left hand

201. The rotation of φy forward; 202. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the middle finger of the left hand

203. The rotation of φy forward; 204. Rotation of φу back

Movement of a large part of the ring finger of the left hand

205. Rotation φх forward; 206. The rotation φx back; 207. The rotation of φy forward; 208. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the ring finger of the left hand

209. The rotation of φy forward; 210. Rotate φy back

The movement of a small part of the ring finger of the left hand

211. The rotation of φy forward; 212. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a large part of the little finger of the left hand

213. The rotation φx forward; 214. The rotation φx back; 215. The rotation of φy forward; 216. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the little finger of the left hand

217. The rotation of φy forward; 218. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the little finger of the left hand

219. The rotation of φy forward; 220. The rotation of φy back.

Right foot movements

Thigh movement of the right leg

221. The rotation φx forward; 222. The rotation of φx back; 223. The rotation of φy forward; 224. Rotation of φу back; 225. Rotation of φz forward; 226. Rotation of φz back

The movement of the lower leg of the right leg

227. The rotation φx forward; 228. The rotation φx back; 229. The rotation of φy forward; 230. Rotation of φу back

Foot movement of the right foot

231. The rotation of φy forward; 232. The rotation of φy back; 233. The rotation of φz forward; 234. Rotation of φz back

The movement of a large part of the big toe of the right foot

235. The rotation φx forward; 236. The rotation φx back; 237. The rotation φz forward; 238. Rotation of φz back

The movement of the middle part of the big toe of the right foot

239. The rotation of φx forward; 240. The rotation φx back;

The movement of the small part of the big toe of the right foot

241. The rotation φx forward; 242 Rotate φx back

The movement of a large part of the index finger of the right foot

243. The rotation φx forward; 244. The rotation φx back; 245. The rotation of φy forward; 246. The rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the index finger of the right foot

247. The rotation of φy forward; 248. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the index finger of the right foot

249. The rotation of φy forward; 250. Rotate φy back

The movement of a large part of the middle toe of the right foot

251. The rotation φx forward; 252. The rotation of φx back; 253. The rotation of φy forward; 254. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the middle toe of the right foot

255. The rotation of φy forward; 256. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the middle toe of the right foot

257. The rotation of φy forward; 258. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a large part of the ring finger of the right foot

259. Rotation φх forward; 260. The rotation φx back; 261. The rotation of φy forward; 262. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the ring finger of the right foot

263. The rotation of φy forward; 264. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the ring finger of the right foot

265. The rotation of φy forward; 266. The rotation of φу back

The movement of a large part of the little finger of the right leg

267. The rotation φx forward; 268. The rotation φx back; 269. The rotation of φy forward; 270. Rotation φu back

The movement of the middle part of the little finger of the right leg

271. The rotation of φy forward; 272. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the little finger of the right leg

273. The rotation of φy forward; 274. Rotation of φу back

Left foot movements

Left leg thigh movement

275. The rotation φx forward; 276. The rotation φx back; 277. The rotation of φy forward; 278. Rotation of φy backward 279. Rotation of φz forward; 280. Rotation of φz back

The movement of the lower leg of the left leg

281. The rotation φx forward; 282. The rotation of φx back; 283. The rotation of φy forward; 284. Rotation of φу back

Foot movement of the left foot

285. The rotation of φy forward; 286. The rotation of φy back; 287. The rotation φz forward; 288. Rotation of φz back

The movement of a large part of the big toe of the left foot

289. The rotation φx forward; 290. The rotation φx back; 291. The rotation φz forward; 292. Rotation of φz back

The movement of the middle part of the big toe of the left foot

293. The rotation φx forward; 294. Rotation φx back

The movement of the small part of the big toe of the left foot

295. The rotation φx forward; 296. The rotation φx back

The movement of a large part of the index finger of the left foot

297. The rotation φx forward; 298. The rotation φx back; 299. The rotation of φy forward; 300. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the index finger of the left foot

301. The rotation of φy forward; 302. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the index finger of the left foot

303. The rotation of φy forward; 304. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a large part of the middle toe of the left foot

305. The rotation φx forward; 306. The rotation φx back; 307. The rotation of φy forward; 308. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the middle toe of the left foot

309. The rotation of φy forward; 310. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the middle toe of the left foot

311. The rotation of φy forward; 312. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a large part of the ring finger of the left foot

313. The rotation φx forward; 314. The rotation φx back; 315. The rotation of φy forward

316. The rotation of φу back;

The movement of the middle part of the ring finger of the left foot

317. The rotation of φy forward; 318. Rotation of φу back

The movement of a small part of the ring finger of the left foot

319. The rotation of φy forward; 320. Rotate φy back

The movement of a large part of the little finger of the left leg

321. The rotation φx forward; 322. The rotation φx back; 323. The rotation of φu forward; 324. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the middle part of the little finger of the left leg

325. The rotation of φu forward; 326. Rotation of φу back

The movement of the small part of the little finger of the left leg

327. The rotation of φu forward; 328. Rotation of φу back

Neck movement

329. The rotation φx forward; 330. The rotation φx back; 331. The rotation of φy forward; 332. Rotation of φy backward 333. Rotation of φz forward; 334. The rotation of φz back.

Torso movement

335. The rotation φx forward; 336. The rotation φx back; 337. The rotation of φy forward; 338. Rotation of φy backward 339. Rotation of φz forward; 340. Rotation of φz back.

1.9 General scheme of the verbal part of VK-O

((VK semantic network (block of words (block of basics) (word generator) (block of memory of words and images) (generator of sentences and images))) - (solver (scheduler) (image editor)) - ((analyzer) (executor) ) - ((analyzer devices) (executor devices)) - (world)

Operating modes of VK-O processor

1. Growth - the growth program is recorded at the molecular level by a more powerful system. It is realized by the formation of cell structures with pre-designed properties. The system can be manufactured by a more developed (matured) structure on other (for example, electronic) media.

2. Education - is carried out through the connection between images and words, through sentences (four types, ten types of words, thirty-one sounds (with two modes of vowels)). Sentences are combined into texts. Texts are combined into books. Books are combined in libraries. Learning (universal, local adaptive, etc.) occurs by imitation, transmission of models of objects and algorithms for interacting with them, formation of behavior goals by images or speech (text).

3. Planning - the work of creating objects and scenarios in space and time by constructing images, enumerating options, analyzing the result (design, testing), model motion. Representations of oneself (VK-O) in this environment. Formation of models covering an increasing number of objects in order to predict the achievement of the result. Setting goals (long-term, medium-term, close) and awareness of environmental goals. Response to orders. Compilation of films and texts describing the planned behavior.

4. Work - the execution of virtual film plans. Imitation of the virtual. Problem solving.

5. Attenuation (self-destruction) in order to make room more adapted.

Here we consider the minimally formed VK-O structure and the 2, 3, 4 modes of its functioning on electronic processes that provide a given movement of information.

1.10 Functional diagram of VK-O

1. An environment analyzer. Questions asked by VK-O (in cycle 1)

1. What do you hear? 2. What do you see? 3. What are you smelling? 4. What is on the skin? 5. What is the language? 6. What's inside? 7. What is the plan - (inside) - (outside)? 8. Where am I? 9. What time is it?

Description of cycle 1.1

Execution of commands without adjustment

A. Sound channel

1. The perception of sound; 2. The perception of official words (beginning, end, decree, vior, tale, learn, everything, ... (ss, mt, pd, pl, hl, th, nr, sz, ch)); 3. The formation of the proposal; 4. If the proposal is in VKSS, then call the image; 5. If there is no proposal in the VKSS, then the formation of the image in the VKSS; 6. Analysis of the proposal (analysis of the image) - the transition to the instruction (subprogram) of the response to the received proposal; 7. Implementation of the generated instructions; 8. After execution, wait for the next command. (In the absence of a sufficiently developed sound channel, the learning process (accumulation of models about the external environment) can occur only by imitation. In the absence of continuity, all accumulated models are lost and the process starts over. The same thing happens when the written sources of knowledge are lost.)

B. Optic canal

1. Perception of the picture of the outside world;

2. If it is a picture, then analysis of the picture and finding the sign;

3. If it is a recognized image (in particular, a sign (for example, traffic)), then react in an image (sign) according to the instructions of this image (sign) by entering the VKSS; 4. If the image is not recognized, then the formation of a new VKSS node (with full sound (verbal) accompaniment and description of the situation with the help of accumulated sentences (including indicative and interrogative)); 5. execution of the received instructions by imitation of the images created by the scheduler (video instructions).

V, G, D, E. Channels of smell, taste, skin, internal sensations

1. Perception of channel sensations; 2. If the sensation reaches a predetermined level, then responding to a strong sensation according to the instructions at the level of the behavior program; 3. If the sensation is within the given limits, then the translation of the sensation into the verbal form of the sentence (and further into the figurative); 4. Entrance to the VKSS and response according to the accumulated experience of the VKSS; 5. Follow the instructions.

2. The execution of teams with adjustments in the process of execution and dialogue

(without internal dialogue and with internal dialogue).

It differs from the previous version in that during the execution of the instructions generated by the Planner, there is also a process of interaction with the external environment, which supplies data via A, B, C, D, D, E channels. The VKO processor, through the Scheduler, creates a new behavior program. The process of functioning of the Scheduler can occur through the use of only an internal resource (for a given VKO processor) or through an dialogue with the external environment (VKO processors) use an additional resource (a more developed VKSS).

1.11 VK - processor language generator VK-O

1. Block of words

A. Foundation Block (cycle 2)

1. The initial list of sounds and options for its replacement in the formation of words

one 2 3 four 5 6 7 8 9 (about) (and) (l) (pl) one (R) (bv) (td) (x) (sz) [b, b] one 0 but At e and l m n R b at t x from 2 I am Yu uh and P F d to c 3 e s g 3 four h 5 well 6 w 7 u one 2 3 four 5 6 7 8 9 10 eleven 12 13 fourteen

2. An initial list of VK semantic (name of images) sound combinations (basics)

- a - call (recall)

- bv (b, c) - exhalation (o - inspiration)

bo - breathe (alive, woman, child, tree, mobile, ...)

- vi - soar (winding, path, movement, see, connected, gas, live, screw, ...)

- go (ho) - breathing (when walking), (walk, run, crawl, movement, animal, path, ...)

- yes (that) water (confirmation, ...)

- e - this (is, ...)

- w (w) - buzz

- h (bonds) - gap (lips, sharp, thin, direction, comb, ...)

- and more

- they should take (give, have, ...)

- ko (goo, oka) - drop (water, movement, eye, ...)

- la - flow (water, movement, process, ...)

- le (la e) - fly

- m (them) (mm) - to have (give, take, feed, possess, give out, give, moo, ...)

- nm (pl, n, nn, not) - negation

- on - give (give, transmit, ...)

- o - breath (round, round, sun, a lot, ...)

- he (oh he) - pointer (round (sun, moon) he)

- ok (a) - water (drop, eye, stream, river, waterway, ...)

- pa - red (sun, ball, light, round, yellow, movement in a circle, ...);

- c (h) - bond (swelling, bleeding, binding, sharp, thin, high, this, ...)

- then (yes) - an indication

- y - out (down, up, out, in, sadness, failure, ...)

- ties (bond) - gap (connection, affiliation, source, drain, sharp, place where the sun is hiding, direction, clothes, cover, shackles, narrow, thin, stock, fingers, ...)

- w - noise (bond at them - takes a gap inward)

- I - a e (a is)

- xp, chl, h, cha, ts, uh, uh, ... - sounds of imitation used situationally.

B. Word Generator (cycle 3)

1.11.1 Dictionary of code sounds

- bo o vi - the living (the sun) is in the air ...

- bo o pa - lively round red, lively mouth, lively (strong) scream (order, noise, ...)

- bo r - forest (bo o ra: live noise, tree noise)

- more about that - that water: the body;

- bo o le - living round flies (the sun, ...);

- bo oh yes - water flows (freedom);

-bo la - moving (living) current, floating log, free, ...

- vi la - twisted current (stream), ...

- vi yes - the way: water: water

- vi ra - the path is round (of the sun), up, make a circle, ...

- ra uz - red (round, sun) gap (out): light (sunrise);

- raz - sun (c) gap: cut, action (phenomenon);

- VI about the bonds - the round (from, in) slit hovers (pops up, rises): sunrise (sunset)

- vi ties - the gap is in the air: spring

- go la - the course of the current

- he is the way he is

- they e - have (take, give);

- to le (about to le) - a round path flies: the sun, a wheel, ...

- to (a) he is water

- oka (o go) - circles path: water

- about bo - the circle is moving (moving circles, water, ...);

-o bo bo o - water-sun: reflection (woman: copy, reflection);

- o bo o le - water-sun: reflection (tribe, field, ...);

- o ka bo o - water-sun: reflection (copy);

- o ka o ka - water-water: how (equally);

- o ra - noise (scream, order, instruction, ...)

- about le - the round flies (the sun, ...)

- about the bonds - around the gap: father

- o ra e - round red it (call, order, ...), o ra e - re: it is noisy (river);

- oh ra - shout (scream, noise, call, ...);

- o bo ora - straight: noisy (bubbling) water: power;

- pa that - circle (sun) that (fate, law, ...)

- pa about - red circle that (mouth)

- se - uz e: this

- then red - then red (the sun): fast (sometimes ora: now noisy - quickly);

- Uz ra - gap sun: dark (sunset);

- at ra - outside the sun (the sun appeared);

- knot la - gap water (power, evil, ...)

- bond - gap (hole, hole, ear, eye, nose, mouth, small, thin, sharp, comb, ...)

1.11.2 Word formation algorithm

In general, the mechanism of VK word formation operates as follows.

1. Information from the outside world comes through the visual channel to the VK-O processor, undergoes the necessary processing and generates a visual (graphic, visual) image of the object (the channel for obtaining information on smell, skin, taste, and internal sensations can also be used).

2. Through the VK-O sound channel, the processor receives sound information about the object, which it can reproduce through its speech channel.

3. VK-O processor assigns a visual (or other) image a special code word from a set of semantic words formed earlier (or externally).

For example: An object is a worm.

Analysis of the object shows that it is thin, round, curving, creeping (walking). From the set of semantic code words we get:

4. If the set of features is the same with the other object (s) or the resulting code word is already in the applicable list of words, then to identify the object it is necessary to change the code to get an individual name of the object.

The following mechanisms can be used for this.

1. In the resulting code word, vowels are replaced with vowels for replacement, consonants for consonants for replacement, for example, according to the table above:

ohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh

or pairs of sounds (according to a pre-formed table of correspondence of sounds) to one sound, for example eu-u, etc.

2. Adding a service part to the resulting code word, for example:

e - is; then; how (k); vi ties (floridly (tightly) connected), ...

3. According to the given rules, words are simplified and decorated.

For example, two consonants (vowels) are replaced by one, repetition is eliminated, transitional vowels and code words are introduced for the beauty of sound (for better recognition, ...). At the same time, the process of comparing the resulting code word with those already in the list of applicable words is constantly happening, achieving the uniqueness of the words. Always having a table of the original language, we can talk about the sequence of its change.

C. Memory block for words and images (cycle 4)

Next, the codewords are divided into groups. In this case, open or hidden markers can be used. The source of the further process of word formation are objects (nouns).

1. A block of nouns (list: light, ...). Marker - s: light - s.

2. The block of adjectives (list: bright, ...). Marker - p: light - p.

3. A block of verbs (list: shine, stand, lie, sit, give, take, move, work, remember, swim, fly, eat, dig, break, scream, save, ...). Marker - g: light - g.

4. Adverb block (list: lighter, ...): Marker - nr: light - nr.

5. The block of prepositions (list: from, to, in, to, on, under, about, due, through, s, ...). Since there are a small number of prepositions (relations in the real world between objects), they as keywords are highlighted in a separate list and simply identified.

6. The block of pronouns (list: I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they). Pronouns of the type: yours can be realized by another verbal construction of the type: you are connected (twisted) with this circle (then you are connected with it), with further simplification. Pronouns are identified by a separate list.

7. Block of unions (list: who, what, if, then, and, or, where, where, where, when, ...).

Unions are identified by a separate list.

8. Block of particles (list: no, no, yes, ...). Particles are identified by a separate list.

9. A block of numbers (list: zero, one, seven thousand, five hundred and fifteen, ...). Numbers are identified by a separate ordered list of codewords.

1.11.3 Example VK - dictionary

Using the above word-formation algorithm allows us to use the words of a common language (and not only the Indo-European group of languages) in traditional images in the process of describing the functioning of VK-O processor. Here are some options for reverse identification of VC code words.

- Oriy 1. ora and e: calling, calling, indicating; - galaxy 1. Once and then: the path of the sun is much visible; - space 1. Go to them about the bonds: the path direction have a circle of communication; - star 1. Uz vi Uz: Yes, a gap hovers (light) gives a little; - Svarog 1. Uz vi o pa go: the light of the round (full) sun path - saved 1. se bo about bonds: it (in) cracks round (the sun) - the God 1. Bo o go: the sun's way 2. Bo go: lively way 3. about the go: the water way 4. about big: live breathing all around 5. o bo eye: around a lively eye - sky 1. he is bo: he is living (moving, ...); - peace 1. im ra: gives the sun; 2. them and o ra: gives a lot of noise; - the science 1. he is at the eye: he is inside the eyes - rocket 1. pa go this: the sun that way; 2. ora go that: noisy (oriya, calling) that way; 3. pa eye then: sun's eye then; - joy 1. pa then the bonds are: the sun is (in) the gap is (sunrise behind the Arctic Circle); 2. Ora da Uz: lips give a cry - crying 1. about bola ouz: water flows the eye (cry: about bola la oca: water flows the eye); - contact 1. eye it is eye-to-eye: eye to eye - structure 1. (bond then pa y go) (then y ora): screaming order (who on whom) - key 1. okla e ouz: water flows this gap: spring; 2. ok le ouz: (water flows thinly): stake is sharp (thin); - spring 1. ora he and oka: noisy then he is water - funnel 1. Vi ra he oka - the path around the water. - count 1. go o le o - the round path flies around: the sun - wheel 1. near knots: the sun is small - crow 1. vi ora he - soars (path) cry (noise) he - look 1. vi ouz about le that - the way sharply (tying) the eye flies that 2. the light of the eyes flies; - eye 1. oka la ouz - water flows cracks 2. okay le ouz - an eye flies sharply (subtly) - focus 1. Vi oka uz - the water (path) is inside the gap. - to the stake 1. to the eye, the eye flies (where the eye sees). - water 1. Wi o da -wind (path) around the water (that). - food 1. see yes: the water way is long (long) 2. the form of this: VI Oh yes that: the twisted (flying) sun gives that (to illuminate: O bonds VI (this or that): the sun of the gap hovers (this)); - fight 1. bo ora e bo: a lively cry of the living; 2. bo pa e bo: forest (for) living - ok 1. about go - circles path (on water): water; - eye 1. water (tears): eye; - sea 1. im about pa e: giving noise; - ship 1. oka ora bole: water noise flies mobile; - feed 1. Eye to them: the water has a circle; - air 1. Vi from the bond of that: twisted out of the gap is the way; - pzda 1. Bo and Uz, yes: the living gives a lot of a gap; 2. more about one bond (that): the sun slits that; - more 1. more about le uz e - living round flies (from) this gap: sunrise. (- smaller 1. he e about he ties - he takes this round gap (in): sunset). (- east 1. Vi about the bond of one: it hovers - the round gap is the path; 2. vi ties that eye: the path (in) the gap is the eyes) (- sunrise 1. Vi about u go that: a round slit hovers that way) (- sunset 1. knot about that: slit the round way then (- cyclops 1. uz e colo bo: (c) slits this is the living sun 2. uz e oko le bo: slits this eye flies alive - river 1. ora oka: noisy water 2. eye: round the eye (visible); - source 1. and the bonds are ok: a lot of slit is water (- stream 1. more than that: mobile then water); - Don 1. yes he: he is water; (- Dnipro 1. don e bora: it is living (stormy) noisy water; (- Danube 1. don and e: there is a lot of water); (- Dniester 1. bottom of the pattern: water is narrow fast); (- Meshchera 1. im u re: it has a small (narrow) river) (- Voronezh 1. Wi re he ties: a narrow river (path) hovers (- Usmanka 1. He is close to him: he has narrow water; (- Volga 1. vi o la go: the path soars around; 2. vi la oka: water flow path); (- Vyatka 1. vi e it is ok: it hovers (the path) then water); (- Kama 1. eye to them about: water has (gives, is) big; (- Oskol 1. About the bonds: narrow water flows in circles); (- Terek 1. then ora oka then noisy river; 2. fast river); - Moscow 1. named after him: he has a narrow water path in circles; 2. They are in the vicinity of the river: it has a narrow (connection) water path (crossing); (- Kiev 1. oka and e vi: a lot of water is the way (crossing)); (- Kazan 1. OK, he e: narrow water he is (crossing)); (- Byzantium 1. vi ties it is that e: the path is narrow (connects) it is (crossing); (- Voronezh 1. vi ora he ouz: crow's gap, high (high) place; 2.vi re he ties: the river path is narrow (crossing), the river is narrow (path) narrow; 3. The forest is narrow: it is narrow (small) forest - Rome 1. pa im - the sun having a circle 2. ora them having noise (settlement, crossing) (- Istanbul 1. the bond is about pain: the narrowness is flowing (crossing)); (- Mozdok 1. they are bound by the eye: it has narrow (shallow) water (crossing)); - devastation 1. time ra go: the action of the sun down the path (sunset beyond the Arctic Circle for six months); (menopause 1. number of steps: the sun goes away (in) a gap; (- fading 1. he has about it: he has a round way down (the sun) he is) (- collapse 1 number of le bo ouz: wheel (sun) flies a living (in) gap;) (- collapse 1. Mountain at the knots: the path of the sun through the gap; 2. eye ora at the bonds: water noise inside the gap); - Spring 1 he is about bonds: he hovers (the way) round (the sun) he ;. (- summer 1. about le that about: the sun flies around)); (- autumn 1. on the link, he is: the sun (in) the gap he is), the sun reduces it)); (- winter 1. bonds to them about: the gap takes the sun); - Russian l.pa at the bonds of the eye e: (the sun outside this gap (the sun outside this sharp)) eye: light-eyed (blue-eyed); (- celt 1. The eye of le that: the eye is sunny (light, blue - number of bo: the living sun); (- franc 1. vi ra he eye: twisted sun's eye (light-eyed, blue-eyed); (- Pole 1. more about le e eye: the living sun is the eye); (- Greek 1. gray eye: black (burnt, black) eye); (- Kalmyk 1. number of eyes: dark (the sun took away) eye (eye); (- Armenians 1. ora ima he: he gives a cry); (- Jew 1. e vi ora: it screams, this rise gives); (- gypsy 1. That he is: he is persecuted); (- Mongol 1. To them he is about: he has a quick eye; 2. to them he has an eye on le: he has an eye on the sun (yellow)); 3. to him he is about le: he makes the way round (the sun); (- Turkmen 1. now he has the eye: then the sun (dark) eye has he down); 2. then at the eye of man: black (dark) human eye); (- Turk 1. then at the eye: a dark eye); (- Uzbek 1. narrow eye: narrow lively eye); (- Negro 1. he e gra: he is burnt, black); - log 1. bora vi he: living (tree) round soars (path); 2. Bor VI he is about: the forest the way he is round; - wood 1. then ra e vi: then the round is in the air (growing); 2. to ra e v o o: the path is round to the sun; - Rowan 1. he and he: he has many living suns; - viburnum 1. Kolo and he: he has many suns; - alder 1. o la oka: (in) water flows in a circle (pipe: then pa u o bo: now water is inside the circle); - time 1. vi ra ima e: the twisted (path) sun gives; - dog 1. Uz o bo oka: gap sun (black) eye; - wolf 1. vi o le eye: twisted sun (sparkling: se vi ra o eye) eyes; - squirrel 1. bo o le eye: sunny (yellow: Uz o le that) eye; - sable 1. Uz e bo o le eye: black eye; - tit 1. zn mn and tsa (winter, he is knotted (bound); winter: knot he e: communication gives this); - insect 1. he has a narrow eye: he has a mustache (he gives thin water); 2. he is narrow to him: he has a gap this way; - end 1. eye he bonds: water he gap - world (a) 1. vi o ra le da: the flying sun twisted around gives; 2. vi ora le that: twisted cry flies that; (peace): - end (a) 1. he is yes: he is water; - dabi (a) 1. yes about bo le: living (moving) round water flies (the sun); 2. then about bo o le: then (in) water the sun (couple: about bora);

D. Generator of sentences (according to F1, F2, F3 (and other) forms - simple and complex) and images (Virtual memory cube) (cycle 5)

1. Decree-proposals (indicative)

2. Viore-sentences (interrogative)

3. Tale sentences (narrative)

4. Uzvi sentences (conditional)

1.11.4. Grammar of the language used in VK-About processor

From the analysis of the grammar of the Russian language, it follows that each of its 13 sections: noun, verb, adjective, adverb, preposition, conjunction, pronoun, numeral, particle, participle, participle, interjection, word of state - are necessary in a given situation for a full description situation. Some categories of functions, in part, may overlap, so for our purpose of creating the VK-O language of the processor, some sections can be skipped and some simplified. At the same time, the bulkiness of sentences will increase, noise immunity, etc. will decrease, but the constructions of sentences and, therefore, its recognition will be simplified.

The meaning of dividing the objects of the surrounding world into animate and inanimate objects, living, inanimate, masculine, feminine, neuter, is that it is easier (faster) to understand (identify) objects previously divided into groups.

For the decision-making process, a relationship system is important.

Classification scheme of objects of the outside world

Thus, according to this grammar: animate can be masculine and feminine; animals - animated, masculine and feminine; inanimate plants, masculine and feminine; the sun, stone are inanimate only of the middle kind.

To solve the selected problem, an unambiguous presentation of pictures (images) is required. Each word must be described, each preposition is standard, uniquely defined. The signals from the outside world for the system here come through the channels: 1 - visual, 2 - auditory, 3 - tactile, 4 - olfactory, 5 - taste, 6 - tactile. For further analysis, we will use only two main channels - the first visual and the second sound (auditory). Both at the input of information and at the output. Information can either enter or exit our facility. The incoming and outgoing information can also be of two types: of a command nature - to do something (order and question) and information - to prepare a model for the command (narrative and conditional).

The analysis of words showed that they have a basis in the form of sounds of the surrounding world and lend themselves to reconstruction. Existing etymological dictionaries usually refer to ancient or foreign languages, which does not contribute to a greater understanding. Reconstruction of the path of word formation requires a separate approach to each word, allows for many interpretations. The algorithm inherent in the information system involves determining the method of obtaining information: visual, sound, tactile, olfactory, taste. Further, by imitation and adaptation of sound processes, a word, sentence, speech (text) is built. Through the text, scenes are created (through conditional sentences, the interaction of objects (not informational) is described, through narrative sentences the situation is described where the objects operate, through interrogative and incentive sentences information systems can interact with each other). Through the internal execution of the text proposals, the decision-making process takes place. Apparently, this is the main point of any decision-making system from bacteria to whale, etc.

Image management engine

To organize the decision-making process, the following scheme is proposed:

1. Information is obtained from the object;

2. A decision is made;

3. The impact on the object;

4. The process is then repeated.

When processing information, when making a decision, when acting on an object, it is necessary to have a model of the object. The model of the object is constructed by VK - language, which contains the following objects (Fig. 38):

1. VK - nouns with the help of which objects are called;

2. VK - verbs that give the name of the processes occurring in the real world;

3. VK - adjectives for the characterization of nouns;

4. VK - adverbs for characterizing verbs;

5. VK - numerals for the quantitative and ordinal expression of objects, actions and their characteristics;

6. VK - pronouns for the short name of objects, actions, characteristics;

7. VK - prepositions for describing situations with objects in space and in time;

8. VK - unions for the formation of words in sentences when describing situations;

9. VK - particles for the negation of objects, actions, characteristics.

The rest of the speech: 1 - participles; 2 - participles; 3 - state words; 4 - interjections, are not used in this language. Service words and word terms are added.

The noun here is an image. A verb is a movement, a change in what happens to an image. Adjective is a property of the image. Adverb is a property of the verb. A numeral shows the number (order) of actions or images. Pronouns are used to briefly name an image. Prepositions determine the order of interaction of images with each other. Unions are needed to build a knowledge base. A particle is introduced to describe the negation.

VK - nouns

To increase noise immunity, to speed up the search for components, and to quickly identify the VC image, the language has two main cases (in the sense of word control operators): infinite and prepositional. Each in turn has an additional division. Noun (Fig. 39) is a set of key, semantic syllables drawn from acceptable sounds and combined into groups Ж, Н, О, НО, М, Ж, С, plural (MCH), singular (EL), corresponding to this case of endings. In all nouns of the middle gender, for example, the ending C, for the masculine EP, for the feminine O.

Accordingly, cases, as in the traditional version, should have tables of words in the singular and plural.

The first case is non-prepositional (nominative). This case is active (analogue of the nominative). The mode is possible here: 1. Vocal

For example: comrade.

2. The active mode of the case of a noun refers to the object that performs the action. For example: the sun has risen. In this case, a third (3) - passive mode is possible. When an action is performed on another object (object) without an excuse. For example: A bird pecks grain. The grain is in the passive mode of the nominative case. In the Nominative case for M, F, C modes there are endings -ey, -eyu, ee, respectively, in the singular, and -eyai, -eyui, -eei in the plural. For the passive mode of the Native case, the ending -u is added. We obtain, respectively, for the M, F, C modes of Ech, Mch states: -eyu, -eyuu, -eeu, -eyaiu, -eyuiu, -eeee. Here, “e” is the separator, “y” is the sound of coercion.

The second case (or a group of cases) uses prepositions that control words, creating the corresponding picture, and are necessarily present. At the beginning of each word is a preposition, and in the case ending is the first letter of the name of this case.

Let us describe this group of cases in Russian. Their descriptions may have another encoding. There are six such groups (the number of preposition groups). If a situation arises in the description of which a new pretext is required, a new case is introduced.

1. M - case of the place of action. For example: Flies on a pole. Pillar-BUT, NJ-S-kind: Column. Consequently, flies to the pillar M, the "e" -separator. The preposition “on” has two meanings: on the surface of something and on - the direction of action. For the sake of clarity, a division of this preposition into two is introduced, which is described in the section of VK prepositions.

2. In - case of action. The letter “c” with the separator “e” is added to the end. For example: Do in an hour. Hour - BUT, NJ - Hour: do in hours.

3. P - case indicating the reason. The ending "n" and the separator "e". For example: Came out due to fog. Fog-BUT, NF-foggy: out due to foggy.

4. C - case indicating the target. The ending "c" is the delimiter "e". For example, work for the motherland. Rodina- BUT, NZ-Rodino: Work for Rodiniec.

5. D - case, indicating a course of action. The ending "d", the separator "e", for example: work without rest. Rest- NZ, BUT- rest: work without rest.

6. U - case indicating the subject to which the action is directed (H). The ending is “n,” the delimiter is “e.” For example: talk about a movie. The film -NO, NJ- film. Talk about movies.

The structural diagram of the VK language is shown in FIG. 39, where the noun, pre is the preposition, hl is the verb, prl is the adjective, nar-adverb, hsl is the numeral, mst is the pronoun, sz is the union, and hst is the particle.

Groups of nouns are divided into five subgroups: Prg, Wt, Trg, Tht, Ptg.

Further, each of these groups is divided into two subgroups: singular (MF) and plural (MF).

Further, each of these groups is divided into five subgroups into the noun 1 - specific ((КМК), 2 - real (ВЩТ), 3 - abstract (OTV), 4 - collective (SOB), 5 - own (SBS).

The words themselves are recorded in the word table (TSL). The vocabulary, for example, of the Russian language is estimated at 5 * 10 ⁶ words (this determines the capacity of this table).

Each word is represented in three variants of the prepositional case and in six variants of the prepositional case.

Each word from this group has four types of sentences (tale, decree, uzvi, vior), which are recorded in the TBL sentence table.

Each of these proposals has an image of a shadow (TNO), static (STO), dynamic (DNO).

Separate tables of the above scheme are shown in Fig. 40.

VK - prepositions

Prepositions in VK - language play a major role in the formation of cases. They accurately describe the essence of the situation. Each preposition must be accurately and unambiguously described (presented). The preposition denotes before (word) lying. The prepositions of VK - language are divided into the following groups (Fig. 41):

1. Spatial (MPR) - indicating the place;

2. Temporary (VLOOKUP) - indicating the time;

3. Causal (PPR) - indicating the cause;

4. Target (DPC) - indicating the goal;

5. Mode of action (DPR) - indicating the mode of action;

6. Objective (UPR) - indicating the subject to which the action is directed.

VK - the language is open for entering new prepositions displaying new pictures (images). The designation of VK prepositions has its own symbolism, which was introduced with the aim of unambiguous identification and elimination of associative influence.

1. Spatial prepositions. Prepositions indicating a place (19 prepositions).

1.1. The preposition "c"

The preposition is intended to reflect the situation of directed action inside the noun (object). The image of screwing (screwing) is used. Entrance to the object. At this distance, the action ends. Whether the object passes further is not specified.

B = VVIN

For example: to the house; in yourself; in the car; into a puddle. In the soul;

1.2 The pretext “through” - this year, the link - is a florid (c) slit path.

Through = GVUZ (go vi ties - there is a florid (in) gap).

This preposition denotes the action of an object through another object, through its insides, with entry into the object and exit from the object.

For example: He went through an obstacle; She leaked through the filter;

She went through the ring; The dog climbed through the bushes;

You went through the rapids.

1.3 The pretext “through”

1) a cut - a cut - a cut - a tie - a red gap;

2) knot res - sharp cut;

3) mountain ties - the path of the sun in the gap.

Through = SRUZ (the gray bond is the red gap).

The action of the preposition in the Russian language means through (through) an obstacle and through the surface. VK - language leaves only one value across the surface.

For example, He jumped over the barrier; The car went through the pass;

She crawled through the trench; He threw over his head;

You climbed over the fence.

1.4 The pretext "of"

1) and bonds - a lot (in) the gap

From = SSUZ (this tie is the path (from) the gap). The action of the preposition indicates the exit of an object from some area of another object.

For example: He left the house; She lost her temper;

She got out of the car; The pig climbed out of the puddle;

You got out of the shower.

1.4 'The preposition "k"

The preposition "k" describes the situation when one object moves to another object. The second meaning of the preposition “k” of the mode of action (the animal is accustomed to good treatment) VK - language does not use here.

K = GGON (then he goes - he goes).

For example: He went to the stadium; It slid to the river;

She flew to the moon; The animal is accustomed to the feeder;

You go to the edge of the forest.

1.5 The pretext "from"

O - exit through rounded lips, that is, a pointer: separation from the circle.

From = GTOS (go about it - the way is in circles (from the center) this).

The preposition is intended to describe situations of movement from an object in any direction. The preposition “from” is not used here to indicate a course of action.

For example: He moved away from the stadium; It rolled away from the wall;

She flew away from the moon; The animal has moved away from the puddle;

You get away from the edge.

1.6 The preposition "before"

To - then - pointer, exit.

Do = TDOS (then to this - to this).

The preposition in the sentence describes the situation when the movement is carried out to any limit. The purpose of the preposition “do” is not used to indicate the course of action.

For example: He came to the river; It rolled to the stone;

She flew off to the bushes; The wolf jumped to the roe deer;

You go to the wall.

1.7 The preposition "before"

Pn, then - direct - resistance, then - indication; in front. Per row - first in a row.

Before = PRID (straight ahead).

The preposition is used in the situation when the object is in front of another object.

For example: He stood in front of a man; It slipped in front of the car;

She passed in front of a shop window; The student stood in front of the teacher;

You landed in front of a tree.

1.8 The pretext “for”

Back-to-back then: a gap then.

Behind = BACK (all ass is behind).

The preposition is intended to describe the situation when one item is behind another item.

For example: He stood around the corner; It whistled behind his head;

She went behind the screen; The student stood at the desk;

You fell below the line.

1.9 The preposition "over"

Above that - to - give a sound, then - a pointer.

The preposition is used for the situation when one item is above another item.

Above - DECLINE (se on that - this is on that).

For example: He flew over the Urals; It darted overhead;

She passed over the city; Clouds thickened over the forest;

You jumped over the wire.

1.10. The preposition "under"

Under = bo that is living that (belly that).

The preposition is used to describe an object under another object.

Pod = SBOT (se then - this is the stomach (mobile) then).

For example: He passed under the bridge; You threw it under the table;

She hung under the dome; He is wounded near Smolensk;

It was under the mountain.

1.11. The preposition "on - 1"

On - on - gives (sees) that.

Na = CHAT (se on that - this on that).

The preposition is used in the situation when one object is directly on the surface of another object.

For example: He flew to Earth; It remained on the river;

She sat on a chair; A man sailed on the mast;

You jumped to the site.

1.13. The preposition "by"

Po - bo - moving, living (creeps).

Po = TBC (by Bo - by living it).

The preposition is used to describe the situation when an object moves on the surface of another object.

For example: He walked on ice; It crawled along the edge;

She ran along the road; The boat sailed along the river;

You rushed up the stairs.

1.14. The preposition "about" (around, near, near, near, near)

The preposition describes the situation when one object is with another, being its closest environment.

1) an eye - an eye - le - flies: to examine;

2) o - circle - count - count: around the stake (circle, terrain).

Around = CLOSE (number - this is a circle).

For example: He sang by the window; It appeared near the lake;

She was sitting near the table; The cylinder spun about an axis;

You were digging around the house.

1.15. The preposition "left"

On the left - le vie - flies floridly - free.

The preposition describes the situation when the item is on the left side of another item. The left side is determined by the left hand of a person, the left hand is determined by the side of the chest where the person’s heart is located.

LEFT = LEFT (se le ve - it flies floridly).

For example: He walked to the left of the garage; It jumped to the left of the pit;

She crouched on the left of the birch; The tractor plowed on the left boundary;

You landed on the left of the pillar.

1.16. The preposition "right"

Right - by ra vi

1) the path of the sun;

2) Straight - direct path.

The preposition is used to describe the situation when passing the subject to the right of another subject. The right is defined as the opposite side of the left.

Right - RIGHT.

For example: He walked to the right of the garage; It jumped to the right of the pit;

She crouched to the right of the birch; The tractor plowed on the right side;

You landed on the right side of the pillar.

1.17. The preposition "because of"

Because of - and the bonds of the ass - a lot (of) the gap for that.

The preposition is applicable to indicate the action with the rotation of the subject,

located behind the first item.

Because of = ZGZA (this is the path for).

For example: He stepped around the corner; You came from the forest;

They left behind the house; Sparrow fluttered out of the eaves;

It flew out from behind the pipe.

1.18. The preposition "s" (co)

C - bonds - acute.

The preposition is applicable to describe the situation of moving an object from the top of another object.

C = SPOV (from the surface).

For example: She climbed down the stairs; The book fell off the shelf;

He jumped off the court; The stone fell from the mountain;

You got off the board.

1.19. The preposition "between"

Between = ima then - I have (see) a gap then.

The preposition is used to depict a situation when an object passes between other objects.

Between = MZET (they know it - I have a gap).

For example: He walked between the pillars; You swam between the ice floes;

She passed between the clouds; A man fell between stones;

It slipped between the boards.

2. Temporary prepositions. Prepositions indicating the time (7 prepositions)

2.1. The preposition "through"

The preposition in the time domain is used to indicate the time after which the event will occur. The preposition “through” also has a spatial meaning, therefore it is written here with keywords.

Through = SERES (gray tie - this is a red gap, a line).

For example: He came in two hours; You looked in a minute;

He flew in a day; The shell fired a year later;

It sailed away in a week.

2.2. The preposition "k"

The preposition in the time domain is used to describe the situation when the process is timed to a certain date, not later.

Since the preposition “k” is also in the space group, here it has a different description.

K = GORV (gora vi - the twisted sun comes up)

For example: She arrived at one in the afternoon; You uploaded for dinner;

She flew in in the evening; The train arrived at three in the afternoon;

It sailed towards the morning.

2.3. The preposition "before"

A time-domain preposition describes a situation where some processes last until a certain time.

Do = DORS (torah ce - quickly this).

For example: A dog barked until morning; The bees froze until spring;

The boy cried for up to an hour; Preparation lasted up to 10 minutes.

The girl was waiting until the arrival of the plane.

2.4. The preposition "after"

In the time domain, the preposition is used to indicate the situation of the origin of events after (behind) another event.

After - bo uzla e - there is a living gap.

After = LATER (no node - 1. tree water gap: the tree passed through; 2. living movable gap (sharp, small) water (liquid).

For example: Thunder struck in the afternoon; You started work after a year of study;

He sang after one in the afternoon; Success came after two years of work;

She woke up after seven in the morning.

2.5 The pretext “for”

In the time domain, the preposition is used to indicate a time interval.

For = GOTR (go pa then go circle).

For example: She completed the work in one hour; They got during the work;

He managed to reach the goal in a week; They ate food in three years;

You disappeared in a day.

2.6. The preposition "during"

The preposition is used to indicate the situation when the process proceeds continuously (evenly) during a certain period of time and the result may appear at any moment of this segment.

During = Vi that ties - ornate (in) a crack.

During = VITR (vita torus - ornately fast)

For example: You came for a month; He was sick for a year; The dog howled overnight; He surrendered for a period. She left in an hour;

2.7. The preposition "in"

In the time domain, it is used to indicate the start time of the process.

B = VIRT (vi ra that - twisted circle that).

For example: He left at five o’clock; Be home at five thirty minutes;

They sailed away into the night; At five minutes past one light the light;

They entered the port at noon.

3. Causal prepositions. These prepositions indicate the reason for the origin of events (1 preposition).

3.1. The preposition "from" (due, due, due)

From - about - the circle is that.

From = GOOOT (go about - going around (from the center) then).

The preposition "from" is used to identify the object that is the cause of the process.

For example: Hold up due to (from) fog; Hide from shyness; Blush with embarrassment; Turn green from the sun Remain due to (from) the disease;

3.2. The pretext "contrary" (despite)

Contrary = straight like: against each other.

The preposition is used to indicate a situation where an event occurs even against an opposing event.

For example: contrary to forecasts; contrary to common sense; despite the pain; contrary to corruption. contrary to allegations;

4. Target prepositions (indicate the purpose of the action) (2 prepositions).

4.1. The preposition "for"

For = do la - that la - that water.

For = TOLA (that is water).

The preposition “for” is used to indicate the situation when one object functions for another.

For example: Work for the homeland; Gave for you; Brought for the car; He lived for himself. Invented for a picture;

4.2. The preposition "on"

Here the preposition “on” sets the purpose of the movement.

On = TONES (then - a pointer - on - to give).

For example: I am going to a thunderstorm; I am going to a meeting; I am going to ram; I'm going to the road. I go to the beast;

4.3 The pretext “Against”

Against = direct then vi - direct - overcoming resistance - then vi - go.

The preposition is used to describe the situation when one subject acts against another.

Against = PRID (straightforward - against that).

For example: Work against the enemy; Flew against the wind; Done against the boss; He walked against the tide. Climbed against the beast;

5. The pretext of action patterns (indicate the course of action)

5.1. The preposition "c"

The preposition is used to indicate the situation when one object functions in conjunction with another.

C = COMB (jointly).

For example: Work with a friend; Sing with enthusiasm; Work with passion; Learn with the costs. Work with sloth;

6. Object prepositions (indicating the subject to which the action is directed)

6.1. The preposition "O"

The preposition is used to describe the situation when they have information about another object.

Oh - about that (about that).

For example: Talk about the movie.

On Fig shows a structural diagram of prepositions. Prepositions are divided into groups, as described above, MPR, VPR, PPR, TsPR, DPR, OPR. The corresponding prepositions are placed in these tables. Each preposition corresponds to a table of nouns (TSL), which is associated with the corresponding set of nouns written in the word table (TSL) corresponding to each preposition. Each combination of a preposition and a noun is associated with an image in a shadow form (TNO) and a static (STO) form.

A separate table of the above scheme is shown in Fig. 42.

VK - verbs

The verb (Fig. 43) denotes action, movement, movement. The formation of VK - verbs occurs on the basis of a dictionary with a semantic meaning identical to the Russian language (5 types). To indicate the actions that the subject can do, the initial form of the NF is used - the end of maintenance.

For example: ax ax stomp bego Begoto to run backside zadoto sit

Further, for our purposes, two forms of the mood of the verb are used: indicative (FROM - to express, tell) and command (PR - to command, command). And also uses three tenses of the verb: past, present and future. Moreover, since the verb is associated with a noun, it is necessary to show to increase the noise immunity, with which noun the action takes place: M, F, C kind. This is done with the help of endings: n - past tense; n - present; b - future tense.

For example: boy ran on ice PWG, past tense boy running-ice on ice girl holding a doll VTG, present girl dergoto n-oh doll an apple will hang on a tree PTH, future tense 6th apple on a tree

Also, to indicate verbs that describe objects in the plural, the letter "and" is added.

For example: boys running about ice girls dergoto noo doll apples-6th and on a tree

Here are examples for a third party (she). The table of endings of changes in verbs by persons is as follows:

I am berto-i we are berto-we you begto you you are berto-you it begto er they are becto-they she bego oh it berto

The structural diagram of VK - verbs is shown in Fig. 43.

Here the verbs are given in the initial form for groups related to labor activity (TD), related to mental and speech activity (URD), causing movement and position in space (SPP), causing various states (PC), causing a state of nature (SP) .

Further, each verb from this group is presented in the imperative command (PR) form and the indicative (from) -telling (tale) form.

Verbs in an indicative form are presented further in the form of verbs of the present, past and future tenses (PV, HB, BV), which in turn are divided into groups and Mn.ch., which in turn are divided into 5 groups (PWG, VTG, TRG, ChTG, PTH).

Each verb from this table corresponds to a set of sentences. Each proposal from this set has a corresponding shadow image (TNO), static image (STO), and dynamic image (DO).

On Fig shows a separate table of this structure.

VK - adjectives

Nouns call objects, verbs show their actions, and adjectives indicate the properties (characteristics) of an object. As in the Russian language, VK - adjectives (Fig. 45) can be: 1. high-quality (CoES); 2. relative (OTN); 3. possessive (PRT).

1. Qualitative adjectives are divided into adjectives that characterize objects; 1.1. By size (VLCh); 1.2. By color (TEC); 1.3. According to internal qualities (VChK); 1.4. By age (VZR); 1.5. By weight (WEIGHT).

2. Relative adjectives characterize nouns; 2.1. At the location (MST); 2.2. According to the material (MTR) 2.3. By the time of existence (HRV); 2.4. By appointment of the subject (PAZ).

3. Possessive adjectives indicate the attribute of an object by affiliation: 3.1. to the person (HLK); 3.2. animal (VT).

VK - adjectives in the singular have case endings the same as the case endings of the corresponding nouns with the addition of the marker n. In the plural - similar to the first case.

For example: Misty - foggy-p-ee.

On Fig depicts a structural diagram of VK - adjectives. Here the adjectives are divided into CCC, OTN and PRT. In turn, the CCC is divided into VLCh, TsVT, VChCh, VZR, and VES adjectives.

OTH adjectives are divided into MCT, MTR, VRS and US adjectives. POT adjectives are subdivided into PLC and VT. Further, Mn.ch adjectives are not divided into groups, but They are divided into five groups: PWG, VTG, TRG, CTG, PTH. Each adjective from this group is represented in 9 cases. Each adjective from this table corresponds to a set of sentences. Each proposal corresponds to an image in shadow form (TNO), static form (STO), dynamic form (DMA). On Fig produced separate tables from the above structural diagrams of adjectives.

VK - an adverb

VK - an adverb (Fig. 47) denotes a sign (characteristic) of an action and a sign (characteristic) of a sign (characteristic). VK - adverbs are divided into:

1. Adverbs of the image (GCD) (actions (fast, slow, sad, fun, good, in Russian, rough, wide, finished, fresh)).

2. Adverbs of measure (NMR) (very, too, very, completely, twice).

3. Adverbs of place (NMS) (far, close, far, near, everywhere, up, down, right, left, from afar).

4. Adverbs of time (HBP) (today, tomorrow, yesterday, morning, evening, afternoon, now, now, in winter, until late).

5. Causal adverbs (R & D) (rash, hardy, involuntarily, willy-nilly).

6. Target adverbs (NCL) (in vain, on purpose, for show). VK - adverbs are identified by the suffix NAR.

For example: Running - runner - running.

Fast - fast.

Suddenly - suddenly.

On Fig depicts a structural diagram of VK - adverbs. Here are the GCD NMR, NMS, NVR, NIR and NCL adverbs. Each adverb from these groups can be included in sentences related to a verb, adjective or adverb. Each such proposal has a corresponding image in the form of TNO, STO, DMO.

On Fig shows a separate table of the above structure.

VK - numerals

VK - numerals (Fig. 49) are used to transmit information about the numerical side of the world - a specific (specified) plural. Numbers measure the number of objects, their weight, value, distance, time. Numerals are: 1. Quantitative (KLCH) - to show how many items are located somewhere. 2. Ordinal (PRD) - characterize the location of the item in a number of other items. 3. Collective (SBR); 4. Fractional (DRB). To increase noise immunity, quantitative numerals have an in-marker and an ordinal in-marker. The case ending they have is the same as the noun with which they are.

For example: Five tables - five-kh-eey stoloeey.

On Fig shows a structural diagram of the numerals. Here are KLCH, PRD, SOB, DRB numerals. Each numeral has 9 cases and each of these numerals is included in the corresponding sentence, which has the corresponding image in TNO, STO, DMO form.

VK - pronouns

VK - pronouns (Fig.51) are used in the transmission of information instead of nouns, adjectives, numerals and adverbs. A pronoun is a word that does not name objects, their signs or quantity, but only points to them or asks about them. The pronoun allows you to simplify sentences and reduce their length. Pronouns are:

1. Pronouns - nouns (ISUS) (I, you, he, we, you, they, who, what, nobody, nothing, someone, something).

2. Pronouns - adjectives (MPRL) (mine, yours, ours, yours, what, that, this).

3. Pronouns - numerals (MESL) (how many, how many, several).

4. Pronouns - adverbs (MNAR) (where, where, where, when, so, there, therefore).

Pronouns - nouns are subdivided into 1.1. personal pronouns (LM); 1.2. Reflexive pronouns (self) (VM).

1.1. Personal pronouns

I, we are 1st person pronouns, point to the speaker.

You, you are the 2nd person pronouns, point to the interlocutor.

He, she, it, they are 3rd person pronouns, indicate who they are talking about or what they are talking about.

Expanded form

Unit PWG VTG PTH one I am ya yao 2 you you are u about 3 it she it Mn. PWG VTG PTH one we Moya we about 2 you you you're about 3 they onia they are about (onionia, onionio, onionio)

Compressed form

Unit Mn. one I am we 2 you you 3 he she it they

The case endings of the case pronouns are the name of the case.

2. Pronouns - adjectives are divided into possessive (PRTR), interrogative (VPRS), indefinite (NPR), negative (OTRC) and indicative (UKZT):

2.1. Possessive (mine, yours, yours, ours, ours, his, his, her, them). Indicate the subject.

2.2. Interrogative pronouns (who, what, what, whose, who, how much, where, when, where, where, why, why).

On Fig shows a structural diagram of VK - pronouns. Here, in the end, each pronoun is associated with a sentence, each of which corresponds to an image in TNO, STO and DMO types.

VK - unions

The Union serves to link members in a proposal. VK - unions (Fig. 53) are divided into: 1. Composing (MFL); 2. Subordinates (AML).

1. Composing unions are divided into: 1.1. connecting - "And";

1.2. opposing - “But” 1.3. Separators - “or”

2. Subordinate unions are divided into: 2.1. temporary (BPM) - indicate the time: when, so far, barely, only. 2.2. Causal (indicate the reason: because). 2.3. Target (CLV) - indicate the goal: in order to. 2.4. Conditional (USL) - indicate the conditions: if - then.

2.5. Concessional (TSI) - indicate the contradiction of one event to another: despite the fact that; 2.6. Comparative (SRV) - indicate a comparison: as if. 2.7. Investigative Investigators (SLD) - indicate a consequence: so. 2.8. Explanatory (IZY) - indicate what the main sentence says: what.

On Fig shows separate tables of the above-described scheme of unions.

VK - particles

VK - particles (Fig. 55) are divided into: 1. affirmative (UTV); 2. negative (OTR).

The affirmative “Yes” is used to confirm.

1. Negative particles “Not” and “No” give a negative meaning to a sentence or a single word.

2. The interrogative particle “does” expresses the question.

VK - terms and VK - service words

VK - terms include the words abbreviation type PRDPRMMKL, etc. Service words include words like <all>, <remember>, <do>, etc.

1.11.5. Vk offers - language

To describe the situation for other aerospace defense processors (this or the following generations)

For the organization of joint action requires a means of displaying the real world. For VKO - processor for these purposes serves VK - language.

VK - the language has four types of sentences.

1. Indicating (incentive): decree. Decree: Private Petrov, stand in line: that's it.

2. Interrogative: vior. Vior: Nikolay, where is the key ?: everything.

3. Narrative: tale.

Tale: A fork lies on the kitchen table: that's it.

4. Conditional: find out.

1. Uzvi: If there are nails in the box, then bring them: that's it. After the 'then' is the Decree-sentence.

2. Uzi: If there are nails in a box, then what size are they ?: that's all. After the 'then' here is the vior offer.

3. Uzi: If there are nails in the box, then there is a blue box nearby: that's it.

After 'that' here is the Tale-sentence.

Each sentence has its own code word (decree, vior, tale, Uzi), which is ahead of this sentence, and the code word (for example, all) of the end of the sentence, which is at the end of this sentence.

VK - sentences are simple and complex. Complicated sentences consist of simple VK - sentences separated by unions - 'and', 'or', as well as a comma.

VK - the language contains the following types of words (inside the type of words are divided into groups).

1. Noun (C-view): horse, diver, radiance, tree, nail, ...;

1.1 Name (I - group C - type): Kolya, Natasha, East, Bug, ...;

2. Verb (G-view): to do, fly, pull, be, ...;

3. Adjective (P - type): red, fast, large, ...;

4. Adverb (N - type): very, strong, fast, lower, higher, ...;

5. Numeral (H - type): one, second, seven thousand five hundred and fifteen, ...;

6. Pronoun (M-type): mine, you, they, yours, this, ...;

7. Particle (emergency - view): yes, no, probably ...;

8. Preposition (PR - view): in, on, not, from, through, from, to, under, ...;

9. Union (SZ - type): if, then, because, when, where, where, or, and, how much, ....

Each of the listed types (and groups included in the types) of words can form sets of words.

1. A set of nouns (C - set, CH) consists of one noun or of many nouns. Either from a pronoun or from many pronouns. Either from a name or from many names. Or from a set of nouns, a set of pronouns, a set of names standing next to a sentence. Each of the elements included in the C - set has an attribute of the gender: male (PFP), female (PRJ), middle (PRS). Moreover, all nouns that call inanimate objects have a secondary gender. Nouns calling living things are masculine and neuter.

2. A set of verbs (G - set, GN) consists of one verb or set of verbs. Or a verb with an adverb. Or a set of verbs and a set of verbs with an adverb, standing in the sentence next.

3. A set of adjectives (P - set, PN) consists of one adjective or many adjectives. Either an adjective with an adverb, or a set of adjectives with adverbs, or a set of adverbs and an adjective. Or a set of adjectives and a set of adjectives with adverbs, and a set consisting of a set of adverbs with the corresponding adjective, standing next to the sentence.

4. A set of adverbs (H - a set, NN) consists of one adverb or many adverbs that are in the sentence next.

5. The set of numerals (ES - set, ČSN) consists of one numeral or a set of numerals, standing in the sentence next.

6. A set of pronouns (M - a set, MN) consists of one pronoun or many pronouns standing in a sentence nearby.

7. A set of particles (ES - set, ČSN) consists of one particle or many particles that are nearby in the proposal.

8. The set of prepositions (PR - set, PRN) consists of one preposition or many prepositions that are in the sentence next.

9. A set of unions (SZ - set, SZN) consists of one union or many unions that are in the proposal side by side.

The above sets of words in VK - language are combined into blocks of the noun (SB) and blocks of the verb (GB). The interaction of these blocks forms simple and complex VK sentences.

The noun block (SB) consists of a set of prepositions (PRN), a set of nouns (CH), a set of numerals (CH), a set of adjectives (PN),

(SB) = (PRN) (CH) (NP) (PN).

For example: (Sat)

(c) (sky) (-) (blue)

(on) (table) (two) (kitchen large)

(c) (forest) (one) (spring noisy)

(-) (side) (one) (young handsome tall)

A set of noun blocks (SBN) consists of one (SB) or several, separated by a set of conjunctions (СЗН) or a comma.

(PRS) = ((СБ) (СБ) (СЗН) (СБ) (СЗН) (СБ), ..., (СБ))

For example: (RLS)

((ship) (sea)) (or) ((river boat)) (and) (log) (,) (raft)).

The verb block (GB) consists of a set of verbs (GN), a set of particles (ČSN), a set of adverbs (NN).

(GB) = (ČSN) (GN) (LV)

For example: (BG)

(not) (do) (fast) (-) (write) (good yesterday)

(-) (go) (slowly) (not) (do) (today) (not) (tighten) (now tight) (-) (go) (tomorrow)

Here a set of adverbs (NN) forms a sign of the time of action: past (yesterday), present (today), future (tomorrow, then).

A set of verb blocks (GBN) consists of one (GB), many (GB), separated by a set of conjunctions (СЗН) or a comma.

(GBN) = (GB) (SZN) (GB) (SZN) (GB), ..., (GB)

Then VC - offers can be presented in the form of a set (RLS) and (GBN), which form forms (having an identifier) at the stage of formation of a proposal and then its recognition.

Here we consider three forms (Ф1, Ф2, ФЗ), which form 36 variants of simple and unlimited number of complex VK-offers.

1. F1: (RLS) (GBN) (log) (sail)

2. Ф2: (RLS) (RLS) (GBN) (log) ((along) (river)) ((sail) (now))

3. Ф3: (RLS) (RLS) (GBN) (RLS) (RLS) (log) (branch) (hook) (bridge)

(Bringing a sentence of any language to a standard form with a semantic representation of images, and then generating sentences by means of another language is a translation.)

Then:

1. Decree: F1: all Decree: (Nikolai) (go): all

2. Decree: F2: all Decree: (Nikolai) ((on) (work) (go in)): all

3. Decree: Federal Law: all Decree: (Nikolai) (hammer) (nail) (hammer): all

4. Viore: (SZN) F1: all Viore: (where) (Nikolay) ((go) (now)): all

5. Viore: (SZN) F2: all Viore: (why) (Nikolay) (linden) ((cut down) (yesterday)): all

6. Viore: (СЗН) ФЗ: all Viore: (when) (Nikolay) (shovel) (dug) (garden): all

7. Tale: (MN) F1: all Tale: (this) ((red) (car)) (rides): all

8. Tale: (MN) F2: all Tale: (that) (car) ((along) (road) (rides): all

9. Tale: (MN) FZ: all Tale: (yours) (tractor) (shovel) (rowing) (ground): all

And Uzvi: (СЗН) Ф1 (СЗН) Ф1 / Ф2 / Ф3 (decree, vior, tale): all Uzvi: (СЗН) Ф2 (СЗН) Ф1 / Ф2 / Ф3 (decree, vior, tale): all С Uzvi : (СЗН) Ф3 (СЗН) Ф1 / Ф2 / Ф3 (decree, vior, tale): all

BUT:

10, 11, 12 Uzvi: (if) ((weather) (good)) ((will be) (tomorrow)) (then) (decree) (plane) (fly): all; (that) (vior) (plane) (fly): everything; (tale) (plane) (fly)

13, 14, 15 Uzvi: (if) ((weather) (good)) ((will be) (tomorrow)) (then) (decree) (you) ((in) (forest)) (go): everything; (that) (vior) (you) (forest) (go): everything; (that) (tale) (masha) (forest) (go): that's it.

16, 17, 18 Uzvi: (if) ((weather) (good)) ((will be) (tomorrow)) (then) (decree) (tractor) (shovel) (load) (land): everything; (that) (vior) (tractor) (shovel) (ship) (land): everything; AT:

19, 20, 21 Uzvi: (if) (employee) (work) (fulfillment) (then) (decree) (Nikolay) ((go) (now)): everything; (that) (vior) (Nikolai) (go): everything; (then) (tale) (Nikolay) ((go) (quickly)): all

22, 23, 24 Uzvi: (if) (employee) (work) (fulfillment) (then) (decree) (Nikolai) ((warm) (home)) ((go) (now)): everything; (then) (vior) (Nikolai) ((warm) (house)) ((go) (now)): everything; (tale) (Nikolai) ((warm) (house)) ((go) (now)): everything;

25, 26, 27 Uzvi: (if) (employee) (work) (completed) (then) (decree) (Nikolai) (switch) (switch on) (machine): everything; (then) (vior) (Nikolai) (switch) (inclusion) ((electric) (car)); (that) (tale) (Nikolai) (switch) (inclusion) ((electric) (car)): everything. FROM:

28, 29, 30 Uzvi: (if) (Nikolay) ((on) (bank) (glass)) (with a hammer) (hit) (then) (decree) (you) (move away): everything; (that) (vior) (fragments) (fall): everything; (that) (tale) (bank) (will break): that's it.

31, 32, 33 Uzvi: (if) (Nikolai) ((by) (bank) (glass)) (by hammer) (hit) (then) (decree) (Galya) ((splinter) (many)) (collect) : all; (then) (vior) ((splinter) (many)) (gender) (fall): everything; (that) (tale) ((splinter) (many)) (gender) (fall): everything.

34, 35, 36 Uzvi: (if) (Nikolay) ((on) (bank)) (glass) (hammer) (hit) (then) (decree) (Galya) (broom) (revenge) ((splinter) ( many)): all; (that) (vior) ((splinter) (many)) (edge) (cut) (rug): all; (then) (tale) ((splinter) (a lot)) (edge) (scratch) (floor): that's it.

Complex VK - sentences are formed according to the following scheme.

(FS) = (Ф1 / Ф2 / Ф3) ((OR) (И) (,)) (Ф1 / Ф2 / Ф3) ((OR) (И) (,)) ... (Ф1 / Ф2 / Ф3)

Then the general scheme of analysis (formation and recognition) of sentences of VK - language is as follows.

(Decree) (Vior) (Tale) (Uzvi) (SZN) (FS) (SZN) (FS).

The development of this scheme leads to the expansion of the descriptive capabilities of the generated language and at the same time requires an increase in resources for processing sentences in real time.

On Fig shows an example of the relationship of the elements of VK - language and images. On Fig, 58, 59 are examples of flat and three-dimensional images and images that display actions (verbs).

1.12 VK - semantic network (VKSS)

VK - semantic network is a set of names of objects and their possible states. The host has the following structure:

(U VKSS) = (Vior - sentences - images) - (Tale - sentences - images) - (Uzvi - sentences - images: (Decree, Tale, Vior, Uzvi - sentences images))

The following Viore-offers (questions) are used as keywords for entering the network (here F1, F2, F3, ... possible forms of offers):

1. Who? (verb: flies, swims, digs, writes, eats, walks, carries, thinks, loves, ...)

2. What? (verb: do, dig, chop, wear, eat, carries, think, ...)

3. Which one? (noun: color, weather, action, mood, ...)

4. How much? (noun-verb (F1, F2, F3): birds fly, people entered, students solved the problem, anglers caught a fish with a fishing rod) (noun-adjective (F1, F2, F3): there are white snowflakes, blue lights hanging on the tree, old the hunter caught the wolves with an iron trap)

5. Where? (F1, F2, F3: a pheasant sits, a red squirrel hid nuts, a little boy found a flower)

6. When? (what time?) (F1, F2, F3: the event happened, the train came to the station, the shepherd drove the cow into the stable)

7. With whom? (F1, F2, F3: the owner entered, ...)

8. With what? (F1, F2, F3: the peasant came to the market, ...)

9. How? (F1, F2, F3: the bird flapped its wing, ...)

10. Why? (what reason?) (why?) (why?) (because of what?) (what does it mean?) (F1, F2, F3: the passenger platform was late, the dump truck hooked the fence with a bumper, ...)

11. Where from? (F1, F2, F3: a leaf flew in, ...)

12. Where to? (F1, F2, F3: the stream runs, ...)

13. What for? (F1, F2, F3: put the oak root, the bird is similar in flight, ...)

14. From what? (F1, F2, F3 device consists, mechanical watches are made by Vasya, ...)

15. For what? (F1, F2, F3: this person is respected, ...)

16. On whom? (F1, F2, F3: we will go home, ...)

17. On what? (F1, F2, F3 the child will return to school)

18. Under what? (F1, F2, F3: the water supply runs)

19. Over what? (F1, F2, F3: migratory birds fly in the spring)

20. What about? (F1, F2, F3: Socrates thought ...)

21. Inside what? (F1, F2, F3: the mouse crawled on the table with its tail, ...)

22. ...

23. ...

VKSS has three levels of representation of images.

1. The lower level of images presented in visual form (images in statics and dynamics (in time)).

2. The average level represented by VK - offers, and each offer of the second level has an image of the first level.

3. The upper level is represented by nine types of words (1. noun 2. adjective 3. verb 4. adverb 5. preposition 6. pronoun 7. conjunction 8. particles 9. number) that make up the generalized (abstract) level of the network. Terms and service words are not described here.

Knowledge is fixed by Uzvi sentences. Actions are required by Decree-offers, information (tuning) is carried out by Skaz-offers, dialogue (obtaining information) is carried out by Vior-offers.

4. Solver (planner).

A. Analysis of tasks and selection of methods for their solution (instructions);

B. Drawing up an action plan for a period of time;

B. Analysis of past events and development of rules (determination of patterns);

D. Management of the structure of the knowledge base and images;

D. Communication with the videoconferencing structure (accumulation of information).

At the top level, the Scheduler has a list of tasks, for example, for a day.

- Rise; (open your eyes; turn your eyes to the left, to the right, examine the situation; if not normal (not normal) - react according to the relevant instructions; if normal, then get up (get up :); adjust the bed (fix the bed :)); - Prayer; - Restroom; (if not normal (not normal :) - respond according to the relevant instructions, if everything is normal, then go to the bath (toilet, sink, washbasin, ...) (walk :); send the need for the toilet; open the hot water tap; open the cold water tap; make the water warm; wash your hands; wash; take a towel; wipe yourself; ...); - Charging; - Dressing room clothes; - Cooking breakfast; - washing dishes; - Teeth cleaning; - Wearing outerwear; - Take out food for dogs in the car; - Removal of a bag of garbage into the car; - Drive by car from home to work; - Get out of the car; - Feed the dogs; - Transfer the bag of food and papers to the office;

- Make a plan for the day according to the information and directions received (Vinokur, Vorobey, Chek, Petrovich, Children, Hawa, electricity, gas, paperwork, phone calls for receiving and transmitting, money, rent, production, inventions, religion, ...);

- Inviting employees and bringing to them an action plan for that day; - Monitoring the implementation by employees of the brought up action plan; - Work with calls; - A trip for documents, parts, spare parts, ... - View news on NTV 19-00 hours. - Call to Hava. Sending instructions, receiving requests; - Work on the VKO-processor according to the development point;

- Transmission of night shift instructions and watchmen; - Prayer; - Hang up. The scheduler has a weekly task plan.

- Every week supply of the Object - Hawa with food, spare parts, medicines, livestock feed; - Every week watching films on the topic: Followers of the Slavic Cosmic Vedism. The scheduler has a monthly task plan.

The scheduler has a plan for the functioning of the VKO processor and their communities.

The planner uses sentences as commands. These suggestions are instructions. The process of executing instructions is the process of functioning of the VKO processor. At each step of the micro- and macro-teams, the adjustment process is underway.

5. Contractor

Decree-proposal: action (program for the implementation of micromotion instructions for macromotion with feedback)

1.12.1 Scheme of interaction of VKSS objects

The area where the VK-O processor operates is described by VK sentences, which form the local one - VKSS of this object (region).

On Fig shows a diagram of the interaction of objects VKSS. Here, the block of letters and sounds I, through the block of words II, forms nine types of words into a block of words III, which consists of a block of a noun, a block of pronouns, a block of prepositions, a block of adjectives, a block of verbs, a block of particles, a block of adverbs, a block of conjunctions, a block of numbers. Each of these blocks contains an individual code of the word, and the word noun designates an object or process as an object; the word pronoun means (intended) the short name of the object; the word preposition is intended to indicate the nature of the interaction between objects; the word adjective is intended to describe the qualities of an object; the word verb is intended to reflect the actions performed by the object; the word particle is intended to control (negate) the actions of the verb; the word adverb is intended to reflect the qualities of verbs and adjectives; the word union is intended to reflect the relations of objects described by sentences; the word number is intended for a quantitative description of an object. Nine types of words are enough for VK-O processor to describe the outside world (terms and service words are not shown here).

A sentence block IV from words forms sentences: indicative (decree - block of indicative sentences), interrogative (viore - block of interrogative sentences), narrative (tale - block of narrative sentences, with each narrative sentence corresponding to its interrogative sentence and vice versa), conditional (Uz - block of conditional sentences).

Proposals can be presented in audio format and visual (to be graphically displayed through the alphabet). Block of flat images of sentences V

forms and stores static and dynamic (time-varying) images created by sentences (initial, intermediate, and final state of an object) of the corresponding blocks: block of images of indicative sentences, block of images of interrogative sentences, block of images of narrative sentences, block of images of conditional sentences.

Each of the sentences of block IV has its own section in the block of verbal dossier and instructions VI and the block of visual dossier and instructions VII. These blocks allow you to describe in detail the process of fulfilling the indicative sentence or, through the questions and answers, to characterize the object of the specific sentence.

Visual information is generated, stored and reproduced through a block of virtual memory cube (BVKP) -VII, which in turn forms images through a block of chips (parasols) IX.

BVKP-IX on a horizontal surface is divided into zones of the CPSU, related to a specific place. The vertical coordinate sets the time parameter for dynamic viewing and intervals (epochs).

For example, moving along the (x, y) plane, you can move around the apartment, house, street. But opening doors, leafing through books, watching films is movement along the t - parameter. Since each image has a PPI (an individual object code), it is constantly recognized within the CPSU and has a corresponding set of proposals in the proposal block IV with the corresponding link (or individual proposal code (ICP)). One of the levels (zero) BVKP-IX refers to - 'now'. Below - to 'today', below - to 'yesterday', etc. Higher - towards the planned future (dreams).

Instructions and descriptions of objects are duplicated by a separate independent arrangement of image blocks and files.

Entrance to the VKSS is carried out the formation of new words, new images, new connections.

Data request is carried out through the input of offers and input of images. The answer can be internal - images and sentences (inner voice, written text) - or external - images (painted image) and sentences (voice or written text)

The scale of the network can be estimated by the following parameters. For the VK-O processor to function properly, twenty-five thousand words, seven thousand verbs, two thousand adjectives, seven hundred adverbs, seventy prepositions, twenty pronouns, ten particles, fifteen conjunctions, a thousand numerals are needed.

Specific images have corresponding words, which make it possible to form an associative mechanism for displaying data in VKSS based on textual (visual) or audio information. BVKP-IX also has a built-in mechanism of associative memory by applying to the marker surface of objects located in the VKP individual codes of the object. Objects and their parts are united by the fact of their association in the outside world.

VKSS has several inputs of the formation and functioning of the network: 1. through the generation of words - sound (auditory) input; 2. through image generation - visual input.

VKSS has several inputs for requesting information (obtaining information):

A - textual: through sound and (or) visual channels;

B - shaped: through the optic canal.

Example proposals VKSS.

1. Nicholas sees the valley (image); 2. A river (image) flows through the valley; 3. The river has two banks; 4. One bank is the left bank; 5. The other bank is the right bank; 6. The river flows from the hills; 7. Above the river is a high sky; 8. Three white clouds are floating in the sky; 9. Three noisy birds fly in the sky; 10. Ten fish swim in the river; 11. On the left bank grows grass; 12. On the right bank grows a lot of tall tree; 13. On the right bank is a house; 14. The house has a basement and two floors and an attic; 15. The roof of the house is covered with slate; 16. On the roof there is a chimney and an antenna; 17. The house has a porch; 18. The veranda is in front of the house; 19. The veranda is on the ground floor level; 20. At the level of the second floor there is a glazed balcony; 21. The veranda has three windows and a door; 22. The door has two handles, a lock and a lock; 23. In front of the porch door is a high porch; 24. The porch has seven steps; 25. The house is made of red brick; 26. The foundation is made of concrete blocks; 27. Around the house is an orchard, flowerbed, lawn; 28. Through the veranda you can go to the first entrance hall; 29. In the hallway there is a hanger and a chair; 30. The hanger has shelves and a mirror; 31. A jacket and a hat hang on a hanger; 32. At the bottom of the hanger are shoes and boots; 33. The entrance hall has walls; 34. A picture hangs on the wall; 35. The picture depicts a stormy sea and a ship; 36. The entrance hall has five doors; 37. The first door is the front door; 38. The second door leads into the dressing room; 39. The third door leads to the stairs; 40. The fourth door leads to the toilet; 41. The fifth door leads to the second entrance hall; 42. The entrance hall has a wooden floor; 43. The floor is covered with linoleum; 44. The entrance hall has a ceiling; 45. The ceiling is covered with white, foam (p), square (p), small (p), plates; 46. On the wall of the first entrance hall there is a lamp and a switch; 47. The lamp has two incandescent lamps; 48. Each lamp has a power; 49. This power is 70 watts; 50. The second entrance hall has three doors; 51. The first door is the front door; 52. A second door leads to the kitchen; 53. A third door leads into the hall; 54. In the second hallway is a refrigerator, wardrobe; 55. The cabinet has three shelves and a door; 56. On the first shelf are books; 57. On the second shelf are gloves, mittens, an umbrella, four hats; 58. The third shelf is below; 59. On the third shelf are children's toys; 60. Each cabinet door closes its drawer; 61. There are three doors in this closet; 62. The refrigerator is painted white; 63. The refrigerator has two shelves, a freezer drawer and a lower drawer; 64. In the freezer box there are dumplings, meatballs, ham, meat, ice cream; 65. On the first shelf are eggs, milk, sour cream, cottage cheese, butter, sausages; 66. On the second shelf is a pot, plate, bag, can; 67. The pan is closed by a lid; 68. The pan is white; 69. In the pan is borsch; 70. The plate is closed by another plate; 71. In a plate is a chopped herring; 72. Herring is watered with sunflower oil; 73. Next to the herring is a chopped onion; 74. Onions are cut into rings; 75. The package has a rectangular shape; 76. The word is beautifully written on the packet; 77. The word means ryazhenka; 78. The package contains tasty, healthy fermented baked milk; 79. In the bottom drawer there are three plastic bags; 80. The first packet contains carrots; 81. In the second package is onion; 82. In the third package is white cabbage; 83. White cabbage is a cabbage swing; 84. The refrigerator is tightly closed with a sealed lid; 85. If the refrigerator lid is not closed, an ice growth will form on the freezer box; 86. If the growth is large, then the refrigerator door does not close; 87. If the refrigerator door does not close, then the refrigerator does not maintain the set temperature; 88. If the refrigerator does not maintain the set temperature, then the products heat up; 89. If the products heat up, the products deteriorate; 90. If the products deteriorate, then the products must not be eaten; 91. If food cannot be eaten, food is thrown into the trash; 92. Garbage is outside the yard; 93. Garbage is an iron box; 94. Garbage is thrown into the bin; 95. A special machine removes this garbage to a waste processing plant; 96. The second entrance hall has walls; 97. The walls are covered with light wallpaper; 98. A picture hangs on the wall; 99. The picture hangs over the refrigerator; 100. The painting depicts a beautiful fortress; 101. This fortress is called Peter and Paul; 102. It is located in the city of St. Petersburg; 103. The second entrance hall has a wooden floor; 104. This floor is covered with linoleum; 105. Linoleum has a yellow color and parquet pattern; 106. The second entrance hall has a white ceiling; 107. On the wall of the second entrance hall there is a lamp and a switch; 108. In the lamp there are two incandescent bulbs; 109. The power of one light bulb is 70 watts; 110. In the kitchen there is a kitchen table, three white stools, one green chair, a cutting table, a gas stove, a trash can, a utensil box; 111. A gas column, a dish dryer, a shelf, a cupboard are hanging on the kitchen wall; 112. On the other kitchen wall there is a light switch and a double electrical outlet; 113. A wash basin with a corrugated white pipe is connected to the sewer; 114. The sink has a water mixer; 115. The mixer dares two taps; 116. One crane is red; 117. This faucet includes hot water; 118. Another crane is blue; 119. This faucet includes cold water; 120. The red tap with a flexible hose is connected to the gas column; 121. On the wall is a gas tap; 122. He has an entrance and an exit; 123. The geyser is connected by a metal pipe to the crane inlet; 124. The outlet of the gas valve is connected to the main valve; 125. The blue faucet is connected by a flexible hose to the water main tap; 126. The main tap in the house closes the water; 127. On the table is an electric kettle; 128. The electric kettle has an electric plug; 129. This electrical plug is plugged into an electrical outlet; 130. The power of an electric kettle is 1500 watts; 131. The electric kettle has a switch; 132. The switch has a red button; 133. If you press the red button, the kettle works; 134. The electric kettle has automatic control; 135. If water is not poured into the kettle, the electric kettle will not turn on; 136. Pure water is poured into an electric kettle.

1.12.2 The operating order of the VK-O processor

Consider the task of transferring an item in a given area.

Decree: Nikolai, bring a cup: that's it.

1. Cycle 1

(2. What do you hear?) - (Nikolai bring a cup) -

2. Analysis of the proposal

1. (decree, tale, vior, uzvi) -?

2. (F1, F2, F3) -?

3. (1. noun 2. adjective 3. verb 4. adverb 5. preposition 6. pronoun 7. conjunction 8. particle 9. number) -?

4. (transition by decree, tale, vior, uzvi - proposal)

3. Instruction: (verb: (transfer))

1. who is talking? 2. who (what) transfers? 3. which item to transfer? 4. where to transfer? 5. Where to transfer? 6. How to transfer quickly? 7. How to transfer? 8. How to transfer? 9. with what to transfer?

4. Internal dialogue

1. (who is speaking?) (Teacher); 2. (who (what) transfers?) - (noun: machine, crane, hand, water ...) (name: Vanya, Valya, Vladimir, Nikolai, ...)

(is in the sentence) (is in the list) - you understand (go further) - ((not in the sentence) (not in the list) - do not understand (go dialogue))

(carries Nikolai)

(dialogue: I did not understand who transfers, I wait for an answer, specify who transfers; usually who transfers)

3. (which subject to transfer?) - (noun: spade, spoon, fork, knife, plate, cup, table, ...)

((is in the sentence) (is in the list) - you understand (go further)) - ((not in the sentence) (not in the list) - do not understand (go to the dialogue))

(cup)

(dialogue: I did not understand which item to transfer - I am waiting for an answer, specify which item to transfer)

4. (Where to transfer?) - ((where to transfer the cup from?) Noun: from the table, from the shelf, from the closet, from the drawer, from the room, ...)

((is in the sentence) (is in the list) - you understand (go further)) - ((not in the sentence) (not in the list) - (go to the dialogue))

(dialogue: did not understand where to transfer?)

- (must be moved from the kitchen table) -

5. (where to transfer?) - ((where to transfer the cup?) Noun: to me (the speaker), dad, mom, brother, sister, on the table, on the shelf, ...) (is in the sentence) (is on the list) - you understand (go further) (not in the sentence) (not in the list) - (go dialogue) (dialogue: did not understand where to transfer?)

- (to me) -

6. (how to quickly transfer?) - (adverb: (slowly) (quickly) (immediately) (quietly) (carefully))

((is in the sentence) (is in the list) - understood (go further) (is not in the sentence) (is not in the list) - (go in dialogue) (dialogue: slowly)

7. (Which way to transfer?) - ((dialogue) (decree: find the way: everything) you are in the hall then decree: turn towards the exit door: all; decree: go to (dialogue: which way to transfer) - (decree: determine where you are: everything; see: if the kitchen door: everything; decree: turn towards the kitchen door: all; decree: go to the kitchen table: all;)

8. (How to transfer?) - (noun: hands, hand, on a tray, ...) ((is in the sentence) (is in the list) - understood (go further) - (is not in the sentence) (not in the list)) - (dialogue) (dialogue: how to transfer?)

- (hand) -

9. (what to transfer?) (Empty)

5. Formation of a complete instruction of behavior on the received decree-proposal

1. who is talking? - teacher; 2. who endures? - Nikolay; 3. what carries? - no; 4. which item to transfer? - a cup; 5. where to transfer? - from the kitchen table; 6. Where to transfer the cup? - me (teacher); 7. How to transfer quickly? - slowly; 8. How to transfer? - ((dialogue) (decree: find the way: all). recognize: if you are in the hall then decree: turn towards the exit door: all; decree: go to the kitchen door: all; decree: turn towards the kitchen door: all; decree: go to the kitchen table: all; decree: look into the cup: all; recognize: if the cup is not empty then the dialogue (the cup is not empty): all; see: if the cup is empty then decree: take the cup in your hand: that's it; decree: Nikolai turn to the kitchen door: all; decree: Nikolai go to the door to the second hallway: all; Nikolai turn to the entrance hallway: all; decree: Nikolai go to the teacher: in e; decree: Nicholas stopped in front of a teacher: all; the decree: the teacher to give Nikolai mug: all)

8. How to transfer? - by hand; 9. with what to transfer? - empty

6. Execution

1. Vision of one's place; 2. Vision of the teacher’s place; 3. Vision of the house;

4. Vision of the kitchen table; 5. Vision of the mug on the table;

6. Turned around; reached the table; took the mug; came to the teacher; gave the mug; stepped aside; 7. Reported on the execution.

1.12.3 Functions built-in and received in the learning process

A. Built-in Functions

1. Be able to: move, see, hear, smell, feel, taste, feel inner needs, fear, etc .; 2. Remember words, pictures (form VKSS); 3. Remember questions and answers to them (form VKSS);

4. Remember the instructions for responding to the decree - proposals by imitation (the formation of VKSS); 5. Draw conclusions.

B. Functions acquired

1. Walking along the route (room, apartment, house, courtyard, street, quarter, city, country, world); 2. Performance of work from the list; 3. Orienteering; 4. Ask questions, remember the answers. Anwser the questions. Get a grade for the answer 5. Problem solving; 6. Drive by car; 7. Functioning in various situations (making purchases in a store, watering tomatoes ...), etc.

1.12.4 Levels of information exchange systems VK-O processor

1. The level of information media. If it is made of Si, then this is the interaction of pn junctions. If made at the cellular (C) level, then this is the functioning of cellular structures.

2. Further, information carriers are collected in simple structures such as AND, OR, NOT, lines, the exchange is carried out in the form of electrical impulses.

3. Further, the elements are assembled into structures of the type DSh, R, BP, KMP, MF, RI, PRD, PRM, BPRDPRMMKL, BVVZ, VCC. Information is exchanged at the command level of the VCC processor.

4. Further, the elements are collected in blocks that perform functions, such as hearing, vision, movement, etc. At this level, information is exchanged in the internal language of the type “remember”, “write down”, “speak”, “go”, etc.

5. Next, the decision of the upper level inside and outside the VK-O processor is carried out in the VK language.

2. The structure of VK-O processor and communication between its blocks

2.1 the structure of the block of light sensors (BDTS)

The block of light sensors (BDTS) (Fig. 62) consists of a sensor itself that responds to color and its intensity: black (H) - 1; white (B) - 2; red (K) - 3; orange (O) - 4; yellow (W) - 5; green (3) - 6; blue (G) - 7; blue (C) - 8; violet (F) - 9.

Each of the light sensors (TPA) 1-9 is connected to the corresponding analog-to-digital converter (ADC) 10-18. Each DTS 1-9 corresponds to its own ROM 19-27, in which a color code is written, for example, black - 0, white - 1, red - 2, etc. Each ROM is connected with its outputs to the I2 inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) 28-36, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding ADCs 10-18. The P-inputs of BC 28-36 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -37, and the I2-outputs are respectively combined and connected to the i-inputs of the register (PP1) -38 (in which the color code is written), connected by the outputs to the inputs of the register PP2-39. The I1 outputs of BC 28-36 are respectively combined and connected to the i-inputs of the PP3-40 register (in which the intensity of this color is recorded), the outputs of which are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-41, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PP4-42 register (which records the maximum color intensity). The “yes” output of the KMP-41 is connected to the p-inputs PP2-39 and PP4-42. The KMP-41 R input is connected to the E-43, the input of which is connected to the delay element (E) -44 and to the p-inputs PP1-38, PP3-40. Input E-44 is connected to the T-input of RI-37 and to the pulse shaper (F) -45, the input of which is connected to the output of D-46, the input of which is connected to K-47, the input of which is the input of the pulse generator (G), connected to D-48, connected to F-49, connected to another input of K-47 and to input F-50, the output of which is connected to “0” - inputs PP2-39 and PP4-42. The RI-37 SL output is connected to the E-51 (the output of which is the p-output of the sensor unit) and to the p-inputs of the registers P2-52 and PI-53, the inputs of which are connected to the PP4-42 and PP2-39, respectively, and the outputs are I2 and I1 outputs of the BDTS-54 light sensor unit (Fig. 62). The 1st input of K-47 is connected to the output of the connector (P31) - 53.1, the outputs of E-51, P2-52, P1-53 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding connectors P32 - 53.2, RZ3 - 53.3, RZ4 - 53.4.

2.2.Structure of the visual field forming unit (BPS) (recognition unit for parasols and its colors)

The block consists of a block of field blocks of light sensors (BPBDTS) - 55 (Fig. 63), which is a set of Ai fields of the zone consisting of m × n parasols containing d × k BDTS - 54 (Fig. 62). Each of the BDTS-54 has its own outputs I2 and I1 (here the output p is not used). G-inputs BDTS-54 are combined and connected to the G-input BPBDTS-55. Each group of I1 outputs (color) of the parasol d.k (for example) is connected to the corresponding register P-56d.k. Registers P-56d.k form a block of registers BR-57. Each of 13 parasols and 5 of their variants (with BK1 = 13) (Fig. 2) have two BDTS-54 (in the considered version), the location of which on the parasol is shown by the “+” sign. From these BDTS-54 information is collected on the intensity for a given cleavage of electromagnetic (EM) radiation (I3, I4 BPBDTS-55). The outputs of these BDTS-54 (different for each parasol) are connected to the register PP1-58 and register PP2-59. In PP1-58 is the code “intensity I” (1st part of the parasol). In PP2-59, the code is “intensity 2” (2nd part of the parasol). 63, these connections are shown by one bus. Each of the BR-57 registers is connected by outputs to its comparator KMP-60d.k, allowing (p) -input of each of which is connected to the corresponding output of the pulse distributor (RI) -61. Another group of inputs of each of the KMP-60d.k is connected to the outputs of the corresponding n3y-62d.k (BPZU-62 block), corresponding to each of the registers included in the BR-57. In n3y-62d.k, the color code of the sensor corresponding to the place specified in the parasol is recorded. For example, in the 13th parasol (figure 2), all the ROM 62 d.k included in the BPZU-62 are dialed in one of 9 colors. For 1 parasol (1 option), the left part of the color code and the right part of the color code correspond to 72 combinations from the table of Fig. 4. The R-61 T-input is connected to the D-63 output, the input of which is connected to the K-64 output. The RI-61 SL output is connected to the T-65 0 input, the output of which is connected to another K-64 input, and the 1 input is connected to the E-66 output. The 0-input of T-65 is also connected to the input of E-67, connected to the input of F-68, connected to the p-input of BK-69, the 1st group of inputs of which is connected to the outputs of the SCH-70, the 2nd group of inputs is connected to the output of the ROM (C) -71 (in which the color codes of this 2-color (specific in accordance with the writing of the codes in BPZU-62) parasol are recorded), the 3rd group of inputs is connected to the outputs PP1-58, PP2-59 (intensity 1 , intensity 2) and the 4th group of inputs is connected to the ROM (C) -72, in which the code number of this parasol is recorded. The listed elements form the corresponding recognition scheme for parasol and its colors (SRPC) -73. Input K-64 is a G-input (incoming pulses from the generator) SRPTs-73. The E-66 input is connected to the D-input of the SCH-70 and to the p-input of the PP1-58, PP2-59 and p-inputs of the BR-57 registers, and is the p1 input of the SRPC-73. The “yes” outputs of each of the KMP-60 are connected and connected to +1 SCh-70, the outputs of “no” KMP-60 are combined and connected to -1 SCh-70. The output of the F-68 is the P2 output of the SRPTs-73 and is connected to the p-input of the BK-69. The outputs of the BK-69 are I2-output SRPTs-73. The inputs PP1-58, PP2-59 and the inputs of the BR-57 are I1-inputs SRPTs-73. Such SRPC-73 is here 12 × 5 × 72 = 4320. For 13 parasols (Fig. 2) there are a total of 9 blocks SRPC-73, because here, the chip occupies the entire surface of one color (this parasol has nine colors (in this VK-O processor)) - a total of 4329. E-67 for each SRPC-73 has an individual delay time. The SRPTs-13.9-73 P2 output is connected to OR-74, the outputs of which are connected to all other SRPTs-73 P2 outputs. The P1 inputs of all SRPTs-73 are combined and connected to the output of the F-75, whose input is connected to the output of the D-76, whose input is connected to all G-inputs of the SRPTs-73. The I2-outputs of all S2PPC-73 (VK 5 = 12 × 5 × 72, 4320 + 9 = 4329) are combined and connected to the corresponding inputs of the registers PP3-77, PP1-78, PP5-79, PP6-80, PP9-81, PP11-82. The output of PP11-82 is connected to the inputs of PP12-83, the output of PP9-81 is connected to the inputs of PP10-84. The outputs of the PP6-80 are connected to the inputs of the PP8-85, the outputs of the PP5-79 are connected to the inputs of the PP7-86, the outputs of the PP1-78 are connected to the inputs of the PP2-87, the output of the PP3-77 is connected to the I-inputs of the PP4-88 and I1 inputs of the ILC -89, whose I2 inputs are connected to the PP4-88 outputs, and the p-input is connected to the E-90 output, the input of which is connected to the OR-74 output. The F-75 output is connected to the 0-inputs of the 83-88 registers, the outputs of which are connected to the bus and connected to the I-inputs of the corresponding BPPZ-92 cell (field of view memory block). P-inputs of registers 77-82 are combined and connected to the P2-outputs of SRPC-73. The P2-output of SRPC 13.9-73 is also connected to the E-91, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the corresponding cell BPPZ-92. Blocks 56-91 form a recognition block for one parasol and its colors BR1PSTs-93.

In the field of view, each BR1PSTs-93 corresponds to one cell 93.1.1-93.m.n of the memory block of the field of view (BPS) -92 (the amount of which depends on the choice of resolution). Each BPPZ-92 has a pulse amplifier (U) -94.1 connected to the G-input of each BR1PSTs-93, in which it is connected to each G-input of each SRPTs-73. The multi-channel communication line (RZ) -94.2 connector is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-94.3, connected to the VCC processor (VCC) -94.4, connected by address (A), data (D) and control (U) buses to the corresponding BPBDTS-55 inputs and outputs and to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPPZ-92. The output of BPPZ-92 is the output of OR-94.5. The R-inputs of the cells (registers) of the BPPZ-92 are connected to the corresponding E-95. 1.1-95 m.n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs OR 94.5. Each cell (registers) of the BPPZ-92 has i-outputs, which are the i-outputs of the BPPZ-92 connected to the connector (РЗ) -92.1. Blocks 5-95 form a block for the formation of the field of view (BFZ) -94.6. The output of OR-94.5 is connected to the connector (RE) -92.2, the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VKC processor-94.4 are connected to the connector (RE) -92.4 of the address bus - command - data bus (SHAKD).

2.3 the structure of the block external view (BVVZ)

The external view unit (BVVZ) -96 (96.1, 96.2) (Fig. 64) consists of a G-97 generator connected to a K-98 key, connected to a D-99 divider, connected to the +1 input of the SCH-100, connected to digital-to-analog converter (DAC) -101 connected to the input of the optics unit (BO) -102 (through BC 101.1). The other input of K-98 is connected to the output of the T-103, the 0-input of which is connected to the SC-100 sl-output. The 1-input T-103 is the main input. The light intensity sensor (DSS) -104 is connected to the input of the dimmer (RO) -105 connected to the SS-input of BO-102. Register (P) -106 is connected to the γ-input of BO-102, P-107 to the β-input of BO-102, P-108 to the φ-input of BO-102. The X-input is the range control input d (at which there is sharpness), the φ-input is the rotation signal of the BO-102 around the x axis. β-input-rotation signal around the y axis, γ-input-rotation signal BO-102 around the z axis. Accordingly, the codes of the corresponding turns are recorded in P-106, 107, 108. The sensor unit BD-109 is located on a certain surface (for example, spherically concave) BDTS-54, which are included in the corresponding BPBDTS-55 (Fig.62). Each BDTS-54 forms a corresponding parasol element. One cell BPBDTS-55 forms a parasol from BDTS-54. Parasols form a field of view. Each parasol (consists of BDTS-54 in BPBDTS-55) is connected to the corresponding BR1SC (from 1.1 to m.n) -93, each of which is connected to the BPPZ-92. Each parasol contains details: a number characterizing the parasol's similarity to the incoming code, color code 1, color code 2, intensity code 1, intensity code 2. The cells of the BPPZ-92 are connected to the BK-110, the outputs of which are connected to the A-inputs of the tabular adder ( TSUM) -111 (the description of which is given in the VK-C processor (prototype)), the p-input of which is connected to the p-output of the BPPZ-93 (via E-112.1) and to the +1 input of the SCH-112.2, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of DTP-113, the outputs of which are connected to the input of E-114, the output of which is connected to the 0-inputs of R-115 and SCh-112.2 SL-output DSh-113 connected n to the p-input R-116, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the P-115, and the outputs are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-117, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the R-118. The "≥" output of the KMP -117 is connected to the P -118, to the p-input of P-119 and the p-input of the field data memory unit (BPDP-120). G-output TSUM-111 is connected to the p-input R-115. The inputs of the P-119 are connected to the outputs of the SCH-100, BVVZ -96.1 and 96.2 can be at a predetermined distance from each other (O1, O2 - figure 10, 11).

The SCh-100 SL-output is connected to the “0” input of the T-103, the “1” input of which is connected to the “0” input of the R-118. The outputs of the R-119 are connected to the inputs of the encoder (W) 119.1. Information input “left-right” (IVP), information input “up-down”, (IVN), information input “left-right” (INLP), information input x (ИХ), Р1, Р2, Р3, Р4, Сл1 , Sl2, Gl, 3-input RO-105, outputs DSS-104, outputs RO-105 are connected to the bus and connected to the terminal (PK) -120.1 and to the block of registers (BR) -120.2 and to the WCC processor 120.3, which also connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -97. I-outputs BPDP-120, d-outputs (range) Ш-119.1, Г-output (Сл) СЧ-100 are connected to the connector (РЗ) -120.4.

The outputs and inputs of the connector of a multi-channel communication line (RE) -120.5 are connected to the BPRDPRMKL-120.6, connected to the BR-120.2, also connected to the P3-120.4. The multi-channel communication line connector (P3) -120.7 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-120.8, connected to the WCC processor 120.3, connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the unit.

The connector of the multi-channel communication line (P3) -120.9 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-120.10, the p-input of which is connected to the output of E-120.11, and the inputs are connected to the BR-120.12, the connection of the p-output to the input of E-120.11 and to the sl-output Sch-100. I-outputs BPDP-120, d-outputs Ш-119.1 are also connected to the VKTS-120.3 and to the BR-120.12. PZU-120.13 is also connected to the BR-120.12. The connector (REM) -119.1 combines the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BVV3-96.1 (2). Table 1 shows the degrees of freedom of the optics unit (B0) -102.

2.4 the structure of the tracking unit pointer (BSU)

The pointer tracking unit (BSU) -121 (Fig. 65) consists of a block of zone sensors (BDZ) -122, the sensors of which are located between the sensors BD-109 (Fig. 64). In each parasol of the field of view of the zone there is a separate sensor (BDTS-54) that responds to illumination. Such a sensor is connected to its signal shaper located in the signal shaper (BFS) -123 block, the output of each of which is connected to the corresponding key of the key block (BK) -124, the outputs of which are connected to the OR-125, the output of which is connected to the p2 input block memory command displacement (BPC) -126 and to 0-input T-127. BPKP-126 has outputs I1, P1, I2, P2. The T-127 output is connected to the 1st input of K-128, the other input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -129. K-128 is connected to the D-130 input, the output of which is connected to the +1 input of the SCH-131, the outputs of which are connected to the DSh-132 inputs, and whose outputs are connected to the corresponding I-inputs of the BK-124. The T-133 output is connected to the 1st input of K-134, the other input of which is connected to the output of K-135, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of D-136, the input of which is connected to the output of G-129. The first input of K-135 is connected to the output of HE-137, the input of which is connected to the output of F-138, the input of which is connected to the output of the central sensor (CD) -139 (BDZ-122). The outputs of the SCH-131 are also connected to the I-inputs of BPKP-126. The output of F-138 is also connected to the 1st input of K-140, the other input of which is connected to the output of D-136, and the output is connected to K-141, the other input of which is connected to the output of T-133. The multi-channel communication line (RZ) -141.1 connector is connected to the corresponding inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-141.2, the p-input of which is connected to the E-141.3 output (whose input is connected to the OR-141.4 output), and the i-inputs are connected to the BR-141.5 outputs , the corresponding inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-141.6 and to i1, i2, p1, p2 the outputs of BPKP-126 and to the output of OR-141.4, which is also connected to the output of K-141. (РЗ) -141.7 is connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-141.8, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BR-141.9, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the 1 and 0 inputs of the T-133 (sl1, sl2, respectively) and to the pi-input of the BPKP -126. The second input OR 141.4 is connected to the output E-141.10, the input of which is connected to the output OR 125. The multi-channel communication line (RZ) -141.11 connector is connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMKKL-141.12 connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VCC processor (VCC) -141.13 connected to the I2-inputs of BK-124, p3-input of BPKP-126, to the output of OR 125.

The number of BSU-121 may equal the number of BVVZ-96 (Fig.64).

2.5 Structure of the hearing block (BSLH)

The BSLH-142 hearing unit (142.1, 142.2) (Fig. 66) consists of a sound sensor (DTZ) -143 that converts the sound vibrations of the medium into electromagnetic waves, connected (through the connector (RE) -143.1) to the amplifier (U) -144 (the amplifier may have a limiting function with a strong signal), which is connected to signal conditioners (FS) - 145.1-145.n, which extract the harmonic value from this signal (forming the analog value of the amplitude of each harmonic (A _i )), phase shift (φ ₁ ) each harmonic. FS 145.1 constantly identifies the ratio (A _0/2 ). Each FS 145.1-145.n is connected to the corresponding ADC 146.1-146n connected to the corresponding inputs of the BR-147. The pulse generator (G) -148 is connected to the D-149, connected to the F-150, connected to the p-inputs of the FS 145.1-145.n, ASC 146.1-146n and the input of the E-151.1 connected to the p-input of the BR-147 and to the E-151.2 connected to the p-input of the BKMP-152 block, whose I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the BR-153, and the 1-inputs of the BKMP-152 are connected to the 1-outputs of the BR-147. “Yes” the output of BKMP-152 is connected to the E-154 connected to the o-input of the BSR-155, the p-input of which is connected to the “no” output of the BKMP-152. The I-input of the BSR-155 is connected to the corresponding outputs of the BR-147. The T-156 output is connected to the Pi-input of the stack memory block (BSTP) -157, the P2-input of which is connected to the “yes” output of the BKMP-152, and is connected to the outputs of the BSR-155. “Yes”, the output of BKMP-152 is also connected to the E-158. The U-144 output is also connected to the I-inputs of the ADC (BACP) -159 block.

The connector (RZ) -159.1 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the corresponding inputs of the outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-159.2, connected to the BR-159.3, the p-input of which is connected to the input E-159.4, connected to the p-input DSh-159.5, the corresponding inputs of which are connected to p , sl1, sl2 inputs of BR-153, T-156.

The connector (RZ) -159.6 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-159.7, the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BR-159.8 and the 1 inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BSTP-157, and the p-input to the output of the E-158, and i2 -inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-159.10. The R-input BR-159.8 is also connected to the output of the E-158, the input of the E-159.11, connected to the r-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-159.7. The T-156 output is connected to the D-149 p-input and the BR-147 p-input. Connector (P3) -159.12 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-159.13, connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VKC processor-159.14, connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BALL-159, to the p3 input of the BR-147 and to the BSTP I-output -157, and to the exit of E-158. Counter I-outputs (MF) -159.15 are connected to the BSTP-157 i-inputs, + 1 Sch 159.15 input is connected to the D-159.16 output, the input of which is connected to the K-159.17 output, the 1-input of which is connected to the G-148 output and the 2-input to the output of T-159.18, the 1-input of which is connected to the "no" output of the BKMP-152 and to the p-input of the summing and dividing unit into two (BSDD) -159.19. The 0-input of the SCH-151.15 is connected to the output of the E-159.20, the input of which is connected to the “yes” output of the BKMP-152 and the P2 input of the BSTP-157, the 0-output of the T-151.18, the corresponding output of the DSh-159.5 is connected to the first input of the register P-159.21, the second inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-159.3, and the outputs to the u-inputs of the U-144.

2.6 the structure of the block sound signal (BSS)

The sound signal block (BSS) -160 (Fig. 67) consists of a pulse generator (G) -161 connected to the first input of K-162, the second input of which is connected to the output of T-163, and the output to D-164 and to the first input K-165.1, the output of which is connected to the input of D-165.2. The R-166 outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the KMP-166.1, the 2-inputs of which are connected to the SCH-166.2 outputs, and the p-input is connected to the E-166.3 output, the input of which is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-166.2 and to the output -165.2. The KMP-166.1 YES output is connected to the second input of the OR-166.4, and to the T-167 “0” input, the first input of which is connected to the E-168 output (and the SCh-166.2 “0” input), the input of which is connected to the first input of the T-163, and the output of the T-167 is connected to the second input of the K-165.1. The output of D-165.2 is connected to the T-input of the BSR-169. The D-164 output is connected to the p-inputs of threshold elements (PE) -175.13.1-13.n, the outputs of which are connected to double keys (amplitudes A _r and phases φ _r ) -170.1-170.n and to the p-inputs of the formers sound signals (FZS) 171.1-171.n. The outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the respective amplifiers (U) -172.1-172.n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the mixer (CM) -73, the output of which is connected to the amplifier (U) -174, the output of which is connected to the input of the sound device (RF) ) -175, which converts electrical vibrations into sound vibrations of the medium (through the connector (RE) -174.1). The I-inputs of U-174 are connected to the outputs of R-175.1. The output of K-162 is connected to the corresponding inputs of K-170.1-n. Connector of a multi-channel communication line (РЗ) -175.2, connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-175.3, connected to the block of registers (БР) -175.4, the p-input of which is connected to the input of E-175.5, connected to the p-input of DTP-175.6, connected to the outputs of the BR -175.4, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the R-175.1, and the inputs of the R-166 and BSR-169. The first and second inputs of DTP-175.6 are connected to the 1.0 inputs of T-163. The third output of the DSh-175.6 is connected to the p-inputs of the R-166, BSR-169. The second output DSh-175.6 is connected to the p-input R-175.1. The multi-channel communication line (RZ) -175.7 connector is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-175.8, connected to the VCC-processor-175.9, connected by the corresponding inputs and outputs to DSh-175.6, BR-175.4 SM-173 and U-174. The threshold element (PE) -175.13 consists of an amplitude comparator (KMPA) -175.10 connected to the ROM-175.11, connected to the T-175.12.

2.7 The structure of the drive unit and sensors (BPDT)

The drive and sensor unit (BPDT) -176 (Fig. 68) consists of a VCC (digital) processor (prototype) -177, to the common bus (OS) of which the address register (RA) -178, the command register (PK) -179 are connected , the first data register (RD1) -180, the second data register (RD2) -181 bus address - commands - data (SHAKD) (P3-178.1). VCC-177 is connected (through its block of external registers (BVR)) to the address register PA-182, to the first data register (RD1) -183, to the command register RK-184 and to the input data register (RD2) -185. The permissive output of the WCC-177 is also connected to the p-input of the command decoder (DShK) -186, the i-inputs of which are connected to the RK-184, the p-input of which is also connected to the p-output of the WCC-177 and the p-inputs of RA-182, RD1-183, RK-184, RD2-185. DShK-186 is connected to a signal shaper (F) -187, 188, 189, 190. The output of F-187 is connected to the r-input of DSh-191. The output of the F-188 is connected to the r-input of the DSh-192, the output of the F-189 is connected to the DSh-193. The output of the F-190 is connected to the DSH-194. The outputs of the DSh-191 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding F 195.1-195.n. The outputs of the DSh-192 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding Ф 196.1-196.h, the outputs of the DSh-193 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding Ф 197.1-197.3. The outputs of the DSh-194 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding Ф 198.1-198.е.

The multi-channel communication line (РЗ) -198.1 connector is connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-198.2, the p-input is connected to the output of E-198.3, and the inputs are to the BR-198.4, and the inputs are connected to the BR-198.5, the p-input of which is connected to E -198.6, connected to the r-input DSh-198.7. Inputs E-198.3, BR-198.4, outputs DSH-198.7, BR-198.5 are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VKTs-177. The drive circuit of SchP 199.1-199.t consists of the E-200 connected to the E-201, connected to the p-input of the DAC-202, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the R-203, connected to the inputs of the BK-204, connected to RD1-183 and to BK-205, the outputs of which are connected to the R-206, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the E-207, connected to the p-input of the BK-205 and to the corresponding F-195. The input of the E-200 is connected to the p-input of the BK-204. The output of the E-207 is also connected to the input of the E-208 connected to the p-input of the DAC-209, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the drive (P), the first input of which is connected to the output of the DAC-202. Similarly arranged SHP 199.2-199.t. The scheme of the drive sensor SHKHDP 211.1-211.t consists of BC -212, outputs connected to RD2-185, connected by inputs to outputs P-213, and by a p-input to output E-214, whose input is connected to p-input P-213 and to the output of the E-215, the input of which is connected to the p-input of the ADC-216 and the corresponding F-196. The ADC-216 input is connected to the output of the corresponding D-217 sensor. Similarly arranged SHDP 211.2-211.t. The equilibrium circuit (СХРВ) -218 consists of three tilt schemes (СХН) 219.1-219.3, each of which has the same structure and contains БК-219, connected to РД2-185, with inputs connected to Р-220 outputs, р-inputs to Э -221. R-220, connected to the outputs of the ADC-222, p-input is also connected to the input of the E-223 and the output of the corresponding F-197. The input of the ADC-222 is connected to the output of the amplifier (U) -224, the input of which is connected to the output of the angle sensor (DUN) -225, which can be analog or digital (DUNA, DUNTS). The coating sensor block (BDP) -226 consists of schemes of coating sensors (SHDP) 227.1-227.s, having a structure similar to SKHN-219. SHDP-227, located in places where it is necessary to have information on contact with various surfaces. This can be, for example, a contact, capacitive sensor, etc. Here, instead of DUN-225, a touch sensor is connected. Each SHDP-227 is connected to the output of the corresponding F-198, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of RD2-185. The temperature block BTM-228 (Fig. 68) consists of schemes of temperature sensors SKHTM-229.1-229.r. They have a similar structure CXH-219, only instead of DUN-225 a temperature sensor is connected. SKHTM-229 is connected by outputs to RD2-185, and by inputs to the corresponding F-198. Temperature sensors are located in those places where it is necessary to have data on the temperature of the external or internal environment. The block of taste (BV) -230 consists of taste schemes SHV 231.1-231.r. They have a similar structure CXH-219, only instead of DUN-225 a sensor is connected that responds to chemical compounds (taste) (soluble in liquid). SHV-231 connected outputs to RD2-185, and the inputs to the corresponding F-198. Appropriate taste sensors are installed in places where you need to know information about the chemical compound in the external or internal environment. The odor block BZP-232 consists of the smell analysis schemes CX3 233.1-233.u. SChZ has a structure similar to SCH-219, only instead of DUN-225 is an odor sensor (analysis of gas chemical compounds). The input СХЗ-232 is connected to the output of the corresponding F-198, and the output to the input of RD2-185. BPDT-176 incorporates pressure measuring circuits (SHID) -234, acceleration measuring circuits (SKHUSK) -235, speed measuring circuits (SKHSK) -235.1 and a connector (РЗ) -235.2, through which the corresponding blocks and sensors can be added.

2.8 Structure of the analog angle sensor (DUNA)

The tilt angle sensor (DUN) or the sensor for determining the position relative to gravity (ADP) can be performed in two versions: analog and digital (DUNA, DUNTS). On Fig, and shows an analog version. Here, the electrically conductive ring 225.1 with d-conductive contacts isolated from the ring 225.2. Hereinafter, to eliminate the cumbersomeness of numbering when describing blocks and their elements, each block has an individual numbering consisting of the number of the figure reflecting this block and the number of the block element itself. For simplicity, the figure number is sometimes omitted. In the ring 225.1 is an electrically conductive liquid-225.3. Ring-225.1 is connected to a voltage source. Each isolated d-contact (here 1-8) is connected to the corresponding diode (D) -225.4 and resistance R-225.5, which are connected to the 2-pin DUNA-225 (ground) with their second inputs. The outputs of each D-225.4 are combined and are the 3-output of DUNA-225, on which the output voltage is removed. Each R-225.5 has a predetermined rating.

2.9 Structure of the digital angle sensor (DSC)

On Fig, b shows a diagram of a digital sensor angle of inclination (CSC). A non-conductive ring (which can be flexible) can also be used here. Along with the electrically conductive liquid, an electrically conductive ball-225.6 can be used here. Electrical contacts form pairs of isolated d-contacts (here 1-8) -225.7. The first contacts from these pairs are combined and connected to the ROM-225.8, and the other to the corresponding key 225.9.1-225.9.8 (in the general version d). The outputs of these keys are combined and connected to the 0-input of T-225.10, the output of which is connected to the 2-input of K-225.11, the first input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G-225.12), and the output to the divider (D) -225.13, output which is connected to the + 1-input SCH-225.14, the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of DSh-225.15, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of K-225.9.1-225.9.d. The first input of T-225.10 is connected to output 225.16. Elements 225.1-225.5 form DUNA-225 (DUN), and elements 225.6-225.16-DUNZ-225.17. E-225.18 is connected to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-225.19, connected to P3-225.20 (multi-channel communication line). The BR-225.1 is connected to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-225.19, and the outputs of the PZU-225.22, and to the outputs of the SCH-225.14. The 0-input of T-225.10 is connected to the input of E-225.23, the output of which is connected to the input of E-225.18. On Fig, c shows the placement options of the rings 225.1, combined (axis x, y, z) and spaced (1,2,3).

2.10 the structure of the block counting the number of cycles (BPC)

The unit for counting the number of cycles (BPC) -chagometer (Fig.70) has the following structure. Each pressure sensor DD 1.1-1.n is connected to the input of the corresponding pulse shaper (Ф) -2.1-2.n, connected to the + 1-input of the corresponding counter (MF) 3.1-3.n, connected to the i-inputs of the corresponding register ( P) 4.1-4.n connected by outputs to the i-inputs of the register block (BR) -5, and p-inputs to the output of the corresponding K-6.1-6.n, 1 inputs connected to the output of the corresponding delay element (E) 7.1-7.n connected to the output of the corresponding pulse shaper (Ф) -2.1-2.n. The connector (RE) -8 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-9, the p-output of which is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -10, connected to the input of the element HE-11 and the input of E-12, the output of which is connected to the p-input block of registers (BR) -5, to the input of E-13, the output of which is connected to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-9. The output of HE-11 is connected to the corresponding inputs of K-6.1-6.n. ROM 5.1 is connected to the BR2-I2 inputs. Elements 1-13 form a BPCC (pedometer) -14.1.

2.11 The structure of the pressure measurement circuit (SHID)

The pressure measurement circuit (SHID) -1 (altimeter, depth gauge, speed meter, touch sensor) (Fig. 71) consists of the actual pressure sensor (DD) -2 and the data processing circuit (EXIT) -3.

DD-2 consists of a nozzle with a hole-4 membrane (contact surface) -5, spring-6, moving part-7, fixed part-8, contact group-9, valve (hole) -10, contacts-11. SHOD-3 consists of a generator (G) -12 connected to the first input of the key (K) -13, connected to the input of the divider (D) -14, connected to the +1 input of the SCh-15, connected to the i-inputs of DSh-16 connected by the corresponding outputs to the corresponding keys K-17.1-17.k, the second inputs are connected to the corresponding contacts 11, and the outputs to the p-input of the register block (BR) -18 (and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the MF-15, and and 2 the inputs are connected to the ROM-18.1), to the input of the E-19 and to the “0” input of the T-20, the 1-input of which is connected to the output of the E-21, and the output to the second input of K-13. The E-21 input is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-15, to the p-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-22, the i-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-18, the p-input to the output of E-19, and the inputs and outputs to the connector (RE ) -23 multi-channel communication line. The output of the ROM-24 is connected to the first contact of each pair of contacts 11.

2.12 The structure of the scheme of the acceleration meter (SHIUSK)

The acceleration meter circuit (SHIUSK) -1 (Fig. 72) consists of the acceleration sensor itself (DUSK) -2 and the information processing circuit (SHHOI) -3.

DUSK-2 consists of six tubes-4 (these tubes can be paired, as shown in Fig, or can be separated). On each tube there is a series of pairwise contacts-5. In each tube there is a movable load-6 and spring-7, on the one hand fixed to the load-6, on the other - to the end of the tube-4. Tubes-4 are located along the orthogonal axes x, y, z.

The first contacts-5 are connected to the output of the ROM-8. The generator (G) -9 is connected to the first input of the key (K) -10, connected to the input of the divider (D) -11, connected to the +1 input of the SCH-12, the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the decoder (DS) -13. The second input of K-10 is connected to the output of the T-14, the first input of which is connected to the output of the E-15, the input of which is connected to the "0" input of the SCH-12. Elements 9-15 form a polling scheme (SHOPR) -16, their number is equal to the number of tubes-4, i.e. 6 pcs The outputs of the DSh-13 (and 1-outputs SHOPR-16 (1-6)) are connected to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding keys 17.1-17.n, the second inputs of which are connected to the corresponding contacts-5 of the corresponding tubes-4.

The keys 17.1-17.n form the key scheme (SK) -18 (1-6). There are 6 such schemes according to the number of tubes-4. The key outputs 17.1-17.n of each SK-18 are combined and connected to the “0” input of T-14 of the corresponding SHOPR-16. The “0” inputs of T-14 SHOPR-16 are connected to the input of E-19 connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-20, the p-input of which is connected to the “O” input of the SCh-12 of each SHOPR-16, the inputs and outputs are connected to RZ-22 and the 1-and 6-inputs of the BR-22 are connected to the 2-outputs of the corresponding SHOPR-16, and the p-output of the E-23, the input of which is connected to the input of the E-19. PZU-20.1 is connected to the i-inputs of the BR-22 connected to the BPRDPRMKL-20.

2.13 Structure of the block of ultrasonic location (BUZL)

The block of ultrasonic location (BUZL) -1 (Fig. 73) consists of a pulse generator (G) -2, connected to a divider (D) -3, connected to the first input of the key (K) -4, connected to a signal conditioner (FS) -5, connected to a narrow emitter (FM) -6. The second input of K-4 is connected to the output of F-7.1, the input of which is connected to the first input of K-8 (and the output of T-7), the second input of which is connected to the output of G-2, and the output is connected to the input of D-9, connected to +1 input SCH-10. A narrowly targeted receiver (PR) -11 is connected to the input of the filter (FL) -12, connected to the input of the divider (DT) -13, connected to the input of the signal shaper (FS) -14, connected to the “0” input of T-7 and p- the input of the register block (BR) -15, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the SCH-10, and the 2-inputs to the outputs of the ROM-16. The BR-15 p-input is also connected to the E-17 input connected to the B-PDPRMMKL-18 p-input, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the BR-15 i-outputs, and the p-outputs are connected to the first input of T-7 and "0 "-Input SCH-10. Inputs-outputs БПРДПРММКЛ-18 are connected to the connector (RE) -19 of a multi-channel communication line.

2.14 Structure of the magnetic direction indicator (MOS)

The magnetic direction determinant (MON) -1 (Fig. 74) consists of the actual magnetic sensor (MD) -2 and the information processing circuit (SCHOBI) -3.

MD-3 consists of a magnetic element with N-S, poles-4 placed in sphere-5, which has a reflector-6 at the N-end of magnetic element 4. Sphere 5 provides free passage of the magnetic field. Sphere-5 is placed in the outer sphere-7, which is remote from sphere 5 by a transparent medium (for example, the corresponding liquid). Sphere 5 has buoyancy in this environment, balancing it by gravity. On the external sphere is a given number of emitters and receivers (elements) -9 (Fig. 74 shows part of them). The emitters 9 are connected to the corresponding keys (K) -10.1-10.k-10.n. The pulse generator (G) -11 is connected to the first input of K-12, which is connected to the input of D-13, which is connected to the 2 inputs of the keys (K) -10.1-10.n. The K-12 output is also connected to the D-14 input, which is connected to the +1 input of the MF-15, the I-outputs of which are connected to the DSh-16 inputs, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the 1st inputs of the corresponding K-10.1-10 keys. n The connector (RE) -17 of the multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-18, with the p-output connected to the first input of the T-19. The outputs of the receivers-9 are combined and connected to the input of the FL-20 filter, connected to the input of the detector (DT) -21, connected to the input of the signal conditioner (Ф) -22, connected to the “0” input of T-19, to the input of E- 23 and the p-input of the BR-24, connected with 2 inputs to the ROM-25, and 1 inputs to the i-outputs of the SCH-15, and the i-outputs to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMKL-18, the p-input of which is connected to the output E -23.

2.15 The structure of the inertial determinant of direction (ION)

The inertial determinant of direction (ION) -1 (Fig. 75) consists essentially of the inertial sensor ID-2 and the data processing circuitry SHODN-3. ID-2 consists of three tubes-4, closed in a ring and located in accordance with the orthogonal planes (x-y), (x-z), (y-z) (Fig. 75). Inside the tubes is fluid-5. On the tubes there are fluid-6 propulsors, consisting, for example, of a screw (screw) -7, engine-8, battery plates 9. All tubes-4 are placed in a sphere-9.1 permeable to electrolyte. The outer sphere 10 and sphere-9.1 have a corresponding gap 11 in which the liquid (electrolyte) is located. The inner sphere 9.1 with its elements has zero buoyancy balanced by gravity. The liquid 11 is transparent to the selected radiation (for example, electromagnetic), on the outer surface of the sphere 9.1 there is a reflector 12. Sphere-10 also permeable to electrolyte, is located in a housing (not shown). On the outer surface of the sphere-10 there are elements 13, consisting of a radiator and a receiver, each of which is connected to the i-inputs of BOI-14 (similar to BOI-26 MON-1 of Fig. 74). The connector (RE) -15 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-16, the p-output of which is connected to the p-input of the BOI-14, p2, and 2-outputs of which are connected to the p, and-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-17.

2.16 Structure of the block determining the direction of celestial bodies (BONNT)

The block determining the direction of celestial bodies (BONNT) -1 (Fig.77) consists of a connector (RE) -2 multi-channel communication line connected to BPRDPRMMKL-3, connected to the block of registers (BR) -4, and p-output to the element delays E-5 connected to the corresponding inputs of the block of registers (BR) -6.1-6.n, registers α (Рα) -7.1-7.n, registers β (Рβ) -8.1-8.n. The e-3 output is connected to the p-inputs of the BR 6.1-6.n, Pα 7.1-7.n, Pβ 7.1.-7.n and the e-9 input. The outputs of BR 6.1-6.p, Pα-7.1-7.n, Pβ 7.1-7.n are connected to the corresponding inputs of the key block (BC) 10.1-10.n. The output of E-9 is connected to the first input of OR-11, connected to the t-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -12 to the input of E-13, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the memory unit (PS) -14, connected to the i-outputs BK-10.1-10.n and the outputs of DTP-15, (the sl-output of which is connected to the “0” input of RI-12), and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the MF-16, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of E -9, and + 1 input is connected to the output of OR-17, the first input of which is connected to the output of E-13 and the first input of OR-18, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of image memory blocks (BPOBR) -19.1-19.d and whose outputs are connected to uyuschim inputs private commercial enterprise processor 20, inputs and outputs of which are connected to the inputs-outputs BPRDPRMMKL-21, other inputs and outputs which are connected to RE-22 multi-channel line. The RI-12 SL-output is connected to the E-23 input and the BR-24 P-input, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-25. The outputs of the BR-24 are connected to the inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-3, to the p-input of which the output of the E-23 is connected. The corresponding output of the WCC-20 is connected to the inhibiting (RF) input of the comparator unit (BKMP) -26, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the E-27 (the input of which is connected to the output of the E-13). "NO" outputs are connected to the second input of OR-17, and "YES" outputs are connected to the inputs of OR-28, the output of which is connected to the inhibit input OR-17 and to the p-inputs Pα-29, Pβ-30, and - the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding and 2-outputs BP-14. The output of E-31 is connected to the input of E-32 and the p-input of BR-33, to i1 and 2-inputs of which the outputs Pα-29, Pβ-30 are connected), and the 3-outputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-34, and the outputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-35 i-inputs (whose p-input is connected to the E-32 output), the outputs of which are connected to the РЗ-36 multi-channel communication line.

2.17 Structure of the image search block (BPO)

On Fig depicts the block image search (BPO) -266. It consists of a trigger (T) -267, connected to key-268, connected to a divider (D) -269, connected to +1 input of the counter (MF) -270 and to E-271, connected to p-input of KMP-272 connected to OR-273, connected to the "0" input of the T-267 to the F-274, F-275, the second input connected to 1 and 2 - the outputs of the T-276, respectively, the "0" input of which is connected to the output E -277, whose input is also connected to the output of OR-273. The SCh-270 SL output is connected to the SCH-278 + 1 input, the output of which is connected to the Sh-279 encoder connected to the corresponding address inputs of the memory block (PSU) -280, the corresponding address inputs are also connected to the corresponding outputs of the Sh-281 encoder whose inputs are connected to the corresponding outputs of the MF-270, the SL-output of the MF-278 is connected to the 1st input of the T-276 and the 2nd input of the OR-273. The register block (BR) -282 is connected to the I-inputs of KMP-272, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BP-280, the P-283 is connected to the I-inputs of the SCH-270. R-284 is connected to the I-inputs of the SCH-278. The output of the pulse generator (G) -285 is connected to the second input of K-268. The input F-274 (s1), F-275 (s2) are connected to i1, i2 - to the inputs of the BR-285.1, the 3-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the Ш-279, 281, and the outputs are connected to the i-inputs of the БПРДПРММКЛ-285.2, inputs - the outputs of which are connected to РЗ-285.3, (and, p) - the outputs of БПРДПРММКЛ-285.2 are connected to the (р, и) inputs of the BR-285.4, are connected to the inputs ДШ-285.6, the p-input of which is connected to the output of Э-285.5, connected to the BR-285.4 p-input, the first DSh-285.6 output is connected to the T-267 first input and the SCh-270, 278 p-input, the second DSh-285.6 output is connected to the BP-280 p-input, and the third output is connected to p-inputs P-283, P-284, BR-282 (in P-283 (x), P-284 (y) recorded codes with escheniya when searching for an image). P3-285.7 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-258.8, connected to the VCC-processor-258.9, connected to the input (prohibiting) input, DSh-285.6. PZU-285.10 is connected to the 4-inputs of the BR-285.1. The output of the E-277 is connected to the p-input of the BR-285.1 and to the input of the E-285.11, connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-285.2. Elements-267-285 form a touch block image (BKO) -285.12. BPO-266 (2) is designed to search for an image by other parameters.

2.18 The structure of the block determine the size of the image (BOR)

The block for determining the size of the image (BOR) -285 (Fig. 79) consists of blocks for touching the images (BKO) 286.1-286.4 with 1-inputs connected to and 1-inputs of the memory unit (PSU) -287, and p1-inputs are connected to the corresponding (1 , 2, 3, 4) the outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -288, the t-input of which is connected to the output of OR-289, 1, 2, 3, 4 whose inputs are connected to the c2-outputs of the corresponding BKO-286.1-286.4. A-outputs BKO-286.1-286.4 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding BC 290.1-290.4, the p-inputs of which are also connected to the corresponding outputs of the RI-288, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the corresponding R-291.1-291.4 and the A-inputs of BP-281 (A1 -A4). C2 outputs of BKO-286.1-286.4 are also connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding R-291-291.4. The C1-outputs of BKO-286.1-286.4 are combined (the output is a failure (sb)) and connected to the u1 input of the register block (BR) -291.5, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the P-291.1-291.4, and the 3 inputs are connected to the outputs ROM-291.6. The BKO-286.4 C2 output is connected to the E-291.7 input, connected to the OR-291.8 second input (the first input of which is connected to the BKO-286.1-286.4 c2 outputs), and the output is connected to the E-291.9 input, the output of which is connected to p - input BPRDPRMMKL-291.10, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-291.5, and the inputs and outputs to the connector (RE) -291.11 of a multi-channel communication line. The p-i-outputs of BPRDPRMMKL-291.10 are connected to the (p, i) inputs of the BR-291.12, the p-output of E-291.13 is connected to the p-input of DSh-291.14 (and the input to the p-input of BR-291.12). The first output of DSh-291.14 is connected to the P2 input of BP-287 and to the P2 inputs of BKO-286.1-286.4, the second output is connected to the p-input of OR-289, the third output is connected to the p3 inputs of BKO-286.1-286.4. The I-output of the BR-291.12 is connected to the I-inputs of the BP-287, (and 1, and 2) inputs of the BKO-286.1-286.4. BPRDPRMMKL-291.15 inputs and outputs connected to the connector (RE) -291.16 multi-channel communication lines, and other inputs and outputs to the VCC-processor-291.17, the p-output of which is connected to the prohibiting (RF) input DTP-291.14, and the outputs of the MCC 281.17 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BP-287.

2.19 The structure of the block coordinates (BZK)

(х, у)-выходами БЗК-292. Входы БК 308-311 подключены к выходам соответствующих регистров (Р) 312-319 (рх, ру). Регистры (Р)-312, 314 317, 319 подключены к выходам соответствующих вычислителей блоков (ВБ) 320, 321, 322, 322.1, осуществляющих операции ((х-1), (х+1), (у-1), (у+1)) соответственно, р-входы которых подключены к выходу Э-296, а и-входы к выходам соответствующих Р-293 и Р-294.The coordinate setting unit (BPC) -292 (Fig. 80) consists of a register (P) -293 (x coordinate), a register (P) -294 (coordinate y), the p-input P-293, 294 is connected to the p-input BZK-292 and to the input of E-295, connected to the input of E-296, connected to the input of E-297, connected to the input of E-298, connected to the input of E-299, connected to the input of E-300, connected to the input of E- 301, is the output of the BZK-292. The outputs of the E-297, 298, 299, 300 are connected to the inputs of the pulse shapers (Ф) 302, 303, 304, 305, respectively, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-306 and to the p-inputs of BK-308, 309, 310, 311 respectively, the outputs of which are combined and are

(x, y) outputs of the BZK-292. The inputs of the BC 308-311 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding registers (P) 312-319 (px, ru). Registers (P) -312, 314 317, 319 are connected to the outputs of the respective calculators of blocks (WB) 320, 321, 322, 322.1, performing operations ((x-1), (x + 1), (y-1), ( y + 1)), respectively, whose p-inputs are connected to the output of the E-296, and the i-inputs are to the outputs of the corresponding P-293 and P-294.

2.20 Structure of the block fill images (BZO)

-входы подключены к

-выходам БЗК-336.

-выход БЗК-336 подключен к входу Э-351 (выход которого подключен к -1-входу СЧ-333) и входу Э-352 (выход которого подключен к р-входу КМП-334), к входу Э-353 (выход которого подключен к З (запись) входу БП3-354, и-входы которого подключены к и-выходам БП1-326). Выход К-355 подключен к входу Д-356, подключен к входу Ф-357, подключен к С (считыванию)-входу БП2-350, к входам Э-358, 359, 360. И-выходы БП2-350 подключены к входам БК-361 (выходы которых подключены к Д-входам БП1-326), а А-входы подключены к выходам СЧ-362 (-1-вход которого подключен к выходу Э-358), и и-входам КМП-363 (р-вход которого подключен к выходу Э-360), выход которого подключен к 0-входу БП2-350, к первому входу ИЛИ-340.4 и к третьему входу ИЛИ-335. Выходы СЧ-362 подключен к и1-входам КМП-365 (и2-входы которого подключены к ПЗУ(О)-365.1), «=0»-выход подключен к второму входу ИЛИ-340.4, и к С (считывания)-входу БП3-354, к 0-входу Э-364.1, выход которого подключен к первому входу Т-364 (выход которого подключен к первому входу К-355 и р-входу БК-361), а вход подключен к р-входу КМП-365 и к «=0»-выходу КМП-334, «0»-входы СЧ-362, СЧ-366, СЧ-333 подключены к р1-входу БКО-324, +1-вход СЧ-366 подключен к входу Э-353, а выходы к адресным (А) входам БП3-354. р-вход БК-339 подключен к выходу Ф-367. И-входы БП1-326 подключены к выходам БК-368, р-вход которого подключен к входу Э-328, а и-входы подключены к и2-выходам БПДО-337. Генератор импульсов (Г)-369 подключен к второму входу К-355. Разъем многоканальной линии связи (РЗ)-369.1 подключен к БПРДПРММКЛ-369.2, подключен к БР-369.3, р-вход которого подключен к Э-369.4, который подключен к р-входу ДШ-369.5, и-вход которого подключен к и-выходам БР-369.3, и-выходы которого подключены к соответствующим входам БКО-324, РА-338, БПДО-337, Р-342. И-входы БПРДПРММКЛ-369.2 подключены к и-выходам БР-369.6, р-вход которого подключен к ИЛИ-369.7 и к входу Э-369.8, выход которого подключены к р-входу БПРДПРММКЛ-369.2 и 0-входу Т-369.9, выход которого подключен к и3-входу БР-369.6, и4-входы которого подключены выходом ПЗУ-369.10, третий вход ИЛИ-369.7 подключен к выходу К-369.11, первый вход которого подключен к выходу Т-369.12, 0-вход которого подключен к выходу Э-369.13, а первый вход подключен к первому входу ИЛИ-369.14 и к третьему выходу ДШ-369.5, первый выход которого подключен к р-входу РА-338, второй выход подключен к первому входу ИЛИ-369.14, выход которого подключен к входу Ф-367, а четвертый выход подключен к второму входу ИЛИ-342.1, первый вход которого подключен к второму входу К-369.11 и к входу Э-369.13, а пятый выход ДШ-369.5 подключен к Р3-выходу БКО-324, а шестой вход к Р2-входу БКО-324, а седьмой выход к 2-му входу ИЛИ-343.4, а восьмой-выход ДШ-369.5 подключен к р1-входу БКО-324. Разъем (РЗ)-369.15 многоканальной линии связи подключен к входам-выходам БПРДПРММКЛ-369.16, другие входы-выходы которого подключены к соответствующим входам-выходам ВКЦ процессора - 369.17, р-выход которого подключен к ЗП (запрет) - входу ДШ-369.5Block fill image BZO-323 (1) (2) (Fig) consists of BKO-324, connected to BK-325, connected to BP1-326. The BKO-324 pi input is connected to the first T-327 input, the 0 input of which is connected to the E-328 output, whose input is connected to the BK-325 p-input and to the F-329 output (whose input is connected to the BKO c2 output -324), to the input of E-330 and the first input of OR-331, the output of which is connected to the input of E-332 (the output of which is connected to 3 (write-input BP1-326) and to +1 input of the SCh-333, the outputs of which are connected to the addresses (A) of inputs BP1-326 and to the I-inputs of KMP-334, ≠ 0 the output of which is connected to the second input of OR-335, the output of which is connected to the p-input of BZK-336 (x, y) -inputs are connected to (x, y) - outputs BP1-326, and 1-inputs BKO-324, connected to the I-inputs of BPDO-337. The outputs of the address register (RA) -338 are connected to the inputs of the BK-339, the outputs of which are connected to the A-inputs of the BPDO-337. The P-input of the BK-339 is connected to the input of the E-340. -340.1, OR-340.2, E-340.3, OR-340.4 is described below: The BPDO-337 I1 outputs are connected to the KMP-341 I1 inputs, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the P-342 outputs, the p-input of which is connected to the output OR-342.1, the first input is connected to the output of the E-340.1 and 1 inputs BPDO-337 is connected to the I-inputs of the R-342, to the outputs of the BK-343 (the p-input of which is connected to the input of the E-340). No (BZO-323 (1), Yes (B30-323 (2)) - the KMP-341 output is connected to the E-343.1 input, the output of which is connected to the PZU-343.2 p-input (the outputs of which are connected to the R-342 inputs) The input of the E-343.1 is also connected to the input of the E-343.3, the output of which is connected to the corresponding input of the OR-343.4, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BPDO-337, the A-inputs of the BPDO-237 are connected to the outputs of the BK-344, and the inputs which is connected to the BKO-324 (x, u) outputs, the p-input is connected to the T-327 output. The BPDO-337 A inputs are also connected to the BK-345 outputs (whose p-input is connected to the HE-346, whose input connected to the p-input BK-344), and the output of which it is connected to the A-outputs of the BZK-336, the g-output of which is connected to the input of the E-347, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the KMP-341. The output of the E-340 is connected to the 2nd input of the OR-348 (the first input of which connected to the second input of OR-240.2 and g-output BZK-336, and the output is connected to the input of E-340.1. The outputs of the ROM (TO) (ROM of the shadow object) -349 is connected to the 3 inputs of BP2-350, and the 1 inputs of which are connected to the BPDO-337 i1 outputs and the BK-343 inputs, and the 2 inputs are connected to the BPDO-337 i2 outputs, and the Z (recording) input is connected to the E-340.3 output (whose input is connected to the KMP-341 no output) , but

inputs are connected to

-exit BZK-336.

- the output of the BZK-336 is connected to the input of the E-351 (the output of which is connected to the -1-input of the SCH-333) and the input of the E-352 (the output of which is connected to the p-input of the KMP-334), to the input of the E-353 (the output of which connected to the B (record) input BP3-354, and the inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs BP1-326). The K-355 output is connected to the D-356 input, connected to the F-357 input, connected to the BP2-350 input (read) -input, to the E-358, 359, 360 inputs. BP2-350 I-outputs are connected to the BK inputs -361 (the outputs of which are connected to the D-inputs of BP1-326), and the A-inputs are connected to the outputs of the SCH-362 (the -1-input of which is connected to the output of the E-358), and the I-inputs of the KMP-363 (p-input which is connected to the output of E-360), the output of which is connected to the 0 input of BP2-350, to the first input of OR-340.4 and to the third input of OR-335. Outputs SCh-362 is connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-365 (the 2 inputs of which are connected to ROM (О) -365.1), the “= 0” output is connected to the second input of OR-340.4, and to the C (read) input of BP3 -354, to the 0-input of E-364.1, the output of which is connected to the first input of T-364 (the output of which is connected to the first input of K-355 and the p-input of BK-361), and the input is connected to the p-input of KMP-365 and to the “= 0” output of the KMP-334, the “0” inputs of the SCH-362, SCH-366, SCH-333 are connected to the p1 input of the BKO-324, + 1 input of the SCH-366 is connected to the input of the E-353, and outputs to the address (A) inputs of BP3-354. p-input BK-339 is connected to the output of the F-367. The BP1-326 I-inputs are connected to the BK-368 outputs, the p-input of which is connected to the E-328 input, and the i-inputs are connected to the BPDO-337 i-outputs. The pulse generator (G) -369 is connected to the second input of K-355. The multi-channel communication line (RZ) -369.1 connector is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-369.2, connected to the BR-369.3, the p-input of which is connected to the E-369.4, which is connected to the p-input of DSh-369.5, and whose input is connected to the i-outputs BR-369.3, the i-outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of BKO-324, RA-338, BPDO-337, R-342. The I-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-369.2 are connected to the I-outputs of BR-369.6, the p-input of which is connected to OR-369.7 and to the input of E-369.8, the output of which is connected to the p-input of BPRDPRMMKL-369.2 and the 0-input of T-369.9, the output which is connected to the BR3-369.6 i-input, the 4-inputs of which are connected to the PZU-369.10 output, the third input of the OR-369.7 is connected to the K-369.11 output, the first input of which is connected to the T-369.12 output, the 0-input of which is connected to the output E -369.13, and the first input is connected to the first input of OR-369.14 and to the third output ДШ-369.5, the first output of which is connected to the p-input of RA-338, the second output is connected to the first input LI-369.14, whose output is connected to the input of F-367, and the fourth output is connected to the second input of OR-342.1, the first input of which is connected to the second input of K-369.11 and to the input of E-369.13, and the fifth output of DSh-369.5 is connected to P3 - the output of BKO-324, and the sixth input to the P2 input of BKO-324, and the seventh output to the 2nd input of OR-343.4, and the eighth output of DSh-369.5 is connected to the p1 input of BKO-324. The connector (RZ) -369.15 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-369.16, the other inputs and outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the processor and control center - 369.17, the p-output of which is connected to the RF (forbidden) - to the input ДШ-369.5

2.21 The structure of the block offset image in the plane (BSP)

The image bias block in the plane (BSP) -370 (Fig. 82) consists of a memory block (BP) -371, and-outputs connected to the i-inputs of the memory block (BP) -372, the p-input of which is connected to the output E- 373, the input of which is connected to the input of the E-374 (whose output is connected to the C (reading) input of the BP-371), and the output of the divider (D) -375 (whose input is connected to the output of the key (K) -376.1, the first input of which connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -376.2, connected to the "+1" -input of the counter (MF) -377, the service (s) -input and 0-input of which are connected to +1 and 0-inputs of the counter (MF), respectively -377. Outputs SCH-378, 3 77 are connected to the inputs of the encoders (Ш) -379, 380, respectively, the outputs of which are connected to the address (A) inputs of the BP-371. The output of the trigger (T) -381 is connected to the second input of K-376.1, and the 0-input is connected to - SCH-378 output.D-375 output is also connected to the E-382 input, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the adders (SUM) -383, 384, the outputs of which are connected to the encoder inputs (Ш) -387, 388, respectively, the outputs which are connected to the address (A) inputs of the BP-372. Service (sl) outputs Sh-387, 388 are connected to the inputs of OR-389, the output of which is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -389.1, connected to the second input of OR-389.2, connected to the input of E-389.3, connected to the register block (BR) -389.4, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the BP-372 i-outputs, the 2-inputs are connected to the PZU-389.5 outputs, the BR-389.4 p-input is connected to the E-389.3 output, and to the E-389.6 input. The connector (RZ) -389.7 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-389.8, (and, p) inputs of which are connected to the E-389.6 output, and the inputs are connected to the BR-389.4 I-outputs and (p, and) outputs connected to the register block (BR) -389.9, the p-input of which is connected to the E-389.10, connected to the p-input of the decoder (DS) -389.11, and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-388.9, and the first output is connected to p- BP-371 input, the second output is connected to the first input of the T-381 and 0-inputs of the SCH-377, 378, and the third output is connected to the p-inputs of the P-385, 386. P3-389.12 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-389.13, connected to the VCC processor 389.14, p-output which connected to the first CP (DS-388.11-entry ban).

2.22 The structure of the increase-decrease block in the plane (BUP)

The increase-decrease block in the plane (BUUP) (Fig. 83) consists of a pulse generator (G) -1, connected to the first input of the key (K) -2, connected to a divider (D) -3, connected to "+1" -input of the counter (MF) -4 connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш1) -5, service (sl) -input of the MF-4 is connected to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -6 connected to the inputs of Ш1-7. The memory block (PSU) -8 with i-outputs is connected to the PS _i- inputs of the memory block (PSU) -9, and with the outputs connected to the i-inputs of BP-10, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the key blocks (BC) -P , the p-input of which is connected to the output of the signal former (Ф) -12, the input of the delay element (E) -13 connected to the input of the delay element, connected to the p-input of the memory unit (PS) -14. Register (PN _i ) -15 is connected to the Nj inputs of BP-9. A trigger (T) with a 16-output is connected to the second input of K-2, 0-inputs are connected to the SC-6 sl-output, and to the input of E-17, connected to the input of E-18, and to the p-input of the register block ( BR) -19, whose 1-inputs are connected to the BP-14 outputs, and 2-inputs are connected to the PZU-20 outputs, and the outputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-21 i-inputs, whose p-input is connected to the E-18 output, and others inputs and outputs are connected to the connector (RE) -22 of a multi-channel communication line, (and, p) outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-21 are connected to the (p, and) outputs of the register block (BR) -23, the p-input of which is connected to E- 24, connected to the p-input of the decoder (LH) -25, the first input of which is connected to the p-input of BP-8 (the i-input of which is connected to the i-outputs of the BR-23), the second output is connected to the first input of the T-16, the third output is connected to the p-input of PNi-15, and the inputs which are connected to the BR-23 i-outputs.

The connector (RE) -26 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-27, connected to the VCC-processor-28, and the p-output is connected to the prohibition (RF) input of the DSh-25. The outputs PN ⁱ -15 are connected to Ш2-30, the A-inputs of which are connected to the outputs Ш1-5, Ш1-7, and the outputs are connected to the Ā-outputs of BP-10.

2.23 The structure of the block rotation around the axis (BVRH, BVRU, BBPZ)

-выходы подключены к

-входам блока памяти (БП)-13 (р-вход которого подключен к выходу Э-14, вход которого подключен к выходу Д-3), и-выходы которого подключены к соответствующим входам блока ключей (БК)-15, выходы которых подключены к соответствующим и-входам блока памяти экрана (БПЭкран)-16, р-вход которого подключен к выходу Э-14.1, вход которого подключен к сл-выходу СЧ-6. И-выходы БП-экран-16 подключены к и-входам (РЗМ-разъем) блока формирования поля зрения (БФПЗ)-17, р-вход которого подключен к выходу Э-18 (вход которого подключен к сл-выходу СЧ-6) и входу Э-19, выход которого подключен к входу формирователя импульса (Ф)-20, выход которого подключен к р-входу блока ключей (БК)-21, выходы которого подключены к и1-входам блока регистров (БР)-22, р-вход которого подключен к выходу Э-23 (вход которого подключен к сл-выходу СЧ-6), а и2-входы подключены к выходам ПЗУ-24. Выход Э-23 также подключен к входу Э-25, выход которого подключен к р-входу БПРДПРММКЛ-26, и-входы которого подключены к выходам БР-22, а входы-выходы БПРДПРММКЛ-26 подключены к разъему (РЗ)-27 многоканальной линии связи. Р, и-выходы БПРДПРММКЛ-26 подключены к р-и-входам БР-28, р-вход которого подключен к входу Э-29, выход которого подключены к р-входу ДШ-30, и-входы которого подключены к и-входам БР-28, и-выходы которого подключены к и-входам БП-10 и Рφ_х (φ_у, φ_z)-11. Первый выход ДШ-30 подключен к р-входу БП-10, 3-й выход ДШ-30 подключен к р-входу Рφ_х (Рφ_у Pφ_z). 2-й вход ДШ-30 подключен к первому входу Т-9. Разъем (РЗ)-31 многоканальной линии связи подключен к БПРДПРММКЛ-32, подключен к ВКЦ-процессору 33, р-выход которого подключен к запрещающему (ЗП)-входу ДШ-30.The rotation block around the axis (BVRH, BBPY, BBPZ) (Fig. 84) consists of a pulse generator (G) -1, connected to the first input of the key (K) -2, connected to the input of the divider (D) -3, connected to + 1-input counter (MF) -4, connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш1) -5, sl-output MF-4 is connected to + 1-input of the MF-6, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш1) -7. The D-3 output is also connected to the E-8 input. The SCh-6 SL output is connected to the T-9's 0 input. The e-8 output is connected to the c- (read) -input of the memory unit (PSU) -10, the address (A) inputs of which are connected to the outputs Ш1-5 (х), Ш1-7 (у). The outputs of the register Pφ _x (Pφ _y , Pφ _z ) -11 are connected to the φ _x (φ _y , φ _z ) inputs of the cipher block (BS) -12, the address inputs of which are connected to the A-inputs of BP-10, and

- outputs connected to

- inputs of the memory unit (PSU) -13 (whose p-input is connected to the output of E-14, the input of which is connected to the output of D-3), and the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the key block (BC) -15, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding i-inputs of the screen memory unit (БПЭкран) -16, whose p-input is connected to the output of E-14.1, the input of which is connected to the SC-6 s-output. The I-outputs BP-screen-16 are connected to the I-inputs (REM connector) of the field of view forming unit (BFZ) -17, the p-input of which is connected to the E-18 output (whose input is connected to the SCh-6 SL output) and input E-19, the output of which is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -20, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the key block (БК) -21, the outputs of which are connected to the i1-inputs of the block of registers (BR) -22, p - the input of which is connected to the output of the E-23 (whose input is connected to the SC-6 sl-output), and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-24. The output of E-23 is also connected to the input of E-25, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-26, and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-22, and the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-26 are connected to the multi-channel (РЗ) -27 connector communication lines. The p-i-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-26 are connected to the p-inputs of the BR-28, the p-input of which is connected to the input of E-29, the output of which is connected to the p-input of DSh-30, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-inputs BR-28, the i-outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of BP-10 and Рφ _х (φ _у , φ _z ) -11. The first output of the DSh-30 is connected to the p-input of the BP-10, the third output of the DSh-30 is connected to the p-input of Pφ _x (Pφ _of Pφ _z ). The 2nd input of the DSh-30 is connected to the first input of the T-9. The connector (RE) -31 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-32, connected to the VCC processor 33, the p-output of which is connected to the inhibit (RF) input of the DSh-30.

On Fig also shows similar in structure blocks of rotation around the axis Y (BVY) -35 and block rotation around the axis Z (BVZ) -36.

2.24 Structure of the block image comparison (BSO)

The image comparison unit (BSO) -422 (Fig. 85) consists of the first memory unit (BP1) -423, (and, p) inputs connected to the key unit (BC) -423.1. It also consists of a second memory unit (BP2) -424, (and p) inputs connected to the BK-424.1, and outputs connected to the i2-inputs of the comparator unit (BKMP) -425, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BP1-423 and the p-inputs are connected to the E-426, and Yes, the No-outputs are connected to the +1, -1-inputs of the counter (MF) -427, and the inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-428, and the p-input is connected to p -input BP 1-423, and i-outputs are connected to the inputs of the key block (BC) -429. The IK-inputs of BKMP-425 are also connected to the inputs of the key block (BK-430). The R-input of BP 1-423 is also connected to the first input of the T-431, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-432.1, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -432.2, and the output is connected to the input of D-433, the output which is connected to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -435, the output of which is connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш) -436. The service output of the SCH-435 is connected to the + 1-input of the counter (SCH) -437, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш) -438, the inputs of which and the outputs of Ш-436 are connected to the address (A) inputs of BP1-423, 424 СЛ-output СЧ-437 is connected to 0-inputs СЧ-435, 437 and Т-431 and input Э-439 and input Э-440, the outputs of which are connected to a pulse shaper (Ф) -441.1, the output of which is connected to P1- entrances of BK-429 and BK-430. The output of the E-439 is connected to the 1st input of the key (K) -441.2. The connector (RE) -441.3 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-441.4, connected to the (p, u) inputs of the register block (BR) -441.5, the p-input of which is connected to the input of the E-441.6, connected to the p-input of the decoder ( DSh) -441.7, and-inputs connected to the outputs of the BR-441.5, and the first and second inputs to 1 and 0 inputs of the trigger (T) -441.8, the direct output of which is connected to the p-inputs BK-423.1, BK-424.1, 429 , 430, K-441.2, and the inverse output is connected to the p-input of the VCC processor-441.9 and the p-inputs of BK-441.10-441.13, K-441.14.

2.25 Block comparison of the types of image (BSVO)

The block for comparing types of images (BSVO) -1 (Fig. 86) consists of blocks for comparing images (BSO) -2.1-2.n, keys (K) -3, 4, 5. The P4 input of BSVO-1 is connected to the first input K-3, connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -6, connected to the first input of the key (K) -7, the second input is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -8, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -9 connected to the clocking (T) - input of the pulse distributor (RI) -10, the service (s) -out of which is connected to the "0" -input of T-6, and the outputs are connected to the p-inputs of the key blocks (BC) 11.1-11 .n, and-inputs are connected to the outputs respectively uyuschih memory sides (BP) -12.1-12.n. And the outputs of BK-11.1-11.7 are connected to the i-inputs of the stack memory block (BSTP) -13, the p-input of which is connected to the output of E-14, the input of which is connected to the output of D-9. The output of K-4 is connected to the input of E-15 and to the first inputs of OR-16.1-16.n, OR-17.1-17.n. The output of E-15 is connected to the first input of T-18, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of K-19 (the first input of which is connected to the output of the generator (G) -8). The pulse distributor (RI) -20 t-input is connected to the output of the divider (D) -21, connected to the output of K-19. The SL-output of the RI-20 is the SB- 1 output (failure), and the corresponding outputs are connected to the first inputs of the keys (K) -22.1-22.n, the second inputs of which are connected to the (non) -outputs of the triggers (T) -23.1-23.n, the first inputs of which are connected to the 0-inputs of BP-12.1-12.n and to the output of K-5 (clear) (the second input of which is “och” - BSVO-1 input), and 0-inputs T-23.1-23.n are connected to the outputs of the corresponding K-22.1-22.n, which are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) 24.1-24.n, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i1-inputs of the BSVO-1, a (p, u) outputs are connected to the (p, u) inputs of the corresponding BP-12.1-12.n. The outputs of K-22.1-22.n are also connected to the inputs of OR-25, the output of which is connected to the "0" input of RI-20 and T-18. I1, I2-outputs of BSO-2.1-2.n are connected to the corresponding inputs p1-26 and p2-27, the p-inputs of which are connected to the 0-input E-15 and the input E-28. The register (P3) -29 is connected to the i-2 inputs of the comparator (ILC) -30, the i-inputs of which are connected to the outputs P1-26, and ">" - the output is connected to the p-inputs P3-29 and P4-31, the inputs connected to the outputs P2-27, and the inputs P3-29 connected to the outputs P1-26. The outputs P3-29 are i-outputs (similarity number), and the outputs P4-31 are i-outputs of the image code BSVO-1, the 0-input E-15 is connected to the output OR-33, connected to the g-outputs BSO-2.1- 2.n

2.26 Structure of the unit identification of the object (BIO)

The object identification unit (BIO) -1 (Fig. 87) consists of a connector (P3) -3 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3 connected to the sound code register block (BRZK) -4, the p-input of which is connected to the input E-5, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the decoder (DS) -6, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR (ZK) -4, and the first output is connected to the p-input of the block of registers (BR) -7 and the first input of the trigger (T) -8 is connected to the first input of the key (K) -9, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -10, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -11, it is connected to the clocking (T) -input of the pulse distributor (RI) -12, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding comparators (KMP) -13.1-13.n, the Yes-outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-14, and the 1-inputs connected to the outputs of the sound code memory block (BZKD) -15.1-15.n, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BR-7. The output of OR-14 is connected to the “0” input of T-8, to the r-input of the ROM (is) -16, the first input of OR-17, is connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMKL-18, connected to the connector (RE) -19 of multi-channel communication lines. БПРДПРММКЛ-18 is also connected to ROM (no) -20, the p-input of which is connected to the second input of OR-18 and the service (s) -out of RI-12. The I-outputs BSVO-21.1-21.N are connected to the I1 inputs of the register block (BR) -22, the I-outputs of which are connected to the BPRDPRMKL-23, connected to the connector (RE) -24 of the multi-channel communication line, and the p-input is connected to the output of the E-25, connected to the p-input of the BR-12 and the input of the E-26, connected to the second output of the accident-6. The outputs of the ROM-27 are connected to the i-inputs of the BR-22. The third output of the DSh-6 is connected to the first input of the T-28, connected to the first input of the K-29, the second input of which is connected to the output of the G-10, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -30, connected to the t-input of RI- 31. The “0” input of the T-28 is connected to the output of the OR-32. The outputs of the ROM (0) -33 are connected to the i-inputs of the comparators (KMP) -34.1-34.n, the p-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the RI-31, and the 1-inputs are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BZKD-15.1-15.n , BR i-outputs (ЗК) -4 are connected to БК-35.1-35.n i-inputs (connected to БЗКД-15.1-15.n i-inputs), whose р-inputs are connected to Yes-outputs of the corresponding KMP-34.1 -34.n. G-outputs BSVO-21.1-21.n are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-35.11-3 5.1.n, and the inputs are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BZKD-15.1-15.n. The service (SL) output of RI-31 is connected to the r-input of the ROM sat (failure) -36, connected to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-37, connected to the connector (RE) -38 of the multi-channel communication line. The connector (RZ) -39 is connected to the 2-inputs of the BSVO-21.1-21.n, the sb-outputs of which are connected to the second input of the OR-40 (connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMKL-37) and the r-input of the ROM (sb), failure -41, connected to the I-inputs BPRDPRMMKL-37. The connector (RE) -42 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-43, (p, and) inputs are connected to the (p, and) inputs of the register block (BR) -44, the p-input of which is connected to the E-45 input, connected to the p-input of the decoder (DSH) -46, the first output of which is connected to the p2 inputs of the BSVO 21.1-21.n, the second output is connected to the p1 inputs of the BSVO-21.1-21.n. The outputs of BK-35.1.1-35.1.n are connected to the i-inputs of the register (p1) -47, and1, and the 3-outputs of the BSVO-21.1-21.n are connected to the i-inputs of the register (P2) -48, of the register (p5) -49, p-inputs P1-47, P2-48 are connected to the inputs of the E-50. The outputs P1-47 are connected to the i-inputs of the register (P4) -51, the second output of the accident-46 is connected to the "0" -input of the register (P3) -52, the i-inputs of which are connected to the outputs P2-48, and the outputs are connected to and 2-inputs of the comparator (KMP) -53, and 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs P2-48. ">" - the output of the KMP-53 is connected to the p-inputs P4-51, P3-52, register (P6) -54, the inputs connected to the outputs of P5-49. The E-55 input is connected to the p-input of the register block (BR) -56, and the output is connected to the first input of the OR-57, ROM-58 is connected to the 4-inputs of the BR-56, 3, 2, and 1-outputs of which are connected to P6 -54, P3-52, P4-51, respectively. Prohibiting (RF) input of the BR-56 is connected to the r-input of the ROM (no) -59 and the output of the E-60, the input of which is connected to the second output of the accident-46. The outputs of the ROM (no) -59 are connected to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-43, and the p-input of the ROM (no) -59 is also connected to the second input of the OR-57. G-output BSVO-21.r connected to the input of the E-61, connected to the input of the E-55. G-outputs BSVO 21.1-21.n are connected to the inputs of OR-62, connected to the input of the E-50 and the "0" input of the E-60. The connector (RE) -63 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-64, connected to the VKC processor-65, and the p-output is connected to the inhibit (RF) inputs of DSh-46 and DSh-6.

2.27 The structure of the cell circuit block of the virtual memory cube (SNBVKP)

On Fig depicts a cell diagram of a block of a virtual memory cube (SJ) -471. It can be simple (four or six directions) and N-positions, where N can be N _x × N _y × N _c (for example: 1000 × 1000 × 1000 = 10 ⁹ ), images of parasols characterizing one point of the CPSU. In addition, the point must have two of M (sets) of parasol codes, I1, I2 intensity and IKO-internal name (code) of the object. In the simplest case, the point of the CPSU is a tetrahedral point that is painted equally on all sides. The image is stored in N-types in different planes of the region or in the CPSU in the form of N-types of parasols (PS) codes at each point of the CPSU. Then it is possible to work with objects in the CPSU: by interconnecting them with other objects and also receiving their flat images. The cell circuit block of the virtual memory unit (СЯ) -471 (Fig. 88) consists of: БК-472 (connected to the cell connector (РЗЯ) -472.1), whose inputs are А-inputs СЯ-471 and Р-input is connected to Р -input K-473, the input of which is the R-input of SY-471. The outputs of BK-472 are connected to the I-inputs of R-474, the P-input of which is connected to the output of K-473 and the input of E-475, the output of which is connected to the P-input of KMP-476, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of R-474 , and I2-inputs to the outputs of the ROM-477. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-476 is connected to the “1” input of the T-478, the output of which is connected to the 1-input of the T-479, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-480 and K-481, the 2nd input of which connected to the P-input of СЯ-471, and the output is connected to the input of the command register (RC) -482, the outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-480, and the outputs are connected to the i-inputs of the command decoder (DTTTK) -483, the first output of which is connected to the “1” input of the T-484 and the “0” input of the T-479 (via OR-479.1). The inverse output of the T-478 is connected to the P-inputs of BK-472, K-473. The output of the T-484 is connected to the K-485 and the p-input of the BK-486. Another input of the K-485 is connected to the R-input of the SY-471. The output of K-485 is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-487 and to the E-488, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-489, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-490. Elements 472-483 form a command recognition circuit (CPK-491). The corresponding outputs of the BK-490 are connected to the P-inputs of the BK-492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497. The outputs of the SCH-482 are connected to the inputs of the DSh-498, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-490. The outputs of BK-492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding registers PX-499, PY-500, PZ-501, Pα-502, Pβ-503, Pd-504, whose P-inputs are connected to the outputs corresponding E-505, 506, 507, 508, 600. Elements 487-600 (with the exception of SRK-491) form a coordinate recording unit: (X, Y, Z, α, β, d) the first BZK1-601 (Fig. 88 ) BZK2-602 with its i-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-603, the i-inputs of which are connected to the D-inputs of the SY-471 and to the i-inputs of the BK-486, 480, and the P-input is connected to the 1st input of K-604 the output of which is connected to the P-input BZK2-602. The other input of K-604 is connected to the P-input of SYA-471. 1, 2, 3 groups of outputs (X, Y, Z) are connected to KMP1-605, the other corresponding inputs of which are connected to similar outputs of BZK1-601. (4, 5, 6) - Inputs of the BZK-602 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the KMP2-606, the other corresponding outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BZK1-601 (a, p, d). The outputs "Yes" KMP1-605, KMP2-606 are connected to the input of the E-607 and to the first input of the T-608, the second input of which is connected to the output of the E-607. Elements 605-608 form a block KMP (BKMP) -609. The output of the T-608 is “Yes” —the output of the SY-471. The BZK2-602 SL output is connected to the T-610 “0” input and to the OR-611 input, the other input of which is connected to the BZK1-601 SL-output and to the T-484 “0” input. The first input of the T-610 is connected to the second output of the DShK-483, and the output is connected to the p-input of the BK-603, K-604. The (N + 1) output of the DShK-483 is connected to the first input of the T-612, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-613 and the input of K-614, the other input of which is connected to the p-input of the SY-471, and the output is connected to p-input P (IKO) -615 (register of an individual object code) and to the input E-616.N. The I-inputs P (IKO) -615 are connected to the outputs of the BK-613, and the P-input of which is connected to the output of the F-618 (whose input is connected to the (N + 2) output of the DShK-483), and the output is connected to the D-inputs (to the exits) СЯ-471. The e-616 output is connected to the “O” input of the T-612 and to the corresponding input of the OR-611. Elements 612-618 form an Object Code Identification Scheme (SICO) -619. The corresponding input of OR-611 is connected to the output of OR-620. The I-inputs of the BK-621 are connected to the D-input of the SY-471. The B-621 R input is connected to the 1st input of K-622, the first input of which is connected to the S-471 R input, and the output to the SCh-623 + 1 input and to the E-624 input, the output of which is connected to Ф -625, the output of which is connected to the B-626 P-input and whose inputs are connected to the DSh-627 inputs, whose inputs are connected to the SCh-623 outputs. The B-626 K-output is connected to the T-628 “0" input (the first input of which is connected to the corresponding DTTTK-483 output, and the output is connected to the BK-621 P-input), SCh-623 (via E-658.1). The outputs of the BK-626 are connected to the p-inputs of the BK-629, 630, 631, 632, 633, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the PC1 (parasol (chip) code register) - 634, the color register of the first part of the parasol (PC2) -635-register colors of the second part of the parasol (RSZ) -636, intensity register 1 (RS4) -637, intensity register 2 (RS5) -638 (and other parameters PC (k) -638.k), the corresponding p-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding Э-639-643.k, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding outputs of BK-626. The output of the E-658.1 is connected to the 1st input of the OR-644, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the OR-620. The I-inputs of BK-645 are connected to the “D” inputs of the SY-471, and the p-input is connected to the 2nd input of K-646 (the first input of which is connected to the P-input of SY-471), and to the output T-647, the first input of which is connected by the corresponding output of DTTTK-483. The K-646 output is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-648 and to the E-649 input, the output of which is connected to the F-650 input, the output of which is connected to the B-651 p-input, the DSh-652 outputs are connected to its i-inputs connected to the outputs of the midrange-648. The outputs of the BK-651 are connected to the p-inputs of the BK-653, 654, 655, 656, 657.k, and the inputs of which are connected to the PC1-634, PC2-635, PC3-636, PC4-637, PC (k) -638 .k, respectively, and the outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-645. Elements 621 -657.k are combined into a block for storing the parameters of a point of a virtual memory cube (BHPT) -669 (1-q). Such blocks for describing one point of the CPSU can be set (q) depending on the accuracy of the description of the object 1000 × 1000 × 1000 = 10 ⁹ at one point. Inputs and outputs of BHPT3-669.2-669.q are connected to the corresponding elements in a similar way to BHPT-669.1. The multi-channel communication line (РЗ) -601.1 connector is connected to the БПРДРММКЛ-601.2, connected to the VKC-processor-601.3, whose p-output is connected to the inhibit (ЗП ) -inlet of DShK-483.

2.28 Structure of the block for constructing images in a virtual memory cube (BPOVKP)

The block for constructing images in a virtual memory cube (BPOVKP) -860 (Fig. 89) is designed to form an image in the CPSU, consists of a processor-660.1 VCC, its own control bus (ШУ), address bus (ША), data bus (ШД), connected to the gateway first (ШЛ1) -661, the outputs-inputs of which are connected to BVVZ-662, in the center of which is the central block of sensors (CBDT) -663. BVVZ-662 with its inputs and outputs is also connected to the second gateway (ШЛ2) -664, (ША) and (ШУ). VKTs-660.1 is connected to the command unit (KB) -665, (DSHA-666), the first output of which is connected to the F-667, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-668, the outputs of which are connected to the command register (RC) -669, the p-input of which is connected to the E-670, the input of which is connected to the output of the DSHA-666. The outputs of RK-669 are connected to the inputs of the command decoder (DShK) -671, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of F-671.1, T-672, F -673, T-674, 675, 676, 677, 678, 679, 679.1, 679.2 ( to inputs “1” and inputs “0”). The F-673 output is connected to the gaze direction block (BNV) -681, to the “1” input of the T-682 and to the input of the E-683, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-682, the output of which is connected to K- 684, the first input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -685, and the output to the input of D-686, is connected to the E-687 and to the + 1-input of the SCH-688, whose “0” input is connected to the output F-673. The SL output is connected to the + 1 input of the SCh-689 and to the E-690. The output of the E-677 is connected to the F-691 and to the E-692, E-693, the output of which is connected to the F-694, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-695 and to the E-696. The I-inputs of BK-695 are connected to the outputs of the ROM-697 (ROM of the end of the address to control the VKP cell). The output of the E-696 is connected to the F-698, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-699, and the inputs of which are connected to the ROM of the command (ROM (K)) - 700. The output of the F-698 is connected to the E-701 (the output of which is connected to the OR-702) and to the p-input of the BK-699. The SCh-688 outputs are connected to P (α) -703, the SCh-689 outputs are connected to P (β) -704, the d-output to ШЛ2-664 is connected to P (d) -705. The outputs P (α) -703, P (β) -704, P (d) -705 are connected to the inputs of BK-706, 707, 708, respectively. The corresponding input of OR-702 is connected to the output of OR-709. The output of the F-698 is also connected to the E-710, the output of which is connected to the F-711, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-706 and to the input of the OR-709. The output of the E-710 is also connected to the E-712, the output of which is connected to the F-713 (the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-707, and the input of the OR-709) and to the E-714, the output of which is connected to the F-715 whose output is connected to the p-input of BK-708 and to the input of OR-709. The outputs of the BK-695 are connected to the A-inputs of the fourth gateway (ШЛ4) -716. The outputs of the BK-699 are connected to the D-inputs SHL4-716, to which the outputs of the BK-706, 707, 708, 702.1 are also connected. The output of OR-702 is connected to the p-input of SHL4-716. The corresponding outputs of KB-665 are connected to ШЛ1-661, ШЛ2-664, ШЛ4-716, ШЛ5-717, ШЛ6-718. Connector (RE) -719 with its inputs and outputs (ША, ШД, ШУ) is connected to ШЛ5-717 and БПДТ-720, connected to the connector (РЗ) -720.1 ШАКД. The corresponding inputs of ШЛ6-718 are connected to the rotation control unit (БУВ) -721, connected to the connector (РЗ) -722. The SC-689 SL-output is connected to the K-723, 724. The K-723 output is connected to the + 1-input of the SCH-725, the outputs of which are connected to the RZ-729. The K-724 output is connected to the +1 input of the SCH-726, the outputs of which are connected to the RZ-722, and the “0” input is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-725 and to the F-673 output. The input of K-724 is also connected to the input of E-727, the output of which is connected to the input of F-728, the input of which is connected to the p-input of BK-729, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-730, and the outputs to the corresponding inputs of the PZ- 722. The output of the E-727 is connected to the input of the E-731, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the RZ-722. The СЧ-725 input is connected to the T-722.1 “0” input, the “1” input is connected to the СЧ-726 Сл-output, and the outputs are connected to К-723, 724 (direct and inverse, respectively). The outputs of K-723, 724 are connected to the P1, P2 inputs (respectively) of the rotation control unit in the virtual memory cube (BUVKP) -733 connected to the F-734, 735. The F-734 output is connected to the p-input of the BK-736, and-inputs of which are connected to ROM (K1) -737. The output of the F-735 is connected to the p-input of the BK-738, and the inputs of which are connected to the ROM of the second coordinate (ROM (K2)) - 739. The outputs of BK-736, 738 are connected to ШЛ8-740. VKC-660.1 are also connected to ШЛ3-741, which is connected to the memory cube block (БКП) -742.1 (ША, ШД, ШУ) connected to РЗМ-743.3 and through it to the virtual memory cube block (БВКП) -743 (743.1, 743.2 ), each point of which consists of SJ-471 (Fig. 88). The purpose of BVKP-743 is to store (with a given degree of accuracy) a virtual image of the real world. I-outputs, U, C, Z-inputs of BVKP-743 are connected to ШЛ11-744 and ШЛ12-745. (ША, ШД, ШУ) -CCC outputs are also connected to ШЛ9-746, the outputs of which are connected to inputs / outputs ШЛ8-740 and to the inputs to the image conversion unit in the virtual memory cube (BPRO) -747, through РЗ-748. A and P-outputs RZ-748 are connected to an address decoder (DSA) -749, the output of which is connected to the F-750, connected to the E-751.1, connected to the E-752, connected to the F-753, connected to the E-754, connected to the F-755, connected to the E-756, connected to the F-757, connected to the E-758, connected to the F-759, connected to the E-760, connected to the З-input of ШЛ12-745. The K-outputs of RZ-748 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-761, the p-input of which is connected to the F-750, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the command register (PK) -762, the p-input of which is connected to the E-751.1, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the first command encoder (ШК1) -763, the p-input of which is connected to the output of Ф-753, the outputs of the PK-762 are also connected to ШК2-764, РХ-765, PY-766, PZ-766.1, whose p-inputs are connected to F-755, F-757, F-759, respectively. The outputs of the PX-765, PY-766, PZ-766.1 are connected to the XYZ (UIXYZ) -767 encoder. The outputs of ШК1-763 and its p-input are connected to (and, p) -inputs of the rotation block around the X axis (BPH) -768, which consists of key blocks (BC) -769.1-n, connected to the rotation around the X axis (ПХ ) -770.1-n, (БВРХ), connected to the corresponding block of keys (БК) -771.1-n, connected to the corresponding inputs of ШЛ12-745. The inputs of BK-769.1-n are also connected to the corresponding inputs of ШЛ12-745. The outputs of ШК1-763 are connected to the corresponding inputs of БК-769.1-n and БК-771.1-n. R-inputs of ПХ-770.1-n are connected to the r-input of БПХ-768. Similarly, VPH-768 is equipped with BSU-772, BP2-773, an increase-decrease block (BUU) -774. The outputs of ШК2-764 are connected to the BUU-770. The IIIXYZ-767 output is connected to the X, Y, Z (BITXYZ) -775 displacement unit, consisting of BK-776.1-p, connected to the X, Y, Z displacement unit (BHXYZ-777.1-n). The I-inputs of BK-776.1-n and the outputs of BK-778.1-n are connected to the corresponding inputs, outputs of ШЛ12-745. P-inputs BK-776.1-n, 778.1-n are connected to the output of the E-765.1, connected to the output of the F-757. The corresponding outputs of the BVVZ-662 are connected to the gaze tracking unit (BVV) -779. The generator (G) -780 is connected to the BK-781, connected to the D-782, connected to the D-trigger (DTT) -783, the direct output of which is connected to the p-input of SHL 10.1-784, the input-output of which is connected to the inputs- outputs BVVZ-662, and another group of inputs / outputs connected to the BSU-785. The first and third groups of outputs of each are connected to P (α) -786 and P (β) -787, respectively, and the d-outputs of ШЛ10.1-784 are connected to the inputs of P (d) -788. The I-inputs of BK-789 are connected to the outputs of the ROM-790 (address ROM). The outputs P (α) -786, P (β) -787, P (d) -788 are connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-791, 792, 793. The output of OR-794 is connected to the p-input of ШЛ10.2-795, р- whose input is connected to the direct output of the DTT-783. (ШУ, ША, ШД) VKTs-660.1 is connected to the inputs of the DS-796, the corresponding output of which is connected to the first input of the T-797, the “0” input of which is connected to the second output of the DS-796. The T-797 output is connected to the Sl1-input of BSU-785 and the second input of K-781. G-input BSU-785 is also connected to the E-798, to the F-799, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-786 and the input of the E-800, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-801, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BC -791, input OR-794, input E-802, the output of which is connected to F-803, the output of which is connected to the p-input BK-792, input OR-794 and input E-804, the output of which is connected to F-805 and p-input BK-793, input OR-794, p-input BK-793.1, connected to the output P (I) -788.1, connected to the I-outputs SHL10.1-784. The inverse output of the DT-783 is connected to the p-input of the SHLI-744 and the input of the block for determining the image movement in the memory cube (BODOKP) -806. This block consists of blocks of a set of movement elements (BNED) -807.1-r (where r = VK4 = 728).

A set of possible movements is given in the table of Fig. 37. The inverse output of the DTT-783 is connected to the F-808, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the T-809, the output of which is connected to the K-810. The “0” input of the T-809 is connected to the output of the E-811.1, and the output of the DTP-796 is also connected to the 1st input of the T-813, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of the E-814, the input of which is connected to the input F-815, the input of which is connected to the E-816, the input of which is connected to the E-817, the input of which is connected to the F-808, and the output to the p-output BK-818, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SHLI-744, and outputs to the conversion unit of the first (BPR1) -819, the p-input of which is connected to the output of F-815, and the outputs are connected to the comparator unit (BKMP) -820, the p-inputs of which are connected to the pulse distributor (RI) -821, t- whose input is connected K-810 exit. The outputs of the BKMP-820 are connected to OR-822, the output of which is connected to the + 1-input of the SCh-823 (the “0” input of which is connected to the output of the F-815). The RI-821 SL output is connected to the E-824 input, the output of which is connected to the F-825, the output of which is connected to the B-826 p-input. The IK-inputs of БКМП-820 are connected to the outputs of the memory unit (БП2) -827, and the-inputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of BPR1-819 and the p-inputs to the output of K-812. The I-inputs of BK-826 are connected to the outputs of PX-828, PY-829, PZ-830, P (α) -831, P (β) -832, P (d) -833. The generator (G) -834 is connected to the 1st input of K-810 (g-input). G-outputs of BNED 807.1- (r-1) are connected to the 2nd input of OR-835, and the g-output of BNED 807.g is connected to the 1st input of OR-835, the output of which is connected to the p-input of P2-837, P1-838, the i-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-826 and SCH-823. The outputs P1-838 are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-839, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the P4-840, and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of P1-839. The KMP-839 R output is connected to the E-836 output. PZU-842, 843, 844, 845, 846, 847 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding BK-848, 849, 850, 851, 852, 853. The outputs of the RZ-841 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding PX-854, PY-855, PZ- 856, P (α) -857, P (β) -858, P (d) -859 connected to the corresponding BK-860, 861, 862, 863, 864, 865, the p-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the E-866 , 867, 868, 869, 870, 871, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the BC 848-853, and E-872, 873, 874, 875, 876, 877, respectively, and to the outputs of the OR-878, the output of which is the i-outputs BK-848-853, BK-860-865 are connected to ШЛ14-879. Inputs ШЛ6-718 are connected to inputs ШЛ7-880. The connector (RZ) -716.1 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-716.2, connected to the VCC-processor-716.3, which is connected to the corresponding elements of the BPOVKP-860. The connector (RZ) -744.1 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-744.2, connected to the BR-744.3, connected to the E-744.4, connected to the DSh-744.5, connected to the E-744.6 and the c-input of BVKP-743.2, and whose outputs connected to the i-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-744.2. Connector (RE) -745.1 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-745.2, connected to the VCC-processor-745.3, connected to the BVKP-743.

2.29 The structure of the block internal view (BVNTV)

The internal view unit (BVNTV) -882 (Fig. 90) consists of a VCC processor (VCC) -883, with its own bus data (ШД), address bus (ША), command bus (ШК - control bus (ШУ)) connected to the connector (RE) -884. SHA VKTs-883 is connected to DSh-885, and the P-input DSh-885 is connected to the corresponding line of ShK-VKTs-883. The 1st and 2nd outputs of the DSh-885 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the T-886, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-887 and the input of the F-888, the output of which is connected to the inputs of the E-890 and the p-input of the R-891 whose inputs are connected to the output of the BK-887 and to the inputs of the P-892, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-890. The output of the E-890 is also connected to the “O” input of the T-893, the output of which is connected to the K-894, the output of which is connected to (to + 1) the SCh-895, the outputs of which are connected to the I2 inputs of the KMP-896, I1- whose inputs are connected to the outputs of the P-892, and “=” - the output is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-895 and to the “0” input of the T-893. The KMP-896 R input is connected to the E-897 output, the input of which is connected to the K-894 output, the 2nd input of which is connected to the D-898 output, whose input is connected to the generator (G) -899. The outputs of the R-891 are connected to the DShK-900, the 1-12 outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding T-901-906, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding K-907-912, the other inputs of which are connected to the output of the G-899, and the outputs to the entrances of D-913-918. The output of D-913 is connected to the + 1-input of the frequency response-919. The D-914 output is connected to the “-1” input of the SCH-919, the D-915, 916, 917, 918 output, similarly to the corresponding inputs of the SCH-920, 921 counters. Blocks 885-921 form the first (BK1) -922 coordinate block . BK2-923 has a similar structure and connection as BK1-922. The outputs of SHA, ShK, VKTs-883 are connected to the corresponding inputs of DSh-924, the first and second outputs of which are connected to the corresponding T-925, the outputs and inputs of which are connected to SHA, ShD, ShK VKTs-883. Blocks 924-926 form a detachable connection block (BRS) -927, of which there are 7 sets (BRS-927-933), for connecting other VCC-image processing processors (ША, ШК), the VKTs-883 is connected to ДШ-934, 1- the first and second outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the T-935, the output of which is connected to the F-936, 937. The output of the F-937 is connected to the output of the E-938, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-939 and to OR-938.1. (ШК, ША) VKTs-883 is also connected to the DSh-940, the 1st and 2nd outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the T-941, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-942, 943, the output of which is connected to the input of 944, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of OR-938.1, the output of which is connected to the c (read) -input of the virtual memory cube block of the main (BVKPG) -946. Elements 934-944 form a block observation point selection (BTVN) -945.

The main virtual memory cube block (BVKPG) -946 is designed to store the image of the world as a whole or a sufficient part of it. It consists of a virtual memory cube of the main (VKPG) -947 and a connector (switch) RZ-948, provides communication between VKPG-947 elements and external devices. (SHA, ShD, ShK) VKTs-883 are also connected to DSh-949. The DSh-949 output is connected to the 1st input of the T-950. The output of the generator (G) -951 is connected to the 1st input of K-952, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the T-950, and the output is connected to the D-953, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCh-954 and to the input of the E-955, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the T-956, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the OR-957. The mid-output of the SCH-954 is connected to the + 1-input of the SCH-958, the SL-output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the T-950. The SC-959 SL-output is connected to the 2nd input of OR-957, and the “+1” input is connected to the K-960 output, the 1st input of which is connected to the T-956 output, and the other input is connected to the D- output 961 (whose input is connected to the output of K-952 and to the input of E-962, the output of which is connected to the input of E-963, the output of which is connected to the P-input of KMP-964, and the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-965, and " no "output is connected to the 2nd input of OR-957. Elements 949-965 form the first selection block (BV1) -966. The outputs (ША, ШД) of the VKTs-883 are connected to the A, D-inputs of ДШ-967, the output of which connected to the 1st input of the T-968. The output of the generator (G) -969 is connected to 1st input K-970, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the T-968, and the output is connected to the input of the D-971, the output of which is connected to the + 1-input of the SCH-972, the sl-output of which is connected to + 1- input SCH-973, the sl-output of which is connected to the 2nd input of T-968. The output of D-971 is also connected to the input of E-974, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of T-975, the output of which is connected to K-976 whose output is connected to the + 1-input of the midrange-977, the sl-output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the OR-978, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the T-975. The 2nd input of K-976 is connected to the output of D-979, the input of which is connected to the output of K-970. The output of the D-979 is connected to the input of the E-980, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-981, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the KMP-982, and the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-983. “No” - the output of the KMP-982 is connected to the 1st input of the OR-978. Elements 967-983 form a block for selecting the second (BV2) -984. The outputs of the midrange -954, midrange-958, midrange-959 are connected to the α, β, d-inputs of the corresponding block of the virtual object memory cube (BVKPO) -985, contains VKPO-986. SCH-972, 973, 977 are connected to the α, β, d-inputs of BVKPNO-987.

The I-outputs of BVKPG-946 (P3-948) are connected to the I-inputs of BVKPO-985 and the inputs of the block of the virtual cube of the object observation memory (BVKPNO) -987 (containing the virtual cube of memory of the observed object) (VKPNO) -988), I1 inputs BVKPO-987 connected to ROM tags (ROM (M)) - 989. The (X, Y, Z) inputs of BPKPNO-987, BVKPO-985 are connected to the I-outputs of BK1-922, BK2- 923. The G-output of BK2-923 is connected to the 2nd input of OR-944.2, the first input of which connected to the output of the E-944.1, and the output is connected to the 3rd input of BVKPNO-987. The C-input of BVKPNO-987 is connected to the output of the E-980, the outputs of the SCh-954 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the encoder α (Шα) -991. The outputs of the MF-958 are connected to the inputs of the encoder β (Шβ) -992. The outputs Шα-991, Шβ-992 are connected to the corresponding A1, A inputs of the screen memory block first (BPE1) -993, which has the coordinates α and β (from 0 to 1,000). Divided into four parts. In a circular view: 1 - front-top, 2 - rear-top, 3 - front-bottom, 4 - bottom-bottom (viewing sectors). BPE1 contains all the necessary variables that describe the image. The 3rd input of BPE1-993 is connected to the output of the KMP-964. The I-inputs of BPE1-993 are connected to the I-inputs of BVKPO-985. The outputs SCH-972, SCH-973, Шα-994, Шβ-995 are connected to the corresponding A1, A2 groups of inputs of BPE2-996. The 3rd input of BPE2-996 is connected to the “no” output of KMP-982, the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BVKPNO-987. BPE2-996 is divided into sectors similarly to BPE1-993. BPE1-993 and BPE2-996 form a memory block of the internal screen (BPVE) -997.

The first observation cube task block (BZKN1) -998 consists of center coordinate registers (RCC) -999, (PYC) -1000, (PZC) -1001 (F-936 output is connected to the p-inputs of registers 999, 1000, 1001, 1002 , 1003), connected to the corresponding arithmetic blocks (AB adders or subtracters) 1004-1009 (connected respectively to PX1, PY1, PZ1, PX2, PY2, PZ2-1010-1015), AB-1116-1021 (connected respectively to PX3, PY3, PZ3, PX4, PY4, PZ4-1022-1027), AB-1028-1033 (connected to PX5, PY5, PZ5, PX6, PY6, PZ6-1034-1039), AB-1040 1045 (connected to PX7, PY7 , PZ7, PX8, PY8, PZ8-1046-1051). The outputs of PX, PY8, PZ are connected to an encoder (Ш) -1052 connected to БК-1053, connected to and-inputs-outputs of БВКПГ-946. The B-1053 R input is connected to the T-935 output. The RHTs-999, RYTs-1000, RZTs-1001 inputs are connected to the BK1-922 I-outputs. The outputs and 1 BZKN1-998 are connected to the I-inputs of BVKPO-985. The outputs and 1 BZKN2-1054 are connected to the I-inputs of BVKPNO-987. The output of the E-1003 is connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding batteries, the output of the E-1002 is connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding registers. The arithmetic unit implements the function in accordance with table. R1 (Fig. 91).

The second observation cube task unit (БЗКН2) -1054 has a similar structure БЗКН1-998 and I2 inputs are connected to the I-inputs of BK2-923, the p1 input is connected to the F-942 output, the p2 input is connected to the T-941 input. I1 inputs are connected to I-outputs of BVKPG-946. On Fig shows the cubes of visibility, the main virtual memory cube (VKPG), which includes a virtual memory cube of the observed object (from the side) VKPNO, includes a virtual object cube (VKPO), which has limit points 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 with the corresponding coordinates and the coordinates of the center of the axes Хц, Yц, Zц (in the middle of the VKPO). Table R1 gives the formulas for calculating the coordinates of the vertices VKPNO and VKPO. Each of the blocks: BK1, BK2-922, 923, BVTN-945, BV1, BV2-966, 984; BVNP-946, BVKPO-985, BVKPNO-987, BPVE-997, BZKN1, BZKN2-998, 1054 can be implemented by the WCC processor with more complex information processing programs. The connector (RE) -884.1 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-884.2, connected to the BR-884.3, E-884.4, connected to the RE-884. The connector (RE) -601.1 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-601.2, connected to the VCC-processor-883. The connector (RZ) -996.1 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-996.2, connected to the BR-996.5, to the BPVE-997, PZU-996.6, connected to the BR-996.5, connected to the E-996.3, E-996.4, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL- 996.2.

2.30 The structure of the chassis movement block (BDSHAS)

The motion block of the BDASHS-1 chassis (Fig. 92) consists of a connector (RZ2) of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the register block BR-4. The R-output of BPRDPRMMKL-3 is connected to the E-5 input, the output of which is connected to the DS-6 p-input, and whose inputs are connected to the BR-4 u-outputs. The second output of the DSh-6 is connected to the first input of the OR-7, the output of which is connected to the first input of the T-8. The first input of T-9 is also connected to the second input of DSh-6, and the “0” input is connected to the third output of DTP-3, and the output is connected to the second input of K-10, the first input of which is connected to the output of T-8, and the third the input is connected to the pulse generator G-11, and the output is connected to the input of the D-12 divider, the output of which is connected to the + 1-input of the SCH-13 and to the E-14, the output of which is connected to the R-inputs of the DSh-15, and the inputs which are connected to the SCH-13 outputs, and the outputs to the corresponding keys of the BKP-16 touch key block. Muscle elements (EM-17.1-17.L) form connections between themselves, and the final EMs are fixed in the necessary places of the chassis levers on which the described aerospace defense is located. EM-17.1-17.L incorporate touch sensors (DP), touching which it generates signals (P-output). One of the EM-17.1-17.L has force sensors (DU) (Y-output) that produce a signal proportional to the force arising in this connection. A control channel (C-output) is connected to each EM-17.1-17.L by supplying a “1” signal to which the EM-17.1-17.L goes into an advanced state. When a “0” signal is applied, the EM-17.1-17.L goes into a compressed state. If nothing is served, EM-17.1-17.L are in the same state as it was after the last exposure. Elements EM-17.1-17.L are combined into a compression muscle block BMS-18.1-18.L, others are combined into a tension muscle block BMR-19.1, which also work only in compression, but provide movement in the opposite direction. BMS-18.1 and BMR-19.1 are combined into the BMRS-20.1-20.d tensile-compression muscle block, which are located in the necessary places of the chassis and whose action ensures its movement. BMRS-20.1-20.d chassis: whose u-output transmits data on the forces in each thread EM-17.1-17.L; c-outputs, through which signals “I” or “0” are received to EM-17.1-17.L for their increase or compression, and-outputs, through which data are transmitted, in what state is EM-17.1-17.L ( in compressed (0) or extended (1)), n-outputs, through which signals are transmitted if touched. The outputs of K-16.1-16.n BKP-16 are connected to the corresponding inputs of OR-21, the output of which is connected to the 0-input of T-8, to the first input of T-22 and the input of E-23, the output of which is connected to "0" - input T-22, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the Sh-24 encoder, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-25.1-25.n block of information keys BIK-25, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the Sh-26 encoder and p- the input of which is connected to the output of T-22 and to the input of E-27, the output of which is connected to 3 (recording) - to the counter input (MF) -28, and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of Sh-26, the output OR-21 is also connected to the input of F-29, the output of which is connected to the TD-30 D-trigger, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-31, and the second input to the output of G-11, and the output to the input of D-32, which connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-28 and to the input of F-33, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the Sh-34 encoder, the outputs of which are connected to the BK-35, the outputs of which are connected to the s-inputs of the power key unit (BSK) - 36. They are arranged in such a way that when a signal arrives at them (at the c-input and p-input) they produce a signal “1”, when a signal arrives only at the p-input, a signal “0” is generated. The R-inputs of the keys BK-36.1-36.n BSK-36 are connected to the outputs of the BK-37, the inputs of which are also connected to the I-outputs of Sh-24. The "not" output of the TD-30 is connected to the F-38, the output of which is connected to the second input of OR-7 and to the first input of K -39, the second input of which is connected to the output of T-40. The first output of DTP-6 is connected to the first input of T-41, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-42, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -43, and the output is connected to the input of D-44, the output of which is connected to "+1" -input SCH-45, the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of DSh-46, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-47.1-47.Z, BK-48.1-48.z, BK-49.1-49.z , BK-50.1-50.z. The outputs of the position memory blocks (BPPOZ) -51-51.z are connected to the i-inputs of the corresponding BK-50.1-50.z. The outputs of BK-48.1-48.z are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-52, the 2 outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-53. The corresponding outputs of BC 47.1-47.z are connected to the corresponding inputs of the blocks of memory of the proposals of positions (BFP) -54.1-54.z. The outputs of BK-50.1-50.z are connected to the I-inputs of KMP-55, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BMRS-20.1-20.d. “Yes” - the output is connected to the “0” input of the E-56, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the KMP-52. The input of E-56 is connected to the output of E-56.1, the input of which is connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-45, “Yes” - the output of the KMP-52 is connected to the 3rd input of OR-57, the output of which is connected to “0” - T-41 input, DSh-45 sl-output is connected to the second input of OR-57, “Yes” - KMP-55 output is also connected to the 2nd input of OR-57 and to the BIVK p-input (command execution notification unit) -58, which is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-3. The corresponding outputs of BK-47.1-47.z are connected to the i-inputs of the posture image memory blocks (BPOP) -59.1-59.z. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-52 is also connected to the E-60, the output of which is connected to the R-input of BIVK-61. The fourth output of the DSh-6 is connected to the first input of the T-61.1, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-63, and the second input to the output of the pulse generator G-62, and the output is connected to the input of D-64, the output of which is connected to "+1 "-Input SCH-65, the output of which is connected to the i-inputs of DSh-66, which is connected to the corresponding p-inputs of BK-67.1-67.j, BK-68.1.r-68.jr is connected to the P1 inputs of BK-69.1 -69.j, the D-64 output is also connected to the KMP-71 p-input, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the BR-4 u-inputs and 2 inputs and to the БК-69.1-69.j outputs. The corresponding outputs of BK-67.1-67.j are connected to the corresponding inputs of the block of registers of the sentence-1 (BRPP1) -72.1-72 sentence block. j and to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding blocks of the register of the sentence-2 (БРГШ2) -73.1-73.j sentence register. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-71 is connected to the “0” input of the E-74, the input of which is connected to the output of the E-70, and the output to the p-input of the KMP-75, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-69.1-69 .J, and the 2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-76. “Yes” output KMP-75 is connected to the p-inputs of BK-67.1-67. j and to the first input of OR-77, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of T-61.1, the sl-output of DSh-66 is connected to the p-input of BIOS-78, and the sl-output of DSh-46 is connected to the p-input of BIOS -79 (error information block).

The R-input of BIVK “is” -80 is connected to the “Yes” output of KMP-71, the r-input of BIVK-81 is connected to the “Yes” output of KMP-75. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-71 and the serial output of the DSh-66 are also connected to the corresponding inputs of the OR-77. Blocks 81, 80, 78, 79, 58, 61 are connected to the (p, u) inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-3. 5, 6, the DSh-6 outputs are connected to the “1” and “0” inputs of the T-40, the “0” input of which is also connected to the “0” input of the SCh-65.

The T-40 output is connected to the F-82 input (connected to the “0” input of the SCh-83) and to the p-input of the DSh-84, whose inputs are connected to the SCh-83 outputs, and the outputs are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-68.1.1-r, 68.J.1-r, the other p-inputs of which are connected to the output of the E-85, the input of which is connected to the output of the K-39, "0" outputs BK-68.1.1-r, 68.J.1-r are connected to the corresponding micromotion memory blocks (BPMD) -86.1.1-r, 86.J.1-r.

The outputs of the RZ-87 are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-88, connected to the BR-89. The R-output of BPRDPRMMKL-88 is connected to the input of E-90, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the encoder (Ш) -91, the first input of which is connected to the input of F-92, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of BK-93.1-93. Z, to the input of the E-94, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of the KMP-95.1-95.Z (the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding БК-93.1-93.d), and the 2-inputs are connected to the i-inputs of the BR -96, whose i-input is connected to the BMRS-20.1-20.d i-outputs, and “Yes” - the outputs are connected to the corresponding E-97.1-97.z, the outputs of which are connected to the OR-98 inputs, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-99 and the “0” inputs of the E-97.1-97.Z. The output of the E-99 is connected to the p-input of the BR-100, BR-101. The I-inputs of the BR-100 are connected to the outputs of the BK-102.1-102.Z, and the inputs of the BR-101 are connected to the outputs of the BK-103.1-103.Z. P-inputs BK-101.1-101.z, BK-102.1-102.Z are connected to the outputs of the corresponding F-104.1-104.Z, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding E-97.1-97.Z. The output of the E-99 is connected to the input of the E-105, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the E-106, the output of which is connected to the BIOS input of BIOS-107 (the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-88). The output of the BR-100, 101 is connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-88. RZ-108 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-109, connected to BR-110, which is connected to DSh-111, whose p-input is connected to output E-112, whose input is connected to p-input of BR-110, DSh-111 is connected to corresponding outputs to T-113, which is connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-114, BK-115 is connected to the corresponding outputs of BK-37, BK-35. The BMRS20.1-20.d u-outputs are connected to the y-inputs of the force measurement key block (BUK) -116, the p-inputs of which are connected to the DSh-111 i-outputs, and the i-outputs of which are connected to the BC-i-inputs 117, the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the block of analog-to-digital converters (BACP) -118, the p-input of which is connected to the third output of the DS-111 input E-119, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BR-120, and-inputs which are connected to the outputs of BACP-118, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-109. The output of the E-119 is also connected to the input of the E-121, the output of which is connected to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-109. The outputs of the RZ-122 are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-123, connected to the BR-124, connected to the encoder (Ш) -125. The R-input of BR-124 is connected to the input of E-126, the output of which is connected to the p-input of Sh-125, to the input of E-127, the p-input of which is connected to the first output of Sh-125, which is also connected to the i-inputs of BC -128.1-128.q, the p-inputs of which are connected to the output of the E-127, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BR-129.1-129-q., And to the BR-130.1-130. q. The corresponding Sh-125 output is connected to the R-131 and R-132 (via BK-133). The second output of the Ш-125 is connected to the input of the E-134, connected to the first input of the OR-135, connected to the + 1-input of the command counter (SCHK) -136 (“0” - the input of which is connected to the input of the E-134), the outputs of which connected to the i-inputs of DShK-137. The “+1” input of SCHK-136 is connected to the input of E-138, which is connected to the p-input of KMP-139, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of SCHK-136, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of R-132. The E-138 output is connected to the R-inputs of R-140, R-142, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BK-142.1-142.d and BK-143.1-143.d. “Yes” - the output of KMP-139 is connected to the p-input of BIVK-144, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of BPRDPRMKKL-123. The outputs of BRPP1-72.1-72.J are connected to the I2 inputs of KMP-145.1-145.J. The outputs of BRPP1-72.1-72.J are connected to the I2-inputs of KMP-145.1-145.j, the outputs of BRPP2 73.1-73.J are connected to the i2-inputs of KMP-146.1-146.J, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of P -140, R-141, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the I-147.1-147.J elements, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding E-148.1-148.J, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-149 and to the inputs of the corresponding Ф-150.1 -150. J. The output of OR-149 is connected to the input of E-151. The outputs of F-150.1-150.J are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-152.1-152.J, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the stack memory unit (BSTP) -153, the A-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCH-154, "0" - the input of which is connected to the output of the E-151, the input of the E-155, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the T-156, and the output is connected to the first input of the K-157, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCh-154 and the second input is connected to the output of OR-158 and input E-159, the output of which is connected to the “O” input of BSTP-153 and to the input of E-160, the output of which is connected to the p-input of KMP-161, and the 1-inputs of which connected to the I-outputs of BSTP-153, and 2-inputs to the outputs of the ROM-162. “Yes” - the output is connected to the output of the E-163 (“0” - the input of which is connected to the output of the E-159). The I-outputs of BSTP-153 and the output of E-163 are connected by the corresponding inputs to BK-114, BK-115, connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-35, BK-37. The inputs of OR-158 are connected to the outputs of D-164.1-164.L, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of K-165.1-165.L, the second inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the pulse generators (G) -166, and the first inputs are connected to the corresponding outputs of the LH -167, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the R-131. RZ-168 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-169, connected to the VCC-170, connected to the corresponding BDSHAS-1 elements. The output of the E-138 is connected to the input of the E-171, connected to the p-inputs of the KMP-145.1-145.J, KMP-146.1-146.J and to the input of the E-172, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of OR-149 , and the output is connected to the BIOS input of BIOS-173.

2.31 Structure of the block similarity of words (BOPS)

The word similarity determination unit first (BOPS1) (Fig. 93) consists of a generator (G) -1, a key (K) -2, connected to a divider (D) -3, connected to a clocking (T) -input of a pulse distributor (RI) ) -4 and to the entrance of E-5. The second input of K-2 is connected to the output of T-6, the input "1" of which is connected to the output of E-7, and the "0" input is connected to the service (sl) output of RI-4, and the input of E-7 is connected to p -input register (P) -8. Input E-7 is the p1 input of BOPS1. The outputs of the P-8 are connected to the i-inputs of the subtractors (B1-9.1-BN-9.N), the 2-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding P1-12.1-PN-12.N, the outputs of the B1-9.1-BN-9.N are connected to the corresponding adders (SUM) -10.1-10.n, the p-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of RI-4. The same outputs are connected to the corresponding enable inputs P1-12.1-n. P (code) -13.1-n, P (IKO) -14.1-n, the corresponding inputs and outputs of which are connected to the address bus (A) and data bus (D). The outputs of BK-11.2-11.n are connected to the I1-inputs of KMP-15, the 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of PP (0) -16 (and they are I0-outputs of BOPS1). The P1 input of BOPS1 is also connected to the input of setting the maximum value of PP (0) -16, “0” inputs of PP1-17, PP2-18, PP3-19, the p-inputs of which are connected to “Yes”, output KMP-15, and the outputs are (I1, I2, and 3) outputs of BOPS1, and the I-inputs of these registers are connected to the outputs P1-12.1-n, P (code) -13.1-n, P (IKO) -14.1-n. The outputs of PP (0) -16 are also connected to the I-input of KMP-20, the p-input of which is connected to the SL-output of RI-4, and the 2-inputs are connected to the threshold code register (RP) -21, the inputs of which are connected to the bus addresses (A) and data bus (D), control bus (Y). The output “is” KMP-20, connected to the p-input of the KMP-22, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of PP2-18, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of P (all) -23, the inputs of which are connected to buses A, D , U. “Yes” - the output of KMP-22 is the “all” output of BOPS1-24.

BOPS-25 (Fig. 93, b) differs from BOPS1-24 in that it contains BOPS1-24 and VCC-processor 26.1, which can implement more complex data processing (search) algorithms connected to BPRDPRMMKL-26.2, connected to connector (RE) -26.3 multi-channel communication line.

2.32 the structure of the block of formation of initial proposals (BFNP)

The block of initial proposals formation first (BFNP1) (Fig. 94, a) consists of a hearing block (BSLH) -117 (which can be one on the East Kazakhstan region) connected to (and, p) outputs through BK-117.1, K-117.2 respectively, to the (and, p) inputs of BOPS-118 (BOPS-25, Fig. 93), "no", the output of which is connected to F-119, the first input of OR-120 is connected to the "I" input of T-121 , "0" - the input of which is connected to the output of the E-122. The 1st output of T-121 is connected to the 1st input of K-123, the 2nd output to the 2nd input of K-124, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of F-119 and to the 1st input of K-125 , The 2nd input of which is connected to the 1st output of the T-121. 2-AND input OR-120 is connected to the output of K-125. (and, p) inputs of BOPS-118 are connected to (and, p) inputs of R-126 connected to inputs of BK-127, the p-input of which is connected to the output of K-125, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the shift register block ( БСР) -128, (и3, и2, и1, и0) whose inputs are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BPS-118. The recording (3) input of the BSR-128 is connected to the output of the E-129, the ROM (P) (service data) -130 is connected to the BSR-128. The E-129 input is connected to the BSR-128 clock (t) input and the OR-131 output, the 2nd input of which is connected to the K-123 output, connected to the E-132 (it is the BFNP1 g-output), connected to the E input -122. “Yes” - the output of BOPS-118 is connected to the input of F-133, connected to the 1-input of OR-120. РЗ-117.3 is connected to БРРДПРММКЛ-117.4, connected to БР-117.5, Э-117.6, connected to ДШ-117.7, connected to Т-117.8, connected to 2 inputs of БК-117., К-117.2. BFNP-135 consists of BFNP1-134 connected to BSLH-117, connected to the VKC processor-135, connected to RZ-135.1 (SHAKD), connected to BPRDPRMMKL-136, connected to RZ-137 of a multi-channel communication line.

2.33 Structure of the block of initial recording of words (BNZS)

The block of initial recording of words (BNZS) (Fig. 95) consists of a block of hearing (BSLH) -139, (and, g) outputs connected to (and, g) inputs of the block for the formation of initial sentences (BFNP) -140 (through BC -139.7, К-139.8), (and, d) outputs connected to the (and, p) inputs of the corresponding block of shift registers (BSR) -141. The pulse generator (G) -142 is connected to the 2nd input of the key (K) -143, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -144, the first input of which is connected to the output of the E-145, the input of which is connected to g -BFNP-140 output. The output of K-143 is connected to the input of the pulse divider (D) -146, the output of which is connected to the clocking (t) input of the BSR-142 and to the input of E-147, the output of which is connected to the enable input (P) of the comparator (KMP) -148 , and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the 2-outputs of the BSR-141, and the 2-outputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM (pause code) -149. RZ-139.1 connected to BPRDPRMMKL-139.2, connected to BR-139.3, connected to T-139.5, connected to DSh-139.4, BK-139.7, K-139.8. The R-input of the BR-4 is connected to the E-139.6, connected to the r-input of the DSh-139.4. The I-outputs of BSR-141 are connected to the i-inputs of the key blocks (BK) -150, 151, 152, 153, 154, which are connected with the p-inputs to the corresponding outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -155, whose timing (t) input is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-148, and the “0” input is connected to the BFNP-140 g-output. The outputs of BK-150, 151, 152, 153, 154 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding registers (P) -156, 157, 158, 159, 160, the p-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -161, 162, 163 , 164, 165. The service (SL) output of RI-155 is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (F) -166, the output of which is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (F) -167, the p-inputs of the key blocks (BC) 168, 169, 170, 171, 172. The F-167 output is connected to the p-input of the comparator (KMP) -173, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-168 (SKAZ), and the 2-inputs are connected to the ROM-174. The B-FNP-140 G-output is also connected to the “0” -input of the counter (MF) -175, the outputs of which are connected to the I1 inputs of the comparator (CMP) -176 and the 2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-177, and the p-input is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -178. The outputs of the ROM-179 are connected to the i-2 inputs of the comparator (ILC) -180, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs (A) of the BK-169, “No” - the output is “NO” - the output of the unit. The “Yes” output of the KMP-180 is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -181. The comparator (KMP) -182 and 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the PZU-183, and 1-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-170 (V). “No” - the output of the KMP-182 is connected to the delay element (E) -184, “Yes” - the output is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -185.1. Elements 182, 183, 184, 185.1 form a noun recognition block (BRSC) -186.2. Object recognition block (BRPD) - \\\ 186, verb recognition block (BRGL) -182, adjective recognition block (BRPG) -188, adverb recognition block (BRNR) -189, numeral recognition block (BRLC) -190, recognition block pronouns (BRMS) -191, union recognition block (BRRS) -192, particle recognition block (BRCHT) -193, term recognition block (BRTM) -194, service word recognition block (BRLS) -195 has the same structure as BRSSC-185.1. The P-inputs of these blocks are connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-173, and the inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-170 (B), “No” - the outputs are connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-175. The outputs of the T-185.1 and p-outputs of the blocks 186-195 are connected to the corresponding keys 196-206. “Yes” outputs of the KMP-173 are also connected to the p-input of the comparator (KMP) -207, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-208, and the 1 inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-172 (D). “Yes” outputs are connected to the trigger (T) -209.1 and to the delay element (E) -209.2, “0” input of which is connected to the “No” output of the KMP-207 (“Yes” input of the KMP-176). The trigger output (T) -209.2 is connected to the first input of the I-210 element. The output of the T-181 is connected to the second input of the I-210. The outputs BK-171 (C) is connected to the key block (BK) -211, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of the key (K) -196 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -212. The outputs of BK-211 are connected to the I1 inputs of the comparator unit (BKMP) -213, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -214. The IK-inputs of BKMP-213 are connected to the outputs of the noun memory block (BPSUSCH) -215, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-211, and the A-inputs are connected to the outputs of the decoder (DS) -216, and the p-input is connected to the output delay element (E) -217, the input of which is connected to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -218 (and to the output of the divider (D) -219), and the outputs are connected to the inputs of DSh-216. Input D-219 is connected to the output of the key (K) -220, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -221, the first input is connected to the "0" input of the SCh-218 and to the output of F-212. The “0” input of the T-221 is connected to the output of the OR-222, the first input of which is connected to the “is” output of the BKM-213, the “EMPTY” is the output of which is connected to the p1 input of the PSU (C) Shch-215 and to the second input OR-222. Elements 211-222 form a block of memory of nouns (BPSCH) -223. The input of K-220 is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -224. Prepositional memory block (BPPT) -225, verb memory block (BPGL) -226, adjective memory block (BPPG) -227, adverb memory block (BPNR) -228, numeral memory block (BPLL) -229, pronoun memory block (BPMS) ) -230, the memory block of the unions (BPSZ) -231, the memory block of particles (BPCT) -232, the memory block of terms (BTPR) -233, the memory block of service words (BPSL) -234 have the same structure as BPSCH-223 , their (g, and) inputs are connected to the output of the G-224, their i-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-171 (C), their p1 inputs are connected to the corresponding keys (K) -197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, with their g-outputs and connected to OR-235, connected with their r-inputs to a decoder (ДШ) -236, and connected to БРРДПРММКЛ-237, connected to the corresponding connector (РЗ) -238 of a multi-channel communication line with their i-inputs. (and, p) outputs БПРДПРММКЛ-237 are connected to ДШ-236 А2- (part of outputs), are connected to А-inputs of blocks 233, 225-234, and р-output is connected to the input of delay element (Э) -239. The connector (RE) -240 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-241, connected to the VCC-processor-242, connected to the corresponding outputs of the unit. RZ-209.2 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-209.3, connected to BIOS-209.4, BIVK-209.5, the p-input of which is connected to the "no" output of KMP-207 and to the output of E-209.2. Elements 139-242 form a block initial word recording (BNZS) -243.

2.34 the structure of the block of formation of incoming proposals (BFVHP)

The block of formation of incoming sentences first (BFVHP) -1 (Fig. 96) consists of a block of nouns (BSUSH) -27, a block of prepositions (BPD) -28, a block of verbs (BGL) -29, a block of adjectives (BPG) -30, a block adverbs (BNR) -31, block of numerals (BChL) -32, block of pronouns (BMS) -33, block of unions (BSZ) -34, block of particles (BChT) -35, block of analysis of terms (BAT) -36, block of office words (BSL) -37. Each of the blocks 27-37 is connected to the corresponding BK 38-48 and to the corresponding T-49-59, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding K-60, 70, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-38-48 (through the corresponding -60.1-70.1) and “0” inputs of the corresponding T-49-59, the outputs of which are also connected to the inputs of K-71-81, the first inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding pulse shapers (Ф) -82-92. The generator output (G) -93 is connected to the K-94, connected to the D-95, which is connected to the R-96 t-input, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the K-60-70, F-82-92. The second input of K-94 is connected to the T-97 output, the “0” input of which is connected to the RI-96 sl-output, and the first input is connected to the E-98 output, which is connected to the p-inputs of blocks 27-37. (and 1, and 2) inputs of blocks 27-37 are combined. The outputs of K-71-81 are combined and connected to the p-input of the KMP-99, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-38-48, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the PP0-100, the inputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the KMP -99, “Yes” - the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of PP0-100, PP1-101, PP2-102, PP3-103, “0” - the inputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of blocks 27-37. The inputs PP1-101, PP2-102, PP3-103 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BK-38-48, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the block shift registers (BSR) -104. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-99 is connected to the first input of the T-105, “Not” - the output of which is connected to the input of the K-106, the output of which is a “failure” (no) - the output of the BFVHP1, and the 2nd input is connected to the - the output of the RI-96 and the t-input of the BSR-104, to the input of the E-107, the output of which is connected to the s (recording) input of the BSR-104. The RI-96 SL output is also connected to the E-108 input. The “All” output of BSL-32 is connected to the first input of the T-109, the output of which is connected to the input of K-110, the other input of which is connected to the output of E-108, and the output is connected to the “0” input of T-109 and is G ( ready) - output BFVHP1-111. BFVHP-112 contains BFVHP1-111 and connected to the corresponding images (Fig.96.6) VCC-processor-113. The algorithm for the functioning of the WCC processor for the formation of proposals may be more complex than described.

The VCC-processor-113 is connected to a multichannel communication line data reception-transmission unit (BPRDPRMMKL) -114, connected to a multichannel communication line (RE) -115 connector. On Fig.66 also shows the block hearing (BSLH) -116, which can be equipped with each corresponding block. To RCC-113 connected RZ-113.1 (SHAKD), RZ-113.2 (LSAI). R3-106.1 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-106.2, connected to BR-106.4, connected to ROM-106.3. The R-input BPRDPRMMKL-106.2 is connected to the E-106.5, connected to the output of the K-106. RZ-110.1 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-110.2, connected to BR-110.3, connected to E-110.4, connected to DSh-110.5, connected to BK-116.1, K-116.2, connected to blocks 27-37.

2.35 the structure of the block recording sentences and images (BZPO)

The block for recording sentences and images (BZPO) (Fig. 97) consists of a block of hearing (BSLH) -244, connected (and, g) -insignals to the block for generating incoming sentences (BVHP) -245, connected to the block of shift registers (BSR) -246 (and, g (p)) - inputs (through BK-245.1, K-245.2, 245.3), the p-input of the BSR-246 is connected to the delay element (E) -247, connected to the first input of the trigger (T) - 248, the output of which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -249, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -250, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -251, the output of which is connected to the clock (t) - the input of the BSR-246 and the input of the delay element (E) -252, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the comparator (KMP) -253, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the 2-outputs of the BSR-246, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM 254 (pause), and “Yes” - the output is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -255, “0” - the input of which is connected to “Yes” - the output of KMP-256, the p-input of which is connected to the output of E-252, and the 1-inputs are connected to the 1-outputs of the BSR-246, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-257. and the 1-outputs of BSR-246 are connected to the i-inputs of BK 258-261, BK 262.1-262. P, BK-263, connected by the outputs to the i-inputs of registers (P) 258.1-261.1, P-262.1.1-262. l.n, P-263.1. P-inputs BK-258-263 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -264, the “0” input of which is connected to the p-input of the BSR-246, the t-input is connected to the output of the E-255, shift (SD) - the input is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-216 and to the “0” input of the E-255. The outputs of R-258.1-R-263.1 are connected to the corresponding BK-265.n-268, BK-269.1-269.n, BK-270. P-inputs P-259.1-263.1 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -271-276. The output of the e-276 is also connected to a pulse shaper (f) -277, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of the BK-265-270. The outputs of BK-265-268, 270 are connected to the corresponding comparators (KMP) -278, 281, 282, the p-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -283-286, 287 (и1, и2) -inputs of the KMP- 278-281, 282 connected to the outputs of the corresponding ROM-288-291, 292, and “Yes” outputs are connected to the inputs of the I-293 element, connected to the t-input of the counter (MF) -294 and to the input of the delay element E- 295 is connected by the input to the “0” input of the E-296, and by the output to the input of the F-297, connected to the 1-input of the T-298, connected to the 1-input of the K-299, the 2nd input is connected to the output of the D-300, connected to the output of the G-301. The output of K-299 is connected to the t-input of the SCH-302, the “0” input of which is connected to the F-303, connected to the output of the T-298, and the outputs of the SCH-302 are connected to the DSh-304. The outputs of the SCH-294 are connected to the A1 (address) inputs of the blocks of sentences memory (BPR) -305. The key output (K) -299 is connected to the p-input of the external view unit (BVVZ) -306 (via K-306.8), and the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the image memory block with frames (BPOK) -307 (via BK-306.9 ) The outputs of the BK-265-270 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPR-305. The VCC-processor-308 is connected to the corresponding elements of the described unit (BFVHP-245, SCH-294, 302, BVV3-306), and to the BPRDPRMKL-309 it is connected to the РЗ-310 multi-channel communication line. RZ-311 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-312, connected to R-313, connected to DSh-314 (connected to SCh-294), DSh-315 (connected to BPOK-307), connected to E-316, connected to BPRDPRMMKL-312 . RZ-306.1 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-306.2, connected to BR-306.3, connected to E-306.4, connected to DSh-306.5, connected to T-306.6, T-306.7, connected to BK-245.1, K-245.2, 245.3. T-306.6 is connected to K-306.8, BK-306.9. RZ-306.10 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-306.11, connected to PZU-306.12, 306.13, 306.14, E-306.1, connected to OR-306.15, connected to K-306.17, connected to the t-input of the SCh-302. Elements-244-316 form a block for recording sentences and images (BZPO-317).

2.36 Structure of the block for the formation of instructions by sentences and images (BFIPO)

The block for generating instructions with sentences and images (BFIPO) (Fig. 98) consists of a block of hearing (BSL) -318, (and, g) inputs connected to the block for generating input sentences (BFVHP) -319, (and, g) outputs which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BSR-320 (via BK-319.1, K-319.2, 319.3). The R-input of the BSR-320 is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -321, the output of which is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -322, the output of which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -323, the other input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -324, and the output is connected to the input of the pulse divider (D) -325, the output of which is connected to the clock input (T) of the BSR-320 and to the input of the delay element (E) -326, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the comparator (KMP) -327, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the i-2 outputs of the BSR-320, and the 2-inputs to the outputs of the ROM (pause code) -ROM (P) -328. “Yes” - the output of KMP-327 is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -329, “0” - the input of which is connected to the output OR 329.1, the first input of which is connected to “Yes” - the output of the comparator (KMP) -330, p- the input of which is connected to the e-326 output, and the 1-inputs are connected to the B1-320 i1-outputs, and the 2-inputs are connected to the ROM-331 outputs, in which the word code <to> is located. The e-329 output is connected to the clocking (t) input of the pulse distributor (RI) -332, the shift (sd) input of which is also connected to the "Yes" output of the KMP-330. The “0” input of the RI-332 is also connected to the p-input of the BSR-320. The corresponding outputs of RI-332 are connected to the p-inputs of BK-333-339 and to the corresponding delay elements (E) -340-346, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding registers (P) -347-353, and the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of BK-333-339. L-output RI-332 is connected to the input of the E-354, the output of which is connected to the "0" input of the T-322 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -355, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of the BC 356-362, and - the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding R-347-353, the “0” inputs of which are connected to the p-input of the BSR-320. The output of the F-355 is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -363, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of the comparators (KMP) -364-369, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding R-347, 348, 350, 351, 352, 353 (via the corresponding block of keys), and the 2-inputs are connected to the corresponding ROM-370-375. The output of the E-363 is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -376, the output of which is connected to the "No" output of this entire unit. The “0” input of the E-376 is connected to the t-input of the situation counter (SCHIT) -377, which is also connected to the output of the I-378 element, whose inputs are connected to the “Yes” outputs of the KMP-364-369. The T-input SCCHIT-377 is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -379, the output of which is connected to the record (3) -input of the situation memory block (BPSIT) -380, the Ac-inputs of which (address) are connected to the outputs of the SCCHIT-377 , and And (n) inputs are connected to the corresponding outputs of BK-356-362. The “+1” counter input (MF) -381 is also connected to the p-input of the BSR-320. The SCh-381 outputs are connected to a decoder (DSH) -382, the first output of which is connected to the RI-332 enable (P) input, and the remaining outputs are connected to the corresponding OR-383 inputs, the output of which is connected to the input of the delay element (E ) -384.1 and to the resolving p-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -384, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of the E-384.1, and the clock input is connected to the output of the E-329. The outputs of the RI-384 are connected to the p-outputs of the key block (BK) -385-388, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BSR-320. The P-inputs of these BK-385-388 are also connected to the inputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -389-392, the outputs of which are connected to the enable inputs (P) of the corresponding registers (P) -393-396, and whose inputs are connected to the outputs corresponding BC -355-388. The I-outputs of R-394 are connected to the I-inputs of comparators (KMP) -397 (the 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-398 (<Uzi>), KMP-399 (the 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-400 (< decree>), KMP-401 (and 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of PZU-402 (<vior>)). "Yes" - outputs of the KMP 397, 399, 401 are connected to the corresponding inputs of OR-403. "NO" - outputs of the KMP -397, 399, 401 are connected to the corresponding inputs of I-404. The first output of the DSH-382 is also connected to the “0” input of the pulse distributor (RI) -405, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the KMP-406.1-406.n comparators , and the 2 inputs of which are connected to the corresponding m outputs of the ROM-407.1-n (in which the word codes are written <first>, <second>, ... <n>), and the 1-inputs are connected to the I-outputs of the P-393, and the "Yes" outputs are connected to the OR- 408, “no” outputs are connected to the I-409 inputs. R-396 outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the comparator (ILC) -500, and the 2-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-501 <all>. "NO" -ROM outputs -500 are connected to the “NO” outputs of this unit, and the 1-outputs of the BSR-320 are also connected to the i-inputs of the comparator (ILC) -502, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the OR-383, and the clock (T) input is connected to the output of the E-329, and 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-503 (<all>), and "Yes" - you od connected to the input of the delay element (E) -504, and "SD" -Log (shear) RI-384. The output of the E-504 is connected to the p-input of the comparator (KMP) -504, and the 1-inputs are connected to the 3-outputs of the BSR-320, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-503, and the “NO” output is connected to p- input KMP-500, to the T-input RI-405 and p-inputs KMP-397, 399, 401. The I-outputs of the BSR-320 are also connected to the i-inputs of the key block (BK) -506, the outputs of which are connected to and the inputs of the register (P) -507 (<all>), the p-input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -508, the input of which is connected to the p-input of the key block (BC) -506 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -509, the input of which is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-505 and to the “0” input of the SCh-381 and to the WTO rum input OR-329.1. The output of the E-508 is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (F) -600 and to the first input of the OR-601. OR-602, 601 are connected to the “0” and “+1” inputs of the corresponding instruction counter (SCH) -603, the clocking (T) input of which is connected to the outputs of the I-604, whose inputs are connected to the “Yes” output of the ILC- 500, exit OR-403, exit OR-408. The output of I-604 is also connected to a pulse shaper (Ф) -605 and to a delay element (E) -606, the output of which is connected to the first input of OR-607, the second input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -608, the input of which also connected to the E-508. The output of OR-607 is connected to the p-inputs of the key blocks (BC) -609-612, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the P-393-396. The output of the E-508 is also connected to the delay element E-601.1, the output of which is the “ready” (G) output of the entire unit. The I-outputs of the register (P) -507 are connected to the i-inputs of the key block (BC) -613. The output of OR-607 is also connected to the first input of OR-614, the output of which is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -615. The pulse generator (G) -616 is connected to the input of the divider (D) -617 connected to the first input of the key (K) -618, the second input of which is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -615, and the output is connected to "+1" -input of the frame counter (SCHK) -619. The output of K-618 is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -618.1. The service (SL) output of SCHK-619 is connected to the “0” input of the T-615 and to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -620, the “0” input of which is connected to the second input OR-614 and to the output E -608, and the output is connected to the enable (P) input of the key block (BC) -621. The outputs of the BK-613 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BK-609. The outputs of BK-609-612 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the memory block instructions instructions (BPINPR-622), and the (address) inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCHI-603, and the record (s), the input is connected to the output of OR-607 . The output of the E-379 and is also connected to the third input of the OR-614. The SCCHIT-377 outputs are also connected to the Ac-inputs of the image memory block of situations (BPSITOK) -623, allowing (P) -the input of which is connected to the e-618.1 output. The outputs of the SCHI-603 are also connected to the Ac- (address) inputs of the memory block of the instructions for image frames (BPINOK) -624. The VCC-processor-625 is also connected to the BFVHP-319 (and, g) outputs (through BK-319.1, K-319.2, 319.3), and its inputs and outputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-626 connected to the (RZ) -627 multi-channel connector communication lines. The connector (RZ) -628 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-629, connected to the register (P) -630, connected to the decoders (DSH) -631, 632. The DSH-631 outputs are connected to "0", "-1", “+1” inputs of SCHI-603, SChK-619, SChSIT-377. DSh-632 is connected by the corresponding outputs to the delay element (E) -639 (connected to the p-input of the БРРДПРММКЛ-629) and to the read-in (SCH) inputs of the BPINOK-624, BPSITOK-623, BPINPR-622, BPSIT-380. The corresponding inputs of the VKC processor-625 are also connected to the output of the E-618.1. The corresponding inputs of the VCC-processor-625 are also connected to the i-outputs of the external view unit (BVVZ) -634. RZ-601.1 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-601.2, connected to PZU-601.3, 601.4, 601.5, connected to OR-601.6, connected to E-601.7, connected to BPRDPRMMKL-601.2. The r-input of the ROM -601.5 is connected to the output of the E-601.1, the r-input of the ROM-601.4 is connected to the "no" output of the KMP-500, the r-input of the ROM-601.3 is connected to the output of K -634.10. RZ-643.3 connected to BPRDPRMMKL-644.4, connected to BR-643.5, connected to DSh-643.6 (E-643.7), connected to T-643.8 (connected to BK-319.1.k-319.2, 319.3), T-643.9 (connected to K-643.1, BK-643.2, K-634.10). Elements 318-634 form a block for the formation of instructions, sentences and images (BFIPO) -635.

2.37 Block structure of associative memory (BASP)

The associative memory unit (BASP) consists of a digital wave propagation unit (BRTSV), a communication generation unit (BFSV), a control unit for an associative memory unit (BUPRBASP), sound and letter storage units (BHRZB), word storage blocks in sound, letter and harmonics (BHRSZBKG), blocks for storing sentences and images and (BHRPRO), blocks for storing dynamic flat images and texts (BHRDPOT), blocks for storing dynamic volumetric images and texts (BHRDOOT), cell circuit diagrams of a volume switch (SCNRC).

2.38 The structure of the circuit volume switch (SCNOK)

The volume switch consists of cells-1. For example, they can be represented as cubes with six inputs / outputs (Fig. 99, a). Each of the cubes here has the ability to commute each of the six cubes (options for any connections are possible). On Fig, b in the squares 1-6 shows the switching elements. In order to communicate, for example, from the second input to the third output, you must open the switching elements 1-3. In order to communicate the first input with the second, fifth outputs simultaneously, it is necessary to turn on 1, 2, 5 keys (Fig. 99, b).

The volume switch cell circuit (SCNOK) -1 (Fig. 100) consists of keys (K) -2 (1-6) (gateways of switching elements). The first outputs of K-2 are the external inputs and outputs of SCHAOK-1, by which it is connected to the surrounding SCHSOK 3-8. The second outputs of K-2 (1-6) are interconnected and connected to filters (FL) -9, 10, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the respective detectors (DT) -11, 12. The output of the DT-11 is connected to the i-input of the shift register (SR) -13, the clocking (t) input of which is connected to the DT-12 output, and the output is connected to the i1 inputs of the switch (KMP) -14, and the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM command (ROM K <clear the path >) -15, and the service sl-output of SR-13 is connected to the allowing (P) -input of the KMP-14. Elements 9-15 form a scheme for receiving information (SHPI) -15.1. “Yes” - the output of KMP-14 is connected to the “0” inputs of P _out -15 and P _in -17, which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding DSh-18, 19, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the U (control) key inputs (K1- K6) -2. The outputs of the cell address decoder (DS) -20 are connected to the first inputs of the keys (K) -21 -28, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of writing and reading the corresponding path register (RP) -29, wave register RV-30, R _I -17 , P _o'clock -16, the outputs of which are u1, u2, u3, u4-outputs SCHAOK-2. The second inputs of K-21-28 are 31, C1, 32, C2, 33, C3 inputs SCHAOK-1. Each of the SCNRC-3-8 has 2-6-inputs-outputs for connection with other SCNOC.

2.39 Structure of the digital wave propagation block (BRTSV)

The digital wave propagation block (BRTSV) -31 (Fig. 101) consists of a connector (RE) -32 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-33, connected to the register block (BR) -34. K-outputs connected to the decoder (DS) -35, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -36, the input of which is connected to the p-output BPRDPRMMKL-33. The service (sl) -out of the DSh-35 is connected to the first input of the T-37 trigger, the output of which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -38, the p-input of the key block (BK) -39, 40, the element "Not" -41 . The output of the pulse generators (G) -42 is connected to the second input of K-38, the output of which is connected to the input of the divider (D) -43, the output of which is connected to the "+1" -input of the counter (MF) -44 and s (recording) input BK-39. The service (sl) output of the SCh-44 is connected to the "O" input of the T-37. The outputs of the ROM (0) -45 are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-40. Elements 37-45 form a nulling circuit (CFS) -46. The outputs of the counter (MF) -47 are connected to the address (A) inputs of the stack memory unit (BSP) -48. The SC-44 SL output is also connected to the delay element (E) -49, the output of which is connected to the first input of OR-50, the output of which is connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-47, to the input of the delay element (E) -51 whose output is connected to the 3 (recording) input of the BSP-48. The mid-output of the SCH-44 is also connected to the z (record) input of the P-52, “0” to the input of the SCH-53, “0” to the input of the stack memory unit (BSP) -54, the first input of the wave counter (SCH) -55 and the first input OR-56, the output of which is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -57. The I-outputs of BSP-48 are connected to the I-inputs of calculators (V) -58-63, the p-inputs of which are connected to the output of the delay element (E) -64, the input of which is connected to the MF input of BSP-48 and the output of E-57 . The e-64 output is also connected to the first input of the T-65, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-66, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -67, and the output is connected to the divider (D) -68, the output of which connected to the clock input (T) of the pulse distributor (RI) -69, 1-6 outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the key blocks (BC) 70-75, and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding B-58-63. The outputs of BK-70-75 are combined and connected to the corresponding inputs of the encoder (Ш) -76. The output of D-68 is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -77, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the comparator (KMP) -78, "Yes" - the output of which is connected to the p-input of the unit informing about the execution of the command (BIVK) - 79. The SCHV-55 output is connected to the i-inputs of the key block (BK) -80, the p-input of which is connected to the “Not” output -41, and the outputs are the 2-outputs of the BRTSV -31, the A-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-39 and the corresponding outputs of BK-81, the inputs of which are connected to the A-outputs of Sh-76. The BRTSV-31 I2 inputs are connected to the BK-82 I-inputs, the outputs of which are connected to the KMP-83 I1 inputs, the p-input of which is connected to the E-84 output, the input of which is connected to the KMP-78 "no" output. The KMP-83 I2 inputs are connected to the ROM outputs (0) -85, and the “no” output is connected to the first input of the T-86, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-87, the second input of which is connected to the RI- output 69. The K-87 output is connected to the “O” input of the E-98, and connected to the “-1” input of the SCh-47. The K-87 output is also connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-89, the I-inputs of which are connected to the ROM (K) -90, and the corresponding inputs and outputs are connected to the P3-91. The “-1” input of the SCH-47 is also connected to the input of the E-92, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the DSh-93, the sl-output of which is connected to the “0” input of the E-94, the input of which is connected to “0” -input T-65 to the input of the E-94, and the output to the third input OR -56. The DSh-93 SL output is connected to the first input of the T-95, the “0” input of which is connected to the second input of the OR-56, and the output to the first input of K-96, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of G-67, and output to D-97, the output of which is connected to the second input of OR-50, input E-98, midrange input BSP-54. The E-98 output is connected to the “-1” input of the SCh-53 and the E-99 input, and is connected to the p-input of the DSh-100, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-95. B (record) -input of the BSP-54 is connected to the output of the E-101, connected to the "+1" -input of the SCH-53. BK-39, 40, 80, 81, C2, I2, A2-outputs, I2, 32 inputs of the BRTSV-31 are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VCC processor (VCC) -102, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-103, connected to RZ-104 .

2.40 the structure of the communication formation unit (BFSV)

The communication formation unit (paths) (BFSV) -105, (Fig. 102) consists of a multi-channel communication line (RZ) -106 connector, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-107, connected to the register block (BR) -108, the b-output of the BPRDPRMMKL- 107 is connected to a delay element (E) -109, the output of which is connected to the enable p-input of the command decoder (DTP) -110, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-108, and the 2-outputs of the BR-108 are connected to i1- the inputs of the P-111, and the 3-outputs of the BR -108 are connected to the 1-inputs of the P2-112. P1 input P2-112 p-input P1-111 connected to the sl-output DSh-110, which is also connected to the input E-113, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of the computers (V) -114 (x, y, z, + 1), 115 (x, y, z-1), 116 (x, z, y-1), 117 (x, z, y-1), 118 (y, z, x + 1), 119 (y , z, x-1), as well as to the “1” input of the T-120, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-121, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -122, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -123, the output of which is connected to the T-input of RI-124, the outputs 1-6 of which are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-126-131, the outputs of which are combined and connected to the 2-inputs of P2-112. The E-125 output is connected to the E-133 input, the output of which is connected to the KMP-132 p-input, the “Yes” output of which is connected to the first input of the OR-134 and to the BIVK-135 p-input, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding p - inputs BPRDPRMMKL-107. The I-output of BFSV-105 is connected to the I-input of R-136, the p-input of which is connected to the output of E-137, whose input is connected to the input of E-138, the output of which is connected to the p-input of KMP-139. The DTP-110 SL-output is connected to the input of a pulse shaper (Ф) -140, the output of which is connected to the first input of OR-141 and to the p-input of PZU-142, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of R-143, whose p-input is connected to the output of OR-141, and the outputs are connected to the I2-inputs of the KMP-139. The second input of OR-141 is connected to ">" - the output of KMP-139 and the input of E-144, the output of which is connected to the second input of OR-134 and to the P2-input of P2-112 The output of E-144 is also connected to the input of E145, the output of which connected to the "0" inputs of RI-124, T-120. The output of the E-144 is also connected to the E-146, the output of which is connected to the "1" input of the T-120. The RI-124 SL output is connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-147 (RZ) -148 and the ROM of the Failure command (ROM (C)) - 149. The outputs of BK-126-131 are connected to the I-inputs of the encoder (Ш) -150.1, the outputs of which are the addresses (A) of BFSV-105 and are connected to the corresponding inputs of the SCHAOK-1 (Fig. 100). The outputs of the multi-channel communication line (RZ) -150 connector are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-151, which is connected to the VCC-processor (VCC) -152, which is connected to the BR-108, Ш-150.1 and to the BFSV-105 inputs and outputs.

2.41 Block storage of sounds and letters (BHrZB)

The block of storage of sounds and letters (BHrZB) -154 (Fig. 103) consists of a pulse generator (G) -155 connected to a divider (D) -156 connected to an E-157, F-158, "+1" input SCH-159 and to the p-input of the timer (TM) -160. The output of F-158 is connected to the p-input of BK-161, the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-162. The outputs of the SCH-159 are connected to the I1 inputs of the BK-161, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-163. The SCH-159 outputs are also connected to the DSh-165 i-inputs, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the enabling inputs of the corresponding БК-166.11, 166.12-166.n1, 166.n2, and whose inputs are connected to the BR-167 i-outputs, ( and, p) the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-162, the p-output of which is also connected to the input of the E-168, the output of which is connected to the 3 (recording) inputs of the BK-166.11, 166.12-166.nl, 166.n2, the (and, h) outputs of these BCs are connected to the (and, h) inputs of the corresponding P-169.11 169.12-169.n.1, 169.n.2. The BR-167 I-outputs are also connected to the time register and an individual object code (IKO) (RTI) -170.1-170.n (the corresponding outputs ДШ-165, Э-168 are also connected). The output of the E-168 is also connected to the E-171, the output of which is connected to the first input of the waiting circuits (SCW) -172, the first output of which is connected to the z-inputs of R-173.11, 173.12-173.n1, 173.n2 and the p-input RTI-176.1-176.n. Elements 155-161, 163, 165 form a rewriting scheme (CXPR) -175. RZ-176 is connected to the BPRPRMMKL-177, the outputs of which are connected to the command encoder (ShK) -178 and to the R-179.1-R-179.P, connected with their outputs to the 2-inputs of KMP-180.1-180.P, and 1-outputs which are connected to the outputs of the RTI-176.1-176.n. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-180.1 is connected to the 1st input of the T-181 and to the T-181.1, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the K-182, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BR-183. PZU-184, 185 are connected to the BR-183 inputs (I1, 2), the p-input of which is connected to the E-186 input, the BR-183 inputs (I-outputs) are connected to the BRPRDPMMKL-187, and connected to the РЗ-188. The 2nd output of ShK-178 is connected to the 3rd input of K-189, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of G-190, and the output is connected to the input of D-191, the output of which is connected to the t-input of RI-192 and to The 1st input of T-193, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of K-194, the output of which is connected to the input of D-195, the output of which is connected to the t-input of the BSR-196, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-197.1 . The T-input of the BSR-196 is connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-198, the sl-output of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-193, which is the t-output of the unit. The outputs of the RI-192 are connected to the p-inputs of K-191.1-199.m. The 3rd output of ShK-178 is connected to the 1st K-200, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of t-181.1, and the n-output is connected to the input of the signal supply unit “0” (BPSO) -201, which consists of T-202 connected to the 2nd input of K-203, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of the G-204, and the output is connected to the input of the D-205, the output of which is connected to the t-input of the RI-206, the sl-output of which connected to the “0” input of the T-202 and is the “I” output of the BPSO-1, and the i-outputs are connected to the BK-207, the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-209, and the output is connected to the modulator (M) -208.1, connected to the 1st input of the mixer (CM) -210, the 2nd input of which is connected chen to the output of the modulator (M) -208.2, whose input is connected to the output of D-205. The SM-210 output is connected to the 1st inputs of K-211.1-m, the 2nd inputs of which are connected to the T-202 output. The outputs of K-211.1-m are the I-outputs of BPSO-201.

Elements 178, 181, 182, 184, 185, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201 form a transfer and recording unit (BPZAP) -212.1, the same structure and the corresponding connection are BPZAP-212.n. And the a-inputs of BHRZB-154 are connected to the DSh-216 outputs, which are connected to the corresponding inputs of DTP-165, BK-166, R-173, RTI-176, BK-214 BK-215. The I-inputs-outputs of BHZB-154 are connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-214, 215. The TC input is connected to BK-214, the TK input of BHRZB-154 is connected to BK-215. The outputs of the ROM-216 are connected to the 3 inputs of the BR-183. The VCC-processor- (VCC) -217 is connected to the БПРДПРММКЛ-218, connected Р3-219.

2.42 The structure of the block storage words in the form of sound, letter codes and harmonics (BHRSZBKG)

The word storage unit in the form of sound, letter codes and harmonics (BHRSZBKG) -220 (Fig. 104) consists of a pulse generator (G) -211 connected to a divider (D) -222 connected to F-223, E-224, "+1" -input SCH-225, t-timer input (TM) -226. PZU-227 and SCH-225 are connected to the I1 and 2 inputs of the BK-228, respectively. The SCh-225 outputs are connected to the DSh-229 i-inputs (elements 221-229 form a rewrite circuit (SHPRZ) -230), the detector p-input (DT) is connected (synchronization input) to the P3-230.1 output (LSAI). The outputs of the BK-228 are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-231, to the p-input of which the E-224 output is connected, and the corresponding inputs and outputs are connected to the connector of the multi-channel communication line (РЗ) -232 and to the corresponding inputs of the register block (BR) - 233, the i-outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the key block and register blocks (BKBR) -234.11 (record the letter code of the word) 234.11, (record the sound code of the word) 234.12, (record the harmonic code of the whole word without division into letters (sounds) ) -234.13-234.n.1, 234.n.2, 234.n.3, the p-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the E-235, the input of which is connected to the p-output of the BPR PRMMKL-231. The corresponding outputs DSh-229 (SHPRZ-230) are connected to the p-inputs of BKBR-234 and to the time-register of data recording and individual object code (IKO) (RTI) -236.1-236.n. The output of the E-235 is also connected to the input of the E-272, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the signal standby circuit (SCW) -238, the first output of which is connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BR-239.11, 239.12, 239.13-239.n1, 239.n2, 239.n3. The outputs of the corresponding RTI-236.1-236.n are connected to the inputs of the RTI-240.1-240.n The inputs and outputs of the RZ-241 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-242, (and, p) outputs of which are connected to the rewriting unit (BPZAP) -243.1 -243.n, the i-inputs of which are also connected to the i-inputs of the registers of the individual object code (RICO) -244.1-244.n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding i-inputs of the comparators (ILC) -245.1-245.n, the outputs of which I connected to the «I» -Entrance respective BPZAP-243.1 -243.n, and u2 inputs connected to the outputs corresponding to RTI-240.1-240.n.A ^I O, ^I Rin-outs BPZAP-243.1-243.n subkey They are connected to the BR-245 (i1, and 2) inputs, and the 3 inputs are connected to the outputs of the PZU-246, and the p-input is connected to the G-outputs of the BPZAP-243.1-243.n and to the input of the E-247, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-248 and whose inputs are connected to the BR-245 I-outputs, and the inputs and outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the multi-channel communication line (РЗ) -249 connector. The “0” input of BPZAP-243.1-243.n is connected to the “0” input of BKBR-234, BR-230, RTI-236, 240 and to the zeroing signal (code) transmission unit (BPSO) -250, the output of which is connected to the corresponding N ¹ -N _k input of the corresponding BSR-251. (I1, I2, I3, I4) inputs of BPZAP-243 are connected to the corresponding (I1, I2, I3, I4) inputs of BK-252.1-252.4. The input of the E-253 is connected to the input of the E-254, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-255, the first input of which is connected to the input of the E-253, and the output is connected to the p-inputs of the BK-252.1-252.4.

Elements 250-255 form a receiving-recording unit (BPRZP) -256.1-256.n, (i1-i5) the inputs of which are connected to (i1-i5) the inputs of the stack memory unit (BSTP) -257, the recording input (AP) is connected to exit E-253. The multi-channel communication line (RZ) -260 connector is connected to the input-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-261 connected to the VCC processor (VCC), connected to the corresponding inputs of the BKBR-234, BPZAP-243. BR-233, BPRZP-256 AA inputs of BHRSZBKG-220 are connected to the DSh-263 inputs, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-264 and BK-265, the i-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of BK-264 and are inputs- the outputs of BHRSZBKG-220, (TS, TK), the inputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the BK-265 and BK-264, respectively, the i-outputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-233, and the i-inputs of BK-265 are connected to and - BR-239 outputs and RTI-236 outputs.

2.43 Structure of the block for storing proposals and images (BHRPRO)

The block for storing sentences and images (BHRPRO) -266 (Fig. 105) consists of SKHPRZ-267, connected to BPRDPRMKL-268, connected to RZ-269 and to BR-270, connected to the memory block of sentences and images (BPPRO) -271.1 -271.n, consisting of BK-272, 273, 274, 275 connected to the BR-276, 277 image memory block (BPO) -278, BR-279, respectively. The R-output of БПРДПРММКЛ-268 is connected to the input of E-280, the output of which is connected to the corresponding inputs of BPPRO-271.1-272.n and to the input of E-281, connected to the first input of SHHOZH-282, the first input of which is connected to the r-inputs of BPPRO 283.1-283.n. RZ-284 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-285, connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPZAP-286.1-286-n and to the i-inputs of the individual object code registers (P (IKO)) - 287.1 87.n connected to the KMP-288.1- 288.n connected to the (IKO) outputs of the BPPRO-283.1-283.n, connected to the BPPRO-271.1-271.n. And ^I in, and ^I out BPZAP-286.1-286.n are connected to the BR1-289 u1 and 2 inputs, the 3-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-290. The BPZAP-296.1-296.n g-outputs are connected to the BR-289 p-input, to the E-292 input, the output of which is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-292 p-input, connected to the RP-293 and to the BR-289 i-outputs. The “0” inputs of BPZAP-286.1-286.n are connected to the “0” input of P (IKO) -282.1-287.n, BPPRO-283.1-283.n, BPPRO-271.1-271.n and the corresponding BPPRZP-294.1 -295.n, which are also connected to the 2 and 4 inputs of BPZAP-286.1-286.n, (and 1-and 5), outputs connected to the corresponding inputs of the stack memory unit (BSTP) -295, connected to the BPRDPRMKL-296, connected to RZ-297. The WCC processor (WCC) -298 is connected to the corresponding elements of BHRPRO-266 and to the BPRDPRMKL-279 connected to the RZ-300. DSh-301 is connected to the corresponding outputs - inputs of BHPRO-266.

2.44 Structure of the storage block for dynamic, flat objects and texts (BHRDPOT)

The storage unit for dynamic flat objects and texts (BHRDPOT) -304 (Fig. 106) consists of SKHPRZ-305 connected to the BPRDPRMKL-306, connected to the RZ-307 and to the BR-308 connected to the memory block of the dynamic flat text object (BPDOT ) -309.1 -309.n, consisting of a block of keys (БК) -310, connected to the BR-311, БК-312, connected to the memory blocks of images (BPO) -313, БК-314, connected to the text memory blocks in alphabetic code (BPTB) -315, БК -316, connected to the BR-317, БК-318, connected to the text memory block in the sound code (BPTZ) -319, БК-320, connected to the BR-321, БК -322, connected go to BPO-323. The R-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-306 is connected to the E-324, connected to the BDPDPOT-309 and the E-325 connected to the SHHOZH-326, connected to the BDPDPOT-327.1-327.n. RZ-328 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-329, connected to BPZAP-330.1-330.n and to R (IKO) -331.1-331.n, connected to the I1 inputs of KMP 322.1-332.n, connected to the corresponding BDPPOT-327.1- 327.n. The corresponding outputs of BPZAP-330.1-330.n are connected to the BR-313, which is connected to the outputs of the ROM-334. G-outputs BPZAP 330.1-330.n are connected to the E-335, which is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-336 (and to the i-output of the BR-333) and to the RZ-337. The corresponding outputs of BPDPOT-327.1-327.n are connected to BPRZP-338.1-338.n, connected to BSTP-339, BPRDPRMMKL-340 connected to RZ-341. VCC processor-342 is connected to the elements BHRDPOT-304 and BPRDPRMMKL-343 connected to RZ-344. DSh-345 is connected to BK-346 and BK-347 is connected to the corresponding elements of BHRDPOT-304.

2.45 Structure of the storage unit for dynamic volumetric images and texts (BHRDOOT)

BHRDOOT (Fig. 107) has a similar structure to (BHrDPOT) -304 (Fig. 106), only the index “1” is added to the notation and instead of memory blocks of flat images, memory blocks of volumetric images are used.

2.46 The structure of the control unit block associative memory (BUPRBASP)

The control unit for the associative memory unit (BUPRBASP) -392 (Fig. 108) consists of a connector (RE) -393 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-394 connected to the BR-395 (and to E-396), the corresponding outputs connected to a decoder (DS) -397, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the P-396. The first output of the DSh-397 is connected to the first input of the T-398, connected to the first input of the K-399, the second input of which is connected to the output of the G-400, and the output is connected to the D-401, the output of which is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-402 . The D-401 output is connected to the E-403 input, the output of which is connected to the z (record) -input of the memory block of the state unit of the cell circuit diagrams of the volume switch (БПССХЯОК) -404, А-inputs are connected to the СЧ-402 i-outputs and connected to А- the inputs of the SCHAOK-1 (Fig. 100). The output of the D-401 is also connected to the inputs of the E-405, E-406, E-407, the outputs of which are connected to the s1, c2, c3 inputs SCHAOK-1 (Fig.100), (and 1-and 4) -the outputs of which are connected to and -and 4 entrances BSSHYAOK-404. The SC-407 SL-output is connected to the “0” input of the T-398 and the input of the E-408 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -409, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BK-410, to the i-inputs of which the outputs are connected ROM-411, containing the command code and service parcels. The I-outputs of BK-410 are connected to the I-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-394, the p-input of which is connected to the output of E-408. Elements 408-411 form a command execution information unit (BIVC) -412. The pulse generator (G) -413 is connected to the first input of the K-414 key, the second input of which is connected to the T-415 output, and the output is connected to the D-416 input, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCh-417 and to the input E-418, the output of which is connected to the c (read) -input of the BPSSHYAOK-404, the sl-output is connected to the "0" input of the T-415. The output of the D-416 is connected to the inputs of the E-419, 420, 421, the outputs of which are connected to the s1, s2, s3-inputs SCHAOK-1 (Fig.100). The SCh-417 SL output is also connected to the BIVK2-422 p-input, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-394. The connector RZ-423 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-424, connected to the VCC processor (VCC) -425, which is connected to the corresponding elements of the read-write block of the cell circuit diagrams of the volume switch (BSCHZSHYAOK) -426. The third output of the DSh-397 is connected to the first input of the T-427, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-428, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -429, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -430, the output which is connected to the "+1" input SCH-431. The D-430 output is also connected to the E-432 input, the output of which is the BUPRBASP-392 TC output and connected to the E-433 input, the output of which and the SCh-431 output (which is the BUPRBASP-392 AA output) are connected to the corresponding input of the unit memory of objects, images and text (BPOOT) -434.1-434.4, memory block of a flat image and text (BPPOT) -435.1-435.4, memory block of sentences of images (BPPO) -436.1-436.4, memory block of words (BPS) -437.1-437.12 , block of memory of sounds and letters (BPZB) -438. The fourth output of the DSh-397 is connected to the first input of the T-439, connected to the first input of the K-440, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -441, and the output is connected to the input of D-442, the output of which is connected to "+ 1 ”input of the SCH-443 and to the input of the E-444, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-445, which is the T3 output of BUPRBASP-392. The I-outputs of the SCH-443 are also the AA-outputs of BUPRBASP-392 (together with the outputs of the SCH-431) and E-444 when connected to the corresponding outputs of the BPOOT, BPPOT, BPPO, BPS, BPZP. The SCh-443 SL output is connected to the T-439 “0” input and to the BIVK-446.2 p-input, and connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-394. The VCC-processor (VCC) -447 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-448, (РЗ-449) and to the corresponding elements of the read-write block of the volume switch memory (BSCHZPOK) -450. The block for rewriting, determining communication, eliminating communication in time (BPZOSUST) -451 consists of a connector РЗ-452 connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-453, connected to БР-454 (р-output БПРДПРММКЛ-453 connected to input Э-454.1), connected to БК -455.1-455.L, p-inputs of which are connected to 1, 2, 3, ..., L-outputs СХПРЗ-456. The outputs of BK-455.1-455.L are connected to the inputs of the object information memory block (BPIO) -457.1-457.L, and the IKO (P (IKO)) register is 458.1-458.L the recording time register (RTZ) -459.1- 459.L, communication presence (absence) register (PCB) -460.1-460.L. The corresponding outputs of BPIO-457.1-457.L, P (IKO) -458.1-458.L, RTZ-459.1459.L, PCB-460.1-460.L are connected to the corresponding I-inputs of BK-461.1-460.L. The delay element (E) -462 is connected to the first output of OR-463, connected to the first input of T-464, connected to the first input of K-465, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator G-466, and the output is connected to D-467 the output of which is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-468, the “0” input of which is connected to the first input of the OR-468.1 (the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-464) and the DS-469 sl-output, and - the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCH-468, and the outputs are connected to the p-inputs of the BK-461.1-461.L. The D-467 output is connected to the E-470 input, the output of which is connected to the KMP-471 p-input, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the BK-461.1-461.L outputs, and the 2-inputs are connected to the ROM outputs (code “empty” ) -472, and “Yes” - the output is connected to the first OR-473, the output of which is connected to the first input of the T-474, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-475, the second input of which is connected to the output of the G-466, and the output is connected to the input of D-476, the output of which is connected to the E-477 and to the + 1-input of the SCH-478, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the DSh-479. “Yes” - the output of KMP-471 is connected to the p-input of the IKO (RIKO) -480 register, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i2-outputs of the BK-461.1-461.L, and the outputs are connected to the i1-inputs of the comparator unit (БКП) -481, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the E-477, and the “Yes” output is connected to the “0” input of the BR-482, and the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-483. “Yes” - the output of the BKMP-481 is connected to the E-484, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-485, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BR-482. The outputs of the PZU-486 are connected to the BR2-487 and 2 inputs, the p-input of which is connected to the F-488 output, the input of which is connected to the "0" input of the T-474 and the "Yes" output of the BKMP-481. The DSh-469 SL output is connected to the BIVK-487.1 p-input. The output of the F-488 is connected to the P2 input of the BR-489, the P2 input of the BR-490 is connected to the output of the F-485. The corresponding outputs of the BR-487, BIVK-487.1 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-491, and the g-outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the BR-489, 490 and to the inputs and outputs of the RZ-492. The R-output of BPRDPRMMKL-491 is connected to the input of E-493, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of electronic correspondence tables (ETS) -494, 495. The I-inputs of BK-461.1-461.L are connected to the corresponding I-inputs of BK 496.1- 496.L, the p-inputs of which are connected to the DSh-479 inputs, and the outputs of which are connected to the 2-inputs of BKMP-481, and the outputs of BK-496.1-496.L are connected to the i-inputs of BK 497.1-497.L and inputs BK-498.1-498.L, the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the BR-499. The connector (RZ) -500 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-501, connected to the BR-502, connected to the DSh-509, whose p-input is connected to the E-504, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-501. The output of the E-504 is connected to the E-505 and to the E-506, connected to the p-input of the BR-499, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-501 (and E-505), and the inputs of which are connected to the inputs of the BC -498.1-498.L. RZ-507 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-508, connected to the BR-509, connected to the DSh 509.1, the first output is connected to the E-462, and the p-input is connected to the E-510 output, the input of which is connected to the b-output of BPRDPRMMKL-508. RZ-511 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-512. The output of the E-493 is connected to the input of the E-513.1, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-513.2 and to the p-input of the BR-514, the i-outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMKL-512, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the E- 513.2. The outputs of the PZU-515 are connected to the BR3-514 3 inputs, and the BPRDPRMMKL-512 I-output is connected to the BR-516 i-inputs, whose p-inputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-512 p-outputs and to the E-517 input, the output of which is connected to the p-input DSh-518, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-516, and the sl-output is connected to the second input of the OR-473. The output of the pulse generator (G) -519 is connected to the first input of the key (K) -520, the output of which is connected to the input of D-521, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCh-522, the outputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the accident -523, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of BK-497.1-497.L, and the sl-output is connected to the first input of OR-524, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of T-525, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input K-520, the output of which is also connected to the input of E-526, E-527 is connected to the first input of OR-528, the 2nd input of which is connected to the second input of DSH-509.1 and to the p-input of the time register (RTM) -529 , i-inputs cat The horn is connected to the BR-509 i-outputs, and the outputs are connected to the KMP-530 i1 inputs, whose 2 inputs are connected to the P-531 inputs, whose inputs are connected to the BK-497.1-497.L inputs, and the p- the input is connected to the E-526 output and to the E-532, the output of which is connected to the KMP-530 p-input, ">" - the KMP-530 output is connected to the E-533 input, the output of which is connected to the E-527 input and to p - input БПРДПРММКЛ -508, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-534, the p-input of which is connected to ">" - the output of the KMP-530, and the 1-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-497.1-497.1, and 2-outputs to the inputs of the ROM-535. Corresponding i-outputs of DSh-397 are connected to BPZOSUST-536.1-536.12, BPZOSUST 537.1-537.4, BPZOSUST-538.1-538.4, BPZOSUST 539.1-539.4, connector РЗ-540 is connected to all connectors inside the BPZOSUST. The VCC processor (VCC) is connected to the corresponding BPZOSUST units and to the BPRDPRMKL-542 connected to the RZ-543. Elements 452-535 form a block of rewriting, determining communication and eliminating communication in time (BPZOSUST) (without elements 536, 537, 538, 539).

2.47 Block structure of associative memory (layout option BASP)

The associative memory unit (BASP) -544 (Fig. 109) consists of a digital wave propagation unit (BRTSV) -545, a control unit for the associative memory unit (BUPRBASP) -546, a communications unit (BFSV) -547, multi-channel communication line connectors ( РЗ) -548.1-548.2, a block for storing sounds and letters (BHRZB) -549, 12 blocks for storing words in a sound, letter code and harmonics (BHRSZBKG) -550.1-550.12, four blocks for storing sentences and images (BHRPOT) (decree, tale , vior, uzvi) - 551.1-551.4, four blocks for storing dynamic flat images and texts (BHRDPOT) -552.1-552.4, four blocks x Anenij dynamic volumetric images and text (BHRDOOT) -553.1-553.4 and m-number switch circuits volumetric cells (SKHYAOK) -554.1-554.m.

The layout option BASP-544 in the plane shown in Fig. 110. The right side duplicates the left. The option is shown for one language. Connections between elements are established by a volume switch or in another way.

2.48 The structure of the block recording operational information (BZOI)

The operational information recording unit (BZOI) (Fig. 111) consists of a BVVZ-1269 and p-outputs connected to and, p-inputs of the shift register block (BSR) -1270, the outputs of which are connected to the stack memory unit (BSTP) -1271 . The microphone (MKP) -1272 is connected to the ADC-1273, connected to the shift register block (BSR) -1274, connected to the corresponding inputs of the BSTP-1271 (LSAI (RZS) -1272.1 connector is connected to the inputs of the BVVZ-1269, RZS-1272.2 is connected to MKP-1272). The time block (BVR) -1275 is connected to the divider (DT) -1276, the output of which is connected to the t-inputs of BSTP-1271 and the hearing unit (BSLH) -1277 (connected to the RZS-1272.2), (and, d) the outputs are connected to the block of shift registers (BSR) -1278 connected to the corresponding inputs of the BSTP-1271. The multi-channel communication line (RZ) -1279 connector is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1280, (and, p) the outputs of which are connected to the code address decoder (DSHA) -1291 (whose outputs are connected to the address (A) inputs of BSTP-1271 and to the delay element (E) -1282, the output of which is connected to the r-input of BSTP-1271 and delay elements (E) -1283, whose output is connected to the r-input of BPRDPRMMKL-1280, the sl-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of BSTP-1271. The BBVZ-1269 G-output is also connected to the DSHAK-1281 p-input. The RZ-1269.1 multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1269.2, connected to the BR-1269.3 and E-1269.4, connected to the DSh -1269.5, connected to the (1,0) inputs of T-1269.6, connected to BVVZ-1269, MKR-1272, BSLH-1277. Elements 1269-1283 are combined in the operational information recording unit (BZOI) -1284.

2.49 Structure of the block AB (n) communication (BAS)

Block AB (n) communication (BAS) (Fig. 112) consists of a connector (RE) -1209 multi-channel communication lines connected to BPRDMKL-1210.1-1210.k, and SKHPRD 1211.1-1212.k. RZ-1209 is also connected to the БПРДМКЛ-1212 and СХПРД-1213, which are connected by the corresponding inputs and outputs to the VCC-processor-1214, which is connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs and the transmit-receive unit of the BPRDMKL-1215. The I-outputs of BPRDMKL-1210.1 are connected to the block of shift registers BSR-1216, the p-input of which is connected to the p-output of BPRDMKL-1210.1 and the input of E-1217, the output of which is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -1218, the output which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -1219, the second input of which is connected to the output of the generator (G) -1220, and the output is connected to the divider D-1221, and the output of which is connected to the clock input BSR-1216, connected to "+ 1 "-input counter (SI) -1222," O "-input of which is connected to the p-output BPRDMKL-1210.1, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the decoder (DS) -1223, service (sl) -exit connected to the "0" input of the T-1218. Information (I) -output BSR-1216 is connected to the input of the modulator (M) -1224. The output of D-1221 is also connected to the M-1225, connected to the second input of the mixer (SM) -1226, the first input of which is connected to the M-1224, and the output is connected to the input of the transmitter (PRD) -1127 AB (n) study (ultrasonic, ultraviolet, infrared, light AB (n)). Elements 1216-1227 form a transmitter unit (BPRD) -1228. The receiver of signals AB (n) fields (PFP) -1229 is connected to filters (FL) -1230 and FL-1231. FL-1230 is connected to a divider (DT) -1232. FL-1231 is connected to DT-1233, which is connected to the t-input of the shift register block (BSR) -1234, and whose input is connected to the DT-1232 output, and the service (sl) output of the BSR-1234 is connected to the p-input SKHPRD-1211.1, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BSR-1234. Elements 1229-1234 constitute a data receiving unit (AB (n) fields) (BPRM) -1235. BPRD-1228 and BPRM-1235 form a transmit-receive unit (BPRMPRD) -1236. BPRDMKL-1210.k and SKHPRD-1210.k are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of BPRMPRD-1237. Elements 1209-1237 form a block AB (n) communication (BAS) -1238.

2.50 Block structure of external connectors (BVNR)

The block of external connectors (BVNR) (Fig.113) consists of a connector (RE) -1204 multi-channel communication lines connected to the BPR DMKL-1205.1-1205.d and SHPRD-1206.1-1206.d, respectively connected to external connectors (RE ) -1207.1-1207.d. Elements-1204-1207 make up the block of external connectors (BVNR) -1208. The connector (РЗ) ШАКД-1200 is connected to similar connectors РЗ-1201.1-n. The connector (RZL) LSAI-1202 is connected to similar connectors RZL-1203.1-k. Additional blocks can be connected to the outputs of the corresponding connector, for example, a molecular programming generator of internal development algorithms that reflects the parameters of the medium.

2.51. Test Block Structure (TB)

The test block (TB) (Fig. 114) consists of a connector (RE) -116.7 multi-channel communication line connected BPRDMKL-1168, to the data transfer circuit (SHPDR) -1169, BPRDMKL-1170, SHPRD-1172, the corresponding inputs and outputs. The information and outputs of the BPR DMKL-1170 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the VCC processor (VCC) -1172. The R-output of the BPR DMKL-1170 is also connected to the corresponding input of the VCC-1172. The I-inputs and p-input SHKPRD-1171 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the WCC-1172. The R-output BPRDMKL-1168 is connected to the inputs of K-1173.1 and K-1173.2. The output of K-1173.1 is connected to the p-input of the register (P) -1174 and to the input of the delay element (E) -1175, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs of comparators (KMP) 1176, 1177, “YES” —the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding PI-1178 inputs The outputs of the ROM (address) (ROM (A)) - 1179 are connected to the 2 inputs of the KMP-1176, and the 1 inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the R-1174. The outputs of the PZU-1180 are connected to the I2-inputs of the KMP-1177, the I-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the R-1174. The output of I-1178 is connected to the 1st input of OR-1181.2, the output of which is connected to the "I" input of the trigger (T) -1182.1. The output of K-1173.1 is connected to the "0" input of the trigger (T) -1182.2, the direct output of which is connected to the corresponding input of K-1173.1, and the inverse output to the corresponding input of K-1173.2. The output of T-1182.1 is connected to the 1st input of the key (K) -1183, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the generator (G) -1284. The output of K-1183 is connected to the input of the divider (D) -1185, the output of which is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -1186 and to the T-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -1187. The output of OR-1181 is also connected to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -1188, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the decoder (DSH) -1189. The output of K-1173.2 is connected to the p-input of the register (P) -1190 (and to the input of the delay element (E) -1191) connected to the i-outputs of the BPRDMKL-1168. The output of the E-1186 is connected to the p-input of SKHPRD-1169 and to the output of the delay element (E) -1192, the input of which is connected to the i-input of OR-1181.1 (the output of which is connected to the "0" input of T-1182.2) and to " 0 ”input of the SCH-1188. Registers (P) -1193.1-1193.n are connected by their outputs to the corresponding key blocks (BC) -1194.1-1194.n, the p1 inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs DSh-1189, the P2 inputs of BK-1194.1-1191.n are connected to the corresponding outputs of RI-1187, and the outputs of BK-1194.1-1194.n are connected to the I-inputs of SKHPRD-1169. The outputs of the registers (P) -1195.1-1195.n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) -1196.1-1196.n. The outputs of BK-1196.1-1196.n are connected to the first information (and1) inputs of the respective comparators KMP-1197.1-1197.n, (“Yes”, “No”) - the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of OR-1198.1-1198.n . “Yes” outputs of the KMP-1197.1-1197.n are connected to the “1” inputs of the corresponding triggers (T) -1199.1-1199.n. The outputs of OR-1198.1-1198.n-1 are connected to the second input of OR-1191. The output of OR-1198.n is connected to the input of the E-1192 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -1120, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the key block (BC) -1201.1, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the register (P) -1201.2, the i-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of T-1199.1-1199.n, and the p-input is connected to the output of OR-1198.n. I2-inputs of BK-1201.1 are connected to the outputs of the ROM address (ROM (A)) - 1202. “No” outputs of KMP-1176-1177 are connected to the 2nd input of OR-1181.1. The first input of which is also connected to the input of the E-1192, and the output to the "1" input of the T-1182.2. Elements 1167-1202 form a test block (TB test block) -1203.

2.52 Block structure good-bad (BHP)

The block is good-bad (BHP) (Fig. 115) consists of a connector for a multi-channel data line (RZ) -1130 connected to a block for receiving data of a multi-channel line (BPRDMKL) -131 and a data transmission scheme (SHPRD) -1132. БПРДМКЛ-1132 and СХПРД-1132 form a data transmission and reception unit (БПРДПРМ) -1133. Information (s) and permissive (p). The outputs of the BPRDMKL-1131 are connected to the inputs of the register block (BR) -1134, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-inputs of the image comparator (KMP) -1135.1135.n, and the 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the image memory block (BPO) -1136.1 -1136.n, (i, p) inputs of which are connected to the corresponding (and, p) inputs of the video program memory block (BPVP) -1137.1-1137.n and to the corresponding outputs of the БПРДМКЛ-1131. Yes-outputs of KMP-1135.1-1135.n are connected to the connectors (P) inputs of the corresponding BPVP-1137.1-1137.n (via E-1138.1-n) and to the corresponding inputs of OR-113 8, the output of which is connected to the pulse shaper ( F) -1139, the output of which is connected to the p-input of BK-1140 and the p-input of SKHPRD-1132. The I-inputs of BK-1140 are connected to the outputs of the BPVP-1137.1-1137.n, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-1142. The outputs of BK-1140 are connected to the I-inputs of SKHPRD-1132. The corresponding inputs and outputs BPRDPRM 1-1133 are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs. VCC-processor (VCC) -1143. Blocks 1134-1143 form a block of video programs for responding to visual data (BVPPRVD) -1143. RZ-1130 is also connected by corresponding inputs and outputs to BPRDPRMKL-1144 (all BPRDPRMMKL have the same structure and function in the same way), which by its inputs and outputs is connected to the sound signal video program unit (BVPRZS) -1145, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD -1143, only in BPO 1136.1-1136.n the harmonic code of the sound signal is recorded, and in KMP-1135.1-1135.n, the image is not compared, but the sound image. The outputs-inputs of the RZ-1130 are also connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1146, connected to the inputs and outputs and the video memory block of the response to odor signals (BVPRSZ) -1147, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD-1143, only in BPO-1136.1- Odor signal codes (type and intensity) are recorded on 1136.n, and ILC 1135.1-1135.n compares these codes. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are connected to the outputs and inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1148, which is connected to the video signal response unit for skin signals (BVPRKS) -1149, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD-1143, but in BPO-1136.1-1136.n codes of intensity, a code of places of occurrence in the pressure application object are recorded. KMP-1135.1-1135.n compare these signals with the reference ones. The outputs-inputs of the RZ-1130 are connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1150, which connects taste-sensitive signals (BVPRVS) -1151 to the video recording unit, which has the same structure as BVPRVD-1143, but in BPO-1136.1-1136.n recorded codes of intensity and codes of the place of reception of the signal from the chemical sensor. KMP-1135.1-1135.n compares these codes. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are connected to the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1152, which is connected to the block of the video program for reacting to temperature signals (BVPRTS) -1153, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD-1143, on in BPO-1136.1-1136.n Intensity codes and location codes of the temperature signal are recorded. KMP-1135.1-1135.n in this case, these codes are compared. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1154, which is connected to the inputs and outputs and the block of video programs for responding to movement signals (BVPRDS) -1158. Having the same structure as BVPRVD-1143, BPO-1136.1-1136.n of this unit, codes for the location of displacement, speed, acceleration, rotation, vibration, etc. sensors are stored. KMP-1135.1-1135.n compare these codes. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1156, which is connected by the inputs and outputs to the block of video programs for responding to internal signals (BVPRVS) -1157, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD-1143, but the BPO-1136.1-1136.n this unit stores the intensity and location of the corresponding internal sensor, and KMP-1135.1-1135.n - compare these codes. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1158 (having the same structure as the BPRDPRMMKL-1133), which is connected to the inputs and outputs and the block of video programs for responding to position signals (sensors) (11) with the same the structure as BVPRVD-1143, but BPO-1136.1-1136.n of this block of the image of the poses (position) of the VK-0 chassis of the processor and its mechanical parts, and KMP-1135.1-1135.n compare these codes. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1160, which is connected to the inputs and outputs and the block of video programs for responding to signals from other sensors, for example, radiation, electromagnetic radiation (EMR) (BVPRDRD) -1161, which has the same structure as BVPRVD-1143, but BPO-1136.1-1136.n of this unit stores intensity codes, type codes and codes of the place where the signal was received, and KMP-1135.1-1135.n compare these codes. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are connected to the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1162, which is connected by the inputs and outputs to the block of video programs for responding to sound signals, issued in the sentences (BVPRPRD) -1163, having the same structure as the BVPRVD-1143, but BPO -1136.1-1136.n of these blocks stores harmonic codes of sound sentences, and KMP-1135.1-1135.n compares these codes. The inputs and outputs of the RZ-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1164, which is connected to the inputs and outputs and the WCC processor (WCC) -1165, which can have more complex algorithms than in the BVPRVD-1143, BVPRZS-1145, BVPRS3-1147, BVPRKS-1149, BVPRVS-1151, BVPRTS-1153, BVPRSD-1155, BVPRVS-1157, BVPRSP-1159, BVPRDRD-1161, BVPRRVD-1163. Each of the above also contains its own WCC processor. Blocks 1130-1165 (Fig. 115) form a block good-bad (BHP) -1166.

The block good-bad (BHP) -1166 (Fig. 115) has the ability to proportionally respond (according to a given scale):

1. Video: appearance

2. Sound (hearing): volume, frequency, words

3. Odor: a set of substances in a gaseous state

4. Skin (sensors are located in different places): pain, blow, cut wound

5. Taste: a set of substances in a liquid state to which the sensors react: bitter, sour, salty, sweet

6. Temperature: (sensors are located in different places) substances taken inside, the temperature of the objects being touched, the temperature of the environment

7. Movement: movement, speed, acceleration, rotation, selected acceptable limits on the scale, how much you can tolerate, not painfully, stop

8. Internal: pain, satiety, hunger, pressure

9. Other sensors: for example, radiation, EMP

10. Position sensors (posture): lies, stands, runs

2.53 The structure of the block generation of nouns (BGSS)

The block for generating nouns (BGSS) (Fig. 116) consists of a connector (РЗ) -1040, connected by their outputs to filters (ФЛ) -1041.1-1041.n, 1042.1-1042.n connected respectively to detectors (ДТ) -1043.1 -1043.n, 1044.1-1044.n. Dt 1043.1-1043.n connected to the information inputs of the block of shift registers (BSR) -1045.1-1045.n, and the outputs Dt-1044.1-1044.n connected to the clocking (T) inputs of the BSR 1045.1-1045.n. The outputs of the PZU-1046 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the KMP-1047.1-1047.n, the other inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BSR 1045.1-1045.n, the service (s) outputs of which are connected to the (p) inputs of the corresponding KMP-1047.1-1047. n, “Yes” - the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the triggers (T) -1048.1-1048.n, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of BK-1049.1-149.n, the information and inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of BSR-1045.1 -1045.n. “Yes” - the outputs of KMP-1047.1-1047.n are also connected to the inputs of OR-1050, the output of which is connected to the delay element (E) -1057, the output of which is connected to the “0” inputs of the BSR 1045.1-1045.n, and " 0 "inputs of T-1048.1-1048.n. Elements 1047-1051 form a block for receiving data on a multi-channel communication line (BPRDMKL) -1052. The outputs of the RZ-1040 are also connected to the data reception circuit (SHPRD) -1053, BPRDMKL-1054, SKHPRD-1055, BPRDMKL-1056, SKHPRD-1057. The last blocks are connected to the VCC processor (VCC) -1058. The corresponding outputs of BK-1049.1-1049.n are connected to the corresponding inputs of image comparators (CMP) -1059.1-1059.n (information and enable inputs), the other inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory blocks (BP) -1060.1-1060.n, the corresponding inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-1049.1-1049.n, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of sound signal comparators (KMP) -1061.1-1061.n, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory units (PSU) -1062.1-1062. n “Yes” - outputs of KMP 1061.1-1061.n and KMP 1059.1-1059.n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding OR-1063.1-1063.n, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding pulse shapers (Ф) -2064.1-1064. d, the outputs of which are connected to the enabling inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) -1065.1-1065.n, the corresponding inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BP-1060.1-1060.n, and to the corresponding outputs of BP-1062.1-1062.n. Outputs OR-1063.1-1063.n. The outputs of OR-1063.1-1063.n are also connected to OR-1066, connected to BK-1067, connected to ROM-1068. P-inputs BK-1060.1-1060.n and BK 1062.1-1062.n. connected to OR-1069, the output of which is connected to the delay element (E) -1070, “0” - the input of which is connected to the output of OR-1066 and to the p-input SHKHPD-1053, and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-1065.1- 1065.n and exits BK-1067. Blocks 1059-1070 form a memory block of images, sounds, words first (BPOZS1) -1071. The outputs of the BPRDMKL-1052 are connected to the information (and) inputs of the register block (BR) -1072, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the block to convert to a shadow object (BPTO) -1073 (image fill block), which permits input (R) of which is connected to the exit of E-1070 (BPOZS1-1071). The outputs of the BPTO-1073 are connected to the inputs of the similarity determination circuits (SHOPH) -1074.1-1074.n. Other inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory blocks of elementary images. BP-1075.1-1075.n. enabling p-outputs SHOPH-1047.1-1047.n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding pulse shapers (Ф) -1076.1-1076.n and to the p-inputs of the corresponding blocks of the registers of sound display of elementary images (BRZ) -1077.1-1077.n and to p - inputs of blocks of registers of alphabetic (code) display of elementary images (BRB) -1078.1-1078.n. P-outputs SHOPH-1074.1-1074.n-1 are connected to the inputs of OR-1079.1. R-output SHOPH-1074.n connected and delay elements (E) -1079.2, the output of which is also connected to OR-1079.1. r-output SHOPH-1074.n connected to the E-1080. The I-outputs of SHOPH-1074.1-1074.n are connected to the I-inputs of KMP-1081, the p-input of which is connected to the output of OR-1079.1, and the 2-inputs of KMP-1081 are connected to the outputs of the first register (PI) -1082, "0 »- the input of which is connected to the p-inputs SHOPH-1074.1-1074.n and the outputs of the E-1070 (BPOZS1) -1071 (through the E-1072.1). ">" - the output of the KMP-1081 is connected to the input of the E-1083, the output of which is connected to the p-inputs P1-1082 and P2-1084. The output of the E-1083 is also connected to the p-input P3-1087. In Р1-1082 there is a code of similarity of the image, in Р2-1084 - the sound code of this image. Information and inputs P2-1084 connected to the outputs BPZ-1077.1-1077.n. The I-inputs of P3-1087 are connected to the outputs of BRB-1078.1-1078.n. The outputs of P2-1084 are connected to the block of shift registers of sound codes (BSRZ) -1088, and the outputs of P3-1087 to the inputs of blocks of shift registers of alphabetic codes (BSRB) -1089. The E-1083 input is connected to the clocking (+ t) input of the BSR3-1088, BSRB-1089 and to the "+1" -input of the counter (MF) -1090, the "0" input of which is connected to the "0" inputs of P1-1082 , P2-1084, P3-1087. The outputs of the SCH-1090 are connected to the inputs of the decoder (DSH) -1091. Blocks 1071-1091 form a block similarity determination to samples (BOPHO) -1092. The corresponding outputs of the BPRDMKL-1054 are connected to the memory block of word images (BP) -1093.1-1093. L connected to the inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) 1094.1-1094.L. The corresponding outputs of the BPRDMKL-1054 are connected to the inputs of the KMP 1095.1-1095.L, the other inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the memory block of sound and letter word codes (BP) -1096.1-1096.L, connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDMKL-1054 and to the corresponding inputs of BK -1097.1-1097.L. Yes-outputs of KMP-1095.1-1095.L are connected to the p-inputs of BK-1094.1-1094.L and to the corresponding inputs of OR-1098. The outputs of the PZU-1099 are connected to the BK-1100, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-1094.1-1094.L, the 1st input of the BK 1100 is connected to the output of the pulse shaper (Ф) -1101 and to the input of the delay element (E ) -1102, the output of which is connected to the p-input SHKPRD-1055. Input F-1102 is connected to the output OR -1098. Elements 1093-1102 form a memory block of images of sound and letter codes of words (BPOZBS) -1103. The pulse generator (G) -1104 is connected to the key (K) -1105 connected to the divider (D) -1106, connected to the "T" input of the pulse distributor (RI) -1107, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK -1097.1-1097.L. The other input of K-1105 is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -1108, the “1” input of which is connected to OR-1109, the input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -1110, the input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -1080. The D-1106 output is also connected to the E-1111, the output of which is connected to the KMP-1112 p-input, the 2-inputs of which are connected to the BK-1097.1-1097.L outputs, and the 1-inputs are connected to the outputs of the shift register SR-1113. The T-input of the shift register (SR) -1114 is connected to the output of the OR-1109 and the T-input of the SR-1113 and the input of the delay element E-1115, the output of which is connected to the inputs of the reverse shift (-t) BSRZ-1088, BSRB- 1089 and to the “-1” input of the SCH-1090. The corresponding outputs of the key blocks (BC) -1116 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the SR-1113 and SR-1114. The “0” input of the RI-1107 is connected to the output of the OR-1117, the first input of which is connected to the Yes-output of the KMP 1112 and to another input of the OR-1109. The service (SL) output of RI-1107 is connected to a pulse shaper (F) -1118 and to the “0” input of T-1108. SL-output DSH-1091 is connected to the “0” input of the trigger (T) -1119, the first input of which is connected to the corresponding input of the OR-1120 and to another input of the OR-1117. The output of OR-1120 is connected to the enable (P) input of the random number generator (RNG) -1121, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the enable (P) inputs of the key blocks (BC) -1122.1-1122.m, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding blocks memory codes, sounds and letters of service words (BP) -1123.1-1123.m. The output of OR-1120 is also connected to the delay element. (E) -1124, which is connected to the p-input of the register (P) -1125, whose inputs are connected to the outputs of BK-1122.1-1122.m, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-1116. PZU-1126 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the key block (BC) -1127, the other inputs of which are connected to the SR-1113 and SR-1114 I-outputs, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding SKHPRD-1055 I-inputs. Elements 1104-1127 form a word formation unit (BFS) -1128. The above elements 1040-1128 form a block for generating nouns (BGSS) -1119.

2.54 Block structure of internal computing power (BVVM)

The block of internal computing power (BVVM) (Fig. 117) consists of a connector (RE) -1239 multi-channel communication line connected to the transmit transmission units of a multi-channel communication line (BPRDPRMKL) -1240-1244 corresponding inputs / outputs. Information outputs БПРДПРММКЛ-1240 are connected to the block of variable A registers (ARB) -1245, the block of variable B registers (BRV) -1246, the block of variable C result registers (BRS) -1247, the operation register block (BROP) -1248. Allowing output (R-output) БПРДПРММКЛ-1240 is connected to the p-inputs of the BRA-1245, BRV-1246, BROP-1248 and to the input of the delay element (E) -1249, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the calculator (CLK) -1250 , and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BRA-1245, and 2-inputs are connected to the BRV-1246, and 3-inputs are connected to the outputs of BROP-1247, and the i-outputs are connected to the inputs of the BRS, and the g-outputs are connected to the BR input of the BRS -1247 and to the delay element (E) -1251, to the p-input БПРДПРММКЛ -1240. Elements 1245-1251 form a calculator block (BCLK) -1252.

The inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1242 are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VCC processor (VCC) -1253.1-1253.n connected by an internal bus (VS) in a linear structure, forming a block of linear processors (BLPR) -1254. Inputs-outputs of BPRDPRMMKL-1242 are connected by inputs and outputs to the VCC processor, forming a tree structure from various levels (1-n) (VCC-1255.1.1-1255.2.1, VCC-1255.1.2-1255.n.3), forming a block of the tree structure of processors (BDSPR) -1256. The matrix decoder with memory (МДШП) -1261 has “code” inputs and permits p-input connected to keys (K) -1262.1.1-1262.1. (N-1) connected to other keys (К) -1262.2. 1-1262.2. (N-1) second line, etc. to the n-th line. The listed n-lines МДШП-1256 and К-1262 form a volume switch circuit (СХОК) -1260. The outputs-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-1243 are connected to the block of volume switched processors (BOKP) -1257. In the center of each cube of 27 cubes is a digital processor (VCC). They form a common BOKP-1257 of a given size. Inputs-outputs БПРДПРММКЛ-1244 are connected to the block of embedded volumetric switched processes (BVOKP) -1258, which consist of BOKP-1257, or volume blocks of switches (without a processor inside).

2.55 Instinct block structure (BI)

The instinct block (BI) (Fig. 118) consists of a timer (T) -1000 connected to the block of comparators (BKMP) -1001, connected to the block of registers 1002.1, connected to the memory block 1002.2. “Yes” - the outputs of the comparators of the comparator unit 1001 are connected to the i-inputs of the OR-1003 element and to the p-input of the key blocks (BC) -1004 connected to the i-inputs of the block of shift registers (BSR) -1005, the p-input of which is connected to the delay element (E) -1006, the input of which is connected to the output of OR-1003. The corresponding i-inputs of the BSR-1005 are connected to the outputs of the ROM address (ROM (A)) - 1007. The “0” input of the BSR-1005 is connected to the 0-input of the counter (MF) -1008 and to the output of the decoder (LH) -1009, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the counter (MF) -1009, the “+1” input of which is connected to tactical t-input BSR-1005. The output of OR-1003 is also connected to the E-1010, the output of which is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -1011. The output of the pulse generator (G) -1012 is connected to the first input of the key (K) -1013, the second input of which is connected to the output of T-1011, and the output is connected to the t-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -1014, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding keys K-1015.1-1015.n - (N) -channel data line, and the outputs of these keys are connected to the inputs of the respective detectors DT-1016.1-1016.n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding first inputs of the triggers (T) -1017.1-1017 .n, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-1018 and to the corresponding inputs of the keys K-1019.1-1019.n, the outputs of which Connect to the corresponding inputs of BC-1015.1-1015.n. Other inputs of K-1019.1-1019.n are connected to the outputs of the mixer (CM) -1020, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the modulator (M) -1021, the input of which is connected to the I-output of the BSR-1015. The output of OR-1018 is connected to the first input of the T-1022 and to the 0-input of the T-1011. The output of T-1022 is connected to the first input of K-1023, the second input of which is connected to the output of G-1012, and the output is connected to the input of the modulator (M) -1024 and to the input of the divider (D) -1025, the output of which is connected to the T-input BSR-1005. Blocks 1000-1004 form a block of figurative response programs (BOPR) -1026. Blocks 1005-1025 form a data transfer scheme (SHPRD) -1027. BOPR2-1028 have the same structure as BOPR1-1026, but the register block (BR) -1002.1 does not contain time codes, as in BOPR1-1026, but image codes. Accordingly, the BKMP-1001 comparator in BOPR2-1028 compares pattern codes. SHPRD-1029 have the same structure as SHPRD-1027. BOPR2-1028 are connected to the corresponding inputs of SKHPRD-1029. BOPR3-1030 has the same structure as BOPR1-1026, only BR-1002.1 contains codes of sound signals, and BKMP-1001 respectively recognize these signals. BOPR3-1030 is connected to the inputs of SKHPRD-1032. Blocks 1028 and 1029 form an image response block (BRO) -1033. Blocks 1030 and 1031 form a block for the response to the sound image (BRZO) -1034. A multi-channel data line connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs SKHPRD-1027, SKHPRD-1029, VCC-processor (VCC) -1035. The connector (RE) -1030.1 is connected to the corresponding inputs of the BOPR2-1028 and the corresponding inputs of the WCC-1035. The connector (RE) -1031.1 is connected to the corresponding inputs of the BOPR3-1030 and the corresponding inputs of the WCC-1035. Multi-channel data line connected to the connector (RE) -1031.2. The listed blocks form the blocks of instincts (BI) -1036.

2.56 Structure of the block preliminary translation of the literal text (BPPBT)

The block for preliminary translation of alphabetic text (BPPBT) -1 (Fig. 119) consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the BR-4, and the outputs connected to the I-inputs DSH-5 whose p-input is connected to the output of E-6 (the input of which is connected to the p-outputs BPRDPRMMKL-3). E-7 is connected to the first input of T-8, and the input to KMP-9.1-9.n, outputs connected to the inputs of the corresponding E-7.1-7.n. “0” input of T-8 is connected to the output of OR-8.1. I2-inputs of the KMP-9.1-9.n are connected to the outputs of the BR-10.1-10.n. The T-8 output is connected to the first input of K-11, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -12, and the output is connected to the input of D-13, the output of which is connected to the “+1” input of the SCh-14 and to the entrance of the E-15. The SC-14 I-outputs are connected to the DSh-16 inputs, the p-input of which is connected to the T-8 output. The inputs of OR-17 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding E-7.1-7.n. The E-18 output is connected to OR-8.1, and the input is connected to the “Yes” output of KMP-19, the 2-inputs of which are connected to the ROM-20 outputs, and the p-input is connected to the E-15 output, and the 1-inputs are connected to the outputs of BK-21.1-21.n, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BR-10.1-10.n, and the outputs of DSh-16 are connected to the p-inputs of BK-22.1-22.n, (and, p) outputs which are connected to the BR-10.1-10.n inputs (and p), the BR-4 i-outputs are also connected to the BK-23.1-23.n i-inputs, the p-inputs of which are also connected to the DSh- i-outputs 16, a (u, p) outputs are connected to the (and p) inputs of the BR-24.1-24.n, and outputs of the BR-10.1-10.n are connected to the i1 inputs of the corresponding KMP-2 5.1-25.n, and 2-inputs are connected to BR-4 I-outputs. The outputs of KMP-25.1-25.n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding E-26.1-26.n, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-27.1-27.n, connected to the inputs of OR-28, the output of which is connected to the p-input BR-29, and the i-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BC 27.1-27.n. The output of OR-28 is also connected to the “0” input of E-26.1-26.n and to the input of E-30, the output of which is connected to the p-input of BPRDPRMMKL-3, and the inputs are connected to the i-outputs of BR-29. The output of OR-17 is connected to the p-input BIVK- (is) -31. The DSh-16 SL output is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-14 and to the input of OR-81, and to the p-input of the error reporting unit (memory overflow) BIOS-32. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-19 is connected to the p1 inputs of BK-22.1-22.n and to the p-input of the BIVK <record> (information block of the execution of the command <record>) - 33. And, the BIVK-33, BIOSH-32, BIVK-31 g-outputs are also connected to and, the p-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-3. The VCC (processor) -34 is connected to the corresponding elements of the BPPBT-1, as well as to the BPRDPRMMKL-35, which is connected to the multi-channel communication line (РЗ) -36 connector. In Fig.119 (b, c, d) depicts the use of BPPBT-1 (Fig.119).

2.57 Structure of the block imagination system (BVOBR)

The block of imagination (design) (BVOBR) -1 (Fig. 120) consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-3, connected to the VCC processor-4 with an address bus (SHA), a data bus (ShchD ), the command bus (CC) connected to the blocks of virtual cubes of buffer memory (BVKPB) -5.1, 5.k, to the block of internal sight (BVNTV) -6, to the block of the virtual cube of memory of imagination (BVKPVOBR) -7, to the first block operations (BO1) -8, consisting of a connector (RE) -9 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-10, connected to the VCC-processor-11, p ₁ whose input connected to the output of the trigger (T) -12, the 0-input of which is connected to the p ₂ -out of the WCC-11. The connector (RE) -13 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-14, connected to the register block (BR) -15, with the p-input connected to the input of E-16, connected to the p-input of the air deflector (DS) -17, and-inputs connected to the corresponding outputs of the BR-15, the inhibition (RF) input is connected to the p-output of the VCC-processor-4. The connector (RE) -18 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-19, and the inputs are connected to the outputs of the register block (BR) -20, and the 3 inputs are connected to the output of the ROM-21, and the 1 and 2 inputs are connected to the 1, and 2 - the outputs of BVNTV-6 (connected to the i1, and 2-inputs of the VCC-processor-4), (g1, g2) -the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the OR-22 connected to the input of the delay element (E) -23 connected to the the input of the BPRDPRMMKL-19. I-outputs BR-15, and outputs DSh-17 (SHA, ShD, ShK) -VKTS-processor-4 is also connected to B01-8, B02-24-B034-56, BO-57.1-57.d, connected also to the connector (RE) -58 multi-channel communication lines. The block of the virtual memory cube (BVKP) -1 (Fig. 121) consists of a connector (RE) -2 multi-channel communication lines connected to the cell circuit of the virtual memory cube (SN) -3.1.1.1-3.nnn, combined into a set of SN ( NSN) -4, connected, A, P, Yes, with inputs and outputs to the corresponding inputs of the VCC processor (VCC) -5, connected to the BPRDPRMKL-6, connected to the connector (RE) -7 of the multi-channel communication line. Each SN-3.1.1.1-3.nnn has d-circuits per point of virtual space (memory cube), and the BVKP-1 itself has at least two NSN-4. VCC-5 is connected to the connector (RE) -5.1 (SHAKD).

2.58 Structure of the sound solver (RShZ) (text solver (RShT), figurative solver (RShO))

1. The sound solver (RShZ) -1 (Fig.122) consists of a connector (RE) -2 multi-channel communication line connected to BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the register unit (BR) -4, p-connected to the input E-5 , connected to the r-input of DSh-6, the 1st output of which is connected to the 1st input of OR-6.1, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of E-6.2, and the output connected to the r-input of the block of proposal registers (BRPD) -7, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-4. The outputs of OR-6.1 are also connected to the 1st input of K-8. The outputs of the BRPD-7 are connected to the i-inputs of the BK-9, the outputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-10, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-11. The output of K-8 is connected to the input of E-12, connected to the 1st input of K-13, connected to the p-input of BR-10, the “0” input of T-14, the “Not” output is connected to the p-input of BC -16 (the outputs are connected to the i-inputs of the stack memory unit (BSTP)) and to the 2nd input of K-18, the 1st input of which is also connected to the input of E-12. The inputs of the BK-16 are also connected to the corresponding outputs of the BRPD-7. Elements 9-18 form a block of the buffer word memory (BBPSL) -19. Input E-6.2, prohibiting (RF) -input DSh-6, is connected to the output of E-17.1. The connector (RE) -20 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-21, the p-input of which is connected to the E-15 output, and the i-inputs are connected to the BR-10 i-outputs. The connector (RE) -22 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-23, connected to the BR-24, the p-input is connected to the E-25, connected to the p-input of the DSh-26, the first output of which is connected to p -input of the command memory block with sound (BPC) -27, the image command block memory (BPC) -28, the internal command memory block (BPC) -29, and whose 1-outputs are connected to the BK-30 i-inputs the outputs of which are connected to the BR1-I1 inputs, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the ROM 32 outputs, and the p input is connected to the E-32.1 input and to the E-33 output, the output of which is connected to the OR-34 output, 1st input for which it is connected to the “-1” input of SCHK2-35, and the 2nd input to the “+1” input, the 3rd to the p-input, the 4th input to the “0” input and to the output of E-29.2 (the input is connected to the “0” inputs of the BPKO-28, BPKVYA-29, BPKZ (T) -27 and to the 4th output of the DSh-26), and the inhibitory (ZP) input is connected to the output of T-29.1, (0, 1) the inputs of which are connected to the (2-3) outputs of the DSh-26, respectively. The outputs of SCHK2-35 are connected to the inputs of DSh-36, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of BK-30. The “+1” input of SCHK2-35 is also connected to the output of OR-37, the 2-input of which is connected to the output of E-33.1. And the 1-outputs of BPKO-28 are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-38, the outputs of which are connected to the I1 inputs of the BR-39, and the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-40. The I-outputs of BPCZ (T) -27 are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-41, the outputs connected to the I-inputs of the BR-42, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM 43, and the p-input is connected to the input of the E-44, to the BR-39 p-input, to the E-45 output, is connected to the OR-46 output, (1, 2, 3, 4) inputs of which are connected to the (-1, + 2, 0, p) inputs (SCH1) -47, respectively, whose outputs are connected to the DSh-48 inputs, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of BK-38, BK-41. The connector (RE) -49 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-50 (internal screen). The connector (RE) -51 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-52 (internal voice). The R-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-50, 52 are connected to the output of the E-44, and the inputs and outputs to the BR-39, BR-42, respectively. The connector (RE) -53 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-54 (execution command), the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-31. The connector (RE) -55 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-56 (response code), connected to the BR-57, whose p-input is connected to the E-58 input, the output of which is connected to the DSh-59 p-input, (1- 2) the outputs of which are connected to the (1-2) inputs of the OR-60. The connector (RE) -61 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-62 (VKVYA loading command), connected to the BR-63, the p-output is connected to the E-64, connected to the p-input of the DSh-65, and the inputs of which are connected to BR-63 outputs. The connector (RE) -66 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-67, connected to the VCC-processor-68, connected to the output of OR-6.1, and the outputs of the BRPD-7, to the 2nd input of K-8 and to the connector (RE) bus address of commands, data (ShAKD) -69. The connector (RE) -70 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-71 (data from RAM), connected to the outputs of the BR-71.1, and 2 inputs connected to the outputs of the ROM-71.2, the p-input is connected to the input of E-71.3 (connected to input BPRDPRMMKL-71). The I-inputs of BR-71.1 are connected to the i-outputs of the random access memory block of sound data (BOPZ) -72, and the outputs of the random-access memory block of text data (alphabetic) (BOPT) -73, and the outputs of the block of random access memory of images (BOPO) - 74. BOPZ-72, BOPT-73, BOPO 74 and elements 75, 76 constitute a random access memory (BOPM) -76.1. Input E-71.4 is connected to the output of OR-75, the 1st input of which is connected to the midrange (read) -input BOP3-72, and the 2nd input to the output of OR-76. The 1st input of which is connected to the c-input of BOPT-73, and the 2nd input to the c-input of BOPO-74. The 3rd input of OR-37 is connected to the output of OR-77, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of OR-78, the 1st input of which is connected to the “0” input of BOPO-74, and the 2nd input is connected to the output E-79. R-input SCHK2-35 is connected to the output of the E-80, the input of which is connected to the output of OR-81. The BR-31 I-outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the KMP-82, the 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-83, and the p-input is connected to the E-32.1 output, and the “Yes” output is connected to the “0” input counter (SCHK2) -35. Elements 82, 83 form a block of the internal installation command "0" counter commands 2 (SCHK2) (BVK (OK2)) - 84. Set the internal command block to (-1) SCH 1 (BVK (-K1)) - 85 has the structure of the BVK (OK2) -84 block, and the inputs are connected to the BR-31 I-outputs, and the p-input to the E- output 32.1, the input is connected to the 1-input OR-46. The internal command block (+1) SCH 1 (BVK (+ 1K1)) - 86 has a block structure of 84 and the inputs are connected to the inputs of the BR-31, and the p-inputs to the output of E-32.1, the output to the 2nd input of OR-46 . The internal command block to set “0” SCH 1 (BVK (OK1)) - 87 has the structure of block-84 and is connected to the BR-31 I-output, and the p-input is connected to the E-32.1 output, and the output is connected to the 3rd input OR-46. The block of the internal command to set (-1) SCHK (BVK (-1 K2)) - 88 has the structure of block-84, similarly connected to KBR-31, E-32.1 and the output is connected to the 1st input of OR-34. The internal command block set (+1) SCHK2 (BVK (+ 1K2)) - 89 has the same structure as block 84 and is similarly connected to the outputs of the BR-31 and E-32.1, and the output is connected to the 1st input OR- 37. The BR-31 I-outputs are connected to the KMP-90 I1 inputs (whose p-input is connected to the E-32.1 output), and the 2 inputs are connected to the ROM-91 outputs. “Yes” - the output of the KMP-90 is connected to the p-input of the P-92 and to the input of the E-93, connected to the 1st input of the OR-81. The I-inputs of R-92 are connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-90, and the I-outputs are connected to the I-inputs of SCHK2-35. Elements 90-93 form the set state setting unit SCHK2 (BVK (IK2)) - 94. The E-95 element is connected to the 1st input of OR-78, the input is connected to the "Yes" output of the KMP-96, and the 1-inputs of which are connected to the BR-31 I-outputs, and the p-input is connected to the E-32.1 output, and the 2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-97. Elements 95-97 form an internal command block set to "0" BOPO (BVK (OBOPO)) - 98. The internal command block to decrease (increase) by (d) the state of the BOPO counter (BBK (± d SCHBOPO)) - 99 is connected to the BR-31 and E-32.1. A (address) inputs of BOPO-74 are connected to the outputs of SCHBOPO-100, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of block-99, the p-output of which is connected to the p-input of SCHBOPO-100 and to the 1st input of OR-101 , KMP-102 (i1, p) inputs connected to the outputs of the BR-31, E-32.1, and 2-inputs connected to the outputs of the ROM-101, and “Yes” input connected to the 1-input T-104, the output of which connected to the 3rd input of K-105 (the 2nd input of which is connected to the 2nd output of DTP-59), and the output is connected to the recording (h) -input of BOPO-74 and to the input of E-106, the output of which is connected to 0-input T-104. Elements 102-106 form a block of the internal command for writing data to BOPO (BVK (ZPBOPO)) - 107. BVK (-1 SCHBOPO) -108, BVK (+1 SCHBOPO) -109. BVK (0 SCHBOPO) -110 have the structure of block-84 and are connected to the (-1, + 1,0) inputs of SCHBOPO-100 and to the (1,2,3) inputs of OR-101 and the corresponding outputs of BR-31 and E-32.1. BVK (SBOPO) -111 is connected to the 4th input of OR-101 X (reading) -input BOPO-74. Elements 95-111 form a control unit BOPO (BUPRBOPO) -112. The BOPT control unit (BUPRBOPT) -113, the BOPZ control unit (BUPRBOPZ) -114 have the same structure as the BUPRBOPO-112, only connect respectively to BOPT-73, BOP3-72. The I-inputs of KMP-115 are connected to the BR-31 I-outputs, and the p-inputs are connected to the E-32.1 output, and the 2-inputs are connected to the ROM (+) outputs - 116, and the “Yes” output is connected to p- the adder input (SUM) -117. The I-inputs of KMP-118 are connected to the BR-31 I-outputs, and the p-input is connected to the E-32.1 output, and the 2-inputs are connected to the ROM (-) outputs - 119, and the “Yes” output is connected to p- subtractor input (HF) -120. The I1-inputs of which are connected to the I1-inputs of SUM-117 and the corresponding outputs of the BR-31, and the 2-inputs are connected to the i2-inputs of SUM-117 and the outputs of SCHK1-47. The outputs of the SUM-117, HF-120 are connected to the inputs of the SCHK1-47, and the g-outputs of the SUM-117 and HF-120 are connected to the (1, 2) inputs of the OR-121, the output of which is connected to the 1st input OR- 85.1, the 2nd input of which is connected to the p-input of BVK (IK1) -95, and the output is connected to the p-input of SCHK1-47 and to the 4th input of OR-46. Elements 115-121 form a block of BVK (± d SCHK1) -122 having the same structure as BVK (± d SCHBOPO-99). The output of E-32.1 is connected to the input of E-123 (VNK), the 0-input of which is connected to the output of OR-134, and the output is connected to the p-input of BPRDPRMMKL-54 and to the input of E-124 (SB), the output of which is connected to p - the SUM-125 input connected to the I-inputs of SCHK2-35, and the g-output is connected to the 2nd input of OR-81, and the 1-inputs of SUM-125 are connected to the outputs of SCHK2-35, and the 2-inputs are connected to the ROM outputs (-3) -126. SUM-127 with 2 inputs connected to the ROM outputs (1) -128, 1-inputs connected to the 1-inputs SUM-125, and (and, g) outputs to the (and, g) inputs SUM-125. The SUM-129 I2 inputs are connected to the ROM outputs (2) -130, and the 1-inputs are connected to the SUM-127 I1 inputs, and the (and, g) outputs are connected to the SUM-127 outputs . The BR-57 I-outputs are connected to the KMP-131 I1 inputs (whose 2 inputs are connected to the PZU-132 outputs) and to the KMP-133 I1 inputs, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the ROM-134 outputs, and the p-input connected to the KMP -131 p-input, and the output is connected to the SUM-127 p-input and to the 1st input of OR-135, the 2nd input of which is connected to the "Yes" output of KMP-112 and to the SUM p-input -129. The output of OR-135 is connected to the "0" input of the E-124. Elements 124-135 form a counter installation unit (SCHK2) (BUSCHK2) -136. The I-inputs of KMP-137 are connected to the BR-31 I-outputs, and the 2-inputs are connected to the PZU-138 outputs, and the p-input is connected to the E-32.1 output, and the “Yes” output is connected to the KMP- p-input 139. The I-inputs of which are connected to the inverse output of the T-14, and the 2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-140, and ("No", "Yes") - the outputs are connected to the p-inputs of the BK-141 (the i-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-142), BK-143 (and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-144) and the input of the OR-145, the output of which is connected to the E-146 (the outputs of which are connected to the p-input of the KMP-131 (p2 input BUSCHK 2-136)) and the input of the E-147, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the T-14, and the outputs of the BK-141,143 are connected to the IOT inputs of the KMP-131 (BUSCHK2-136). Elements 137, 147 form a block of the internal team that responds to an incoming proposal (IAC (BRPD)) - 143. The block of the internal team for responding to the proposal (BVK (BRPD)) is 148. The internal response team block for those located in BSTP-17 (BVK (BSTP)) - 149 has the same structure as the BVK (BRPD) -148, (and 1, p) inputs are connected to the BR-31, E-32.1. The P2-input is connected to the Pr-output (a sign of finding a proposal) BSTP-17. The P1 output is connected to the p-input of the BSTP-17, (p2, and) outputs are connected to the (p2, IOT) inputs of the BUSCHK2-136, respectively. The VCC-processor-150 is connected with the r-input to the 1st output of the DSh-65, and the inputs to the BR outputs of the BR-63, the corresponding inputs and outputs to the bus, address, command, data (SHAKD) -151 connector, and - outputs-inputs to the corresponding elements (82-151) of the internal language command analysis unit (BAC) -152. In the table. G1 shows the structural diagram of the commands VKVYA recorded in BPKVYA-29, where <VK> command. The next line (2) is the command to go to the program address, if the command <VK> is executed. The next line (3) is the command to go to the program address if the <VK> command is not executed. The next line (4), if a failure occurs (for example, the answer did not come). RZ-70.1 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-70.2, connected to BR-70.3, E-70.4, connected to DSh-70.5, connected to BR-70.3, connected to ROM-70.6, connected to E-70.7, connected to the situation stack unit ( BSTPS) -70.8, connected to the standby circuit (SCW) -70.9, connected to BSTPS-70.8 and to E-70.10. BSTPS-70.8 is connected to BVK (BSTPS) -70.1, connected to the IOT input of BUSCHK2-136.

2.59 Structure of the watchdog block (BSTR)

The watchdog block (BSTR) -1 (Fig.123) consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the register block (BR) -4, with a p-input connected to the E-5 input, connected to the p-input of the decoder (DS) -6, connected to the BR-4 i-outputs, the first DSh-6 output is connected to the first trigger input (T) -7, the 0-input of which is connected to the second DSh-6 output, and the output is connected to the first input of the key (K) -8, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -9, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -10, connected to the clocking t-input of the counter (MF) -10.1, connected to the BR-18 i1 inputs and to the inputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -11, the outputs are connected to the first inputs of the keys (K) -12.1-12.n, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the threshold elements (PE) -13.1-13. N. The second inputs of K-17.1-17.n are connected to the outputs of amplifiers (U) -14.1-14.n, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the recording elements (RE) -15.1-15.n (for example, sensors of touch, rotation, temperature, radiation etc.). The outputs of PE-13.1-13.n are connected to the inputs of OR-16, the output of which is connected to the output of E-17 and the p-input of the block of registers (BR) -18, connected (p, and) inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-3, corresponding to and inputs of the BR-18 are connected to the outputs of the ROM-19.

2.60 Time block structure (BVRM)

The time block (BVRM) -1 (Fig. 124) consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the register block (BR) -4, with a p-input connected to the E-5 input, connected to the p-input of the decoder (DS) -6, the first input of which is connected to the p-inputs of the register code seconds (PC) -7, register code minutes (PM) -8, register code hours (RF) -9, register code days (RD) -10, months code register (RMS) -11, years (years) code register (RG) -12 (p-inputs are also connected to the E-13 input), the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding seconds counters (SCH) - 14, meters m inut (SCHM) -15, hour counters (SCH) -16, day counters (SCH) -17, month counters (SCHMS) -18, year counters (SCH) -19, connected by p-inputs to the output of E-13. The second output of the DSh-6 is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -20 (“0” is the input of which is connected to the third output of the DLT-6), and the output is connected to the first input of the key (K) -21, the second input of which is connected to the output pulse generator (G) -22, the output of which is connected to the input of the divider (D) -23, the output of which is connected to the element "Not" -24, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the time memory unit (BPVRM) -25, the corresponding inputs are connected to the outputs of the counters-14-19. "Not" output 24 is also connected to the E-26 input, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the register block (BR) -27 (and the 1 inputs of which are connected to the BPVRM-25 outputs). The I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-3 are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-27. 4, 5, ..., 10 (n) outputs of DSh-6 are connected to the first inputs of triggers (T) -29.1, 29.2, ... 29.10 (n), the outputs of which are connected to p1-p10 (n) inputs of BPVRM-25. The outputs of T-29.1-29.10 (n) are connected to the inputs of OR-30, the output of which is connected to the p-input of E-28. The outputs of the SCHMS-18 are also connected to the I1 inputs of the encoder (Ш) -31. The SCCHMS-18 SL output is also connected to the “+1” input of the leap years (years) counter (SCHVG) -32, the outputs of which are connected to the SD inputs of the decoder (DSH) -33, the outputs of which are connected to the W-2 inputs 31, the first and second outputs of which are connected to the (1,2) inputs of the SCH-17. The R-input of the SCHVG-32 is also connected to the output of the E-13, and the i-inputs are connected to the outputs of the leap-year register (RVL) -34, the p-input is connected to the first output of the DSh-6, and the i-inputs are to the BR i-outputs -four. The outputs of the ROM-36 are connected to the i-inputs of the BR-27. The SChL-19 outputs are connected to the encoder (Ш (125)) - 19.1, connected to the 3rd input of the SCH-17 (every 125 years there is no leap year). On Fig depicted VK calendar, where 7516 is the year 2008 is a leap year.

2.61 Structure of the destruction block (BUNICH)

The destruction unit (BUNICH) -1 (Fig. 126) consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the register block (BR) -4, to the p-inputs connected to the E-5 input, connected to the r-input of the deflector (DS) -6, and the inputs connected to the outputs of the BR-4, the first output DSH-6 is connected to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -7, the outputs are connected to the i-inputs of the comparator (CMP) -8, and the 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZ-9, and the Yes-output is connected to the first input of the OR-10, the output of which is connected to the device for the execution of the destruction process (ICD), the second output is D -6-0 is connected to the input midrange 7. The third output of the DSh-6 is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -12, the 0-input of which is connected to the fourth output of the DSh-6. The pulse generator (G) -13 is connected to the first input of the key (K) -14, the second input of which is connected to the output of T-12, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -15, the output of which is connected to the + 1-input of the counter ( MF) -16, the 0-input of which is connected to the fifth output of the DSh-6, and the outputs are connected to the i1-inputs of the comparator (KMP) -17, the 2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-18, and “Yes”, the output is connected to the second input of OR-10. The KMP-8 R input is connected to the E-19 output, the input of which is connected to the first DSh-6 output. The KMP-17 R input is connected to the E-20 output, the input of which is connected to the D-15 output.

2.62 The structure of the orientation unit (BORT)

The orientation unit (BORT) (Fig. 127) consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to DUNC-3, BPCh-4, SHID (altimeter) -5, SHID (depth gauge) -6, SHID (speed meter ) -7, SHID (pressure meter) -8, SHIUSK-9, BUZL-10, MON-11, ION-12, BONNT-13, connector for additional units (REM) -14. The connector (RE) -15 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-16, connected to the VCC-processor-17, and the outputs are also connected to the inputs (outputs) of the blocks-3-14.

2.63 Structure of the block of the internal voice (BVNG)

The internal voice block (BVNG) -1 (Fig. 128) consists of a signal recording block (BSS) -2, connected to a mixer (CM) -3, connected to a signal line connector (RPS) -4.

2.64 Block structure of the internal screen (BEVN)

The internal screen block (BEVN) -1 (Fig. 129) consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the register block (BR) -4, the p-input of which is connected to the input E- 5, the output of which is connected to the p-input of the decoder (DS) -6, the first input of which is connected to the p-input of the screen memory unit (BEP) -7, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BR-4. The BEP-7 I-outputs are connected to the BK-8 I-inputs, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding signal converters (code-frequency) (PS) -9.1-9.n, the outputs of which are connected to the mixer (CM) -10, the output which is connected to the line mixer (SM) -11, the inputs and outputs of which are connected to the signal line connector (RE) -12. The service (SL) output of the RZS-12 is connected to the filter (FL) -13, connected to the detector (DT) -14, connected to the pulse shaper (F) -15, connected to the 1st input of K-16, 2nd the entrance to the T-17, and the 1st entrance to the 1st exit of the DSh-6. The output of K-16 is connected to the 1st input of T-18, and the output to the 1st input of K-19, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -20, and the output to the input of D-21, the output which is connected to the t-input of the SCH-22, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the DSh-23, the outputs of which are connected to the p-inputs of the BK-8. The SCh-22 SL-output is connected to the T-17, 18 “0” inputs and to the E-24, E-25 inputs, the output of which is connected to the BR-26 p-input, and whose inputs are connected to the ROM-27 outputs , and the outputs are connected to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-28, the outputs of which are connected to the RE-29 of a multi-channel communication line. RZ-30 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-31, connected to the VCC-processor-32, connected to the inhibit inputs (Зп) ДШ-6, ДШ-24.

2.65 Structure of the block of the reception and transmission of video data (BPPrVD)

The block of reception and transmission of video data (BPPrVD) -1 (Fig. 130) consists of blocks of video data transmission (BPVD) -2.1-2.n. and a video data receiving unit (BPPrVD) -3.1-3n, interconnected by lines-4 (LSAI). Blocks of light sensors (BDTS) -5.1-5.n connected by i-outputs to the corresponding registers (P) -6.11, 6.1.2-6.n.1, 6.n.2, the p-inputs of which are connected to p- the outputs of the corresponding BDTS 5.1-5.n. The outputs of P-6.1.1-6.n.2 are connected to the i-inputs of the shift registers (BSR) -7, the i-input of which is connected to the input of the modulator (M) -8, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the mixer (CM ) -9, the output of which is connected to the input of the mixer (SM) -10, the input-output of which is connected to the communication line connector (RE) -11. The 2nd input of SM-9 is connected to the M-12 output, connected to the output by the pulse shaper (Ф) -13, connected to the RI-14 sl-output, whose t-output is connected to the D-15 output (and the outputs are connected to the corresponding BDTS 5.1-5.n.), The inputs connected to the output of the G-16. The D-15 output is connected to the E-17 input, connected to the B-7 R-input and to the T-18 1st input, connected to the K-19, connected to the D-20 input, connected to the B-7 B-input , to the “+1” input of the SCH-21 and to the p-input of the DSh-22, connected to the “0” input of the SCH-21. The 1st input of the DSh-22 is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-21 and to the 0 input of T -18. 3-input CM-9 is connected to the input of M-23, connected to the input of D-24, connected to the input of G-16. The signal line connector (RPS) -25 is connected to the filter (FL) -26 (clock signal), FL-27 (label), FL-28 (information). The FL-26 output is connected to the input of the detectors (DT) -29, connected to the input by a pulse shaper (F) -30, connected to the 1st input of K-31. The FL-27 output is connected to the DT-33 input, connected to the F-34, connected to the T-35 (and to the “0” inputs of the RI-32, BSR -36), the “0” input of which is connected to the sl-output RI-32, and exit to the 2nd K-31. The output of the FL-28 is connected to the input of the DT-37, connected to the input of the F-38 is connected to the I-input of the BSR-36. The K-31 output is connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-39, to the input of the E-40, connected to the p-input of the DSh-42, and the inputs of which are connected to the SCH-39 outputs, and the 1st output is connected to “ 0 "input SCH-39 and to the clocking (t) -input RI-32. The corresponding outputs of RI-32 are connected to the r-inputs of Rr-42.1.1, 42.2.1-42.n.1, 42.n.2, the i-inputs of which are connected to the i-outputs of the BSR-36, and the outputs are connected to the RE -44.1.1-44. n.2, and which are also connected to the corresponding outputs of the RI-32.

2.66 Structure of the block for receiving audio data transmission (BZPZD)

The block for receiving audio data transmission (BPSZ) -1 (Fig. 131) consists of a microphone (MKP) -2, an amplifier (U) -3, mixer-4, and a signal line connector (RPS) -5.

2.67 The structure of the block of the reception and transmission of sensor data and response actions (BPPDDOV)

The block of reception and transmission of sensor data and response actions (BPDDOV) -1 (Fig.132) consists of a block of information transmission (BPDI) -2, a block of information reception (BPRI) -3, a data transmission block (BPDN) -4, a reception block data (BPRN) -5. Connectors from signal sources (RE) -6.1-6.n are connected to analog-to-digital converters (ADC) -7.1-7.n, connected to the inputs of the corresponding БК-8.1-8.n, connected to the p-inputs and to the corresponding electronic -9.1-9.n. Pulse generators (G-10) are connected to the divider (D) -11, connected to the t-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -12, connected to the inputs of the corresponding E-9.1-9.n and to the p-inputs of the corresponding ADC-7.1- 7.n. The output of D-11 is connected to the input of E-13, connected to the p-input of BSR-14, and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-8.1-8.n. The E-13 output is also connected to the 1st input of the T-15, connected to the 2nd input of the K-16, connected to the input of the D-17, connected to the “+1” input of the SCh-18, connected to the input of the DSh-19 , the p-input is connected to the E-20 (connected to the D-17 input), the 1st output is connected to the “0” output of the SCh-18 and to the “0” input of the T-15. 1st input K-16 is connected to the output of the G-10. The D-17 output is also connected to the t-input of the BSR-14 and the M-21 output, and is connected to the 2nd input of the SM-22. The 1st input of which is connected to the output of M-23 (connected to the i-output of the BSR-14), and the outputs are connected to the connector (RE) -24, connected to the signal line-25. The signal line-25 is connected to the connector (RE) -24.1, connected to the filters (FL) -26, 27. The output of the FL-26 is connected to the input of the DT-28, connected to the input of the pulse shaper (F) -29, connected to and- the input of the BSR-30, the output of the FL-27, connected to the input of the DT-31, connected to the input of the F-32, connected to the t-input of the BSR-30 and the “+1” input of the SCH-33, connected to the input of the DSh-34, the p-input of which is connected to the output of the E-35 (the input of which is also connected to the output of the F-32) and to the t-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -36 and to the input of the E-37. The outputs of the RI-36 are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-38.1-38.n, connected to the inputs of the P-39.1-39.n. The P2 inputs of BK-38.1-38.n are connected to the E-37 output. The outputs of the connector (RE) -41.1-41.n are connected to the inputs of the registers (P) -41.1-41.n, are connected to the inputs of the BC 43.1-43.n, connected by p-inputs to the inputs of the corresponding P3-41.1-41.n. The pulse generator (G) -44 is connected to the D-45, connected to the RI-46, connected to the p-input of the corresponding BK-43.1-43.n. The D-45 output is also connected to the E-47 input and to the 1st T-48 input, the outputs of which are connected to the 1st K-49 input (the 2nd input of which is connected to the G-44 output), and the output is connected to input D-50, the output of which is connected to the t-input of the BSR-51 (and the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-43.1-43.n), to the "+1" -input of the SCH-52, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the DSh- 53, the 1st output of which is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-52, the “0” input of the T-48, the p-input of the DSh-53, is connected to the output of the E-50.1, the input of which is connected to the output of the D-50, the output of which is also connected to the input of the M-54. The I-output of the BSR-51 is connected to the input of M-55, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of CM -56, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of M-54, and the output is connected to the input of the connector (RE) -57 connected to signal line-25, connected to the connector (RE) -58, connected to the input of the filters (FL) -59, 60. The output of the FL-59 is connected to the input of the DT-61, connected to the input of the F-62, connected to the I-input of the BSR -63. The output of the FL-60 is connected to the input of the DT-64, connected to the input of the F-65, connected to the “+1” input of the SCh-66, connected by the outputs to the DSh-67, with the p-input connected to the output of the E-68 (connected to the output F-65), and the 1st output is connected to the R-69 t-input, connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding BK-70.1-70.n and to the E-71.1-71.n inputs connected to the p-inputs. P-72.1-72.n connected by inputs to the corresponding BK-70.1-70. n (connected to the i-outputs of the BSR-63). E-73.1-73.n are connected to the p-inputs of the corresponding digital-to-analog converters (DAC) -74.1-74.n, the inputs are connected to the outputs of the P-72.1-72.n, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the corresponding connectors (РЗ) -75.1- 75.n to which the corresponding actuator (s) are connected. Instead of the DAC 74.1-74.n registers can be applied if the executive bodies use the signal in digital form.

2.68 General scheme of VK-O processor

VKO-processor (electronic brain) (Fig.134, 135) consists of two sections - the hardware (AH) and the information part (IC). The structure is AF-defined initially by the designer, but can be changed by adding (turning on, growing) known blocks and by establishing new connections between these blocks through the corresponding matrix switch or by growing bonds using special structures. AH consists of RZM- rosma (Fig.133), AH = RZM1, RZM2, ..., RZMn, connected to a multichannel communication line of reception and transmission of internal language operators (VKVYa), interconnected by buses (ША, ШД, ШК (ШУ) ) and a multi-channel line of analog pulse signals (LSAI). PZM (i) can function independently, solving their tasks and using their and publicly available information. Among REM _i , the main one can be distinguished, and they can also be specialized in any field. For example, RZM1-work with technical tasks, RZM2-processing of artistic images, etc. Each REM _i may have its own information sensors and devices, or they can be shared and connected to the VK-O processor through the main connector (REM) of Fig. 134. Each REM _i has (here) two main channels for obtaining information: video and audio. In addition, each REM _i has auxiliary channels for obtaining data: smell, taste, touch, speed, acceleration, magnetic field, inertial field, ultrasonic signals, pressure (power). As the output parameters of the change in the medium and in it, REM _i can provide the formation of an electric signal, an electromagnetic wave, a sound wave (including an ultrasonic one), and mechanical stresses (of a given range) by means of a carrier chassis. Rozmysl (REM) -1 (Fig.133) consists of a given number of solvers (sound, text) -RShZ (T) and shaped solvers, interconnected and other blocks of RZM-1: LSAI, SHAKD, VVVYA. The connector (RE) -2 is connected to the video data transmission-reception unit (BPPrVD) -3. The connector (RE) -4 is connected to the block of reception and transmission of audio data (BPSD) -5. The connector (RE) -6 is connected to the block for the formation of sound signals (BFZS) -7. Connector (RE) -8 is connected to the transmitter-receiver unit for sensor data and response actions (BPDDOV) -10, connected to connector (RE) -9, connected to connector (RE) -10.1 (SHAKD, VVVYA, LSAI). Solvers (RShZ (T), RShO) are combined into a block of solvers (BRSh) -11, connected to the block of imagination (BVOBR) -12, connected to the block for constructing an image in a virtual cube of memory (BPOVKP) -13, connected to the block of internal sight ( BVNTV) -14, connected to the orientation unit (BORT) -15, connected to the watchdog block (BSTR) -16, connected to the internal screen block (BEVN) -17, connected to the internal voice block (BVN) -18, connected to the block associative memory (BASP) -19, connected to the long-term memory unit (BDP) -20, connected to the destruction unit (B NICH) -21, connected to the time block (BVRM) -22, connected to the chassis motion block (BDSHAS) -23, connected to the drive and sensor block (BPDT) -24, connected to the object identification block (BIO) -25, connected to a block for determining the similarity of words (BOPS) -26, connected to a block for the initial recording of words (BPS) -27, connected to a block for recording sentences and images (BZPO) -28, connected to a block for generating instructions with sentences and images (BFIPO) -29, connected to the block of instincts (BI) -30, connected to the block of generation of nouns (BGSS) -31, sub connected to the block good-bad (BHP) -32, connected to the block of internal computing power (BVVM) -33, connected to the block recording operational information (BZOI) -34, connected to the test block (TB) -35, connected to the preliminary block translation of alphabetic text (BPPBT) -36, connected to the block AB (n) -connection (BAS) -37, connected to the block of external connectors (BVNR) -38. RZ-2, BPPVV-3, RZ-4, BPPZD-5, RZ-6, BFZS-7, RZ-8, 9, BPPDDOV-10, RZ-10.1 are combined into an external interaction unit (BVNV) -39. BRSH-11, BVOBR-12, BPOVKP-13, BVNTV-14, BORT-15, BSTR-16, BEVN-17, BVNTV-18, BASP-19, BDP-20, BUNICH-21, BVRM-22, BDSHAS- 23, BPDT-24 are combined into a core block (BJ) -40. BIO-25, BOPS-26, BNZS-27, BZPO-28, BFIPO-29, BI-30, BGSS -31, BHP-32, BVVM-33, BZOI-34, TB-35, BPPBT-36, BAV- 37, BVNR-38 are combined into a block of assistants (BPM) -41.

The information part (IC) of the VK-O processor contains knowledge in the form of instructions, models, information recorded in a common language in a specific format by four types of sentences (decree, vior, tale, uzv). The information part without hardware is here called the mind (RUM). The part that VK-O itself can be read (and accordingly reproduced) is called consciousness (SZ), and the part that cannot be read is called the subconscious (PDS). SZ contains the text-rules of conduct (PDPOV), ultimately boiling down to conscious actions (DST) and unconscious actions-reflexes (RFL). PDS contains behavioral programs (instincts (INST)), which also contain actions and reflexes.

3. The functioning of the VK-O processor and its blocks

3.1 the functioning of the block of light sensors (BDTS)

The functioning of the block of light sensors (BDTS). At the G-input of BDTS-54 (Fig. 62), pulses are received from an external generator through RE 1-53.1. They pass D-48, which generates an impulse by which the F-49 generates a signal of a given duration, which (via F-50) resets to "0" PP2-39 and PP4-42 and opens K-47. The pulse through which passes to the D-46, F-45 and enter the T-input RI-37 and through the E-44 to the p-inputs PP1-38 and PP3-40. RI-37 alternately delivers pulses to its outputs. If the pulse appeared at the far right output, the ADC-10 will work, which converts the analog signal of a certain color and intensity into a code and feeds it to the I-inputs of the BK-28. According to the signal from the E-44, the color code from PZU-19 (through BK-28) is recorded in PP1-38, and the light intensity code from ADC-10 is recorded in PP3-40. Further, the signal from the E-43 output permits the operation of the KMP-41, which compares the light intensity codes in PP4-42 and in PP3-40. Since at first there was “0” in PP4-42, then with a larger code, a signal appears on the “yes” output of the KMP-41 (PP3 code> PP4 code). The code from PP3-40 is rewritten in PP4-42. When a signal appears on the second right output of the RI-37, the same operation is repeated that was described above with BK-29. If the PPP code is larger than the PP4 code, then the code is rewritten from PP3-40 to the register PP4-42 (PP1 in PP2), if PPP <PP4, then no recording is made. Such a procedure is performed when a signal appears at each output of the RI-37. Then a signal appears at the RI-37 SL output, which in P2-52 writes the maximum intensity color code from PP4-42, and in P1-53 the color code of this intensity from PP2-42. These codes and signals from the E-51 output through the corresponding connectors РЗ2, РЗ3-53.2, 53.3, РЗ4-53.4 are sent to the addressee. E-51 generates a permission signal to use the information. The following described cycle of the BDTS-54 is repeated again.

Thus, when pulses arrive at the input of this unit, the outputs of its registers will have a color code at the point of installation of light sensors (TPA). All 9 light sensors are installed at one point and a signal is also generated for the unit's readiness to transmit this information further.

3.2 The functioning of the block forming the field of view (BFZ) (block recognition of parasols and its colors)

BR1PSC-93 (Fig.63) works as follows. From the output of U-94.1 pulses are supplied to each BDTS-54d.k of each chip 1.1-mn of the BPBDTS-55 cell, which in its P1-53 (Fig. 62) writes the color code of the highest intensity at this point of the “Fields” sensor of vision controlled by zone of vision "and its intensity in P2-52 (Fig.62). The pulses from U-94.2 are fed to the G-input of each (SRPC 1.1-SRPC 1.72) -73, (SRPC 12.1-SRPC 12.72) -73, (SRPC 13.1-SRPC 13.9) -73. We describe the work of one SRPTs-73. The rest work in parallel like this. Pulses from U-94.1 pass D-76. F-75 generates pulses that specify the frequency (interval) of operation of all SRPTs-73. The signal from the F-75 output passes to the SC-70 D-input and translates it into a state equal to (for example) the number of DTS (BDTS-54) in the parasol (for example, in the 100 × 100 parasol the number of DTS = 10000 (VKS = 10000) ) Further, this signal in each register BR-57, corresponding to each TPA (Fig. 62) of its parabol BPBDTS-55, writes the code of the received color from its BDTS-54 (Fig. 62). Each SRPC-73 records in PP1-58 and PP2-59 (connected differently for each chip (Fig.2) at the points marked with a “+” color intensity of the second part of the parasol (intensity 1, intensity 2)). Next, the E-66 generates a signal that translates the T-65 to "1". K-64 is open and pulses from U-94.1 pass K-64, D-63 to the R-61 T-input. RI-61 alternately delivers pulses (interrogates) to each KMP-60 (1.1-d.k). In BPZU-62 (1.1-d.k) color codes are recorded. These codes are written so that one color is separated by a border from another color (here the parasols are two-color, except for the 13th one-color parasol). For example, in SRPC 1.1-73 there is a two-color parasol. This may be, for example, the 1st parasol (option 1) (figure 2). Since the image is written from the corresponding BDTS-54 to the BR-57 register, it is stable for the time of image analysis. Thus, if the ROM code 1.1 (for example) of the BPZU-62 matches the code recorded in R-56.1.1, then the KMP-60.1.1 produces a “yes” output signal that makes +1 SCH-70, increasing the number of matches. The starting number, equal to the number of TPA in the parasol, was already recorded in SCh-70. If the code does not match, then a “no” output corresponding to KMP-60 (2.1-d.k) displays a signal that reduces the code by -1 SCh-70. This happens with each KMP-60 (2.1-dk) until a signal appears on the RI-61 sl-output, which turns the TR-65 to “0” (K-64 is locked until the next polling cycle) and is input E-67. Each SRPTs-73 has an individual predetermined signal output duration for its E-67, i.e. the p-inputs of the registers 77-82 and the input of the e-90 pulses from different SRPTs-73 arrive alternately. At the same time, the F-68 forms the specified signal duration, which the BK-69 opens and through which the SCh-70 code is recorded in PP3-77 (the number of matches that can be in the range from "0" to the double number of TPA of a parasol). In PP1-78, the parasol number from the S-72 ROM is written (Fig. 62), in PP5-79 color code is 1 for this parasol (the colors of parascol 1, 2 are determined for each parasol). In PP6-80, color code is 2 for the same parasol. For a single-color parasol, these codes are equal. In PP9-81, the code for the intensity of one color is from PP1-58, in PP11-82 the code for the intensity of the second color is from PP2-59. Next, the signal from the output of the E-90 is fed to the p-input of the KMP-89. If the code in PP3-77 is larger than the code in PP4-88 (at the beginning, it is zero in PP4-88), then the signal from the “yes” of the KMP-89 output to PP4-88 from PP3-77 matches the match code. Also from PP1-78 to PP2-87, from PP5-79 to PP7-86, from PP5-80 to PP8-85, from PP9-81 to PP10-84, from PP11-82 to PP12-83 the parameters of this parasol are copied. After the signal from the P2 output of SRPC 13.9-73 is received via OR-74, the highest match rate gets into PP4-88, and into PP12-83, PP10-84, PP8-85, PP7-86, PP2-87 , PP4-88 details of this parasol. The signal from the P2 output of the SRPTs 13.9-73 goes to another E-91. From its output into the cell (registers) for the given parapol BPPZ-92 register codes 83-87 are written.

The same thing happens with all other BR1STsm.n (Fig.63). These data are recorded simultaneously in their cells (registers) BPPZ-90 from their registers 83-87. Thus, in each cell BP3-92 of the corresponding field of view, parasol codes are recorded, their two colors, their two intensities. A signal appears at the output of the E-95.1 and it is ready at the p-output (OR-94.5). The frequency of information retrieval is regulated by the frequency of pulses U-94, for example, there may be 25 per second (25 Hz). By the number of incoming pulses from the output of OR-95, one can judge the operability of the BR1PSTs-93 units and, accordingly, make diagnostics. The above-described primary information processing algorithm (or more complex algorithms) can be implemented by VK-C processor-94.4, which takes data from BPBDTS-55 and after processing puts it into BPPZ-92 (blocking the operation of BRSC-92 mn) by locking D-76 ( through the corresponding data bus (D), address (A) and control (U)). Further, according to the request command received through Р3-94.2, through БПРДПРММКЛ-94.3 ВЦЦ-94.4 transmits the received data to the addressee.

(<pass on the status of the БПБДТС БФПЗ> <(code)>;

<state of the BPBDTS BFPZ (code) (data)>).

The field of view formation block (BFZ) 94.6 in the block of field light sensor field blocks (BPBDTS) -92 receives from the corresponding light sensors (TPL) (Fig. 62) color codes and its intensities at that point in real space that is examined by the visual device. The entire field of view is divided into parasols. In this parasol (for example, 1.1 or m.n) there can be, for example, 4329 variants recognized by the system. The most suitable option, according to a given similarity criterion, is recorded in the corresponding place in the memory block of the field of view (1.1-m.n parasol). Further, the BFPS generates a ready signal and again encodes the environment.

3.3 the functioning of the block external view (BVVZ)

The external view unit (BVVZ) -96 (Fig. 64) works as follows. When applying the code to the P-106 (through the IVP inputs (left, right) P-106) and the p-signal, in this case, the BO-102 in accordance with the code in the P-106 turns around the z axis (by γ angle). When applying a code, for example, 001, the rotation is carried out in one direction, and when applying a code, for example, 101, in the other direction.

Also, when applying the IVN code (up, down) and the p-signal to the P-107, a code is written that turns the BO-102 up and down (at the β angle). When applying the code to the P-108 to the INLNP input, the BO-102 rotates an angle φ around the x axis (tilt to the left, tilt to the right). Teams can come from RK-120.1 or P3-120.5, BPRDPRMMKL-120.6, BR-120.2, or from VCC-120.3.

<turn on (± β) BVVZ (VCC)> <(code) (± β)>;

<turn on (± φ) BVVZ (VCC)> <(code) (± φ)>;

<turn on (kγ) BVVZ (VCC)> <(code) (± γ)>;

<do on (± x) BVVZ (VCC)> <(code) (± x)>.

Commands for the VCC processor after the BVZZ have a marker (VCC).

So the zone of view is visible. The light intensity sensor (DSS) -104 generates a signal proportional to the brightness of the incoming light through BO-102. This signal enters the RO-105, and if the signal is weak, the signal at the SS input opens the diaphragm according to the illumination settings specified in the RO-105. With increased brightness, reduces light intensity through an adjustable aperture. Thus, the BO-102 optics unit can regulate the light intensity, including closing the BO-102 at high brightness for security reasons. By the command that came through Р3-120.5, БПРДПРММКЛ-120.6, БР-120.2. You can rotate BO-102 around the axes x, y, z. The image passes through BO-102, to the surface of BD-109 (on which there are BDTS field of view-54). Their intensity of placement can be uniform or, for example, in the middle can be located with a greater frequency than at the periphery. For given γ, β, φ angles and the supply of the GL signal to the 1 input of T-103, it goes into state “1”, K-98 is open and the signal from G-97 passes through K-98, D-99, passes to + 1-input SCH-100, which, starting from 0 to the maximum value, changes the code. In this case, the DAC-101 converts the code into a signal of analog value, which drives the optics unit BO-102. A lens system can be used here (or the curvature of the lens changes). In the presence of sharpness, the d-range parameter to the object is determined. The dependence of the analog signal generated by the DAC-101 on the input code can be linear, logarithmic or other. The image may be sharp (sharp) or blurry. If parameter d is correctly set along the x axis, the image on the BD-109 sphere will be sharp. BD-109, its own and BDT-54, as described above, in the BDT-55 forms a Parasol Field (one or more, depending on the size of the Vision Area). Each parasol has two colors, two intensities are initially unknown. Each BR1STS1.1 -BB1STs m.n-92 corresponds to each parasol 1.1.-m.n, BPBDT-55 finds the most suitable cleavage in color and color and writes it to the BPP-93 cell. In BPP-93. EZ 95.1.1-EZ 95 m.n (Fig. 63) has a different delay time, therefore, at the output of OR-94.1 (Fig. 63), the signals will appear alternately starting from EZ 1.1-EZ m.n.-95. These signals pass to the p-input of the TSUM-111 tabular adder (the operation of TSUM-111 is described in the VK-C processor (prototype)). At the A input, it is set the register code P4-88 (Fig. 63) of the corresponding BPP-93 parasol (number of matches) through the open inputs of the BK-110, DSh-113, which correspond to this parasol, switches these inputs to the TSUM-111 A-inputs. The B-115 code is supplied to the B-inputs (at the initial moment, the P-115 code is “0”). At the TSUM-111 outputs, a sum code appears and on the G-output of the G- signal is “ready”, which writes the result to P-115. The next pulse from the output of BPP-93 (OR-94.1) again transfers the midrange -112 to +1, DSh-113 opens the corresponding group of keys BK-110, the pulse from the output of E-112.1 allows TSUM-111 to work again, etc. In R-115, the sum of matches for each BPP-93 parasol is accumulated. After viewing all the chips, a signal appears on the DS-113 service sl-output, which records the sum of all matches in the R-116, from the output of the EZ-114 resets the R-115, SCh-112 and allows the P-117 to work. Upon receipt of the Gl-signal at the input of the BVVZ -96 R-118 to "0". If the code that contains in R-116,> the code in R-118, then a signal appears on the ">" output of the KMP-117, which the R-116 code writes to R-118 and the BPP data is recorded in the data memory block of the BPDP-12 field -93 to the appropriate place: 1. the value of the number of matches; 2. chip code; 3. color 1; 4. color 2; 5. intensity 1; 6. intensity 2. Based on this signal, a code from the MF-100 is written to the R-119 distance to the object on the way of sight while ensuring maximum sharpness. When changing the code SCH-100, BO-102 changes the focal length by the signal, and thus sharpness is induced. Thus, the MF-100 reaches its extreme state corresponding to the maximum range of sharp vision, and a reset signal appears on the sl-outputs at “0” T-103 K-98 is locked (the signal from the G-97 does not pass). P-119 through the Sh-119.1 encoder submits to the output d code (distance to the object with maximum sharpness), generates a G-signal (ready). Which through RK-120.4 gets to the addressee. Thus, in BDPP-120 there is a sharp image of the “field” and in P-119 is the distance code to it. When a signal is supplied at the T1-108.3 sl-input, “1” and BK-101.1 are turned on and working, as described above. When fed to the sl2-input TR-108.3 to "0" BK-101.2 is open (BK-101.1 is closed).

Through РЗ-120.9 and БПРДПРММКЛ-120.10. Data from BR-120.12 (by a signal from output E 120.11) from BPRDP-120 and data from R-119 (via Sh-119.1), which are transmitted to the addressee

(<BVZZ (VCC) BPDP image parameters, d> <(code), (parameters), (data)>).

This information processing algorithm or a more complex algorithm can be implemented by the VCC-processor-120.3, which through RZ-120.7 and BPRDRPRMMKL-120.8 will receive the appropriate command and, according to internal programs, controls the corresponding blocks BV3-96 (96.1, 96.2). Blocks 96.1, 96.2 (or more) are spaced apart from each other to provide stereoscopic vision. A program for reducing the field of view of attention is applicable here.

The block of external sight (BVVZ), according to incoming commands or according to the program of its VCC processor, carries out the movement of blocks of light sensors (BDTS). Moreover, if the largest number of parasols matched, then the image is “sharp”. The resulting image of the real world, encoded in the form of parasols and (or) in the form of sets of signals from the BDTS, enters the field data memory unit (BDP) and then to the VK-O blocks of the processor, through the connectors of the multi-channel communication line, through the command-address bus data or analog-pulse communication line connector (LSAI).

3.4 Operation of the pointer tracking unit (BSU)

The tracking unit pointer BSU-121 (Fig) works as follows. When the command <switch on the pointer tracking unit (code) (parameters)> is issued, the code of this command passes RZ-141.7, BPRDPRMMKL-141.8 and enters the BR-141.9. The signal from the corresponding output, which translates the T-133 to "1". (sl1). When giving the command <off> the tracking unit for the pointer>, the T-133 goes to 0. When a signal is sent to the 1-input of the T-133, it goes into state "1", K-134, 141 are open. The pointer (UKZ) of Fig. 11 in the form of a point signal (for example, a spot of a given brightness and blinking frequency) indicates an object or its part (border, contour, etc.) that needs to be considered. The optics unit BO-102 BVVZ-96 (96.1, 96.2) (Fig. 63) projects an image on the BD-109, among the sensors of which there are also BD3-122 sensors. In the sphere of the central field of observation is the central sensor TsD-139. If the UKZ is not projected onto the TsD-139, then it can be seen by one of the BD3-122 sensors. If T-133 is in “1” and K-134 is open, F-138 generates a signal for the lack of UKZ in the data center -139. At the output of HE-137 is "1". The signal from the output of G-129 passes D-136, K-135, K-134, T-127 to "1", K-128 is open. The pulses from the G-129 output pass K-128, D-130, pass to the + 1-input of the SCH-131, whose codes are the addresses of the commands recorded in the BPKP-126. Codes from the SCH-131 are also received at the DSh-132 inputs. These codes generate the corresponding signal at one of the outputs, which opens the corresponding keys in the BK-124. The signal from UKZ through BO-102 is fed to one of the sensors BD3-122, the signal from which is further generated by the corresponding element BFS-123. If the corresponding key BK-124 is open, the signal from the corresponding element of the BFS-123 passes to the input of OR-125. In this case, the TR-127 at "0" K-128 is closed. When a signal arrives at the BPKP-126 P2 input at the I-inputs, its SCh-131 codes (address of the BD3-122 sensor code, where the UKZ is located). BPKP-126, is a spreadsheet where the codes of the sensors BD3-122 and the codes of the signals that need to be submitted to R-106, R-108 are recorded. BVVZ-96 (96.1, 96.2) (Fig. 63) (with horizontal and vertical movements of the BO-102) so that the UKZ gets on the TsD-139. Codes I1, R1, I2, P2 of the outputs of BPKP-126 by the signal from the output of E-141.10 (via IL-141.4 it is recorded in BR-141.5). It also records the address, command code and service packages from ROM-141.6. By a signal from the output of the E-141.3, BPRDRLMMKL-141.2 (through RZ-141.1 this data is transmitted by BVVZ-96). The next time the signal arrives from the output of D-136 and if the output of HE-137 is again “1” (there is no coincidence of TsD-139 and UKZ). The above procedure is repeated again. If the output of F-138- “1”, K-140 is open (K 135 is closed), the signal from the output of D-136 passes K-140, K-141 and generates a Gl-signal (command “see”). Data from BPKP-126 and codes from PZU-141.6 are recorded in the BR-141.2 and, according to the signal from the output of the E-141.3, the BPRDRLMMKL-141.2 transmits through the RZ-141.1 to the multi-channel communication line. By this command, BVVZ-96 directs sharpness to this image point and receives parasols in the corresponding field and the distance to these parasols, as described above.

The VCC-processor 141.13, upon receipt of the corresponding command, through РЗ-141.11, БПРДПРММКЛ-141.12, the information is processed using the same or more complex algorithm and, by controlling the corresponding blocks, it also receives a sharp image of the specified point (UKZ) of the selected object.

The WCC-processor 141.13 can receive data through РЗ-126.1 by ShAKD. The pointer tracking unit (BSU) is needed in order to designate an object in the real world during training.

3.5 Functioning of the hearing unit (BSLH)

The hearing unit BSLH-142 (142 (1), 142 (2) (Fig.66)) works as follows. An audio signal carrying information is sent to the DTZ-143 (through the connector RZ-143.1 or from the corresponding data line). From the DTZ-143 output, the electric signal enters the U-144 amplifier (where it is amplified or limited) and then to the inputs of the FS 145.1-FS145.n signal conditioners, each of which selects the harmonic of only its frequency and generates an analog signal of the harmonic amplitude (Ai) of this frequency, and also determines the phase of this harmonic φ _i . FS 148.1 generates a constant component of the signal -A0 / 2. The generator (G) -148 generates pulses that enter through the D-149 to the input of the F-150, which allows the operation of the ADC 146.1-146.n, and FS 145.1-145.n, which convert the corresponding analog signals to digital. After a specified time, determined by E-151.1, the codes received in the ADC 146.1-146.n are written to the BR-147 signal at the p1 input. (A0 / 2, A _i , φ _i ). After the time determined by E-151.2, the BKMP-152 begins to work. In the BR-153 register, according to the signal at the P-input, through the i-inputs, a code is recorded (noise values, for all harmonics). If this code in the BR-147 is larger than the corresponding codes in the BR-153, then the signal to the “no” output of the BKMP -152 shifts (on the transmitted edge) information in the BSR-155 and writes the contents from the BR-147 to the appropriate place in the BSR -155. If it is equal to or less, then the signal at the “yes” output of KMP-152 records information from BSR-155 into the BSTP-157. The “Yes” signal from the output of the BKMP-152 appears when all amplitudes are small (pause), and the “No” signal otherwise. After a while, the signal from the E-154 resets the BSR-155 and after a while the signal from the E-158 produces a “ready” signal. Thus, the sound sequence between pauses (in digital form) is stored in the BSTP-157, where the sound time of the fragment, the code of which is read out mid-range 159.15, is also located. According to the signals from the outputs BKMP -152, BSDD-159.19 calculates according to the formulas: A _i = {A _i + A _{i + 1} ) / 2; φ _i = (φ _i + φ _{i + l} ) / 2; A _0i = (A _0i + A _{0i + 1} ) / 2; A _kl = (a _{kl (i)} + a _{kl (i + 1)} ) / 2; φ _kl = (φ _{kl (i)} + φ _{kl (i + 1)} ) / 2; A _0kl = (A _{0kl (i)} + A _{0kl (i + 1)} ) / 2; P _B = A _kl / A _k2 . Thus, a code is generated for recognizing sound phrases.

Upon receipt of the command <hearing off> <(code)> the command is perceived by the corresponding one or more BSLH-142. In this case, the command code passes РЗ-159.1 through БПРДПРММКЛ-159.2 to БР-159.3 and then to the p-inputs ДШ-159.5, which generates a pulse from the output of the E-159.4 corresponding signal on the corresponding output, which translates into “1” T-156. Works BSTP-157, BR-147 and D-149. Accordingly, BSLH-142 operates as described above. Upon receipt of the command <hearing enable> <code>, a signal appears on the corresponding output of DTP-159.5, which T-156 translates to "0". The corresponding BSLH does not work. When building the command: <set the noise level by harmonics> <code>, <code, ..., code>, a signal appears on its corresponding DSh-159.5 output, which from the 2 outputs of the BR-159.3 in the BR-153 records the noise harmonic amplitude codes, relevant BSLH-142. When a signal arrives at the R-input of the BR-159.8, data from BSPP-157 and address codes, commands, data and packages from ROM-159.10 are recorded in it. Further, on a signal from E-159.11, the BPRDPRMMKL-159.7 transmits this data to the addressee through RZ-159.6.

The VCC-processor-159.14, according to the above or a more complex algorithm, processes information (received by DTZ-143 and transmits BACP-159), BSLH-142 can be several, for example, two, spaced apart by a certain distance. Here, by the level of the incoming signal, the direction to the sound source is determined.

The Hearing Block (BSLH) receives an electric signal from the sound sensor (DTZ) and extracts harmonics from it. Their amplitudes and phases are determined, and a constant component is isolated. Sound phrases are separated from each other by pauses. In parallel, BSLH averages the coding parameters to obtain the code for the sound phrase in order to further recognize it. An audio phrase can be a sound, letter, syllable, word or whole sentence. Since coding systems and receiving systems have the same signal conversion algorithm, its identification is guaranteed.

3.b. The operation of the sound signal block (BSS)

The sound signal block (BSZ) -160 (Fig. 67) operates as follows. Upon receipt of the command:

<say><(code) (A ₀ , A _k φ _k , k = 1, N), T>

it passes РЗ-175.n, БПРДРЛММКЛ-175.2 falls into БР-175.4, the signal from the output of Э-175.5 allows the operation of ДШ-175.6, which generates a signal at the third output. On signal in IWU-BR-169 from 175.4 overwritten codes A _k, φ _k, A _0/2, resulting in BSLH-142, and P-code time T 166.1 sound fragment (here the letters).

Upon receipt of the command <say> <start>, the code for this command is similar to that described above in DSh-175.6 and a signal appears on the first output, which translates the T-163 to "1".

Upon receipt of the command <say> <finish>. T-163 similarly to the above goes into "0", according to the signal from the second output of DSh-175.6. When the command <speak louder, quieter <(code) (parameters)>. According to the signal from the fourth output in the secondary school 175.6, a sound volume code is recorded in the R-175.1, which from the output of the U-175.1 goes to the i2-inputs of the amplifier (U) -174.

If the T-163 goes to "1", then the K-62 is open and the pulses from the G-161 go through the K-162 and go to the D-164, K-165.1 is also open by the signal from the output of the T-167 (which was translated by the signal from the output E-168, a signal from the first output of DSh-175.6). Pulses are K-165.1, 165.1 to the D-input IWU T-169, at its outputs appear harmonic amplitudes A _r and codes corresponding A and φ _{r 0/2.}

Pulses from the D-165.2 output also pass to the + 1-input of the SCH-166.1 (which was converted to “0” by the pulse from the E-168 output). The pulse from the E-166.3 output allows the KMP-166.1 to work, which compares the code from the SCH-166.2 and the recording code in the R-166 (fragment (letter) playing time. If the codes are equal, then a signal appears on the KMP-165.1 Yes output, which translates T-167 to “0.” The same impulse passes OR-166.4, translates T-163 to “0” the sound is over.

A _r , φ _r - are supplied to the threshold elements (PE) 175.13.1-175.13 l, the pulse from the output D-164 is supplied to their p-inputs (KMPA 175.10 compares the ROM codes 175.11-level of reproducibility with the occurring harmonic code). If it exceeds, then T-175.12 at "1", if not at "0". The corresponding K -170.1-170.n is either turned off or turned on. If the corresponding key K-170.1-170.n is open, then the pulses pass the corresponding D-175.14.1, 175.14.n to the A-input of the corresponding shaper of the sound signal (FZS) -171.1-171.n, to the φ-input of which the code φ _k through the corresponding open К-170.1-170.n, and ФЗС-171.1-171.n generates a sinusoidal signal (harmonic) with a given frequency (ω _k ) and phase (φ _k ). Amplifier U-171.1-171.n according to A _r value provides increased amplitude of this harmonic.

Further, these harmonics and A0 / 2 from BSR-169 are mixed in SM-173 and amplified through an amplifier (U), which receives signals on a sound device (ZP) -175, which emits a sound phrase.

Upon receipt of the command <say VCC> <sound phrase code>, this command passes P3-175.7, BPRDPRMMKL-175.8 and enters the VCC processor 175.8, prohibiting the operation of DSh-175.6. SM-173 generates an audio signal through U-174 and ZP-175 according to a more complex algorithm.

Thus, the block of sound signals (BSS), having received the appropriate command and the phrase itself, reproduces it in the form of a set of signals of a sinusoidal shape with a given frequency, phase and offset. A sound device (ZP) converts electrical vibrations into vibrations of a medium (for example, air).

3.7 Functioning of the drive unit and sensors (BPDT)

The drive unit and sensors BPDT-176 (Fig) is as follows. The work of VK-C-177 is described in the prototype (VK-C processor). When a code is supplied to PK-184 along the rising edge of the signal from the VK-Ts-177 p-output, the code is written to the PK, and DS-K-186 operation is allowed on the back. L-K -186 generates a signal at one of four outputs. When a signal appears at the first output of the FS-187, a signal is generated that enables the DSh-191 to operate. When a signal appears, the DSH-192 sensors work on the second output, on the third DSH-193, on the fourth DSH-194 (coating, temperature, smell, taste, pressure). Data recorded in RK-184, RA-182, RD1-183. PA-187, contain the address code that the FS generates in the selected DS-K-186, DS-191, 192, 193, 194. RD1 -184 contains the drive movement code. In this case, the corresponding FS, for example FS-195.1, opens the BK-204 and the signal from the E-200 to the R-203 records the code from RD1-183. Further, the signal to the p-input PAP-202 allows it to work. DAC-202 produces the corresponding code of the analog signal, which drives the P-210 in one direction. Similarly, when FS-195.2 is triggered, BK-205, E-207 is triggered, and in R-206 the movement code is in the opposite direction. Next is the E-215 and the ADC-216 is working, which gives an analog signal to the P-210. Each SHP-199 is equipped with a corresponding SHDP-211, which operates as follows. One of the FS-196, upon receipt of the corresponding code address from RA-182, selects the SHDP-211. At the same time, the ADC-216 works, which converts the analog signal into a digital sensor (converter) D-217 into digital form and then the signal from the E-215 allows the recording of this code in the R-213 and the signal from the E-214 opens BC-212. Codes of movement of the corresponding drive are received in RD2-185. Similarly works SHHN-219, SHHDP-226, SHHTM-229, SHHV-231, SHHZ-233, SHDAV-234, SHUSK-235. Where appropriate, appropriate sensors are used. Their work is allowed by signals from the corresponding FS-198. Data comes in RD2-185 (the same is reflected VK-Ts-177). Other units (for example, ultrasonic locations, pedometers, etc.) can be inserted into P3-135.1.

3.8 Functioning of the tilt analog sensor (DUNA)

DUNA-225 (Fig.69, a) works as follows. Voltage-U is applied between 1-2 contacts and falls on the conductive ring 225.1, which is connected to the chassis on which the VKO processor is located. When it is tilted with respect to x, y, z, each of the rings 1.2.3 (Fig. 69, b) has a corresponding tilt angle. The liquid (or ball) will move to the lower position (due to gravity-ft) and close ring 225.1 and the corresponding pin-5. The current from Uп passes through the corresponding R-225.5, D-225.4 and arrives at pin 3. This will be Uout (1, 2, 3) - the output voltage (tilt code of the corresponding ring). The ring may be coated with elastic electrically conductive villi. Block Commands:

<Give the angles of inclination of the DUNA> <(code)>;

<DUNA tilt angles> <(code)> (± α, ± β, ± γ).

3.9 Functioning of the digital tilt sensor (SHOES)

DUNC-225.17 (Fig. 69, b) works as follows. If there is a signal at the p-input of DUNC-225.17, SCh-225.14 goes to “o”, T-225.10 (via E-225.16) goes to “1”. G-225.12 generates pulses that pass K-225.11, D-225.13 to the + 1-input of the SCH-225.14 and then to DSh-225.15, which interrogates the keys K-225-9.1-225.9d. Where the pair of contacts (1-8) is closed, the signal "1" from the ROM-225.8 passes the corresponding 225.9.1-225.9.d and is triggered in the "o" T-225.10. The tilt code in the corresponding ring (1, 2, 3) is issued from the outputs of the midrange 225.14 to the i-outputs of the differential control center. Team Code:

<Give the angles of inclination of the SSC> <(Code)>;

(Answer: <DSC inclination angles> <(Code)> (± α, ± β, ± γ))

passes RZ-225.19, BPRDPPRMMKL 225.20 and with a signal from the p-output allows the work of DSC 225.17. The signal that translates the T-225.18 to "0", writes the SCH-225.14 code and service data (address, parcels) from the ROM-225.22 and the signal from the E-225 in BR-225.21. 24, BPRDPRMMKL -225.20 through RZ-225.19 transmits data to the addressee. For the corresponding block of coating sensors (BDP), temperature block (BTM), taste block (BV), odor block (BZP), a similar command for requesting data and response is used.

3.10 the functioning of the block counting the number of cycles (BPC)

The unit for counting the number of cycles (BPC) -chagomer-14 (Fig.70) works as follows.

DD-1.1-1.n (n, for example, equal to 2) is installed on the limbs of the DRDN-chassis. When touching the surfaces, for example, DD-1.1. The signal from its output passes F-2.1 and goes to the + 1-input of the SCH-3.1. Similarly, any line DD-1.n, F-2.n, MF-3.n works. If the output of HE-11 is “1”, then K-6.1 (6.n) is open and the signal from the output of E-7.1 goes through K-6.1 and allows the recording of SCh-3.1 data in P-4.1.

When the team arrives:

<take data from the counter of the pedometer> <number> it passes RZ-8, BPRDPRMMKL-9. The signal from the p-output of which passes F-10 and then on the element HE-11 signal "0". Recording in P-6.2.-6.n cannot be made at this time. The signal from the output of the E-12 is fed to the BR-5 p-input, allowing the recording of data from R-4.1-4.n, ROM-5.1 (service data) to the BR-5. The signal from the output of the E-13 goes to the p-input, BPRDPRMMKL-9 allows the transfer of data from the BR-5 through BPRDPRMMKL-9 and RZ-8 to the communication line to the addressee.

Thus, you can always get information about the number of cycles made by the object.

3.11 The functioning of the pressure measurement circuit (SHID)

The pressure measurement circuit (SHID) -1 (Fig. 71) (altimeter, depth gauge, speed meter, touch sensor) works as follows.

Under the influence of the contacting medium, the surface - 5 moves the movable part - 7, compressing the spring - 6, moving the contact group - 9 from one contact to another (in the case of a pressure and touch sensor). The incoming medium flow (air, liquid) passes the touch hole - 4 and presses on the membrane - 5 (and further, as described above). The hole - 10 is open to the perception of the static pressure of the medium. In this case, DP-dynamic pressure is _^half ρυ ² where ρ - density of the medium, υ - flow velocity, hence υ = √2Δh / ρ (in the case of measuring the speed).

The medium presses on the memurana - 5, removing the spring - 6 (in the cavity between the moving part - 7 and the fixed part - 8 vacuum, the hole - 10 is closed). And further, as described above (in the case of measuring depth and height).

The command code (for example) <measure speed> <code> passes P3-23, BPRDPRMMKL-22 and transfers the SCh-15 to “0” with a signal from the output and the signal from E-21, T-20 to “1”, K -13 is open, the pulse from the generator (G) -12 passes K-13, D-14 to the + 1-input of the MF-15 and then the code of the MF-15 counter is received at the i-inputs of the air deflector (DTP) -16, which interrogates the keys K-17.1-17.n. PZU-24 sends a signal to the first contacts of contacts 11. Contact group-9 closes a pair of contacts, depending on the position of the moving part-7. Corresponding K-17.1-17.n comes from ROM-24 “1”, which permits writing the code СЧ-15, ПЗУ-18.1 (address, service packages) to the BR-18 and the same signal translates the T-20 to “0 ”And the signal from the E-19 output allows transmitting information from the BR-18 through the BPRDPRMMKL-22, P3-23 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

3.12 Functioning of the acceleration measurement circuit (CIUSK)

The scheme for measuring acceleration (CIUSK) -1 (Fig) is as follows.

DUSK-2 is located on the chassis. When the speed changes in any direction (x, y, z), the corresponding load-6 in the corresponding pipe-4 comes into motion according to the law: a _x = F _x / m _x ; a _y = F _y / m _y ; a _z = F _z / m _z , where F _xyz is the projection of the force applied in the x, y, z direction, respectively, the m-mass of the load is 6. This inertial force is equalized by the action of the corresponding spring-7. Cargo-6 acts as a contact pad, which closes the corresponding pair of contacts 5 on the corresponding tube 4.

Team Code:

<measure acceleration> <number>

enters through B3-21 to BPRDPRMMKL-20 and by a signal at the p-output it transfers the MF-12 to “0”, T-14 (via E-15) to “1” of all six SHOPR-16.

The pulse generator (G) -9 generates pulses that the open K-10, D-11 transmits to the + 1-input of the SCH-12, the codes from which are fed to the inputs of the DTP-18, which interrogates the keys (K) -17.1-17 .n the corresponding SK-18. The signal "1" from the ROM-8 passes to the first contacts of the contacts-5. Loads (contacts pads) -6 close the corresponding pairs of contacts of the corresponding keys from K-17.1-17.n (corresponding to SK-18). The signal passes through this public key and resets to “0” T-14, corresponding to SHOPr-16. The signal from the last SK-18 passes E-23 and E-19. The signal from the e-23 output permits the recording of the SCh-12 codes from six SHOPR-16 and the code from the ROM-20.1 (service data) in the BR-22. The signal from the E-19 output allows the BPRDPRMMKL-20 to transmit data from the BR-22 through the RZ-21 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

3.13 the functioning of the block ultrasonic location (BUZL)

Block ultrasonic location (BUZL) -1 (Fig) works as follows. Upon arrival of the command code:

<measure distances in directions> <(code) (direction code)>

it passes P3-19, BPRDPRMMKL-19 and the signal from the p-output translates the MF-10 to “0”, and the T-7 to “1”. F-7.1 produces a signal of a given duration. K-4, K-8 are open. The pulses from the output of G-2 pass D-3, K-4 FS-5, I3-6 and emits in a given direction. Pulses from G-2 pass K-8, D-9 to the + 1-input of the SCH-10, starting the countdown from the radiation of the signal from IZ-6. Reflected from the nearest point of a given direction (narrow beam), the signal arrives at the receiver (PR) -11 and then passes the filter (PL) -12, detector (DT) -13, FS-14 and translates the T-7 to "0", which locks K-8 and MF-10 no longer changes its state. The same signal (trailing edge) writes in the BR-15 the midrange-10 code and the overhead parcel code, and the address from the ROM-16. Further, the signal from the E-17 allows the transfer of data from the BR-15 through BPRDPRMMKL-18 RZ-19 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

3.14 Operation of the magnetic direction indicator (MON)

The magnetic direction determinant (MON) -1 (Fig. 74) works as follows.

The magnetic field of the earth acts on the magnetic element-4 and it is aligned according to the magnetic line (N - to the north). Since the magnetic element 4 is located in sphere 5, it not only points to the north, but will also have an appropriate angle of inclination to the earth's surface, which provides additional information for orientation. Since the sphere 5 with the magnetic element 4 has zero buoyancy in the liquid 8, minimal friction is ensured.

Upon arrival of the command code:

<determine magnetic direction> <(code)>

it passes RZ-17 of a multi-channel communication line and transfers the T-19 to “1” with a signal from the p-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-18. The pulses from G-11 pass the public key K-12 D-13 to the second inputs of K-10.1-10.n. Pulses from the D-14 output pass to the + 1-input of the MF-15, which feeds the codes to the inputs of the DS-16, which polls (opens) K-10.1-10.n to the first i-inputs. The signal from the D-13 output passes the corresponding K-10.1-10.n to the emitter-9. On some emitter, in accordance with the position of the N-magnetic element 4, the studied signal is reflected from the reflector 6 and through the receiver-9 goes to the filter (PL) -20, then DT-21, F-22 and T-19 to "0" . The signal from the output of the F-22 writes in BR-24 the code of the service parcel, the address code from the ROM-25 and the MF-15 code (this is the code of the triggered element 9), which determines the position of the N-magnetic element 4 (north). Further, the signal from the e-23 output permits the transmission of information from the BR-24, through BPRDPRMMKL-18 RZ-17 to a multi-channel communication line.

3.15 The functioning of the inertial determinant of direction (ION)

Inertial determinant of direction (ION) -1 (Fig.75) works as follows. The plate 9 of the motor 8 interacts with the electrolyte 11 and supplies electric voltage to the motor 8, which rotates the screw (screw) 7 (any type of pump can be used here). The fluid enters the a-hole and exits into the 6-hole. Thus, the liquid in the tubes 4 begins to rotate. Rotating fluid has an inertia of the ring. When you change the position of the outer sphere 10 (housing), the inner sphere-9 remains in the same position.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<determine the inertial direction> <code>

(relative to the previously selected direction)

it passes RZ-15, BPRDPRMMKL-16 and according to the signal from the p-output, BOI-14 will start working, which, as described above, sends a signal to the corresponding emitter of elements 13. Some emitter hits the reflector 12 and receives the corresponding element 13 The signal passes BOI 14, which (as described above) generates a signal at the p-output, which allows overwriting information from BOI-14 through BPRDPRMMKL-16 through RZ-15 to the multi-channel communication line to the destination.

To eliminate the reverse rotation of inertial rings, they can be:

a) made double, while one wheel the propeller rotates in one direction, the other in the opposite;

b) at the time of acceleration, a brake for the rings can be applied here;

c) in the lower part of the rings is a load that creates a constant balancing moment of forces, which prevents the reverse rotation of the rings.

3.16 The functioning of the block determining the direction of celestial bodies (BONNG)

The block determining the direction of the celestial bodies (BONNG) -1 (Fig.77) works as follows.

In the sky there are characteristic constellations, for example, the Ursa Bear, which has the North Star above the north (N) pole of the Earth, and Orion, which has three characteristic stars, which set certain directions to other constellations (Fig. 76). You can always achieve (with a certain degree of increase) the separation of the starry sky into squares, so that it has one star (Fig. 76).

Team code

<Determine the direction in celestial bodies> <code (star (constellation))> <α, β, (data)>

passes RZ-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3 and in BR-4 codes of the image of the starry sky provided by the vision system, and angle codes α and β, at which this picture is obtained, are recorded.

The signal from the E-5 output overwrites the data from the BR-4 to the BR 6.1.-6.n, pα 7.1-7.n, pβ 8.1-8.n (full inspection). The signal from the output of E-9 resets the SCh-16 to “0” and, through IL-11, goes to the RI-12 clock input, which opens the corresponding BC-10.l-10.n. The signal from the E-13 output allows overwriting data from the corresponding BR 6.1-6.n, Pα 7.1-7.n, 3 Рβ 8.1-8.n into BP-14.

Further, the same signal passes OR-17 to the + 1-input of the SCH-16, whose codes through DTP-15 select the specified area in BP-14, whose codes are sent through the I1 outputs to the I1 inputs of the BKMP-26 comparators, to i2- the inputs are codes of images of the constellation of comparison at different angles of rotation from BOPR 19.1-19.d. “NO” outputs of BKMP-26 are combined. And if at least one mismatch occurs, the signal goes to the second input of the OR-17 and then to the mid-16, DS-15 — a new comparison area is selected.

If the entire area has been viewed, then a signal will appear on the DS-15 sl-output, which through IL-11 goes to the R-12 T-input, which selects a new BK-10.1-1.n, the codes of which are recorded in BP-14, and the procedure is repeated. If all received images are viewed, then a signal will appear on the RI-12 sl-output, which passes to the BR-24 p-input, through which the destination code and error code from ROM-25 are recorded there, and by the signal from E-25 to p - input БРРДПРММКЛ-3 this data is transmitted via Р3-2 from БР-24 and БПРДПРММКЛ-3 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee. If at least one comparator gave a signal at the “Yes” output (coincidence), then this signal passes OR-28 and prohibits the operation of OR-17.

In Pα-29 and Pβ-30, N-direction codes are written (North Star, etc.).

The signal from the E-31 output is fed to the BR-33 p-input, into which codes from Pα-29, Pβ-30, service parcel codes, the address from PZK-34, and the signal from P-32 output to the p-input are written БПРДПРММКЛ-35 sends data from the BR-33 through РЗ-36 to a multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<determine the direction of UNTN (WCC)> <(code) (α, β) (data)>

it passes RZ-22, BPRDPRMMKL-21, the VCC-processor-20 operates, which, according to more complex algorithms, determines the direction to a given constellation.

3.17 the functioning of the block image search (BPO)

The image search block (BPO) -266 (Fig. 78) works as follows.

Team Code:

<find the BPO image> <(code) (data)>

enters through BR-285.3, BPRDPRMMKL-285.2 to BR-285.4 and, upon a signal from the output of E-285.5, DSh 285.6, it generates a signal at the first output. When a signal arrives at the first input, the T-267 goes to "1" (in the MF-270, MF-278, the x, y codes are recorded from the P-283, 284, respectively), the K-268 is open and the pulses from the G-285 pass to -268, D-269, to the + 1-input of the SCH-270, whose codes through Sh-281 specify the address (X) in BP-280. The signal from the SC-270 SL-output makes +1 SCH-278. The signal from the outputs of which through Sh-279 sets the address (U) for BP-280. The signal from the SC-278 sl-output translates the T-276 to “1”, passes the OR-273, switches the T-267 to “0” and launches the F-274, which with its signal to the F-274.1 forms “no” on the c1 output images ”BKO-285.12 and translates the T-276 (via E-277) to“ 0 ”. The signal from the E-277 output also passes to the BR-285.1 p-input, into which s1, c2 signals (from F-274, 275), the service message code, and the address from ROM-285.10 are recorded. Further, according to the signal from the output of E-285.11 to the p-input, the BPRDPRMMKL-285.2 transmits this information through P3-285.3 to the multi-channel communication line. On command:

<write the image to the BPO memory> <(code) (image data)>

BP-280 records the image by the signal at the second output of DSh-285.6 (p-input of BP-280). In BR-285.12, the code of a possible image (or background) is recorded. On command:

<write the sample in the BPO> <(code) (sample data) (background data)>

the BR-282 records the received data by the signal from the third output of the DSh-285.6. The signal from the D-269 output passes through the E-271 to the KMP-272 p-input. In R-283, 284 the coordinates of the search area are recorded. If the BPO-266 matches (or does not match) (2-background search)), the output of the KMP-272 sends a signal to the c2 output (F-275, T-276 is triggered to "0"), BPO-266 (image found). The x, y coordinates, from SCH-270, 278 (image boundaries), are transmitted through BR-281, 279 to BR-285.1 and, according to the signal from E-285.11, are transmitted via BPRDPRMMKL-285.2, RZ-285.3 to multichannel line to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<find sample BPO (VCC)> <(code) (sample data) (image data) (background)>

it passes Р3-285.7, БПРДПРММКЛ-285.8, passes to the VCC-processor-285.9, which blocks ДШ-285.6, finds the image according to an algorithm more complicated than the given one, and transmits to the addressee the coordinates x, y of its boundary through БПРДРММКЛ-285.8 and Р3 -285.7.

The image search block (BPO (1)) searches for the boundaries of the image that differs from the background, or the image on the given background (BPO (n)). Information about external images is supplied to him by the block of external view (BVVZ). After finding the boundaries of the image, he passes its coordinates to the addressee.

3.18 the functioning of the block determine the size of the image (BOR)

The block for determining the size of images (BOR) -285 (1,2) (Fig. 79) works as follows.

When a command code arrives

<write BRO image data> <(image data)>

It passes through РЗ-291.11, БПРДПРММКЛ-292.10 and enters the BR-291.12 and, upon a signal from the output of Э-291.13, ДШ-291.14, at the first output, generates a signal that allows data to be recorded in BP-287 and in the corresponding BP-280 (BKO- 285.12).

Upon arrival of the command code

<write down the data of the BOR sample> <(code) (sample data)>

it similarly passes RZ-291.11, BPRDPRMMKL-291.10, BR-291.12 and DSh-291.14 at the third output generates a signal that records sample data (from the i-inputs of BR-291.12) in BKO-286.1-286.4.

When the command code arrives:

<find the borders of the BOR image> <(code)>

it passes RZ-291.11, BPRDPRMMKL-291.10, BR-291.12 and DSh 291.14 at the second output generates a signal that goes to the 5-input OR-289 and then to the t-input RI-288, which sequentially sends a signal to the p1 inputs of BKO -286.1-286.4.

BKO-286.1 defines the movement of the line from left to right (x) and from top to bottom (y), BKO-286.2-C from right to left (x) and from top to bottom (y), BKO-286.3 from bottom to top (y), from left to right (x ), BKO-286.4 from bottom to top (y), from right to left (x).

The corresponding movements are provided by BKO-286.12 (Fig. 78) with the appropriate assignment of the codes of the initial displacements in R-283 and R-284, as well as the corresponding commutations Ш-281 (x, y) and Ш-279 (y, x) and their encoding .

When a signal appears at the p-input of BK-290.1-290.4, data from the corresponding BKO-286.1-286.4 passes to the corresponding P-291.1-291.4 and is written to them using the signal from the c2 output (image boundary found). The signal from the c2 output of BKO-286.1-286.4 through IL-289 is fed to the T-input of RI-288, shifting it. If there is no sample, the sb-signal passes to the BR-291.5 I-input and through IL-291.8 to its p-input and records the sb-signal, and then the signal from E-291.9 allows the BPRDPRMMKL-291.10 to work, transmits data from the BR 291.5 (signal failure, service parcel and address from ROM-291.6) is transmitted via P3-291.11 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

If all the lines defining the boundaries of the image are found, then the signal from the output of C1-BKO-286.4 passes E-291.7 OR-291.8, E-291.9, BPRDPRMMKL-291.10 transmits data from BR-291.5 (PZU-291.6, A1, A2, A3, A4 codes of the coordinates of the lines through Р3-291.11 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee).

On the BP-287, if there is a screen, you can see the movement of the lines that limit the image.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<determine the size of the BOR (VCC) image> <(image data) (sample data) (code)>

it passes Р3-291.16, БПРДПРММКЛ-291.11 and ends up in the VCC-processor-291.11, which prohibits the DTP-291.14 (at the third input) operation and determines the size of the image in the same way as described above (or limiting it to a frame of lines), which also displayed in BP-287.

The block for determining the size of images (BOR) receives the color codes of the surface of the image and the codes of the sample (background). Then he puts the desired image in the frame, thereby preparing the data for further work with him (recognition, rotation, etc.). Several BOR (n) can work simultaneously. The coordinates of the boundaries of the found image are transferred to the addressee.

3.19 The functioning of the block coordinates (BZK)

Block coordinates (BZK) -292 (Fig. 80) works as follows.

The A-inputs are set to coordinate codes (x, y). A signal is input to the p-input, which records the x-coordinate in P-293, and the y-coordinate in P-294.

The signal from the E-295 output permits the operation of VB-320-322.1, which perform the corresponding calculations (x-1), (x + 2), (y-1), (y + 1). The signal from the output of the E-296 records in P-312-319 the corresponding coordinates (((x-1), y), ((x + 1), y), (x (y-1)), (x (y +1)). The signal from the outputs of the E-297-300 sequentially passing through the corresponding F-302-305, OR-306 and E-307, gives 4 pulses from the G-output, while alternately opening the BC 308-311, giving the calculated coordinates to the A-outputs of the BZK-292. The signal from the E-301 gives the G-signal-ready.

The unit for setting coordinates (BZK) sequentially forms the coordinates of the polling points around a given point in the plane.

3.20 Functioning block image fill (BZO)

Block fill image (BZO) -323 (Fig) works as follows.

Team Code:

<write down the address of the chip in the BZO> <(code) (data)>

passes RZ-369.1, BPRDPRMMKL-369.2 and falls into BR-369.3. According to the signal from the output of the E-369.4, the first output of the DSh-369.5 generates a signal, according to which information from the i-outputs of the BR-369.3 is recorded in the RA-338.

Team Code:

<write data to the register of comparison of the background of the BZO from the BPDO> <(code) (data)>

similarly passes RZ-369.1, BPRDPRMMKL-369.1, BR-369.3 and on a signal from the second output DSH-369.5 passes F-367, opens BK-339, 343, passes E-340, OR 340.2 to the mid-input (read) BPDO- 337, to the A (address) inputs of which a code from RA-338 arrives. Codes from the output of the BPDO-337, through the BK-343, are fed to the inputs of the R-342 and are written to the R-342 by the signal from the output of the E-340.1, OR 342.1

command code:

<determine which chip is in the BPDO> <(code)>

similarly passes RZ-369.1, BPRDPRMMKL-369.2, BR-369.3 and, according to the signal from the third output DSH-369.5, passes IL-369.14 and further, as described above, but the same signal translates T-369.12 to "1", opening K- 369.11. The signal from the E-347.1 output passes K-369.11, OR-369.7 and goes to the BR-369.6 p-input, into which data from the I-outputs of the BPDO-337 (I-inputs), service message codes, addresses from the ROM-369.10 are recorded and the signal from the e-369.8 output allows the BPRDPRMMKL-369.1 to transmit information from the BR-369. 6, through РЗ-369.1 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

Team Code:

<write the comparison code in the BZO> <(code)>

passes RZ-369.1, BPRDPRMMKL-369.2, BR-369.3 and, on a signal from the fourth output of DTP-369.5, goes to the p-input R-342, to the i-inputs of which codes from the sl-outputs BR-369.3 are received, where this data is recorded .

Team Code:

<write the image of the background (chip) in BKO BZO> <(code) (data)>

passes RZ-369.1, БРРДПРММКЛ 369.2, БР-369.3, and generates a signal at the fifth output ДШ-369.5, which is fed to the РЗ-input of BKO-324, to the 2-inputs of which from the BR-369.3 chip codes are recorded and recorded in BKO- 324.

Team Code:

<write the image in BKO BZO> <(code) (data)>

similarly to the above, a signal is generated at the sixth output of DTP-369.5 and sample codes are received in BKO-324.

Team Code:

<write down the image of the EITI BZO> <(code) (data)>

similar to that described above at the seventh output of DSh-369.5 and the data is recorded in BPDO-337.

Team Code:

<get shadow object BZO> <(code)>

similarly to that described above, at the eighth output, the DSh-369.5 produces a signal that translates the T-327 to "1", SCh-333, SCh-366, SCh-362 to "0" and allows the operation of the BKO-324. If the image is empty, then a failure signal will appear on the c1 output, as described above for the BKO, which translates the T-369.9 to “1”, passes the OR-369.7, then to the BR-369.6 p-input, writes the codes from PZU-369.10 and code T-369.9, then the signal from the output of E-369.8 allows the BPRDPRMMKL-369.1 to transmit data through P3-369.1 to a multi-channel communication line to the addressee. The signal from the output of the E-369.8 also translates the T-369.9 to "0".

By a signal from the c2-output of BKO-324, F-329 generates a pulse of a given duration, opening the BK-325. The same signal passes OR-331 and allows reading (through OR-340.2) from BPDO-337 the chip code of the image specified by the coordinates (x, y) (the entry point to the image found by BKO-324) through the open BK-344 (A- inputs). The signal from the E-332 output permits the recording of the x, y-coordinate of the image entry chip from BKO-324 (via BK-325), and the chip code from BPDO-337 through the open BK-368 to BP1-326 at +1 SCH-333. Further, by a signal from the output of the E-328, the T-327 goes to "0", opening the BK-345 (BK-325 is closed). The signal from the output of the E-330 passes OR-335, allowing the work of the coordinate setting unit (BPC) -336, which from its G-output gives 4 pulses in sequence and at the A-outputs they also sequentially set the coordinate codes ((x-1), ), ((x + 1), y), (x, (y-1)), (x, (y + 1)). The signal from the G-output of the BZK-336 passes OR-340.2 and enters the mid-input BPDO-337. The coordinate codes from the A-outputs of the BZK-336 pass BK-345 to the A-inputs of the BPDO-337. At the i1 outputs there will be a parascol image code (or parasol code) that goes to the I1 inputs of the KMP-341. The signal from the E-347 output permits the operation of the KMP-341, which compares the parasol codes with the background parasol sample located in the R-342. If they match, then nothing happens. If they do not match, then at the “no” output, a signal appears that does +1 SCH-362 and the signal from E-340.3 allows writing the code A (x, y) from the BZK-336 (parasol code (u1), parasol parameters from BPDO-337, the shadow parasol code from PZU-349 to BP2-350 at the address indicated by SCh-362. This is repeated with four calculated BZK-336 coordinates.

Then a signal appears on the G-output of the BZK-336, it makes +1 SCH-366, which sets the recording address in BP3-354, then the signal from the output of the E-353 allows data (x, y) to be written there from the D-outputs (x, y) BP1-326.

The signal from the output of the E-354 makes -1 SCH-333. The signal from the E-352 output allows the KMP-334 to work, if a signal appears at its “≠ 0" output, it passes OR 335 and again allows the BZK-336 to work.

If a signal appears at the “= 0” output of the KMP-334 (BP1-326 is empty), this signal is fed to the input of the E-364.1 and allows the KMP-365 to work, which compares the SCh-362 code with the PZU-366.1 code (0).

If the SCh-362 code is equal to zero, then a signal will appear at the “= 0” output of the KMP-365, which will reset the E-364.1 and, through OR 340.4, translate the T-364 to “0”, and also will go to the second input of OR-369.7 and c-input (reading) BP3-354. From the output of OR-369.7 to the BR-369.6 p-input, into which data about the created shadow image (TO) from BP3-354, the starting parcel code and addresses from the ROM-369.10 are recorded, then the signal from the E-369.8 output goes to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-369.1, which transmits information from the BR-369.6 through РЗ-369.1 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee. If the SCh-362 code is not equal to 0, then the signal from the “= 0” output of the KMP-334 passes E-364.1 and translates the T-364 to “1”. This signal opens BK-361 and K-355. Impulses from the G-369 output pass through the open K-355 D-356, F-357 to the c-input (reading) of BP2-350. Codes from BP2-350 i-outputs (at the address from SCh-362 outputs) pass BK-361 to BP1-326 D-inputs. The signal from the output of the E-359 passes OR-331, makes +1 SCH-333, allows recording (3-input) in BP1-326 from BP2-350 of the next x, y coordinates, parasol codes, parameter codes, shadow image codes. Next, the signal from the output of the E-358 makes -1 SCH-362. The signal from the E-360 output permits the operation of the KMP-363. If the SCh-362 code is not equal to 0, then the next pulse from the F-357 output reads data from BP2-350 and the above procedure is repeated again. If the SCh-362 code is 0, then a signal appears at the “= 0” output of the KMP-363, which resets the BP2-350 and goes to the third input of the OR-335, the signal from the output of which again starts the БЗК-336. Thus, first in BP1-326 are the coordinates of the image entry point. Next, the codes of the parasol parameters with these coordinates from BPDO-337 are also written here. Further around this point, the BZK-336 finds the coordinates of the four points and the KMP-341 determines whether they are similar to the background or not. If they are not similar, then the coordinates of these points (parasols) are recorded in BP2-350. When choosing parasols BP1-326, it is also written in BP3-354. Next, the collected coordinates of the parasols included in the image (on a uniform background) are transmitted to BP1-326 BZK-336 for each new parasol, 4 points are examined and if they are included in the image. Each time when coordinates (x, y) are recorded from BPDo-337 to BP2-350 to BPDO-337 from PZU-343.2, a parasol code is written that is not equal to the R-342 code by the signal from the “no-output” KMP-341. This continues until the image coordinates on a homogeneous background are overwritten in BP3-354 and then transmitted via P3-369.1 to the multi-channel communication line to the destination. Upon receipt of the command code:

<Select the image of the BZO (VCC)> <(code) (image data)>

it passes through РЗ-369.15, БПРДПРММКЛ-369.16 and arrives at the VCC-processor-369.17, which, according to the above-described or more complex algorithm, selects images and creates a shadow object. In this case, according to the signal to the RF input, the DSh-369.5 does not work.

Blocks BOR-285 (Fig. 79), BPO-266 (Fig. 78), BZO-323 (Fig. 81) are made in several versions. BOR 285 (1) (2), BPO 266 (1), (2), BZO 323 (1) (2). The first options are described above and allow you to highlight heterogeneous images on a homogeneous background, and the second options allow you to select homogeneous images on a heterogeneous background. In this case, the KMP-272 no-output will be replaced with the KMP-272 yes-output, in BKO-285.12 and the KMP-341 no-output will be replaced with the KMP-341 yes-output in the БЗО 323 (2).

More complex algorithms for highlighting the image against the background and creating a shadow image can be implemented on the 369.17 VCC processor.

The block image fill (BZO) creates a shadow image, which is then used for recognition.

3.21 The functioning of the block offset image in the plane (BSP)

The block offset image in the plane (BSP) -370 (Fig) works as follows.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<write the image in the BSP> <(code) (data)>

it passes Р3-389.7, БПРДПРММКЛ-389.8, БР-389.9 and according to the signal from the output E-380.10, DTP-389.11 at the first output it generates a signal that passes to the p-input BP-371, where data from the BR-389.9 is recorded.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<set the offset value in the BSP><(code) (N _x , N _y )>

similarly, a signal appears on the third output of DSh-389.11, which allows data recording from the BR-389.9 i-outputs to P-385 (N _x ) and P-386 (N _y ).

Upon receipt of the command code:

<sweep the image in the BSP plane> <(code)>

similarly to the above, it generates a signal at the second output of the DSh-389.1, which converts the T-381 to 1 and resets the SCh-377, 378. The pulses from the output of the G-376.2 pass K-376.1, D-376 and go to the + 1-input of the SCh- 377, which increases its status code, a code appears at the outputs of the encoder (Ш) -380 (coordinates - x), which is fed to the A-inputs of BP-371. The signal from the E-382 output allows the operation of the SUM-383, 384, which add the R-385 code to the SCh-377 codes, the R-386 code to the SC-378 code and send them to the Sh-387, 388 inputs. According to the output signal E-374 information from the BP-371 at the A-address is read and fed to the I-inputs of the BP-372, where it is recorded by the signal from the output of the E-373, at the A-address received from Sh-387, 388.

After the MF-377 completely passes the X-coordinate, a signal appears on its sl-output, which makes +1 MF-378, and the above procedure is repeated again. When the u-coordinate is completely passed, a signal appears on the SC-378 sl-output, which translates the T-381 to “0”, passes to the BP-372 s-input (read), to the input OR-389.2, E-389.3 , to the p-input of the BR-389.4, into which data from the BP-372 (offset image) is recorded. The BR-389.4 also records the codes of service parcels and the address from ROM-389.5. Further, by a signal from the output of the E-389.6, BPRDPRMMKL-389.8, through RZ-389.7 from the BR-389.4 it transmits data to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

If signals appear on the sl-outputs Sh-387, 388 (going beyond the range of permissible displacements), it passes through the IL-389, F-389.1 and is written to the BR-389.4 fault (sb code) by the signal at the p-input data from the ROM-389.5 is also recorded there and this information is transmitted similarly to the above to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<sweep image (VCC) BSP><(code) (data), (N _x , N _y )>

it passes through РЗ-389.12, БПРДПРММКЛ-389.13 and arrives at the VCC-processor 389.14, which moves using the same or a different algorithm, and the codes of the new image are sent to the destination, as described above, through РЗ-389.12.

The image displacement block in the plane (BSP) moves the object in a given direction in the plane defined by two parameters N _x and N _y .

3.22 the Function of the increase-decrease block (BUP)

Block increase-decrease in the plane (BUUP) -31 (Fig) works as follows.

Team Code:

<write the image in the BOOP> <(code) (data)>

passes RZ-22, BPRDPRMMKL-21, BR-23 and on a signal from the output of E-24, DSH-25 at its first output produces a signal that allows data recording from the BR-23 to BP-8.

Team Code:

<write the code increase-decrease BUUP> <(code) (± d)>

passes similarly to the above and DSh-25 at the third output generates a signal that allows data recording from the BR-23 to PN _i -15 an increase code or a decrease code (± d).

Team Code:

<increase-decrease the image of the BUUP> <(code)>

passes similarly to the above and DSH-25 at the second output generates a signal that translates the T-16 to "1". The pulses from the output of G-1 pass K-2, D-3 to +1 input SCH-4, a code from the output of which through Ш1-5 turn into the x-coordinate. The signal from the SCh-4 sl-output goes to the +1 Sch-6 input, the codes from the output of which through Sh1-7 turn into the y-coordinate, which, together with (x), goes to the BP-8 A-inputs, to s- ( reading) - the input of which receives a signal from the output of the E-29. The code of N _i -increase (decrease) passes to the N _i- input of BP-9, to the PS _i- input of which from the i-outputs of BP-8 passes the parasol code (PS) located at x, y.

N _i -code selects (by the signal from the D-3 output) N _i- level BP-9, corresponding to the increase (decrease) code, PS _i -code selects a parasol at this level and the codes of the selected parasol arrive at BP-10 i-inputs . N _j -code (increase-decrease) also enters the N _j- inputs Ш2-30. Each N _j- code corresponds to its own encoder Ш2-30, which upon entering the inputs x, y-coordinates on the A-outputs generates Ā (x, y) coordinates and writes PS _i codes from BP-9 according to the signal from the output E- 17. SCh-4 and SCh-6 codes constantly sort through all the x, y-coordinates, a signal appears on the SC-6 sl-output, which translates to T-16 “0” (K-2 is closed), F-12 opens BK-11 , each N _i -plane parasol selected by the N _i code from PN _i -15, corrected with the input of BK-11 (N;), so that each of N _{i of} the BP-10 plane is completely displayed on BP-14. The signal from the output of the E-13 to the BP-14 through the correspondingly open BK-11 from the BP-10 information is overwritten. The signal from the E-17 output overwrites this data in the BR-19 and adds service messages to the address from the ROM-20. Further, the signal from the E-18 output permits the operation of the BPRDPRMMKL-21, which sends data from the BR-19 through the RZ-22 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

Team Code:

<increase-decrease image of VCC BUUP> <(code) (data)>

passes RZ-26, BPRDPRMMKL-27 and enters the VCC-28, which, according to the above or a more complex algorithm, can increase (decrease) the image.

The increase-decrease block in the plane (BUUP) allows you to increase or decrease the image in the plane by working with a set of pre-calculated spreadsheets of correspondence. Parasol sets for the range and increment-decrement step and sets of screens where this change should occur. Therefore, the process takes place in two stages: read the input data and write the result for each parasol of the image. With a sufficient number of relevant blocks, this process is performed in parallel.

3.23 The functioning of the rotation block around the axis (BVRH, BVY, BVZ)

The rotation block around the axis BVRH-34 (BBPY-35, BBPZ-36) (Fig) works as follows.

Team Code:

<write image to BVRH (BBPY, BVZ)> <(code) (data)>

passes RZ-27 of a multi-channel communication line, БПРДПРММКЛ-26, and passes to BR-28 and, on a signal from the output of E-29, DSh-30, at the first output it generates a signal that records data from the BR-28 i-outputs to BP-10.

Team Code:

<write BVRH turn code (BVY, BBPZ)> <(code) (turn code)>

similarly generates a signal at the third output, which writes the rotation code φ _x (φ _y , φ _z ) to Pφ _x (Pφ _y , Pφ _z ) from the BR-28 i-outputs.

Team Code:

<rotate BVRH image (BBPY, BBPZ)> <(code)>

similarly to the above, it produces a signal at the second output, which translates the T-9 to "1", opening the K-2. The pulses from the output of G-1 pass K-2, D-3 to +1 input SCH-4, the codes of which are fed to the input of the encoder (Ш1) -5, which form the x-coordinate. After viewing all the coordinates (x), a signal appears on the SC-4 mid-output, which makes +1 SCH-6, which, using Ш1-7, forms the y-coordinate, which comes with the x-coordinate to the A-inputs of BP-10 and block of encoders (BS) -12.

The signal from the output of the E-8 allows the reading of data from the BP-10 with A (x, y) coordinates. The code φ _x (φ _y , φ _z ) written in Pφ _x (Pφ _y , Pφ _z ) -11 selects the encoder (Шi) from BS-12, which determines the plane rotated by the code φ _x (φ _y , φ _z ) angle in BP-13.

The coordinates of the image parasols arrive at the selected inputs of BP-13, the parasol parameters (PSi) are received at the i-inputs of the image and are recorded in the corresponding place of the BP-13 by the signal from the E-14 output. The code from the output Рφ _х (φу, φ _z ) -11 also selects the corresponding БК1 from БК-15, which connects the corresponding plane БП-13 and БП-screen-16 and writes the data from the BP- to the signal from the output E-14.1 13. By the signal from the output of E-18, the field of view formation block (BFZ) -17 (described in detail in the corresponding section of Fig. 62) begins to work. BFPZ-17 receives data instead of light sensors (DTS) at the REM inputs (connector), data from the BP screen-16 and the signal F-20, through the open BK-21, it is written to the BR-22 by the signal from the output of the E-23 (new parasols of the rotated image), the data (service message, address) from the ROM-24 is also recorded there and, according to the signal from the output of the E-25, the BPRDPRMMKL-26 transmits the data (BR-22) through the RE-27 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<turn the image of BVRH (BBPY, BBPZ) VCC> <(code)> <(data) (turn code)>

it passes RZ-31 of a multi-channel communication line, BPRDPRMMKL-32 and passes to the VCC-processor-33, which prohibits the DSh-30 and, according to the above or more complex algorithm, rotates the image around a given axis.

The rotation block around the axis (BVRH, BBPY, BBPZ) also uses spreadsheets of previously calculated coordinates of the planes, which are selected by the corresponding encoder and the corresponding parasols are displayed on the screen. Next, the corresponding block for the formation of the field of view forms new parasols of the rotated image and transmits to the addressee. The operation is also performed in two stages and in parallel.

3.24 The functioning of the block comparison image (BSO)

The image comparison unit (BSO) -422 (Fig. 85) works as follows.

Team Code:

<enable BSO> <(code)>

passes RZ-441.3, BPRDPRMMKL-441.4, BR-441.5, and on the signal from the output of the E-441.6, DTP-441.7 at the first output, it generates a signal that translates the T-441.8 to "1". Elements 441.10-441.14 are closed, elements 423.1, 424.1, 441.2, 429, 430 are open. The codes of the reference image (from the i-inputs) pass BK-423.1 and are written to it by the P1 signal. The codes of the image to be compared pass BK-424.1, from the I2 inputs and are recorded into it by the signal from the P2 input. The same signal translates the T-431 to "1". K-432.1 is open and pulses from the generator G-432.1 pass K-432.1, D-433, to the + 1-input of the SCH-435, which feeds its codes to the inputs of the encoder (Ш) -436, which generates the x-coordinate. After passing all the x-coordinates, a signal appears on the SC-435 SL output, which makes +1 SCH-437, and through Sh-438 it produces a y-coordinate, which, together with the x-coordinate, goes to the A-inputs of BP 1-423 BP2-424. The signal from the output of the E-434 is read from these blocks to the I1 and I2 inputs of the block of comparators (BKMP) -425, which begin to work on the signal from the output of the E-426. If the parasol codes are equal, then a signal will appear on the YES output, if not, then on the NO output of the BKMP-425, which is respectively fed to the +1 or -1 input of the MF-427 (in which the ROM code was also written by the p-signal -428, the number is greater than the number of parasols polled in BP-423).

After interrogating all x, y coordinates, a signal appears on the SC-437 SL output, which translates the T-431 to “0”, resets the SCH-435, 437, opens the BK-429, 430 and with the E-439 (K-441.2 ) generates a ready signal (G), so the code for the number of “similarities” of the compared images appears on the 1 and 1 outputs, the parameters of the reference sample on the 2 outputs and the signal ready (G) on the g output.

When the command code arrives:

<enable BSO (VCC)> <(code)>

the command code, similarly to the above, generates a signal at the second output of the DSh-441.7, which translates the T-441 to "0", elements 441.10-441.14 are open (elements 423.1, 424.1, 441.2, 429, 430 are closed).

The image code enters the VCC processor 441.9 by the p1 signal. The code of the reference image is supplied to the WCC processor by a P2 signal. According to the above or more complex algorithm, VCC-441.9 determines the similarity parameters and drops them on the i1 outputs. Codes of the compared sample are set on the i2-outputs. At the g-output, a signal is ready (G).

3.25 The functioning of the block comparison of types of images (BSVO)

Block comparison of types of images (BSVO) -1 (Fig) works as follows.

Upon receipt of the command code at the 2-inputs of the BSVO 1, it passes to each of the BSO1-BSO-n (2.1-2.n).

When a signal arrives at the P3 input, the keys (K) 3, 4, 5 are open.

When the signal arrives at the P4 input, it passes K-3 (give the image), translates the T-6 to “1”, K-7 is open and the pulses from the generator (G) -8 pass K-7, D-9 to T- the input of the pulse distributor (RI) -10, which sequentially opens the key blocks (BC) 1.1-11.n, which pass the image codes from the corresponding memory blocks (BP) 12.1-12.n, to the i-inputs of the stack memory block (BSTP) -13. The signal from the output of the D-9, through the E-14, enters the p-input of the BSTP-13 and records the information received there. After interrogation of all BK-11.1-11.n, a signal appears on the RI-10 sl-output, which translates to T-6 “0”, and codes of image types are located on the BSTP-13 i-outputs.

When a signal arrives at the P2 input (when K-4 is open), it enters the E-15 simultaneously at OR-16.1-16.n, OR 17.1-17.n. The i1-inputs of BSO-2.1-2.n receive the image codes of the i1-inputs. BCO1-21-2.N are triggered as described above. They compare the code of the received images with the code of the reference images recorded in BP-12.1-12.n. If the image already exists, then it does not need to be recorded and a signal will appear on the “0” input of the E-15 (via OR-33), which resets it to “0”. If there is no image in BP-12.1-12.n, then the signal from the E-15 output translates the T-18 to “1”, opens the K-19, which passes pulses from the output of the G-8 to the T-input of the RI-20, through the divider (D) -21. RI-20 interrogates keys (K) 22.1-22.n. If the corresponding trigger (T) -23.1-23.N is “0”, then at the non-output it is “1” and the corresponding K-22.1-22.N is open (BP 12.1-12.n) -free. The signal from the output, respectively, K-22.1-22.n translates the corresponding T-23.1-23.N into “1”, opens the corresponding BC 24.1-24.N and through it the image codes from the i1 inputs go to the i-inputs of the corresponding BP-12.1 -12.N and the signal to the corresponding p-input records. The signal from the corresponding K-22.1-22.n passes OR-24, translates into "0" RI-20, T-18. If the RI-20 looked through all K-22.1-22.n and did not find free ones, then a signal will appear on its sl-output, which is a failure signal (sb), which is supplied to the corresponding outputs.

When a signal arrives at the P1 input (is there an image similar to a sample?), A sample is set for and 1 inputs. The signal passes OR 16.1-16.n, 17.1-17.N and BSO-2.1-2.n compare existing samples with the images recorded in BP-12.1-12.N. The signals from the g-outputs of the BSO 2.1-2.N come sequentially nar-inputs P1-26, P2-27, E-28. In Р1-26, the code of the number of "similarity" is recorded, in P2-27, the code of the sample. If the code in P1-26 is larger than the code in P3-29 (at first in P3-29 the code is zero), then a signal appears on the ">" output of the KMP-30, which overwrites the "similarity" code from P1-26 to RZ-29 , the sample code from P2-27 to P4-31, the signal from the g-output of BSO-n 2.n (last in the row) passes to E-32 (giving an individual delay time for this BSVO-1), which generates a G-signal (done). At the same time, the “similarity” number will be on the i2-outputs, and the sample code on the 3-outputs. When a signal arrives at the Pts-input (clear) with K-5 open, this signal passes to the 0-inputs of BP 11.1-12.n, T-23.1-23.n and resets them. Information about the samples in this case is lost.

3.26 Functioning unit identification of the object (BIO)

The unit identification of the object (BIO) -1 (Fig) works as follows.

Team Code:

<is there a sound code for bio images?> <(code) (sound image code)>

passes RZ-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3, BR (ZK) -4 and according to the signal from the output E-5, DSh-6 at the first output it generates a signal that (sound code of the image) is recorded in the BR-7, and T-8 goes in "1", opening the K-9. The pulses from the G-10 pass D-11 to the T-input RI-12, which interrogates KMP-13.1-13.n, which compares the received image code from the BR-7 and the codes of the samples of standards (images) recorded in blocks of sound codes ( BZKD) -15.1-15.n.

If in any BZKD-15.1-15.n the code matches the code for BR-7, then the output, respectively, of KMP-13.2-13.n will display a signal that passes OR-14 and puts the T-8 to “0”, opens ROM (is) 16, passes OR-17 and allows you to transfer data from ROM (is) 16 to a multi-channel communication line to the addressee through RZ-19. If RI-12 examined all BZKD-15.1-15.n, not a single KMP-13.1-13.n worked, then the signal that passes OR-17 will appear on the RI-12 sl-output, it allows ROM operation (no) -20 and BPRDPRMMKL-18 transmits a message code for ROM (no) -20 through РЗ-19 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee. In this case, the RI-12 submits to the RE input the corresponding BSVO-21.1-21.n enable signal (p3).

Upon receipt of the command code:

<get image types by the sound name BIO> <(code)>

similarly to that described above, at the second output DSH-6 generates a signal that is fed to the p-4 input of the previous BSVO-21.1-21.n command, which transfers data to the BR-22 i-inputs, which are recorded there by the signal from the E-26 output . The signal from the E-25 output allows the BPRDPRMMKL-23 through R3-24 to transmit data from the BR-22 (including data about the addressee and service messages from the ROM-27) to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command:

<write the sound code of the image in the BIO> <(code) (sound code)>

similar to the above, it generates a signal at the third output of the DTTT-6, which T-28 translates to “1”, opening K-29, pulses from the output of G-10 pass K-29, D-30, to the T-input RI-31, which interrogates KMP 34.1-34.n, which compares PZU-33 codes (empty) with sound codes BZKD 15.1-15.n. The signal of the activated KMP-34.1-34.10 passes OR-32 and puts the T-28 to “0”, the same signal opens the corresponding BK-35.1-35.N, through which the sound code (name) of the image is recorded in the corresponding BZKD 15.1-15. N from the outputs of the BR (ZK) -4. If the RI-31 completely interrogated everything and not a single KMP 34.1-34.n worked, then a signal will appear on the RI-31 sl-output, which transmits a fault code (ROM sat) -36 via BPRDPRMMKL-37 and R3-38 to multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command:

<zeroed RI BIO> <(code)>

he, similarly to the above, generates a signal at the fourth output of the DTTT-6, which goes to the “0” input of RI-12, 31 and resets them.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<clean the memory block of the sample BIO> <(code)>

similarly to the above, it generates a signal at the fifth output of the DTTT-6 signal, which is fed to the BSVO-21.1-21.n Pts-inputs and resets the corresponding memory block with the command <advance sound code BIO?> <(code) (sound code image)> .

Upon receipt of the command code:

<translate BSVO BIO to work of the WCC> <(code)>

it passes into each BSVO 21.1-21.n through РЗ-39 and acts as described in the BSO (Fig. 85)

When a signal appears, a failure (sb) at the output corresponding to BSVO-21.1-21.n it opens the ROM (sb) -41 and passes OR-40, allowing you to transfer the ROM (sb) -41 codes through BPRDPRMMKL-37, RZ-38 to multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<write sample in BIO> <(code) (sample data)>

it passes RZ-42, BPRDPRMMKL-43, BR-44 and, upon a signal from the output of E-45, DSh-46, at the first output it generates a signal that goes to the p-2 inputs of BSVO-21.1-21.2, the one that is selected is triggered <is there a sound code for the BIO image?> <(code) (sound code for the image)>. If this image already exists, then nothing happens, and if not, then recording occurs, as described above.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<define the name of the image> <(code) (image codes)>

similar to the above, it generates a signal at the second output of the accident-46, which resets the РЗ-52, passes to the p1 inputs of BSVO-21.1-21.N. Since each BSVO 21.1-21.N has an individual response time, the data on the "similarity code" (p2-48), image code (p5-49), sound image code (ZK) (p1-47) are recorded sequentially in the corresponding registers .

G-signal with BSVO 21.1-21.n-1 passes OR-62, E-50 and allows the operation of the KMP-53. If the p2-48 code (similarity code) is larger than the code recorded in P3-52, then the signal from the ">" output of the KMP-53 overwrites the data from P1-47, P2-48, P5-49 to P4-51, P3-52 , P6-54, respectively.

The signal from the g-output of the last BSVO-n through the E-61 enters the p-input of the BR-56 and writes data from P4-51, P3-52, P6-54, PZU-58 and the signal from the E-55, OR- 57 allows the operation of the BPRDPRMMKL-43, RZ-42 transmits to the multi-channel line the addressee with the maximum similarity code in RZ-52, and the sound code of the image from P4-51. If no response is received after a specified time, the E-60 closes the BR-56, opens the ROM (no) (with the appropriate service packages and address) -59 and, through IL-57, transmits the No ROM code to the multi-channel line to the destination via BPRDPRMKL- 43, RZ-42.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<translate BIO to VCC> <(code)>

the code of this command passes RZ-63, BPRDPRMMKL-64, VCC-processor-65, prohibits the operation of DT IT-40, DSh-6 and executes the above or other commands according to more developed algorithms.

3.27 the functioning of the cell circuit block of the virtual memory cube (SNBVKP)

The cell layout of the block of the virtual memory cube SJA-471 (Fig. 88) is intended to store the element of the volumetric image of the object in the CPSU.

The cell stores the coordinates X, Y, Z of the point of space (element) and α, β, d-parameters. The code (number) of the parasol (chip) and other information necessary to characterize the space element depending on the development of the system are also stored, for example, the temperature code of this point, the color code of the first part of the parasol, the color code of the second part of the parasol, the color intensity code of the second part, code roughness, taste code at a given point, etc. Since one and the same surface point can be viewed from different angles, the corresponding data are stored in the α, β, d coordinates of the eye forming the object (α, β angles, d-distance), and the x, y, z coordinates are used to transform the virtual (imaginary) volumetric image.

SY-471 works as follows. T-478 to "0", on its "not" exit "1" and K-473, BK-472 are open. The cell address code is supplied to the A-inputs of the SY-471, and the signal that passes the K-473 and writes the A-address to the P-474 is sent to the P-input. Next, the signal from the output of the E-475 permits the operation of the KMP-476, which compares the address code of the R-474 and the code from the ROM-477. If the codes are not equal, then nothing happens. If they are equal, then a signal appears on the Yes-output of the KMP-476, which translates the T-478 to "1". The signal from its output translates the T-479 to "1", which opens the K-481, BK-480 (K-473, BK-472 are closed). The signal from the yes-output of the KMP-476 is an is-signal from the output of the СЯ-471. In this way, the BCP cell is identified.

Then, the coordinates X, Y, Z, α, β, d are recorded in the CPSU (at the initial moment when the cell is empty or when the CPSU is marked (formatted)). The command code is sent to the D-inputs of the SY-471, which comes open BK-480 and K-481 passes through the signal from the P-input and the command code is recorded in the RK-482.

Team Code:

<write the data in the PSMS> <(code) (x) (code) (y) (code) (z) (code) (α, β, d)>

passes to the decryptor of the DShK-483 command. At the 1st output of the DShK-483, a signal appears that translates into T-479 to "1" (K-481, BK-480 are locked). T-484 to "1" (K-485, BK-486 open). Further (on РЗ-471.1) codes of 6 coordinates (X, У, Z, α, β, d) are successively applied to the D-inputs-outputs of the СЯ-471. At the first signal at the P-input of the СЯ -471 (from this series), it passes K-485 and makes +1 SCh-487. Then passes the E-488, F-489 and passes to the B-490 P-input. The SCh-487 codes pass to the DSh-498, which selects one of the BK-490 keys, through which the signal from the P-input passes.

If this is the first pulse, the signal appears on the first output of the BK-490, which opens the BK-492, according to the signal from the E-505, codes from the D-inputs of the SY-471 are recorded through the BK-486, BK-493 in the PX-499 and so on then the codes x, y, z, α, β, d are written. Next, the signal from the output of the E-490.1 translates the T-484 to "0", the SY-471 is ready for operation.

When analyzing the object, the corresponding visual device submits the codes α, β, d (and the manipulator X, Y, Z) to the BZK.2-602 and, similarly to the process described above, the A-address is sent to the BZK1-601. It works SRK-491. Through BK-603 codes X, Y, Z, (α, β, d) are supplied, as described for BZK1-601. A signal is generated at the 2nd output of the DShK-483. T-610 goes into "1", K-604, BK-603 are open. After receiving the data, then the Tr-Zero signal comes to the T-610 and the IL-611, T-478 (through or 479.1, T-479 to “0”), then the Tr-signal from the BZK2-602 output. When the command code arrives:

a) <compare PSMS> <(code) (codes x, y, z)>

b) <compare NSMS> <(code) (codes α, β, d)>

In the first case, a signal appears on the third output of the DSh-483 and gets to the p-input of KMP1-60.5. In the second case, a signal appears on the fourth output of the DShK-483 and enters the p-input of KMP2-606.

If the BZK1-601 codes are not equal to the BZK2-602 codes, nothing happens. If they are equal, then a signal appears on the KMP1-605 or KMP2-606 da-outputs, which puts the T-608 to "1", the output of which produces a SY-471 da-signal. A point with such a coordinate is the only one in the CPSU. At the same time, BK-477.1 is opened and the address code of this point (space element) from the ROM-477 goes to the D-inputs of the SY-471. Thus, by setting the α, β, d (or (and) X, Y, Z) coordinates, you can get the code point (CT) of the CPSU from ROM-477.

Further, information on the properties of this point is recorded or recorded at this point. Each of the points of the CPSU can contain information about all sides of the space element (point), determined by the ability of the system and the accuracy of the display. In this case, the number of SJ-471 required for one point in space increases. For example, they can be VK 11 = 16 * 16 * 100 = 25 60 (16 shares in latitude (α), 16 shares in longitude (β) and 100 divisions of range (d)). The storage of information can be in a compressed form, which takes place when filling in the corresponding VKP. In the general case, VK11 = N * N * N = N ³ .

If you look at this element of space from afar (due to the property of reducing the reference segment with increasing distance when the rays pass through the lens of the corresponding visual device), then this will be a point, closer to a parasol, even closer to a set of parasols (chips) that characterize the object. VKP allows this to be modeled.

The unit for storing the parameters of the VKP (BHPT) point stores in the registers RS1-634-RSk-638.k the parameters of the space element (point) (for example:

chipped (parskol) code, shadow chipped (parskol) code, first color code, second color code (for parasol) (parasol for flat objects, chipped when voluminous for internal representation), first color intensity code, second color intensity code, roughness code . If the internal image is represented by a shadow parasol (single-color), then from all sides of the surface it can be seen the same way and be characterized by the parameters of one parasol. Otherwise, it is a set of parasols and a set of corresponding SJ-471.

Team Code:

<write down the parameters of the PSMS point>, <(point code) (parameter code) (point parameters) (data) (data) ... (data)>.

Similarly to the aforementioned DShK-483 produces a signal at the 6th output, which translates the T-628 to "1", opening the BK-621, K-627, and for each signal to the p-input, the SCh-623 makes +1 through DSh- 627, choosing a new register PC 1-634, RSK-638, and through BK-621, BK-629, BK-633.k the corresponding parameters are written to PC1-634, RSk-639.k. The signal from which output of the BK-626 passes E-658.1 and translates the T-628 to “0”, the SCh-623 to “0”, the BHPT-669.1 is ready to receive information.

A single point in space (CPSU) may correspond to a predetermined number of SJ-471.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<read the parameters of the PSMS> <(code) (point code) (parameter code)>

it produces the same as described above at the 7th output of the DShK-483, which translates the T-647 of the corresponding BHPT-669.1-669.d to "1" (K-646, BK-645 are open). According to the signal at the r-input SYA-471, SCh-648 makes +1 and DSh-652, BK-651 produces the corresponding BK-653-657.k, respectively, the data from the corresponding PCl-634-RSk-639.k is sent to D -SYA-471 bus.

Team Code:

<write down RICO SBABKP> <(code) (point code)>

DShK-483 generates a signal at the N + 1 output, which translates the T-612 to "1", opening the BK-613, K-614, and the name (code) of the object is recorded in the register of the individual code of the RIKO-615 object.

When the command code arrives:

<count RICO SBABKP> <(code) (point code)>

the signal from the N + 2 outputs of the DShK-483, F-618 opens the BK-617 and the data from the RIKO-615 goes to the D-outputs of the SYA-471.

Upon receipt of command codes:

<write down the data in the PSMS (VCC)> <(code) (data)>

<compare SNABKP (VCC)> <(code) (codes x, y, z)>

<compare SNBVKP (VCC)> <(code) (codes α, β, d)>

<write down the parameters of the point SNBVKP (VCC)> <(code) (code of the point), (code of parameters), (parameters of the point)> (parameters of the point)> ... (parameters of the point)>

<write down RICO SYABVKP (VCC)> <(code) (point code)>

<read RICO SYABVKP (VCC)> <(code) (point code) (parameter code)>.

<read the parameters of the SYABBKP (VCC)> <(code) (point code) (parameter code)>

These codes pass RZ-601.1, BPRDPRMMKL-601.2 and fall into the VCC processor 601.3. Further, according to the above-described or more developed algorithm, the above or other commands of the VCC-601.3 are executed, which then passes the data through the BPRDPRMMKL-601.1, RZ-601.1 to the multi-channel line to the destination.

3.28 The functioning of the block building the image in a virtual cube of memory (BPOVKP)

The image building block in the virtual memory cube (BPOVKP) -860 (Fig. 89) is designed to build the image in the CPSU in the following cases:

1. receipt through the visual channel of the necessary information during independent rotation using VK-O drives;

2. obtaining information by inspecting an object without moving it, for example, by going around it or when the object itself shows its sides, for example, following the pointer.

Team Code:

<work BPOVKP WCC> <(code)>

passes P3-661.3, BPRDPRMMKL-661.2 and enters the VCC-660.1, which submits the corresponding codes to the ShA, ShD and ShU. DSA-666, KB-665 is triggered, a signal appears on the DSA-666 output, which forces the F-667 to work, which opens the BK-668, the D-code (data) through the SD from the VCC-processor-660.1 is fed to its inputs. The signal from the DShA-666 output passes to the input of the E-670 and to the p-input of the RK-669, into which the command is recorded from the outputs of the BK-668.

At the first output of the DShK-671, a signal appears that translates the T-672 to "1". At the p-input of the SHL 1-661 signal "1" is applied and it is open. The VCC-processor-660.1 has access to and controls the BVV3-662. Control algorithms can be different. One of them is implemented by the block of sight (BNV) -681.

Team Code:

<Turn on the BNV gaze tracking unit> <(code) (address code)>

Passes Р3-661.4, БПРДПРММКЛ-661.5, БР-661.7 and, upon a signal from the output of E-661.6, DSHA-666 (VKB-665), opens BK-668, through which this command is recorded in RK-669 from BR-661.7.

A signal appears on the third output of the DShK-671, which forces the F-673 to work, the signal from its output translates the T-682 to “1” (via E-683), which opens SHL2-664 and SHL4-716, resets to “0” SCH-688.689, opens K-684. Pulses from the output of G-685 pass K-684, D-686, to +1 the input of the SCH-688 and from the output of the E-687 to the input of the F-691. MF-688-generates an angle code (α). MF 689 generates an angle code (β), which, through an open ШЛ2-664, is supplied to the ИВП, ИВН inputs БВВ3-662 and recorded there by a signal from Ф-691 (p1-input БВВ3-662). The same signal from the output of the E-693, F-694 opens the BK-695 and the code of the corresponding command from the ROM-697, goes to the A-input of the open ШЛ4-716 to the ШК БКП-742.1 (to the input of the corresponding СЯ-471). Next, the E-692 generates a Hl signal, which, through SHL2-664, is fed to the HL input BVV3-662. The BVV3-662 and TsBDT-663 are triggered; the distance code to the induced point (from the observation device) appears on the d-outputs. Next, the signal from the output of the E-696, F-698 opens the BK-699, exposing the command code for the SY-471 (from the ROM-700) to the D-inputs of SHL4-716, then the E-701 generates a signal through OR-702 to r- entrance ШЛ4-716 and further to ШУ БКП-742.1. At the same time, the code of the angle of rotation α-left and right is recorded in Pα-703, the code of the angle β of rotation up and down is recorded in Pβ-704, and the distance code to the selected point in Pd-705. Further, the signal passes E-710, and the F-711 opens the BK-706 and sends a signal through the IL-703, OR-702, p-input ШЛ4-716 to ШУ БКП-742.1, corresponding to СЯ-471. Next, the F-713 transmits the code to Pβ-704, and then the F-715 transmits the Pd code to the corresponding SJ-471. Each SJ-471 initially receives formatting codes x, y, z, (α, β, d). Therefore, when the codes α, β, d arrive, the corresponding СЯ-471 is triggered, where the codes of the emitted parasol are written from the corresponding I-outputs of BVV3-662 (БК -702.1) or, in the simplest case, the code of the shadow parasol.

After the midrange-688 goes through all the codes, a signal appears on the sl-output, which makes +1 midrange-689 (P-code). Next, the above procedure is repeated. Thus, BVVZ-662 inspects the entire space from α _min to α _max , from β _min to β _max . In this case, the distance d is determined at each guidance point and the parameters at this point are fixed.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<U Board of BNV VCC> <(code)>

it passes P3-716.1, BPRDPRMMKL-716.2 and enters the VKC processor 716.3, which controls the BKP-742.1 through SHL 4-716 and through the SHV 2-664 block BVVZ-662.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<turn on the rotation control unit (БУВ БПОВКП)> <(code)>

similar to the above, at the sixth output of the DShK-671, a signal appears that translates the T-675 to "1", opening SHL6-718.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<turn off the rotation control unit (БУВ БПОВКП)> <(code)>

similar to the above DShK-671 at the seventh output generates a signal that T-674 translates to "0", closing SHL6-718.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<turn on the drive and sensor block (BPDT BPOVKP)> <(code)>

similar to the above DShK-671 at the fourth output generates a signal that translates the T-674 to "1", opening SHL5-717.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<turn off the BPDT BPOVKP> <(code)>

similar to the above, the signal from the fifth output of the DShK-671 translates the T-674 to "0", locking SHL5-717. After the midrange-688 passes the entire range of α and the midrange-689 passes the entire range of β, the signal from the sl-output of the midrange-689 goes to the rotation control unit (BUV-721). T-722 is in the state "1", K-723 is open, K-724 is closed. The signal from the SC-689 sl-output passes K-723 to the +1 input of the SCh-725. Further, the signal from the E-727 passes the F-728 and opens the BK-729, which exposes at its outputs a code of rotation commands from the ROM-730. The signal from the output of the E-731 goes to the p-input of the RZ-722 and then the codes α (x), α (z) and the command from the ROM-730 go to the inputs of the SHL6-718.

The commands and codes α (x), α (z) enter the BPDT-720 through the open ШЛ6-718 and РЗ-719. BPDT-720 rotates by a given angle of the object in question. When making a complete rotation around the axis (x) at the SC-725 sl-output, a signal is generated that puts the T-722 to “0” and opens K-727, then the signal from the SC-689 sl-output (in the next cycle) passes K -724 to +1 input of the SCH-726, changing the code α (z). At the same time, when the MF-726 reaches its maximum value, a signal will appear on its sl-output, which again transfers the T-732 to "1". Thus, the BPDT-720 rotates the object under consideration around the axes (x, z).

Upon receipt of the command code:

<gateway 8 БПОВКП open> <(code)>,

similar to the above, on the tenth output of the DShK-671, a signal appears that translates the T-672 to "1" and opens the ШЛ8-740 (for passing commands to the control unit for rotating the memory cube.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<gateway 8 BPOVKP close> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, the signal from the eleventh output translates the T-677 to "0", locking SHL8-740

Upon receipt of the command code:

<gateway 9 BPOVKP close> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, at the fifteenth output, a signal is generated, which the T-679 translates into "0". SHL9-746 is closed.

Upon receipt of the command:

<gateway 9 BPOVKP open> <(code)>,

the signal from the fourteenth output of DP PS-671 T-679 to "1" ШЛ9 746.

When a signal arrives from the output of K-723 or from the output of K-724, it arrives at the rotation control unit in the memory cube (BWP) -739. If it is F-734, then the pulse from its output opens BK-736. If F-735, then the pulse from its output opens BK-738. The codes for the image conversion command (rotation x, rotation z) from the K1-737 ROM or K2-736 ROM are transmitted through the open ШЛ8-740 to the input of the image conversion block (БПРО) -747 (ШЛ9-746 closed).

DT PK-749 recognizes the command and sets a signal at its output, the F-750 opens the BK-751. The command code through RZ-748, BK-751 enters the register of the Republic of Kazakhstan-762 and, upon a signal from the output of the E-751.1, is recorded in the Republic of Kazakhstan-762. Then, the command encoder ШК 1-763, ШК2-764, ШXYZ-767 is triggered. ШК1-763 is triggered when it is necessary to carry out rotation around the axes x, y, z. ШК2-764 is triggered when it is necessary to increase or decrease an object. ШXYZ-767 is triggered when it is necessary to move along the x, y, z coordinates of BVKP-743.2.

When the command code arrives:

<gateway 12 BPOVKP open> <(code)>,

similar to the above, at the twelfth output of the DShK-671, a signal appears that translates the T-678 to "1" and SHL12 is open.

When the team arrives:

<gateway 12 BPOVKP close> <(code)>,

a signal appears on the thirteenth output of the DShK-671, which translates to “0” and the gateway 12-745 is closed.

Thus, when the CC 1-763 is triggered, the corresponding BC-769.1 opens, for example, a rotation about the x axis by an α (x) angle. By a read signal through the corresponding open BK-769.1, the image codes are written from BVKP-743.2 to the corresponding converter ПХ-770.1-n (or, respectively, for other blocks BPY-772, BPZ-773). PH-770.1.n is designed in such a way that the points of the element (S) of its VKP are calculated in advance. And first, the volumetric image is placed in the converter (by the p-signal at the input) of the BPH-768, and then through the corresponding open BK-771.1-n, ШЛ 12-745, it is already transformed into the BVKP-743 and by the recording signal (W) with the E-760 is recorded in it. Thus, any conversion operation is performed in two actions: writing to PX 770.1 (for example) and reading (writing to BPVKP). Similarly, rotation is performed relative to other axes (BPY-772, BPZ-773). In the same way, the procedure for increasing and decreasing the object (BUU-770) is carried out. The linear movement of the object is also carried out by previously read discrete changes along the x, y, z axes in a given area.

Consider the operation of BPOKP-860 in the second mode of observation of a moving object with which there is only visual contact.

Here, the block used to determine the motion of the object of the memory cube (BODOKP) -806 is used. The gaze of the system moves behind the pointer (as described earlier), while the object is volume-scanned in BVKP-743.2. Since the object arbitrarily moves, BODOKP-806 determines the type of this movement from the list of possible movements in the VK table of movements of Fig.37 by means of blocks of a set of elementary movements (BED) 807.1-r and also implements the movement of the image of this object inside BVKP-743. At the same time, its bulk construction is carried out.

Team Code:

<open the gateway 11 BPOVKP> <(code)>,

similar to the above, on the 16th output of the DShK-672, a signal appears that translates the T-679.1 to "1" and opens SHL11 - 879.

Team Code:

<close the gateway 11 BPVKP> <(code)>,

signal from the 17th output of DShK-671 translates T-679 to "0" and closes the gateway ШЛ 11-879

Team Code:

<open gateway 3 BPOVKP> <(code)>,

with a signal from the 18th output, DShK-871 translates the T-679.2 to "1" and opens gateway 3 of ШЛ 3-741.

Team Code:

<close gateway 3 BPOVKP> <(code)>,

signal from the 19th output translates the T-679.1 to "0" and closes SHL 3-741.

Team Code:

<turn off the BCF BPOVKP> <(code)>,

passes similarly to the above and generates at the second output of the DShK - 671 a signal passing F - 671.1 to "0" - the input of T - 682.

Team Code:

<turn on (1) (turn off (0)) the BVV BPOVKP gaze tracking unit> <(code) (code (1, 0))>,

passes P3-661.4, BPRDPRMMKL-661.5 and from the i-outputs of the BR-661.7 passes to DTP-796, which at the first output generates a signal that translates the T-813 to "1", the T-797 to "1".

The generator (G) -780 delivers pulses through the public key (K) -781, D-782 to the D-trigger OTT-783. For each pulse, the DTT-783 switches to state "1", then to "0". With each next pulse from the output of the D-782, the first output of the DTT-783 launches the F-808 (BODOKP-806). The first part of the time period in BVKP-743 builds the image highlighted by the pointer of the object, and the second part of the time this image is rotated in the CPSU, depending on where the movement of the observed object occurs.

BVKP-743 is divided into two parts, BVKP 743.1 and BVKP 743.2. First, the image is built in BVKP 743.1 and then recorded in BVKP 743.2 (rotated in BVKP-743.2). Then the image from BVKP-743.1 and 743.2 in BVKP-743.1 are combined and then the above procedure is repeated again. In this case, the pulse from the output of Ф 808 transfers the T-809 to "1" (after a specified time, the E-811 transfers the T-809 to "0"). The signal from the E-817 opens the BK-818 and the image of the object from BVKP-743.1 is transmitted to the conversion unit BPR1-819 by the signal from the output of the F-815.

Next, the SCH-823 goes to "0". (T-813 to "1", K-812 is open) and the image is recorded in BP-827. The pulse from the output of the E-814 translates the T-813 to "0".

The image from BVKP-743.1 is recorded in BP1-819, the image from BVKP-743.2 (present and previous) is recorded in BP-827. Then, pulses from the generator (G) -834 through K-810 are supplied to the T-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -821. RI-821 delivers alternately pulses to the corresponding inputs of the comparator unit (BKM) -820, which compares the images of BPR1-819 and BP-827. With the same parameters (equality of parasol codes), the signal “1” will pass OR-822 by + 1 MF-823, increasing the status code of the coincidence counter. In BPR1-819, the source image is converted according to the VK motion table (Fig. 37). Each block of a set of elementary movements (BED) -807.1-807.n has its own set of movements, for example, there can be n = VK4 = 728 (Fig. 37).

After the appearance of the signal from the RI-821 service output, it passes to the E-824, which sets the individual delay time for the BNED-807.1-n. In this case, the F-825 is triggered, which opens the BK-826 and the code of movements from P-828-833 is written to P2-837 by the signal from the output of OR-835, and the code SCh-823 is recorded in P1-838.

Next, the signal from the E-836 passes to the p-input of the KMP-839. If the code recorded in P1-838 is less than or equal to the code recorded in P4-840, then nothing happens. If the code in P1-838 is larger than the code in P4-840, then a signal appears on the ">" output of the KMP-839, which writes the contents of P1-838 to P4-840, and the contents of P2-837 to P3-841. Since the signals from the E-824 BNED 807.1-n arrive (although they all work simultaneously) in sequence, the largest match code with the parameters of the corresponding motion PX-828, PY-829, PZ-830, Pα-831 remains in P4-840, Рβ-832, Рγ-833, recorded in РЗ-841, which, upon a signal from the input of Э-845.1, are recorded in elements 845-859.

At the same time, codes through BK-848-853, BK860-865 (corresponding commands and data) are sequentially received through the gateway ШЛ-9-879 to BPRO-747. Here they make the necessary movements with images located in BVKP-743.1 according to the commands and data from BODOKP-804 (elements 842-847, 854-859).

Further along the control (U) signal through E-754.1, the images of BVKP-743.1 are combined in BVKP-743.2 (rewriting of the opened sides). In the next measure, the image is recognized again in BVKP743.1 and it is placed in BP-827 temporarily and in BVKP-743.2 is combined with the image converted (rotated) by the recognized movements.

Team Code:

<turn on (1) (turn off (0)) VCC BVKP BPOVKP> <(code) (code (0,1))>,

passes P3-745.1 multi-channel communication line, BPRDPRMMKL-745.2, and arrives at the VCC-745.3, which can handle the combination of three-dimensional images according to the corresponding program.

Consider the operation of the gaze tracking unit (BVV) -779 (a description of the operation of the pointer tracking unit (BSU) -785 was made above). When a light spot appears on the object (for example), BSU-785 by means of BVV3-662 controls the visual system and generates an angle code α in Pα-786, β in Pβ-787, determines the range code d from BVV3-662, writes it to Pd-788. It works and RI-788.1 records the code (for example) of the parasol (and its parameters (intensity). The corresponding F-799, 801, 803, 805 after a specified time opens the BK-789, the command code from the ROM-790, BK-791, 792 , 793, 793.1 and on a signal at the R-input of ШЛ 10.2-795 this code goes to the corresponding BVKP-743.1, which contains a three-dimensional image. There can be one or several such passes per cycle. Thus, БПОВКП-860 allows you to build objects on the visual channel: Rotating an object independently and on the visual channel - if the object itself moves (or you can go around it).

Each of the KB-665, BNV-681, BPRO-747, BUV-721, BODOKP-806, BVV-779 units can be replaced by another unit that implements a more complex functioning algorithm, for example, on the basis of (one or more) VCC processors.

Team Code:

<transfer data from BVKP BPOVKP> <(code) (code 1 ... code n)>

passes R3-744.1 multi-channel communication line, BPRDPRMMKL-744.1, BR 744.3, from the output of E-744.4, the first output DSH-744.5 will receive a signal that is fed to the - (read) input of BVKP-743 and data from BVKP-743.2 goes to and-input БПРДПРММКЛ-744.2 and, upon a signal from the output of the E-744.6, is fed through Р3-744.1 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

3.29 The functioning of the block internal gaze (BVNTV)

Block internal gaze (BHTV) (Fig.90) operates as follows.

Command Codes:

1. <move the viewing object BVNTV (x, y, z) (VCC)> <(code), (code), (start) (finish) (code)>;

2. <move the point of observation of the object BVNTV (x, y, z) (VCC)> <(code), (code), (start) (finish) (code)>;

pass the connector (RE) -884.1 of a multi-channel communication line, BPRDPRMMKL-884.2, BR-884.3, the connector (RE) -884, DSh-885, where a signal appears on the first (start) or second output (finish). If the command has a VCC marker (processor), then in this case the command code passes P3-883.1 of a multi-channel communication line, BPRDPRMMKL-883.2, and enters the VCC-883, which sets the signals for ШД, ША, ШК, controlling the operation of BVNTV-882 . If the ША code corresponds to ДШ-885, then a signal appears on its first output, which translates into “1” T-886. When applying the corresponding code to the inputs of DSh-885, if there is a signal at its P-input, a signal appears at the 2nd output of DSh-885, which translates into T-886 "0". If the T-886 in the "1" BK-887 is open, the corresponding code appears on the SD, which passes the BK-887 to the P-891 input. The signal from the output of the E-889 allows the recording of this code in the P-891 (codes of coordinates and directions of movement). Next, the appropriate code is set on the BD, which passes the BK-887 to the P-892 inputs and is recorded in it (code of the number of movements) by the signal from the E-890. In this case, the corresponding T-901-906 will go "1", opening the corresponding key, for example: 907 (while T-893 is in "1", K-894 is open). The impulse from G-899 passes to K-907, D-913 to +1 input SCH-919 increasing its state. Similarly, the pulse from the G-899 passes D-898, K-894 to the +1 input of the SCH-895 and to the input of the E-897.

Similarly, the SCH-919 code decreases (via T-902, K-908, D-914). Similarly for СЧY-920, СЧZ-921. After increasing the SCh-895 code, the signal from the e-897 output allows the KMP-896 to work, the I2 inputs of which receive a code that should be the state of the SCh-895 (when the corresponding X, Y, Z coordinate is changed). If the codes СЧ-895 and Р-892 are equal to the "=" - output of the KMP-896, a signal appears that resets to "0" the СЧ-895, Т-893 (closes К-894) and resets through the corresponding OR-901.1-906.1 corresponding T-901-906 to "0", locking the corresponding K-907-912.

At the I-outputs of BK1-922, codes Khts, Uz, Zts-center of the location of the object are formed.

BK2-923 forms similarly the coordinates (x _n , y _n , z _n ) of observation of the object itself.

Command Codes:

1. <fill out BVKPO BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

2. <close BC BZKN1 BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

if it is intended for the VCC processor, then P3-883.1, BPRDPRMMKL-883.1 occurs and enters the VCC-883. If without a processor, then P3-884.1, BPRDPRMMKL-884.1, BR-884.3, RZ-884 pass.

Upon receipt of the corresponding command code at the inputs DSh-934 and at the P-input, the T-935 goes to "1" (or to "0").

If the T-935 in "1" is triggered by the F-936 and F-937. The signal from the output, which enters the E-938. The signal from the F-936 output permits the recording of codes СЧХ-919, СЧY-920, СЧZ-921 in РХЦ-999, РЫЦ-1000, PZЦ-1001, respectively. The same signal is fed to the inputs E-1002, 1003.

Corresponding codes from RCTs-999 are sent to all arithmetic blocks (AB-1004, 1007, 1016, 1019, 1028, 1031, 1046, 1049) associated with register X (РХ1-1010, PX2-1013, РХ3-1022, РХ4- 1025, PX5-1034, PX6-1037, PX7-1040, PX8-1043). (Similarly for RU and PZ.) These ABs, in accordance with Table R1 (Fig. 91), perform addition or subtraction operations. For example: for point A-X ₁ Y ₁ Z ₁ VKPO-1057 (Fig. 91) X ₁ = X _h -R, where R is the parameter of the information cube. Thus, codes of eight points VKPO-1057 are supplied to the inputs of Ш-1052. The encoder 1052 opens only those keys BK-1053, which are located in a dedicated VKPO-1057 (Fig. 91).

Information from VKPG-947 through public keys BK-1053 goes to VKPO-986 and fills it completely (to I1 inputs by a 3-signal from the output of E-939). The BK2-923 and BZKN2-1054 and BVKPNO-987 units work similarly.

According to the command codes:

1. <fill in BVKPNO BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

2. <close BK BZKN2 (VCC)> <(code)>

information from BZKN2-1054 goes to the I-inputs of BVKPNO-987 and fills it completely by the signal from the output of E-944.1. PZU-989 forms an image of an object that observes (for example, a point) with given coordinates (X _t , Y _t , Z _t ).

By asking (ХцУцZц) in VKPO-986, the location area of the VKPNO-988 object is determined, the area where the object itself is visible is determined.

BZKN2 -1054 is controlled through DTP-940, T-941, F-942, F-943, E-944, E-944.1 as described in BVTN-945 - the observation point is selected.

According to the command codes:

1. <write down what the BVNTV (VCC) object sees>> (code)>

2. <write down the object BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

similar to the above, if there is a VCC marker, then the command code passes P3-883.1. If there is no VCC, then the command code passes RZ-884.1. The first command reacts DSh-949. On the second DSH-967. A signal appears at the output of the DSh-949, which transfers the T-950 to the "1" state, opening the K-952, passing pulses from the G-951, D-953 to the +1 input of the SCh-954 (α). In this case, the signal from the output of the E-955 translates the T-956 to "1", opening the K-960. The signal from the output of the D-961 passes to the +1 input of the SCh-959 (d). When a signal appears on the SC-954 mid-output, it makes +1 in the mid-953 (β). The signal from the SC-953 SL-output puts the T-950 to "0", and the signal from the SC-959 SL-output transfers the T-956 to "0" through OR -957. Thus, BV1-966 generates an angle code (coordinate) α, an angle code β (Fig. 91) and a d-range code. The signal from the E-962 is fed to the C-input - (reading). At the same time, the codes from the I-outputs of BVKPO-985 (from the corresponding point VKPO-986, go to the I2-inputs of KMP-964. The P-signal at its input is compared with the code from the ROM-965. If the space is empty (transparent), then the SCH-959 code increases and the “look” advances further until it “rests” on the object. At the same time, the KMP-964 output will be “1” to “no”, which, through the OR-957, translates the T-956 to “0” and on the B-input BPE1-993 the signal is recorded from the I-outputs of BVKPO-986, at the address specified by SCh-954 through Sh-991 and SCh-938 through Sh-992. Thus, the image of what sees about The object is located at the point (ХцYцZц). The internal view can be circular, for example: α = 0-1000, β = 0-1000. (1: square-top-front, 2: top-bottom, 3: front-bottom, 4 : bottom-bottom.) On the left, what I see in the front hemisphere, on the right, what I see in the rear hemisphere.

Similarly, BV2-984 works. When the corresponding code on the DSh-967 T-968 arrives at "1", etc. In this case, the α, β, d codes control the addresses of BVKPNO-987 and the image is formed in BPE2-996, similarly to BPE1-993.

The above procedures can be performed by the VCC processor 883 according to more complex algorithms. When the command code appears:

<get information from BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>,

if there is a sign of VCC, P3-883.1 passes and then VCC-883 works.

If there is no WCC-sign, then the command code passes through RZ-996.1 multi-channel communication lines, BPRDPRMMKL-996.2, E-996.3 to the p-input BR-996.5, in which the codes of the received image from BPE1-993, BPE2-996, service address codes are recorded Parcels from PZU-996.6 and, on a signal from E-996.4, are transmitted by BPRDPRMMKL-996.1 via P3-996.1 to a multi-channel line to the addressee.

3.30 the functioning of the chassis movement block (BDAS)

The chassis movement block (BDSHAS) (Fig. 92) operates as follows. At the connector (RE) -2 multichannel communication line BDSHA-1 receives the command:

<turn on the movement of the body until there is no BDSHA touch> <(code)>,

which passes BPRDPRMMKL-3 and falls into BR-4. According to the signal from the output of E-5, DTP-6 at the second output generates a signal that passes OR-7 and translates the T-8 to "1", and also transfers the T-9 to "1". K-10 is open. Pulses from the output of the generator (G) -11 pass K-10, D-12, to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -13. The signal from the output of the E-14 passes to the P-input of DTP-15, to the I-inputs of which a code is received from the outputs of the MF-13. DSh-15 interrogates the keys of the touch key block (BKP) -16.

The inputs of the keys 16.1-16.n BKP-16 receive a signal from the sensor of the touch of the muscle element (DPEM) -17.1-17.L of the compression muscle block (BMS) -18.1-18.d, the muscle tension block (BMR) -19.1-19 .d forming a block of muscle tension-compression (BMRS) -20.1-20.d. When tensile-compression of muscle elements (EM) -17.1-17.L (under this number shows the DEM), the compression process begins with the first, then the second, etc., and the process of stretching in the reverse order. The signals from the outputs of the DPEM -17.1-17.L are supplied to another input of the corresponding key K16.1-16.n BKP-16.

Upon receipt of a signal from the corresponding output DSh-15, the corresponding K-16.1-16.t BKP-16 is open and the signal from the corresponding DPEM-17.1-17.L passes through the IL-21 and translates the T-8 to "0". K-10 - locked, accident-15 stops the survey. The same signal translates into "1" T-22 (which is translated into "0" by the signal from the output of E-23 after a specified time). So the touch is detected.

T-22 permits the operation of the encoder (Ш) -24, on the A-inputs of which a code (address) of the muscle element is supplied (BMS-18.1-18.d, BPR-19.1-19.d (BMS-20.1-20.d)) . The corresponding code is supplied to the various inputs of the keys 25.1-25.n block information keys (BIC) -25. Each EM BMS-18.1-18.d, BMR18.2-18-18.d (BMRS-20.1-20.d) gives information whether it is compressed or stretched (it can only be in these two states). Corresponding status codes pass to the corresponding BIK-25 keys and pass to the encoder -26 (which is opened by the signal from the T-22 output). Further, this signal passes E-27 and the status code of the selected BMRS-20.1-20.d (BMS-18.1-18.d, BMR 19.1-19.d) is recorded in SCh-28.

The signal from the output of OR-21 also passes F-29, which generates a pulse to the leading (trailing) edge of the signal from the output of OR-21. This signal translates into "1" D-trigger (TD) -ZO, which opens the K-31 and pulses from the output of the G-11 pass K-31, D-32 to the + 1-input of the SCH-23 and to the input of the F-33 , which allows the encoder (W) -34 to work, the signal from the D-32 output makes +1 SCH-23, the code of which is sent to the Sh-34, which converts it to the included EM (BMS) code -18.1-18.d BMP 19.1 -19.d (BMRS 20.1-20d).

The code from the Sh-34 output passes through the open BK-35 and enters the c-inputs of the corresponding keys 36.1-36.n of the power key block (BSC) -36, the permitting inputs of which receive the code from the Sh-24 communication output (via BK-37 ), which selects the appropriate BMS-19.2-19.d, BMR-19.2-19.d (BMRS-20.1-20.d). The signals from the outputs of the corresponding keys BSK-36 includes the corresponding EM (BMRS 20.1-20.d), which drives the elements of the chassis on which the aerospace defense is located. On Fig black circles (BMRS-20.1) shows the fasteners to the levers of the chassis. The pulses from the D-32 output go to the +1 input of the SCH-23 until the signal disappears on the open DSH-15 key of the BKP-14 and there is a “1-0” transition at the output of OR-21, on which the F-20 It generates a pulse that translates the T-30 to "0" and the signal "1" appears on its inverse output. According to this signal, the F-38 generates an impulse that passes K-39, which closes the action of the signal from the T-40.

The signals are transmitted directly on dedicated lines or through connectors (RE) 4.1-d BPDDOV (Fig.132).

The chassis freezes in a stable state (K-31-closed) and is held by BMRS-20.1-20.d.

The signal from the output of the F-38 also passes to the second input of the OR-7 and again the T-8 to "1". If you touch one of the DPEM-17.1-17.L again, then this particular lever (part) of the chassis will move away from the touch. Thus, it is possible to fashion the pose of the VK-O chassis.

When submitting the command code:

<cancel the movement of the body in response to the touch of BDSAS> <(code)>,

he passes R3-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3 and enters the BR-4. According to the signal from the output of the E-5, a signal appears on the third output of the DTP-6, which translates the T-9 to "0", K-10 is locked.

Upon receipt of command codes:

<write the posture BDSHAS> <(code)>,

<posture suggestion (name) of BDSHAS> <(code) (image of posture-state codes of BMRS)>,

it passes RZ-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3, BR-4 and, upon a signal from the output of E-5, DSh-6, at the first output it generates a signal that translates the T-41 to "1", opening the K-42. The pulses from the G-43 generator pass K-42, D-44 to the +1 input of the SCH-45, whose codes go to the inputs of the DSh-46, which interrogates BK47.1-47z and BK 48.1-48.Z, BK49.1- 49.7, BK50.1-50.2.

Codes from the posture memory block (БППОЗ) -51.1-51.2 through open corresponding БК-48.1-49.Z pass to the I1-inputs of the KMP-52, to the I2-inputs of which the codes "0" from the ROM-53 are received. Through the open corresponding BK-50.1-50.z, from the outputs of the memory block of the sentence sentence (BFP) -54.1-54.z, the codes <sentence sentence> come to the 2 inputs of KMP-55. Codes from the corresponding BR-4 i-outputs come to the KMP-55 u2 inputs.

According to the signal from E-56.1, the KMP 55 compares the codes <sentence pose> and if they match, then the signal from the "Yes" output of the KMP 55 resets the E-56 to "0", through OR 57 transfers the T-41 to "0" and then arrives at the p-input of the command execution informing unit (BIVK) -58, which transmits the "yes" code (there is such a motion offer and the corresponding pose) through BPRDPRMMKL-3 in line (РЗ-2) to the addressee. If the code of the <sentence suggestion> did not match, the KMP-52 operation is allowed from the output of the E-56 signal. If БППОЗ-51.1-51.Z is not empty, then СЧ-45 then goes into +1 state and DTP-46 interrogates another row of key blocks. If the corresponding BPPOZ-51.1-51.Z is empty, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-52, which allows recording (P1) from the BR1 <1 position suggestions and <1> outputs to the corresponding BPPP 54.1-54.Z, <image poses> to the corresponding BEPOZ 59.1-z, the corresponding status codes of all BMRS 20.1-d.

The signal from the “Yes” output of the KMP-52 also passes OR-57 and translates the T-41 to “0”. The same signal passes through the E-60 to the R-input of BIVK-61, which through BPRDPRMKL-3 and RZ-2 informs the addressee that the command has been completed.

Upon receipt of the command:

<write down the name of the BDSAAS movement> <(code), (sentence pose 1) (sentence pose 2)>

it passes РЗ-2, БПРДПРММКЛ-3, БР-4 and according to the signal from the output of the E-5 DTP-6 at the fourth output it generates a signal that translates the T-61.1 to "1". Key 63 is open, pulses from the output of the pulse generator (G) -62 pass K-63, D-64 to +1 input SCH-65, whose codes are sent to the i-inputs of DSh-66, which is interrogated by BK67.1-67.J , BK68.1-68.J, BK69.1-69.J. If this offer is in the corresponding blocks of the registers, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-71, which resets to “0” E-74. If the codes do not match (there is no this movement from pose P1 to pose P2), a signal appears from the output of E-74, which goes to the p-input of KMP-75, to the I-inputs of which codes from BRPP1-72.1-72.J, BRPP2 -73.2-73.J, and on the 2-inputs are codes ROM-75 (the code is "empty"). If the codes did not match, then the MF-65 does +1, the DSh-66 polls the next BK-67.68.69. If the codes match, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-75, which, through OR 77, resets the T-61.1 to “0”. If the DSh-66 has interrogated all BK-67, 68, 69 and there is no free space (error), a signal will appear on the DS-66's SL output, which goes to the P-input of the error notification block (BIOS) -78 (which is via BPRDPRMMKL -3 and P3-2 reports the error to the addressee), similarly, the DSH-46 will poll all its BK47, 49, 50 and if there is no free space (error), a signal will appear on the output of it, which passes to the BIOS input of BIOS-79 which, through BPRDPRMMKL-3 and P3-2, also informs the addressee of the error.

If the codes received in the BR-4 match the code BRPP1-72, BRPP2-73, then the signal from the "Yes" output also goes to the p-input of the BIVK "yes", also informing the addressee that there is movement.

The signal from “Yes” of the KMP-75 output also goes to the p-input of the BIVK-81 that the command has been completed. The signal from the DSH-66 “YES” output of the KMP-71 output also passes OR 77 and translates the T-61.1 to “0” (like the signal from the DSh-46 output through OR-57 to “0” T-41).

Upon receipt of the command:

<start recording BDSHAAS micromotion> <(code)>,

it comes after the command <write down the name of the movement> <sentence position 1> <sentence position 2>, its code goes through P3-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3, BR-4, and on the signal from E-5, DSh-6 at its fifth exit produces a signal that translates to "1" T-40.

Upon receipt of the command:

<stop recording micromotion BDSHA> <(code)>,

the signal appears at the sixth output of the DSh6, which the T-40 translates to "0". If the T-40 is “1”, then the K-39 is open, F-82, resets the SC-83 to “0”, allowing the DSh-84 to work. At the same time, the command is given: <turn on the body movement until there is no touch>. The chassis takes a predetermined position (first). Then, by touching the chassis, it moves along a predetermined path to the second position. In this case, the F-38, as described above, generates pulses along which the selected part of the chassis departs from contact. These pulses pass K-39 to the +1 input SCH-83, DT1T-84, allowing the operation of the corresponding selected DSh-66, BK -68.1.r -68J.r. The signal from the E-85 output allows recording the EM status code from the BMRS-20.1-20.d i-outputs to the corresponding section of the micromotion memory block (BPMD) -86.1 (1-r) -86. J (1-r).

Upon receipt of the command:

<stop recording>, <(code)>,

T-40 goes to "0" and mid-65 to "0". After that, the command <disconnect body movement when reacting to touch> is also given, which returns BDSHAS-1 to its original state. Thus, in BDSHAS-1, the posture of the chassis and the micromotion of moving the chassis from one pose to another are recorded.

Upon receipt of the command:

<determine the posture of BDSHAS> <(code)>,

it passes RZ-87, BPRDPRMMKL-88 in BR-89 by a signal from the output of E-90, the encoder (Ш) -91 at the first output generates a signal that goes to the input of F-92, which opens BC 95.1-95.z and allows the work of KMP-95.1-z, which compares the poses found in BPPOZ 51.1-51.z (codes specified by the EM position BMRS20.1-20.d) with (current state codes BMRS20.1-20.d) recorded from I-outputs in the BR-96 signal from the first output of the Sh-91. Each of the E-97.1-97.2 has its own delay time and therefore they are triggered alternately. If the codes of the current position coincide with those in one of BPO3-51.1-51.z, then the signal from the output of OR-98 resets all E-97.1-97.Z. The signal from the E-99 output allows recording in the BR-100, 101 from the corresponding open BK-102.1-102.z, 103.1-103.z, corresponding to F-104.1-104.z. In the BR-100, the pose image code from BPOP 59.1-59.2- (the pose image memory block) is recorded, in the BR-101, the pose sentence code from the BPPP-54.1-54.Z (pose sentence memory block) is written to the i-inputs BPRDPRMMKL-88, to the p-input of which the output signal E-105 is received and further information about this pose passes through the RZ-87 to the addressee. If the signal from the output of the E-105 does not appear (there is no corresponding pose stored in the memory), then the output from the E-106 displays a signal that is sent to the error reporting unit (BIOS) -107, which through BPRDPRMMKL-88, RZ- 83 sends this code to the recipient.

When issuing a command:

<read the memory status of BDSHAS> <(code)>,

it passes РЗ-87, БПРДПРММКЛ-88, passes in БР-89, according to the signal from the output of the E-90, ДШ-91 produces a signal at the second output, and at the fourth outputs, the addresses of which go to the data bus of the control address associated with the BPMD 86.1.1n-86.J.1, BRPP1 72.1-72.J, BRPP2-73.1-73.J, BPPP 54.1-54.2, BPOP 59.2-59.Z, BPPOZ 55.1-55.Z. Data from these blocks is sent to the BPRDPRMMKL-88 and through R3-87 to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command:

<write down the memory status of BDSHAS> <(code)>,

similarly, a signal is generated at the third output of the Sh-91 and addresses at the fourth outputs. Data for recording on the corresponding bus comes from the I-outputs of the BR-89.

Upon receipt of the command:

<BDSHAS training> <(code)>,

it passes РЗ-108, БПРДПРММКЛ-109, БР-110 and according to the signal from the output of the E-112, DTP-111 at the first output it generates a signal that translates the T-113 to "0". The signal "1" from the inverse output of the T-113 is open BC -35.37.

Upon receipt of the command:

<BDSHAS work>, <(code)>,

it passes similarly and at the second output of the DSh-111, a signal appears that translates the T-113 to "1", opening the BK-114, 115 and closing the BK-35.37.

Upon receipt of the command:

<determine the effort in BMRS BDSHAS> <(code) (address)>

it passes similarly to RZ-108, BPRDPRMMKL-109, BR-110. And according to the signal E-112, a signal appears on the third output of the DTP-111, allowing the operation of the block of analog-to-digital converters (BACP) -118, to the i-inputs of which signals are received, through the corresponding public keys BK-117 (opened by the signal from the output DSh- 111), which open the key code 116.1-116.n of the key force determination unit (BEC) -116 corresponding to the address code, to the U-inputs of which a signal from force sensors (DU) located in each BMS-18.1, BMR-18.1 ( BMR-20.1) -BMRS-20.d (blackened square in figure 1). This signal passes the corresponding public key BUK-116, BK-117. From the BACP-118 i-inputs, according to the signal from the E-119, the codes of the efforts of the corresponding EMs are recorded in the BR-120 (and address codes from the ROM-120.1) and according to the signal from the E-121 they enter the BPRDPRMMKL-109, which transmits through the RZ-108 into a multi-channel communication line.

Upon receipt of the command:

<write down the BDSHAS movement> <(code) (program)>

it passes РЗ-122, БПРДПРММКЛ-123, БР-124 and according to the signal from the output E-126, the encoder (Ш) -125 at the first output generates a signal that opens БК-128.1-128.d (И3-outputs BR-124 ), to the i-input of which codes (programs) are received from the i-outputs of the BR-124. To the inputs of the corresponding BR-129.1-129.d (offer position 1) and to BR-130.1-130.d (offer position 2).

Upon receipt of the command:

<speed BDSHAS> <(code)) (speed code)>,

it likewise passes RZ-122, BPRDPPRMMKL-123, BR-124 and, upon a signal from the output of E-126, Sh-125 generates a signal at its third output, which allows recording in R-231 from the corresponding I-outputs of BR-124 (code ) the speed of the BDSHAS-1.

Upon receipt of the command:

<write down the number of movements BDSHAS> <(code) (parameter)>,

by the signal also from the first output of Sh-125 to R-132, through BK-133, by the signal from the output of E-127, a (code) number is recorded that determines the number of program steps (via I1, I3 BR-124).

Upon receipt of the command:

<move BDSHAS> <(code)>,

it passes РЗ-122, БПРДПРММКЛ-123, БР-124, and according to the signal from the output of the E-126, the Sh-125 generates a signal at its second output, which resets the “0” command counter (SCH) -136. The signal from the output of the E-134 passes OR-135 to the +1 input of the SCHK-136, the code from the output of which goes to the i-inputs of the command decoder (DShK) -137, which alternately opens BK-142.1-142.d, BK-143.1- 143.d the corresponding codes (offer of position 1) from BR-129.1-129d and (offer of position 2) from BR-130.1-130.d, by the signal from the output of E-138 is recorded in R-140 and R-142, respectively.

The signal from the E-138 output also goes to the KMP-139 p-input, the I1-inputs of which receive a code from SChK-136, and the I2-input code of the end of the <program> from P-132. As soon as the current code from SCHK-136 becomes larger than the code from R-132 to the “Yes” output of KMP-139, a signal appears that goes to the p-input of BIVK-144, which through BPRDPRMMKL-123, P3-122 informs the addressee that the program is complete.

The signal from the output of the E-138 also passes to the input of the E-171 and then to the input of the E-172 and to the p-inputs KMP = 145.1-145.d, KMP-146.1-146.d, to the I1 inputs of which codes from P -141, Р-140, and on the i2-inputs codes from BRPP-1 72.1-72.J and from BRPP-2 73.1-73.J, respectively. Where the corresponding codes coincide on the "Yes" output of the corresponding KMP-145, 146, signals appear that enter the corresponding I-147.1-147.J element. When a signal appears from both corresponding KMP-145, 146, a signal appears on the output of the corresponding I-element 147.1-147.J, which passes through the corresponding E-148.1-148. J (their delay time is individual), which generates a signal at the output of OR-149 and the corresponding pulse shaper (Ф) -150.1-150.J. The signal from the output of OR-149 resets the E-148.1-148.J, and the signal from the output of the corresponding F-150.1-150.J opens the corresponding BK-152.1-152.J and, accordingly, the micromotion codes from the corresponding BPMD 86.1.1-r-86 .J.1-r enter the stack memory unit (BSTP) -153. The signal from the output of OR-149 also passes to the “0” input of the E-172, resetting it. If this signal does not arrive (there is no corresponding movement), the signal from the E-172 output passes to the R-input of BIOSh-173, which through BPRDPRMMKL-123 and RZ-122 transmit the error code to the addressee.

The signal from the output of OR-149 also passes to the E-151. The signal from the output of which allows recording the micromotion program through the corresponding BK-152.1-152.J to BSTP-153, the same signal resets the SCh-154 and from the output of the E-155 transfers the T-156 to "1", which opens the K-157. The speed code from R-231 goes to the DTP-167 i-inputs, the signal from the corresponding output of which opens the corresponding K-165.1-165.L. The pulses from the output of the G-166 pulse generator pass through the corresponding open K-165.1-165.L and through the corresponding D-164.1-164.L and OR-158, K-157 goes to +1 input SCh-154, after which it goes to the address (A) inputs of BSTP-153. The signal from the output of E-159 allows the reading of codes from BSTP-153 to its i-outputs. The signal from the E-159 output also passes the E-160 to the KMP-161 p-input, the codes from the BSTP-153 i-outputs come to the i-inputs, and the code is "empty" from the ROM-162 to the i2 inputs. As soon as the codes become equal, a signal will appear on its “Yes” output, which translates the T-156 to “0”, resets the E-163 and, through OR-135, makes +1 SCH-136. The above execution procedure (program) is repeated again. If there is no “Yes” signal from the output of the KMP-161, then the signal from the output of the E-163 passes through the open BK-115, and the codes from the i-outputs of the BSTP-153 open the BK-114. The code from the outputs of BK-113 passes to the corresponding K-36.1-36.r BSK-36, and the signal from the output of BK-114 passes through the corresponding public key BSK-36 to the corresponding EM BMRS-20.1-20.d, translating it into the corresponding state (where “0” is, there it is “squeezed”, where “1” is there, it is “stretched”). Thus, micromotion is accomplished. Then it is written down (sentence of position 1) (sentence of position 2) and the next part of the movement (consisting of micromotion) is performed, etc.

The VCC processor (VCC) -170 through BPRDPRMMKL-169 and RZ-168 can programmatically process information as well, or according to more complex algorithms, through RZ-170.1, VCC-170 (receives and transmits data also through ShAKD).

3.31 The functioning of the block similarity words (BOPS)

The unit for determining the similarity of words first (BOPS1) 24 (Fig.118) works as follows.

The I1 inputs receive a signal in the form of a code represented by the amplitudes (A ₁ , ... A _n ,), frequencies (ώ ₁ , ... ώ _n ), phases (φ ₁ , ... φ _n ) of the harmonics entering it. It can be a noun, a preposition, a verb, an adjective, an adverb, a numeral, a pronoun, a union, a particle, a term, a service word, a characteristic sound, a sentence.

Upon receipt of the harmonic code of the sound phrase (GKZF-set of harmonics parameters) to the inputs of I (V) P-8, the signal at its p-input sets the maximum value in PPO-16, and the zero value in PP1-17, PP2-18, RR3-19. The signal from the output of the E-7 transfers the T-6 to “1”, the K-2 is open and the pulses from the output of the G-1 pass through the D-3 to the t-input RI-4, which alternately delivers the signals to the p-inputs of the corresponding BC- 11.1-BK-11.n. In this case, the outputs of the corresponding P-12.1-P-12.n are opened and a signal is input to the p-input of the corresponding subtractors B-9.1-B-9.n, which calculate the corresponding GKZF values of the received sound phrase previously recorded in P-12.1- P-12.n (A _i -A _j ), (φ _i -φ _j ), (ω _n -ω _k ). Next, the corresponding SUM-10.1-10.n sums up the differences and the resulting code of the number of "similarity"("differences") exposes to the inputs of the corresponding BK-11.1-BK-11.n (if the codes are the same, then the outputs of the corresponding BC contains the code is zero). The signal from the E-5 output allows the KMP-15 to operate. It compares the number received from the corresponding BK-11.1-11.n with the code recorded in the PPO-16. Initially, the maximum possible number is written there, specified by means of I (D) (information) and A (address), Y (control) - BPS inputs. In Р-12.1-n, codes for the reference sound of the phrase (sound, syllable, word, sentence) are recorded, in P (code) -13.1-n the alphabetic code of the phrase is recorded, in P (IKO) -individual code of this sound object in VK-O system. If the incoming number is less than the number in PPO-16, then a signal appears on the Yes output that overwrites into PPO-16 - this is the smaller number from the corresponding BK-11.1-11.n and the values of the corresponding P-12.1 -12.n, P -code-13.1-13.n, PIKO-14.1-14.n in PP1-17, PP2-18, PP3-19, respectively. Thus, RI-4 polls all the phrases recorded in Р-11.1, 12.n-code phrases and puts in the PPO-16 the code found for the maximum similarity value.

When a signal appears on the RI-4 SL output, it enables the KMP-20 to work and compares the received number recorded in the PPO-16 with the code number previously recorded in the RP-21 (threshold similarity value). If the value is above the threshold, then a signal appears at the “NO” output of the KMP-20. If the number is less than the threshold, it is considered that recognition has occurred and a signal will appear on the “Yes” output of the KMP-20, which is “there is” a signal of BOPS 1-24. This signal permits the operation of the KMP-22, which compares the values of PP2-18 with the value of the service word code "all", previously recorded in P (all). If this code matches (the offer is completed), then the “all” signal will appear on the “Yes” output of the KMP-22 and at the output of BOPS1-24.

Containing BOPS-25, the VCC-processor-26 can implement a more complex word identification algorithm.

3.32 the functioning of the block forming the initial proposals (BFNP)

The block for the formation of initial proposals (BFNP) -134 (Fig. 94) works as follows.

As described above, BOPS-118 works. To the input of BFNP-134 come sentences of the type: <tale> <memory> <noun> <(home)> <all>, i.e. one or more service words, further memorized words and a service word <all>.

The P-126 records the harmonic code of the incoming word (sound). BOPS-118, if it recognizes a service word, a signal appears on the “there is” output, which passes F-113, OR-120, OR-131, to the t-input of BSR-128, shifting the information in BSR-118 to the right On a word and by a signal from the output, the E-129 records data (I0, I1, I2, IZ, ROM -130 pause code) in the BSR-118 and an empty space from the outputs of the BK-127. T-121 goes to "1". So the necessary number of recognizable words may come. If the word was not recognized by BOPS-118, a signal will appear at its “no” output, which passes F-119 and then opens K-125 to the p-input of BK-127, opening it. Codes from R-126 are received at the I-inputs of BSR-136 and are shifted and recorded in BSR-128 by a signal from the output of K-125, OR-120, OR-131. The required amount of data can also come and register in the BSR-128. A word can also come and recognize that is also entered in the BSR-128.

When a signal arrives from a “no” output of BOPS-118, when no service word has yet arrived, it passes an open (in this case) T-124 to a “no” output of BFNP1-134. After the arrival of the service word <all>, the signal passes through the open K-123, OR-131 to t, s-inputs of the BSR -128 for shifting and writing this code and then to E-132, forming the signal is ready (G). The BSR-128 i-outputs contain initial offer codes. The signal from the output of the E-122 translates the T-121 to "0".

Adjustment can be carried out by coordinating service words in the process of interaction - selection of words of the external environment to words of the internal language.

3.33 the functioning of the block initial recording of words (BNZS)

Block initial recording of words (BNZS) -243 works as follows (Fig.95).

BSLH-139 generates a harmonic code for the sound signal (phrase), as described above, and sets it at its i-outputs. According to the signal from the L-output BSLH-139, BFNP-140 receives this information and generates sentences in the form of <story> <memory> <noun> <"home"> <all>. Instead of <noun> there can be <position>, <verb>, <adjective>, <adverbial name>, <numeral>, <pronoun>, <young>, <particle>, <term>, <service word>. The code of the generated proposal (up to <all>) is set by BFNP-140 at its I1 outputs and by a signal from the B-output of BFNP-140, this code is recorded in BSR-141. Next, the signal from the output of the E-145 translates the T-144 to "1", opening the K-143. The pulses from the G-142 pass K-143, D-146 and enter the T-input BSR-141. The codes of the received proposal recorded there are shifted to the right. After a specified time, the E-147 generates a signal that enables the KMP-148, which compares the pause code recorded in the ROM-149 at the I2 outputs of the BSR-141. If these codes are not equal, then nothing happens. If the codes are equal, then on the “Yes” output of the KMP-148 there will be a signal that goes to the T-input of the RI-155, which produces a signal at its first output, which opens the BK-150 and overwrites the codes of this with the E-161 parts of the proposal from BSR-141 to R-156. Then, similarly to the above, D-146 again generates a signal to the t-input of BSR-141, which shifts the offer codes to the right and the procedure is repeated again. RI-155 generates an impulse and the codes of the phrase (part) of the sentence are recorded in R-157 <remember> (in this case). In R-158 <noun> (in this case), in R-159 a word for example <"home">, in R-160 a service word <all>. After the last pause, the signal from the “Yes” output of the KMP-148 generates a signal at the RI-155 sl-output, which translates the T-144 into “0”, and the F-166 generates a pulse that opens BK-168, 169, 170, 171, 172, and F-167 allows the operation of the KMP-173, which compares the code from the ROM-174 (<tale>) with the code received through the BK-168. If the code does not match, then at the “no” output of BNZS-243 a signal will appear (like “no” from the output of BFNP-140), which, through BIOSh-209.4, reports an error to the addressee via BPRDPRMMKL-209.3, RZ-209.2 to the multi-channel line communication. If the codes match, then on the “Yes” output of the KMP-173 a signal appears that allows the KMP-180 to work (compares the codes from the ROM-179 <memory> with the code from the outputs of the BC 169), KMP-182 (which compares the ROM code -183 <noun> with code from outputs БК-170) and also for other blocks БРРД-186, БПГЛ-187, БРПГ-188, БРНГ-188, БРЧЛ-190, БРМС-191, БРСЗ-192, БРЧТ-193, BRTR-194, BRLS-195 (the corresponding comparators are triggered in them). This block determines what type of words the received code refers to (noun, adjective, verb, preposition, pronoun, conjunction, particle, term, official (word). Each E-184 of the corresponding blocks BRSSC-185.1, BRPD-186, BRGL-187, BRPG-188, BRNR-189, BRChL-190, BRMS-191, BRSZ-192, BRChT-193, BRTR-194, BRSL-195 has its own response time. If it is not a “noun”, a signal will appear “no” - the output of the BRSSC-185.1, if this is not a “pretext”, at the output of the BRPD-186, not the “verb”, BRGL-187, etc., until BRSL-195. These signals are sequentially fed to the +1 input of the SCH-175 (which resets si fault from the BFNP-140 p-output) and E-178 generates a signal at the KMP-176 p-input. If the SCh-175 code becomes 11 (recorded in the ROM-177), a signal will appear on the KMP-176 Yes-output, which goes to “no” the output of BNZS-243 (the received code of the spoken word does not correspond to the noun (preposition, verb, adjective, adverb, numeral, pronoun, conjunction, particle, term, official word) and through BPRDPRMKL-209.3, RZ-209.2 in multi-channel communication line. If the received code corresponds to the <noun> code, a signal will appear on the Yes-output of the KMP-182, which translates the T-185.1 to "1", which opens the K-196.

The code from the output of the BK-172 goes to both the 1-inputs of the KMP-207 and, according to the signal at the r-input (from the Yes output of the KMP-173), the KMP-207 compares the code recorded in the ROM-208 with the code received at and 1 inputs. If this code is not <all>, then a signal will appear on the "no" output, which goes to the "no" output of the BNZS-243. If this is the code <all>, then the signal from the Yes output of the KMP-207 translates the T-209.1 to "1". The signal from the output of the delay element (E) -210.1 passes through the open K-196 (or 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206) and launches the corresponding unit БПСЩ-223, БППД-225, БПГЛ -226, BPPG-227, BPNR-228, BPChL-229, BPMS-230, BPSZ-231, BPChT-232, BPTR-233, BPSL-234. Consider the operation of these blocks on the example of BPSCH-223.

The signal from the output of K-196 opens BK211, F-212 generates a signal that resets to "0" SCH-218 and translates into "1" T-221. Pulses from the output of G-224 pass K-220, D-219 to +1 input SCH-218 and input E-217. SCh-218 increases its status code and DSh-216 polls the БПСЩ-215 registers, by a read signal to the БПСЩ-215 p-input at its output, a noun code will appear (previously recorded I1, P2-inputs), by a signal from output Э -214 is triggered by the BKMP-213, which compares the code from the outputs of the BPSCH-215 with the codes at the outputs of the BK-211. If the codes do not match, then nothing happens and the choice of a new noun continues. If the codes match (there is this noun in the memory), a signal will appear on the “-it” output, which passes the OR-222 and translates the T-221 to “0”, through the OR-235 transfers to the “0” T-209.1 and all T -185.1 BRSSC-185.1, and blocks 186-195.

If the codes from the output of БПСЩ-215 coincided with the codes from the output of ПЗУ-213.1 (empty), then a signal will appear on the “EMPTY” -exit of BKMP-213, which allows writing in БПСЩ-215 codes of a new noun from the outputs of БК-213, and further through the OR-222 repeats the above procedure.

BPPD-225, BPGL-226, BPPG-227, BPNR-228, BPChL-229, BPMS-230, BPSZ-231, BPChT-232, BPTR-233, BPSL-234 works in the same way. Further, the above procedure is repeated again. The signals from the outputs of the BFNP-140 are also fed to the VCC-processor-242, which can implement a more complex information processing algorithm. Through P3-240 and BPRDPRMMKL-241, the VCC-processor-242 is connected to a multi-channel communication line. Using РЗ-238, БПРДПРММКЛ-237, receiving data codes, which through the A outputs interrogates the corresponding registers of the corresponding blocks (for example БПЩ-215) and transfers the received data to the БРРДПРММКЛ-237 through a signal from the corresponding outputs ДС-236 and then through Р3-239 to the addressee (by signal from E-239).

Thus, the BNZS-243 accumulates codes of the received words in the VK language, placing them in the previously created sections-blocks (noun, preposition, etc.).

When requested through a BBQA-multichannel communication line, this data is presented to the addressee.

3.34 the functioning of the block of formation of incoming proposals (BFVHP)

The block for the formation of incoming proposals first (BFVHP 1) -111 (Fig. 96) works as follows. The BSLH-116 hearing unit (the hearing unit may be an integral part of the BFVHP-111 connected to the LSAI) receives the harmonic code for the sound phrase (GKZF), separated by intermediate pauses. These codes arrive sequentially at the inputs of the blocks of the noun (BSN) -27, the block of prepositions (BPD) -28, the block of verbs (BGL) -29, the block of adjectives (BPR) -30, the block of adverbs (BNR) -31, the block of numerals (BCL ) -32, the block of pronouns (BMS) -33, the block of unions (BSZ) -34, the block of particles (BChT) -35, the block of analysis of terms (BAT) -36, the block of service words (BSL) -38. Each time a pause appears, the BSLH sends a signal to the p-input BFVHP 1-111, which allows the operation of these blocks. These blocks have the structure of BOPS-25 (Fig. 93), the functioning of which was described above. Each of these blocks looks among the recorded words similar in it (with a difference code below the threshold values) and if the threshold is overcome, an “is” signal is generated, which translates into “1” the corresponding T-49-59. It can be several similar codes and, therefore, several triggers 49-59 in "1".

According to the signal from the output of the E-98, T-97 to "1", K-94 is open and the pulses from the output of the G-93 pass D-95 to the t-input RI-96. Pulses from its output sequentially interrogate blocks 27-37. If the corresponding T-49-59 is “1”, then the corresponding K-60-70 is open, the corresponding T-49-59 is “0”, the corresponding BC 38-48 is open. F-60.1-70.1 also opens the corresponding K-71-81 and the signal from the output of the corresponding pulse shaper (F) -82-92 passes to the KMP-99 p-input, which compares the similarity number (FC) recorded in the PPO-100 with the number obtained through the corresponding outputs of BK-38-48. If the received number is less, then a signal appears on the Yes-output of the KMP-99, which overwrites in PPO-100, PP2-101, PP2-102, PP3-103 the values of the inverter, GKZF, alphabetic code of the sound phrase (BKZF), and-individual Object Code (IKO). After polling all blocks 27-37, RI-96 at the sl-output generates a signal that is fed to the input of K-106. If the KMP-99 has never worked and, accordingly, a pulse does not appear on its “Yes” output, then the T-105 is at “0” and K-106 is open (signal 1 from the inverse output), the signal “ no ”(there are no words recorded in the memory of the E-107 at“ 0 ”), which, through BPRDPRMMKL-106.2, RZ-106.1, transmits a multi-channel communication line to the addressee. If the T-105 is “1,” then the K-106 is locked. The signal passes E-107 and in BSR-104 first shifts the received word through the t-input and then overwrites RR 1-101, RR2-102, RR3-103 in BSR-104, separating these codes with pauses from ROM (P) -104.1.

Via Р3-110.1, БПРДПРММКЛ-110.2, БР-110.3, according to the signal from Э-110.4, ДШ-110.5 at the u (control) -input of blocks 27-37, using A (address), I (data) inputs, writes words dialed BNZS-243 (Fig.95) in their respective registers. By means of Р3-628, БПРДПРММКЛ-629, Р3-630, ДШ-631, 632, the received data is received via a multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

When a signal appears from the output of <all> BSL-37, the T-109 goes to "1", opening the K-110. The signal from the output of the E-108 passes K-110, forming the g-signal (done). The proposal in BSR-104 is formed, the proposals (decree, verse, tale, vior) end with the service word <all>. BFVHP-112 in its composition contains one or more VCC-processors that can implement more complex algorithms for generating incoming offers.

3.35 the functioning of the block recording sentences and images (BZPO)

The block recording sentences and images (BZPO) -317 (Fig.97) works as follows. Sound information (sound) enters the BSLH-244, which generates a harmonic code of the phrase (word), which enters the block of formation of incoming sentences (BFHP) -245 (the work of which was done above), which generates incoming sentences and loads it into the BSR -246. The signal from the output of the E-247 translates the T-248 to "0". The pulses from the generator (G) -250 pass K-249, D-251 to the t-input of the BSR-246 (shifting the information to the right). The signal from the E-252 output permits the operation of the KMP-253, which compares the codes from the I2-outputs of the BSR-246 with the pause codes from the ROM-254. If this is not a pause, then nothing happens. If there is a pause, then at the “Yes” output of the KMP-253 there will be a signal that passes the E-255 to the t-input RI-264, which has been converted to “0” by the signal from the B-output BFVHP-245. Thus, the proposals received in BSR-246 are rewritten in component parts in R-258.1, R-259.1, R-260.1, R-261.1, R-262.11-R-262.p, 1, R-263.1 by submitting the corresponding signal from the corresponding output of RI-264 to the p-input, respectively, BK-258-263 and further E-271-276.

The signal from the E-252 output permits the operation of the KMP-256, which compares the pause code recorded in the ROM-257 with the code on and 1-outputs of the BSR-246. If this code is <all> (the offer has ended), then a signal will appear on the “Yes” output of the KMP-256, which resets the E-255 to “0” and shifts (SD input) the RI-264 to the signal at its last output, which opens BK-263. The signal from the output of E-276 allows writing to the register (Р) 263.1 of the code <all> s and 1 outputs of the BSR-246, the signal from the output of the F-277 transfers the T-248 to "0", opens the BC 265, 266, 267, 269, 269.1-269.n, 270 with signals from the outputs of E-283, 284, 285, 286, 287 allows the operation of the corresponding KMP-278, 279, 280, 281, 282, which compare the codes recorded in the ROM-288 (code < tale>), in ROM-289 (code <remember>), in ROM-290, (code <image>), in ROM-291 (code <position>), in ROM-292 (code <all>). If all the comparators at their “Yes” outputs produce a “1” signal, then a signal will appear at the I-293 output (everything coincided correctly), which increases the status code +1 SCH-294 (i.e., each new sentence increases the code address (block memory sentences (BPR) -30) where it will be recorded). The same signal resets to “0” E-296, if it is not reset, the signal from its output will give a NO signal at the output of BZPO-317, which passes to the p-input of the ROM -306.13, OR-306.14, E-306.15 and transmits the code "no" through BPRDPRMMKL-306. 11, P3-306. 10 to a multi-channel communication line. The signal from the output of the E-295, F-297 translates the T-298 to "1". The pulses from the output of the G-301, through the D-300, K-299 increases the state of the SCH-302 DSh-304, at the specified address in the BPOK-307 records frames from the outputs of the BVV3-306 by the signal at its p-input.

When the appropriate team arrives

<BZPO BVVZ open (close)> <(code)>,

it is РЗ-306.1, БПРДПРММКЛ 306.2, in BR-306.3 and, upon a signal from E-306.4, ДШ-306.5, transfers T-306.6 to “1”, opening K-306.8 and BK-306.9. Video data comes from BVV3-306.6. If the T-306.6 is at "0", these blocks are closed. Then the command:

<BZPO images> <(code) (data)>,

passes to the inputs of the SCH-302 (K-299-locked) and to the outputs of the BK-306. 9, forming images at the inputs of BPOK-397.

Team:

<BZPO BSLH open (close)> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, sets T-306.7 in 1 (0), which opens (closes) and, d, the BFVhP-245 net outputs.

Team:

<BZPO sentences> <(code) (data)>,

at the outputs of BK-245.1, K-245.2 receives the corresponding data codes.

When a signal appears on the sl-output DSh-304 T-292 goes to "0". This signal is G (ready) signal BZPO-317. It passes to the p-input PZU-306.12, OR-306.14, E-306.15, and to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL -306.11, which through RZ-306.10 transmits PZU-306.12 information (address, command completed, service messages) to the addressee.

Thus, one sentence in the BPR-305 corresponds to the n-number of frames (images) in the image memory block with frames (BPOK) -307 of the image received as a video signal at the input of the BVVZ-306.

The WCC processor-308, using its internal programs, can more fully process information than described above. VCC -Processor-308 communicates with other units through BPRDPRMMKL-309 and connector (RE) -310 multi-channel communication lines. By means of Р3-311, БПРДПРММКЛ-312, Р-313, ДШ-314 it generates control signals for the counter СЧ-294 (0, -1, +1), thereby setting the address in BPPR-305 and BPOP-307. On command:

<read BZPO> <(code) (data)>,

from the DSh-315 output, the recorded information from the BPPR-305 and BPOI-307 via the BPRDPRMMKL-312, RZ-311 is sent to the addressee.

3.36 The functioning of the block forming instructions with sentences and images (BFIPO)

The block forming instructions with sentences and images (BFIPO) -635 (Fig. 98) works as follows.

BSLH 318-generates a harmonious word code (GKS), which enters the input sentence generation unit (BFVHP) -319, which generates sentences (as described above) and writes it to the BSR-320 using its G-signal from its output. The signal from the g-output BFVHP-319 resets to "0" R-347-353. The signal from the output of the E-321, translates the T-322 to "1". The pulses from the G-324 exit pass K-323, D-325, to the t-input of the BSR-320, shifting the sentences located there to the right. It begins with a service word <usi> and ends with a service word <all>.

The signal from the e-326 output permits the operation of the KMP-322. If the code from the I2-outputs of the BSR-320 matches the “pause” code recorded in the ROM-328, then the signal “KMP-327” will appear on the “Yes” output of the KMP-327, which goes to the t-input of the RI-332 (which was reset by the signal from the output BFVHP-319) and the t-input RI-384. At the first output of the RI-332, a signal appears that opens the BK-333, and the signal from the output of the E-340 records the first word of the sentence from the BSR-320 to the R-347. This word should be <uzv>. Similarly, the word <situation> is written in R-348. Next, the sentence describing the situation (<word>, ... <word>) is recorded in R-349.1-349.n. The signal from the input of the E-326 also allows the operation of the KMP-320, which compares the codes from the I1 outputs of the BSR-320 with the code recorded in the ROM 331 (code <to>). If these codes are equal, then the offer has ended and the signal from the “Yes” output of the KMP-330 is reset to “0” E-329, goes to the RI-332 SD input (shifts it), an output signal is generated that opens BK-336 and the signal from the output of the E-343 permits recording (<to>) in the R-350. Similarly to the above, the word “do” is written in R-351, in the R-352 the word <next>, in R-353 the word <every>. The signal from the last (E) output of RI-332 passes E-354 and translates T-322 to "0". The signal from the e-363 output permits the operation of the KMP-364-369. If signal 1 appears on all Yes-outputs of the connected comparators, then a signal appears on the I-378 output, which makes +1 the counter of the situation number (address). (NUMBER) -377. The same signal resets to "0" E-376. Otherwise, he would generate a signal "NO" at the output of BFIPO-635. The “no” signal passes to the r-input of the ROM (no) -601.3, which sets the code (no), the address and service parcels to the i-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-601.2 and, by the signal from OR-601.6, E-601.5, transfers to the r-input via P3-601.1 multi-channel communication lines. The signal from the output of E-379 allows the recording of a situation proposal from R-347-353 to the situation memory unit (BPSIT) -380 at the address from SCCHIT-377. The same signal passes OR-614 and translates the T-615 to "1". G-616 generates pulses that pass D-617, K-618, and make +1 frame counter (SCHK) -619. T-620 in the state "1", the key block (BC) -621 is open. The signal from the output of K-618 goes to the P-input BVV3-634. This block generates a code for the image received by the video channel (as described above), and transmits these codes to the i-inputs of the image memory block in frames (BPSITOK) -623 frames. The address of the frames (A _to ) is determined by SCHK-619. The signal from the e-619.1 output allows frame-by-frame recording. The situation address (A _s ) for BPSITOK-623 is also determined by SCHIT-377. The signal from the service (sl) output of SCHK-619 transfers (leaves) to “1” T-620 and to “0” T-615 the image recording of the situation (frames, situation name) has ended.

The first signal that came from the BFVHP-319 output is +1 SCH-381. DSh-382, the signal from the first output allows the operation of the RI-332 and resets to "0" RI-405. When the second sentence comes, containing instructions for the inputs of BFVHP-319, which, as described above, produces a signal from the output of the G-output, which also makes +1 SCH-381. The signal from the output of ILI-383 (DSh-382) allows the operation of the RI-384. The signal from the output of the E-384.1 puts the RI-384 in the state "0". The signal from the output of BFCP-319 also (through E-321) translates into “1” T-322, which allows the operation of the G-324, as described above. The signals from the output of the E-329 are fed to the t-input RI-384, which overwrites the words from the BSR-320 R-393-396. For example, the signal from the first output of the RI-394 opens the BK-355 and the codes from the outputs of the BSR-320 are recorded in the R-393 by the signal from the output of the E-389. This code from the outputs of the P-393 goes to the inputs of the comparators (KMP 406.1-406.n). By a signal from the second output of the RI-384, the BK-356 opens and by a signal from the output of the E-390, the service word code is written to the R-394 (<uzv>, <decree>, <vior>). Next, the text (sentences) of instructions is written in a similar way. The signal from the output of the E-392 in the R-396 recorded the service word <all>.

The signal from the output of OR-383 also allows the operation of the KMP-502, 505. When a signal is received from the E-329 to the t-input RI-384, the KMP-502 also works, which compares the code in the ROM-503 <all> with the code on and 1 outputs BSR-320. If these codes are equal, then a signal will appear at the “Yes” output of the KMP-502, which will shift the RI-384 to the end. The signal from the k-output of the RI-384 opens the BK-388 and the signal from the output of the E-392 to the R-396 records the code <all> from the output of the BSR-320. The signal from the output of the E-504 allows the operation of the KMP-505, which compares the codes from the I3 outputs of the BSR-320 with the code <all> of the ROM-503. If the codes are not equal (one more instruction follows), the signal from the “no” output of the KMP-505 allows the KMP-500, KMP-397, 399, 401 to work. The same signal goes to the T-input of the RI-405, which produces signal at its next output. The signal from its first output allows the operation of the ILC 406.1, which compares the ROM code 407.1 (word <first>) with the code received from the outputs of the P-393. If the code matches, then a signal will appear on the “Yes” output, which from the OR-408 produces a signal to the input of the I-604. Similarly, KMP-406.2 in the case of the second position of the instruction, etc. to the nth position. If all KMP-406.n at the "no" outputs produce a signal, then an output appears on the I-409 output, which is a "no" signal of BFIPO-635.

If the R-394 contains the codes <Uzi> or <order> or <vior>, then the corresponding comparator (KMP) -397, 399, 401 on the "Yes" output generates a signal that from the OR-403 goes to the input of I-604 . If all the comparators (KMP-397, 399, 401 produced a signal at the "NO" output, then the output "I" 404 produces a signal "1", which is a "NO" signal of BFIPO-63. If the codes from R-396 are equal codes <all> from ROM 501, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-500 which is fed to the I-604 input. The signal on the “NO” output of the KMP-500 is a “NO” signal of BFIPO-635. If all signals “1” is fed to the I-604, then the signal makes +1 the instruction counter (SCI) -603 at its output. The signal from the F-605 output opens the BK-609-612. Next, the data from the P-393-396 goes to the corresponding sections to the memory block of offer sentences (BPINPR) -622 and are recorded by the signal from the output of the E-606 to the third input in. The signal from the output of the IL-607 (via the IL-614) translates the T 615 to “1.” The G-616 produces pulses that through D-617, K-618 they go to +1 SCHK-619, which generates an address code in the memory block of image instruction frames (BPIOK) -624. In this case, the situation address gives SCHIT-377, the address of the instruction gives SCHI-603. the output of K-618 is fed to the p-input of BVVZ-634, which generates image codes, which, on a signal from the output of E-618.1, writes frame-by-frame to the appropriate location of BPIOK-624. The signal from the sl-output SChK-619 translates the T-615 to "0". The instruction in the form of sentences and images is recorded.

Next comes the second, etc. instruction. When the service word <all> of the next instruction appears <all>, related to the initial sentence <user>, a signal appears on the "YES" output of the KMP-505, which resets the SCh-381 to "0", resets to "0" E -329 (via OR-329.1). The F-509 generates a signal that opens the BK-506, and the signal from the output of the E-508 in the P-507 records the code <all> from the 3-outputs of the BSR-320. Then it makes +1 SCHI-603 (via OR-601), then it generates a “ready” (G) signal BFIPO-635 (via E-60.1), then it opens BK-613 (via FI-600), then <all> to BPINPR-622 (via OR-607), then transfers the T-620 to “0”, locking the BK-621, then transfers the T-615 to “1”. SCHK-619 selects frames and, on a signal from E-618.1, writes a closed screen in them (for example, black background), i.e. BK-621 is locked. This is a sign of the ending of the type of instructions for a given situation. The signal from the sl-output SChK-619 translates to T-620 “1” and T-615 to “0”. The signal from the output of the E-601.1 to the r-input of the ROM (Yes) -601.4 and the signal to the r-input (through OR-601.6, E-601.5), BPRDPRMMKL-601.2 transmits to the addressee a multi-channel communication line (through RZ-601.1) the message code about Records instructions sentences and images. Team Code:

<BFIPO BVVZ open (close)> <(code)>,

passes RZ-643.3, BHRDPRMMKL-643.4, passes in BR-643.5 and, on a signal E-643.7, DSh-643.6 transfers T-643.9 to "1", opening K-643.1, BK-643.2. Video data comes from BVV3-634. If the T-643.9 is at "0", these blocks will be locked.

Then the command code:

<Bfipo images> <(code) (data)>,

passes to the outputs of the BK-643.2 and to the personnel management system.

Team Code:

<BFIPO BSLH open (close)> <(code)>,

opens (closes) BK-319.1, K-319.2, K-319.3.

Team:

<Bfipo sentence> <(code) (data)>,

at the outputs BK-319.1 generates codes for the corresponding data.

The instruction from BFVHP-319 and BVVZ-634 enters the VCC-processor-625, which can have more complex information processing algorithms than those described above. Through P3-627 and BPRD11RMMKL-626, VKTs-625 transmits the dialed instructions to the addressee.

Also, by means of Р3-628, БПРДПРММКЛ-629, data are received in Р-630, which, through DSh-631, can have the state СЧИ-603, СЧК-619, СЧСИТ-377, and transfers data from BPSIT-380 by a read signal (SCh), BPINPR-622, BPSITOK-623, BPINOK-624 in the BPRDPRMMKL-629 (by the signal from the E-639 output) and then through the P-628 to the multi-channel data line to the addressee.

3.37 The functioning of the block associative memory (BASP)

The associative memory unit is intended for recording audio and video images of the surrounding VK-O environment into it, storing this data in a related (associative) form and selecting data on request. Associative data storage allows you to structure the incoming information, minimize the required amount of memory and perform a faster search.

3.38 the functioning of the circuit cell volume switch (SCNOK)

The cell circuit of the volume switch (SCNOK) -1 (Fig.99, 100) works as follows. Upon receipt of the appropriate code at the A-inputs of SCHYAOK-1, DSh-20 opens K-21.28, which can pass (in this case) control signals. Upon receipt of the “path code” and the 1-input, a signal at 31 (write) -input will record this code in RP-29. When a signal arrives at the c1-input (readout), the code from RP-29 “path code” (communication numbers between language objects) will appear on the 1-outputs of SCHAOK-1. Similarly, when a signal arrives at the Z2 input (recording) and at the i2 inputs, the “digital wave code” is recorded in the PB-30. When a signal arrives at the c2 input, the “digital wave code” comes from the RV-30 to the i2 outputs. When a signal is applied to P3 input (write) "entry codes" (and _Rin) and "exit codes" (and _out) can be written respectively in _Rin -17 F, -16 F _O. When a signal is applied to the C3 input (reading), the codes from P _in -17, P _out -16 go to the I3 and I4 outputs, respectively.

Upon receipt of the code in P _in -17, DSH-19 is triggered, which opens the corresponding keys (K1-K6) -2. If instead of DSh-18.19 there are encoders, several (or all) keys (K1-K6) -2 can be turned on simultaneously. The input and output of the SCHAOK-1 will be switched. If there is a code in P _out -16, DSH-16 is triggered, which sends a signal to the controlled inputs of the corresponding keys (K1-K6) -2, which go into the open state, switching the output output of SCHAOK-1.

Thus, SCNAC commutes its input and output, connecting adjacent cells and forming an element of the path (Fig.99, a).

Upon receipt of the encoded signal at SHPI-15 (information and clocking) packages, filters (PL) 9-10 emit a signal, the detector (DT) -12 generates a clock pulse, and DT-11 - an information signal. In CP-13, the incoming command is recorded. According to the sl-signal from the CP-13 output, the KMP-14 is activated. If the command that arrived matches the command written in the ROM-15, then on the “Yes” output of the KMP-14 a signal appears that resets P _in -17, P _out -16 (and, accordingly, all similar registers included in the given path SHNAOK-1). This eliminates the connection between language objects stored in the VK-O associative memory.

3.39 Operation of the digital wave propagation block (BRTSV)

The digital wave propagation unit (BRTSV) -31 (Fig. 101) operates as follows. Through the connector (RE) -32 of the multi-channel communication line, the command code is received in the transmit-receive unit of the multi-channel communication line (BPRDPRMMKL) -33:

<BASP BRTSV wave><(code) (x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ ) (x ₂ , y ₂ , z ₂ ),

which then goes to the register block (BR) -34. The command code from the BR outputs of the BR-34 passes to the decoder (DS) -35, which is triggered by the signal from the output of the delay element (E) -36 (the signal to the E-36 input comes from the p-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-33).

The signal from the DSh-35 sl-output translates the trigger (T) -37 to "1", which opens the key (K) -38, key blocks (BK) 39, 40.

The signal from the output of the element NOT (NOT) -41 locks other key blocks for this time. The signal from the output of the pulse generator (G) -42 passes to the corresponding input of K-38, passes the divider (D) -43 and makes +1 in the counter (MF) -44, and also goes to the recording (3) input of BK-39. The address code of the corresponding SCNRC-1 is sent to output A (SCNC). The 32-output BRTSV-31 receives a signal from the z-output of the BK-39. Codes "0" from the ROM (O) -45, through the open BK-40 passes to the BR2W-31 I2 outputs (IHK-1 I2 input). Thus, the cell zeroing circuit (SCR) -46 of the volume switch (SCNOK) -1 resets the corresponding wave register (PB-30 of Fig. 100).

After interrogating all SCHYAOK-1, a signal appears on the service output (SL) of SCH-44, which translates T-37 to "0", SHHYAOK-46 goes to its initial state. The same pulse translates the counter (MF) -47 to “0” and resets the stack memory block (BSP) -48. Next, the signal from the output of the delay element (E) -49 passes OR-50 and makes +1 SCH-47. Further, the signal from the output of the delay element (E) -51 permits the recording (input 3 of BSP-48) of the coordinates (x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ ) of the wave start in BSP-48 (and 1 outputs of BR-34) and coordinates (x ₂ , y ₂ , z ₂ ) points of the end of the wave (and 2-outputs of the BR-34) to the register (P) -52. In this case, the counter (MF) -53 and the block of stack memory (BSP) -54 are reset. Also, the wave counter (SCH) -55 is set to "1". Also, the signal passes OR-56 and the delay element (E) -57 allows data (x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ ) to be read from BSP-48 to computers (B) -58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, which begin to work on a signal from the output of the delay element (E) -64. The calculators perform the following calculations: (x, y, z + 1), (x, y, z-1), (x, y + 1, z), (x, y-1, z), (x + 1, y, z), (x-1, y, z).

The signal from the output of the E-64 translates the trigger (T) -65 to "1", opening the key (K) -66. The pulses from the pulse generator (G) -67 pass K-66, the divider (D) -68 to the T-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -69, which sequentially opens the key blocks (BC) 70-75, feeds to the encoder inputs (Ш ) -76 coordinates from the corresponding B-58-63. The signal from the output of the delay element (E) -77 passes to the resolving (P) input of the comparator (KMP) -78, to the I1 inputs of which coordinate codes from the outputs of BK-70-75 are received, and the code of the final coordinate (x ₂ , y ₂ , z ₂ ) from P-52. If these coordinates coincide, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-78, which resets the BR-34 and enables the operation of the command information reporting unit (BIVK) -79, which sends a message through the BPRDPRMMKL-33 to the addressee.

If the wave does not reach the final set point, a signal appears on the “NO” output of the KMP-78, which is fed to the BRCV-31 c2 output (read signal from the corresponding SCNRC-1 data from the PB-30 (Fig. 100) of the wave code ) In this case, the signal to HE-41 is “1”, the key blocks (BK) -80, 81, 82 are open and the address code СХЯОК-1 from Ш-76 is supplied to the A-outputs of the BRTSV-31. The code from the RV-30 is fed to the I1 inputs of the comparator (ILC) -83, to the resolving (P) input of which a signal is received from the output of the delay element (E) -84. If the code in (PB) -30 is not equal to zero (from ROM (0) -86), then the trigger (T) -86 goes to "1", opening the key (K) -87. If the signal from the service (SL) output of RI-69 K-87 is open, then this signal resets the delay element (E) -88 to “0” and enters the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-89, which gives the code “failure-shortage switched elements ”from ROM (K) -90 to a multi-channel communication line to the addressee through connector (RE) -91. If P3-30 is empty (equal to "0"), then a signal appears on the "Yes" output of the KMP-83, which makes +1 SCH-53, passes BK-81 to the BRZV-31 s2-output in RV-30 from SCH-55 (through BK-80), the wave code is recorded. Thus, all the cubes of the environment of the selected SHNAOK-1 are “inspected”. When a signal appears on the RI-69 SL output, it passes the E-88, translates the T-65 to "0", makes -1 SCH-47. The signal from the output of the delay element (E) -92 allows the operation of the decoder (DS) -93. If the code at the output of the SCh-47 is “0”, then the signal of the service (SL) -shot DSh-93 resets the delay element (E) -94 to “0”, translates the trigger (T) -95 to “1”, which opens key (K) -96. The pulses from the output of G-67 passes K-96, the divider (D) -97 allows the reading of data from the BSP-54 (I-outputs) to the BSP-48 (I-inputs). The OR-50 passes, making +1 SCH-47 and the signal from the E-51 allows data recording in the BSP-48. Next, the signal from the output of the delay element (E) -98 makes -1 SCH-53 (sets a new address (A) in BSP-54). The signal from the output of the delay element (E) -99 allows the operation of the decoder (DS) -100 (when the signal is “Yes” from the output of the KMP-83, it outputs the delay element (E) -101, it also records the coordinates of the selected SCNRC-1 in the BSP -54). When the code from the SCh-53 outputs is “0”, a signal appears at the service (sl) -out of the DSh-100, which makes +1 SChV-55, resetting the T-95 to “0”, passes “OR” -56, E-57 and allows the reading of new coordinates from BSP-48. Further, the above-described cycle of propagation of a digital wave is repeated again until SCNOK-1 with the given coordinates is found or all the space is filled and NWSC is not found (which will cause an error message).

More developed algorithms of digital wave propagation (and communication search) can be implemented by the corresponding programs recorded in the VCC-processor (VCC) -102, which receives commands through the BPRDPRMKL-103, which communicates through the connector (RE) -104 of a multi-channel communication line.

3.40 the functioning of the communication formation unit (BFSV)

The communication formation unit (paths) (BFSV) -105 (Fig. 102) operates as follows. Upon receipt of the command:

<BASP BFSV find the way><(code) (x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ ) (x ₂ , y ₂ , z ₂ )>,

through Р3-106 in БПРДПРММКЛ-107 and further in BR-108 on the BR-108 k-outputs there will be a command code and on the I1 outputs x1, y1, z1-source coordinate, on the I2-outputs x2, y2, z2, - drain coordinate code. According to the signal from the output of the E-109, the DSh-110 is triggered, which is written with the signal from the sl-output to P1-111 (x1, y1, z1), to P2-112 (x2, y2, z2). Then, on a signal from the output of E-113, calculators (B) 114-119 are triggered, which output codes ((x, y, z + 1), (x, y, z-1), (x, y + 1, z), (x, y-1, z), (x + 1, y, z), (x-1, y, z)).

T-120 goes to "1", opening the K-121. The pulses from G-122 pass K-121, D-123 to the t-input RI-124 and E-125. RI-124 interrogates BK-126-131, submitting codes of a new coordinate to the I2-inputs of KMP-112. The signal from the output of the E-125 passes E-113 and allows the operation of the KMP-112. If the code (x1, y1, z1) from P1-111 is equal to the new code from one of the BK-126-131, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-112, which passes OR-114 to the Z1-input of SCHAOK-1 to RP-29 (Fig. 100), the path code from P1-111 is recorded with the 2 outputs of BFSP-105. Next, the signal passes to the p-input BIVK-135, which through BPRDMMKL-107 and P3-106 informs the addressee through the multi-channel communication line that the command has been executed. If the codes are not equal to the “no” output of the KMP-112, which is fed to the C2 output of BFSV-105, which reads from RZ-30 (Fig. 100) the wave code that comes through the I2-inputs of BFSV in SCNRC-1 -105 to the I-inputs of R-136 and according to the signal from the output of the E-137, it is recorded in it. Further, the signal from the output of the E-138 permits the operation of the KMP-139. According to the signal from the DSH-110 sl-output, through F-140, OR-141 from PZU-142 to R-143, the code of the maximum number in the system is recorded, which is fed to the KMP-139 u2 inputs. If the code in R-143 is greater than or equal to the code in R-136, RI-124 moves to another BK-126-131. If it is less, then a signal appears on the "<" - output of the KMP-13 9, which, through OR-141 to R-143 from R-136, overwrites the code located there. The signal from the output of the E-138 through the IL-114 produces a Z1 signal, which in the SCNRC-1 in the cell with the address from Sh-150 writes “path code” from the output of P1-111 using the c2 signal. Further, according to the signal from the output of the E-144 in P2-112, new coordinates are recorded from the outputs of the BK-126-131. Next, the signal from the output of the E-145 translates the T-120, RI-124 to "0". The signal from the output of the E-146 again starts the path search cycle described above. If a signal appears at the RI-124 sl-output, then it passes to the p-input of the БРРДПРММКЛ-144, which sends a failure code from the ROM (СБ) -149 to the addressee through Р3-148. Upon receipt of the appropriate command from RZ-150, BPRDPRMMKL-151, it enters the VCC-152, which, according to its internal (more complex algorithms), finds the path from the drain (x2, y2, z2) to the source (x1, y1, z1).

3.41 The functioning of the block storage of sounds and letters (BHRZB)

The storage unit for sounds and letters (BHRZB) -154 (Fig. 103) works as follows. The pulse generator (G) -15 5 generates pulses that pass D-156 to E-157, F-158, + 1-input SCH-159, p-input timer (TM) -160. F-158 opens BK-161, SCH-159, makes +1.

Team Code:

<BASP BHRZB (VCC) record the sound (letter)> <(code) (data)>.

By a signal from the output of the E-157 to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-162. SCH-159 code, a command code from ROM-163, through BK-161 goes to the BPRDPRMMKL-162 input and then through P3-164 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee. At the corresponding output DSh-165, the signal is “1”, which opens the corresponding BK-166.11, 166.12-166.n1, 166.n2. The addressee through RZ-164, BPRDPRMMKL-162 in the BR-167 records the letter code, sound code and individual object code that appear on the BR-167 i-outputs. The signal from E-168 enters the s (recording) input of the corresponding BK-166 and allows this information to pass through and accordingly be recorded in R-169.11 (P169.n1), P1 69.12 (P169.n2), in the time registers and individual object codes (RTI) 170.1-170.n. The signal from the output of the E-168 also passes the E-171 to the first input of the standby circuit (SCW) -172, which generates a signal at its first output, which allows the recording of information in P 173.11, 173.12-173.n1, 173.n.2 of corresponding P169 registers. There is also an entry in RTI-176.1-176.n from the corresponding RTI-170.1-170.2. Thus, under the control of the rewriting scheme (SKHRZ) -175, information is transferred to the registers BHRZB) -154.

The command code passes through РЗ-176 БПРДПРММКЛ-177 to the i-inputs of the command encoder (ШК) -178 and i-inputs of the R-179.

The signal from the p-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-177 also arrives at the second input of the SHZHZh-172. After the required time, the signal from the second input of the SHHOZH-172 receives the steam input KMP-180.1-180.n.

If the individual object code (IKO) matches, then on one of the KMP-190.1-n to "Yes" the output generates a signal that translates into "1" the corresponding T-181.

If a command is given:

<read address locations _(I) BHRZB BASPA (private commercial enterprise)><(code)>

belonging to this block forwarding and recording (BPZAP) -212, then at the fourth output of the ShK-178 "1" and K-182 is open. The signal from the output of T-181 passes K-182 to the P-input of the register block (BR) -183, in which the addresses (numbers) of the cells (ROM) (184) and ROM (AYAVX) -185 are recorded SHNAOK-1) associated with this BPZAP. Next, the signal from the output of the E-186 passes to BPRD11RMMKL-197, which transfers information from the BR-183 through P3-179 to the addressee.

If a command arrives:

<transfer the data from the corresponding BPZAP to the associated BHRZB BASP (VCC) cells> <(code)>,

then at the second exit ShK-178 "1", K-189 is open. The pulses from the G-190 pass K-189, D-191 to the t-input RI-192. The first pulse from the output of the D-192 translates the T-193 to "1". Pulses from the output of K-189 through K-194, D-195 pass to the T-input of the BSR-196. According to the signal at the r-input in the BSR-196, a sound code, a letter code (from R-173, R-173.n, IKO from R-179, a command code and service messages from ROM-197.1 are recorded. The pulse from the output of D-195 is also passes to +1 input of the SCH-198 and to the t-output of the BHRZB-154. After transmitting all the information, a signal appears on the SC-198 output of the SCH-198, which transfers the T-193 to “0.” Next, the RI-192 selects the next key (K ) 199.1m- and the described data transmission cycle is repeated again until the signal at the RI-192 sl-output translates to T-192 “0”.

If a command arrives:

<reset the ICO-object BHRZB BASP> <(code)>,

a signal appears on the third output of ShK-178, which passes an open K-200 (T-181.1 to "1") to the input of the zero signal transmission block (BPSO-201 (Fig. 103.6)). In this case, the T-202 goes to “1”, the K-202 is open and the pulses from the output of the generator (G) -204 pass K-203, D-205 to the t-input RI-206, which sequentially polls the keys BK-207, outputs which are connected to the modulator (M) -209. The reset command code from the ROM-209 through M-208, the mixer (SM) -210 and K-211.1-211 are transmitted to the reset signal line, as described above. After the signal appears on the RI-206 sl-output, the T-202 goes to "0". The signal from the first output of BPSO-201 resets the corresponding RTI-176, RTI-170, R-173, R-169.

Upon receipt of the corresponding code at the AA inputs of BHRZB-154, it passes to DSh-213, which selects the corresponding group R-173.11-173.12-173.n1-173.n2, RTI-174.1-n, by opening the corresponding keys BK-214. By a tc signal to the p-input of BK-214, information from the above registers is fed to the I-outputs of BHRZP-154 (I-outputs of BK-214). DSh-213 selects with the keys BK-215 BK-166.11-166.n2. The incoming tz signal through the BK-215 overwrites the data from the i-inputs of the BK-215 to the corresponding registers of the BHRZB-154.

The above-described procedure can also be carried out by the VCC-processor (VCC) -217 by controlling the elements BHRZB-154, BPRDPRMMKL-218 and P3-218.

3.42 The operation of the word storage unit in the form of sound codes, letter codes and harmonics (BHRSZBKG)

The word storage unit in the form of sound codes, letter codes and harmonics (BHRSZBKG) -220 (Fig. 104) operate as follows. The pulse generator (G) -221 generates a signal that passes the divider (D) -222 and goes to F-223, E-224, +1 input SCH-225, p-input timer (TM) -226. The command code from the ROM-227, the position code (words) through BK-229 are received on BPRDPRMMKL-231 and by a signal, at its p-input, are transmitted to the multi-channel communication line via P3-232. DSh-229 opens the corresponding group of key blocks and register blocks BKBR-234. Through РЗ-232, БПРДПРММКЛ-231, the information enters the BR-233 and then to the selected DSH-229, BKBR-234 (the letter code of the word is 234.11, the sound code of the word is BKBR-234.12 (the harmonic code of the word as a whole is BKBR-234.13) and by a signal from E-235 they are recorded. In the register-time and individual code (RTI) -236.1-n, the time code is written from TM-226, the ICO of this word, which came from the BR-233. The signal from the output of the E-237 enters the standby circuit (SCW) -239, which generates a signal at the 1st output, which overwrites the data from the BKBR-234 to the BR-239, from the RTI-236 to the RTI-240. Further, the above-described cycle of writing information to the memory is repeated again at a predetermined frequency.

Through RZ-241 of a multi-channel communication line, the team enters the BPRDPRMMKL-242 and then to the BPZAP-243 (the operation of which was described earlier (BHRZB-154, BPZAP-212)).

Corresponding to the word IKO arrives at the i-inputs of P-244.1-244.n. The BZAP-243 is triggered, which produces signals at its p-output, which records information in the R-241. The signal from the p-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-242 is fed to the 2nd input of the SHHOZH-238, which allows the operation of comparators, (KMP) 245.1-245.n, which enable the operation of the corresponding BPZAP-243.1-243.n.

Upon receipt of a command for sending (distributing) data on communications, the corresponding BZAP-232 on its first line (which is connected by the corresponding SCNRC-1) sends the corresponding codes of the corresponding words from the corresponding BR-239. Upon receipt of the command to reset the corresponding word (PPI), the corresponding BPZAP-243 generates a signal at its "0" output, which resets the corresponding BR-239 and the corresponding RTI-236, 240 and through the transmission signal signal (code) reset (BPSO) - 250 resets the corresponding SCNRC-1 associated with the N-input of the corresponding BSR-251.

Upon receipt of the appropriate command, the corresponding BPZAP-243 gives a signal to the BR input-245, and on the I-input from its A- _I- out, _I-I -in the SCHYAOK-1 codes associated with this BPZAP-243. Further, according to the signal from the E-247 output, it transmits from the BR-245 by means of the BPRDPRMMKL-248 through P3-249 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

When a signal arrives at the t-input of the BSR-251 and at N ₁ -N _{k is the} input of the signals (code) from the corresponding BPZAP-243, it broadcasts via communications. This information is recorded in blocks of shift registers (BSR) -251. The signal from the BSR-251 sl-output goes to the 4th input, СХОЖ-238, and according to the signal from the third exit, СХОЖ-238 transfers Т-255 to “1”, which opens БК-252.1-252.4. Information about the word code in the literal expression, in the sound expression, in the harmonic code, the IKO is fed to the input of the stack memory unit (BSTP) -257, and the signal coming from the BSR-251 also records information coming from the BSR-251 (the codes of the first letters (sounds) with which the word begins). Here <IKO> = <IKO 1> ... <IKO n>. Next, the signal from the output of the E-254 translates the T-255 to "0". Similarly, any of the BPRZP-256.2-256.n-blocks works.

Further, the information accumulated in the BSTP-257, upon request, is transferred to the BPRDPRMMKL-258, through RZ-259 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

3.43 The functioning of the block storage of proposals and images (BHRPRO)

The storage unit for proposals and images (BHRPRO) -266 (Fig. 105) works as follows. The rewrite circuit (SHPRZ) -267 (the operation of which was described above) by means of the BPRDPRMMKL-268 through the connector (RE) -269 of a multi-channel communication line transfers data to the register block (BR) -270, exposing it to its i-outputs. SKHPR3-267 also selects the block of sentences of images memory (BPPRO) -271.1-271.n and in it the corresponding block of keys (BK) -272, BK-273, BK-274, BK-275. In the block of registers (BR) -276, the sentence code according to the letter codes is recorded, in the BR-277 the sentence code in the form of sound codes is recorded, in the image memory block (BPO) -278 the codes of the images are recorded, in the BR-279 the individual object code is recorded ( IKO-proposals and image, consisting of IKO words and IKO images), according to the signal from the output of E-280, the signal from which also goes to the input of E-251 and to the first input of the waiting circuit (SCW) -282, the signal from the first output of which enters the p-input of the corresponding BPPRO-283.1-283.n, through which from BPPRO-271.1-272.n are rewritten Ode to the I1-I4 outputs.

The command through the connector (RZ) -284 of the multi-channel communication line is received through BPRDPRMMKL-285 in the recording transfer unit (BPZAP) -286.1-286.n. As described above, a signal appears on the p-outputs of BPZAP-286.1-286.n that allows recording received in P (IKO) -287.1-287.n. The signal from the p-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-285 also comes to the first input of the SHHOZH-282. On a signal from its second output, KMP-288.1-288.n are triggered. On one of them, on the “Yes” output, a signal appears that is fed to the “1” input of the corresponding BPZAP-286.1-286.n. At the first command of the corresponding BPZAP-286.1-286.n, 1-n-lines of communication with SCNRC-1 transmit data from and 1 to 4 inputs.

According to the second command, the codes of the cell addresses (SCHYAOK-1) associated with this BPZAP-285.1-286.n through A _I out., _{I In} . It arrives at the BR1-289 u1 and 2 inputs, the service parcel code and addresses from ROM-290 arrive at the i3 inputs. According to the signal from the g-output of BPZAP-286.1-286.n, the signal through E-291 passes to the p-input of BPRDPRMMKL-292, which transmits data from the BR-289 through P3-293 to a multi-channel communication line.

According to the third command, the signal from the "0" output of the corresponding BPZAP-286.1-286.n resets the corresponding P (IKO) -287.1-287.n, BPPRO 283.1-283.n, BPPRO-271.1-287.n and the signal returns to "0 »The entry of the BPRZP-294.1-294.n into the N ₁ -N _k- line (corresponding to the BPRZP-294.1-294.p) is supplied with the reset code of the corresponding SCNRC-1.

Upon receipt of clock signals at the T1-Tn inputs and information packages at the N1-N2 inputs of the corresponding BPRZP-294.1-294.n, this block transmits the received information from its U1 -44 inputs to the corresponding inputs of the stack memory block (BSTP) -295 . Further, this information is transmitted to the addressee through BPRDPRMMKL-296 and RZ-297. Also, or more accurately, the information can be processed by the WCC-processor-298, through BPRDPRMMKL-292 through RZ-293 it transmits the received data to a multi-channel communication line. When the code arrives at the AA inputs of the DSh-301, he selects the corresponding BPPRO-271.1-272.n by means of the BK-301, 302 and stops the SCW-282. By the T-signal from the outputs i2-i4 of the BPPRO 283.1-283.n through BK-302, data is read, and by the T3-signal through the BK-303, data is written to the corresponding BPPRO-271.

3.44 The functioning of the storage unit for dynamic, flat images and texts (BHRDPOT)

The storage unit for dynamic, flat images and texts (BHRDPOT) -304 (Fig. 106) works as follows. SKHPRZ-305 through BPRDPRMMKL-306 and RZ-307 of a multi-channel communication line transmits to BR-308 new data that has appeared at the addressee. SKHRZ selects the corresponding block of memory of a dynamic, flat image and text (BPDPOT) -309.1-309.n and, on a signal from the E-324 output, through BK-310 in BR-311 records (for example) the name of the text (letter code), through BK- 314 to the text memory block by the letter code (BPTB) -315, remembers the text itself. Through the BK-316, the BR-317 records the name of the text in the alphabetic code, through the BK-318 into the text memory block with the sound code (BPTZ) -319 it memorizes the sound text according to the sentences. Through BK-320, the BR-321 remembers the individual object code (IKO), consisting of IKO (for example) sentence words. Through BK-312 in the image memory block (BPO) -313 records the dynamic flat images of the object and its title. Through BK-322, in BPO-323 it writes codes of graphic images of sentences included in the text (in dynamics). On a signal from the E-325 to the first entrance. SHHOZH-326 generates a signal at the first output that allows the operation of BPDPOT1 327.1-327.n, into which data from BPDPOT-309.1-309.n is overwritten. Through Р3-328 of the multi-channel communication line, the corresponding command arrives at BPRDPRMMKL-329, which arrives at BPZAP-330.1-330.n. Data from the i-outputs of this block also go to the i-inputs of the register IKO 331.1-331.n. The signal from the p-output of this unit is fed to the second input of the SHHOZH-326, and the signal from its second output allows the operation of the KMP-332.1-332.n comparators. At the “Yes” output of one of the KMP-332.1-332.n, a signal appears that is fed to the first input of the BPZAP-330.1-330.n. If the incoming command is a command for transferring data from BPDPOT1-327.1-n to SCHAOK-1 (1-M) outputs associated with this BPZAP-330.1-330.n, then BPZAP does this as described above. If a command arrives to submit address codes associated with the BPZAP 330.1-330.n SCNRC-1. On A- _I , A, _I-I enter the corresponding BPZAP-330.1-n codes appear that are recorded in the BR-333, which also records the address codes of the service parcel from the ROM-334, by the G-signal from the output of the corresponding BPZAP-330.1- 330.n, which passes the E-335 and the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-336. Data from the BR-330 through RZ-337 is transmitted to the addressee via a multi-channel communication line.

If a command to reset this object with IKO data arrives, a signal appears on the “0” output of the corresponding BPZAP-330.1, which resets the corresponding BPDPOT-309.1-n, BPDPOT1-327.1-327.n, corresponding to P (IKO) -331.1-331.n and the corresponding SCHYAOK-1 connected to the BPZAP-330.1-330.n lines (1-N) and the corresponding BPRZP-338.1-338.n input to “0”, which reset the communication lines (SKHYOK-1 switches) connected to the corresponding N1-Nk lines.

When clock signals arrive at t _1- tc, the inputs of the BPRZP-338.1-338.n and information packages to N1-N2 the inputs of the corresponding BPRZP-338.1-338.n, the data from the outputs of the corresponding BPDPOT-327.1-327.n and information coming to the BPRZP-338.1-n no N1-Nk lines. By a signal to the 4-input, SHHOZH-326 requests permission. According to the signal from its third output to the p-input BPRZP-338.1-228.n, the data are recorded in the BSTP-339. Next, BPRDPRMMKL-340 through RZ-341 transmits data from BSTP-339 to a multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

The VCC-processor-342, similarly or by more complex algorithms, processes the same information and transfers it to the communication line through BPRDPRMMKL-343 and RZ-344. Similarly to the above, by means of ДТТ1-345 and БК 346.347, information is read from BPDPPOT-309.1-n and, if necessary, is recorded again.

3.45 The functioning of the storage unit dynamic, three-dimensional images and texts (BHRDOOT)

The storage unit for dynamic volumetric images and texts of BHRDOOT (Fig. 107) functions similarly to BHRDPOT (Fig. 106), but instead of memory blocks of flat images (BPPO) -313 (Fig. 106), memory blocks of volumetric images (BPOO) -313.1 are used (Fig. .107). The designation of the elements BHRDOOT-348 is the same as that of similar elements BHRDPOT-304, only the index 1 has been added (for example, SCW-326.1 (Fig. 107)).

3.46 Functioning of the control unit of the associative memory unit (BUPRBASP)

The control unit of the associative memory unit (BUPRBASP) -392 (Fig) is as follows. Through P3-393 the command is received:

<clean the cells of the BASP volume switch> <(code)>,

which passes BPRDPRMMKL-3 94 and is recorded in BR-395. According to the signal from the output of the E-396, a signal appears on the first output of the DS-397, which translates the T-398 to "1". Pulse generator (G) - 400 generates pulses that pass K-399, D-401 to the + 1-input of the SCH-402. The address codes of the cells of the volume switch (SCHYAOK-1) from the I-outputs of the SCh-402 are supplied to the address (A) inputs of the memory block of the memory of the communications of the circuits of the cells of the cells of the volume switch (BPSKHYOK) -404. According to the signal from the output of the E-403 to “0”, the input BPSSSHAOK-404 is recorded from the I1 and 4 outputs of the SCHAOK-1 (by the read signal from the E-405-407) to the BPSSSHAOK-404. Before recording on a signal from the output of the T-398, the BPSSHYAOK-404 is reset. When a signal appears on the SC-402 sl-output, the T-398 goes to "0", and the F-409 opens the BK-410. The operation code and service packages from the ROM-411 are received at the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMKL-394. On a signal from the output of the E-408, BPRDPRMMKL-394 transmits data from the unit informing about the execution of the command (BIVK1) -412 to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command:

<fill in the cells of the bulk switch BASP> <(code)>,

it passes P3-393, BPRDPRMMKL-394 and enters the BR-395. The signal from the output of the E-396, DSH-397 at the 2nd output generates a signal that translates the T-412 to "1". The pulse generator (G) -413 generates pulses that pass K-414, D-416 to the +1 input of the SCH-417, which from its i-outputs sends the address codes SKHYAOK-1 to the A-inputs BPSSHYAOK-404. The signal from the output of the E-418 to the c-input of the BPSHYAOK-404 reads the contents of the registers SCHYAOK-1 from the BPSHYAOK-404 and the signal from the E-419-421 records this data in the SCHYAOK-1 address which is set on the A-outputs of the block reading write circuits of the cells of the volume switch (BSCHZSHYAOK-426). Thus, all SCNRC-1 are viewed. After the signal appears on the sl-output of the SCH-417, the T-415 goes to "0". BIVK2-422 through BPRDPRMMKL-394 (through P3-393) transmits the command execution code to the addressee. The same or more complex algorithm is implemented by the VCC processor 425. Through BPRDPRMMKL-424 and P3-423. By reading the contents of all the registers of SCHAOK-1, thereby connecting the objects. If necessary, restores these relationships by writing the contents to each SCNRC-1.

Upon receipt of the command:

<read the contents of the memory of the bulk switch BASP> <(code)>,

it passes RZ-393, BPRDPRMMKL-394, BR-395 and, upon a signal from the output of E-396, appears on the third output of DSh-397. T-427 goes to "1". Pulses from the G-429 exit pass K-428, D-430 pass to the SCh-431 input +1. The signal from the E-432 output provides a read signal (TS) to BHRDOOT1-BHRDOOT4348, BHRDPOT1-BHROPOT4 304, BHRP01-BHRPO-266, BHRSBZKG -220, BHRZB-154. The code from the SCH-443 outputs determines the data reading address (AA) (data recording address) of the volume image and text memory block (BPOOT) -434.1-434.4, the flat text image memory block (BPPOT) -435.1-435.4, the sentence and image memory block (BPPO) -435.1-435.4, word memory block (BPS) 437.1-434.12. The block of memory of sounds and letters (BPZB) -438. After a signal appears on the SC-432 mid-output, BIVK-446.1 gives information that the command has been executed (T-427 at “0”). Thus, when a corresponding command arrives, the contents of associative memory are written to this block.

Upon receipt of the command:

<write down the contents of BASP> <(code)>,

it passes RZ-393, BPRDPRMMKL-394, BR-396 and by the signal from the output of the E-396, signals appear on the fourth output of the DSH-397, which translates the T-439 to "1". The pulses from the G-441 pass to K-440, D-442 to the + 1-input of the SCH-443 codes from the SC-443 I-outputs and specify the address of the BASP blocks for recording data from the BPOOT, BPPOT, BPPO, BPS, BPZB, BPSCHZPOK, from which data will be read, according to the signal from the output of the E-444. When a signal appears on the sl-output, the MF-443 T-439 goes to "0", BIVK-446.2 transmits to the addressee that the command has been executed.

The VCC-processor-447, similarly or by more complex algorithms, implements the corresponding commands given through Р3-449, БПРДПРММКЛ-448.

Thus, the reading unit for recording the memory of the volume switch (BSCHZPOK) -450 reads information from the corresponding units and, upon command, writes it again to the appropriate place.

Block rewriting, determining relationships, eliminating relationships in time (BPZOSUST) -451 work as follows.

The rewrite-456 scheme through BPRDPRMMKL-453 and RZ-452 in the BR-454 overwrites the data from the destination. At the same time, BK-455.1-455.L is selected. By a signal from the output of E-454.1, information from the BR-454 is rewritten to the object information memory unit (BPIO) -457.1-457.L and to the selected registers: individual object code register (PHKO) -458.1-458.L, time-register records (occurrences in the system) (RTZ) -459.1-459.L. Register of presence (or absence) of communication between objects in the volume switch (RSVO) 460.1-460.L. СХПР3-456 is synchronized with similar circuits of other units using the same resource through LSAI.

Upon receipt of a command for reading information in BHRDOOT, BHRDPOT, BHRPO, BHRSBKG, BHRZB, this command passes R3-500, BPRDPRMMKL-501, passes to BR-502. The signal from the E-504 output passes to the DS-503 p-input, which, at the address recorded in the BR-502, selects one of the BK-498.1-498.L and the information from the corresponding BPIO, RICO, RTZ is fed to the BR-499 and the signal from the output of the E-506 is recorded in it. Next, the signal from the output of the E-505 allows the operation of the BPRDPRMMKL-501, the information from the BR-499 through the RZ-500 goes to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the command:

<establish connection BASP> <(code)>,

it passes RZ-507, BPRDPRMMKL-508 and enters the BR-509 by the signal from the output of the E-510, the DSH-509.1 is triggered, which generates a signal at its first output, which passes the E-462, OR-463 and translates the T-464 into "1", opening the K-465. Pulses from the G-466 output pass K-465, D-467 to the + 1-input of the SCH-468. Codes from the SCh-468 i-outputs pass to the DSh-469 inputs, which is opened by one of the BK-461.1-461.L, which allows code to pass from one of the PCB-460.1-460.L to the 1-inputs of KMP-471. The signal from the e-470 output permits the operation of the KMP-471. If the incoming code is not equal to the code "empty" from the ROM-472, then the next BC 462.1-462.L is taken. If the codes are equal, then a signal will appear on the “Yes” output of the KMP-471, which translates the T-464 to “0”, transfers the T-474 to “1” through the IL-473, and is recorded in the RIKO-480 through the open BC 461.1- 461.L code from the corresponding RICO 458.1-458.L.

The pulses from the G-466 pass K-475, D-476, to the + 1-input of the SCH-478. DSH-479 opens one of BK-496.1-496.L, feeding codes from the corresponding P (IKO) 458.1-458.L to the I2-inputs of the comparator unit BKMP-481, to the I1-inputs which codes of objects where there is no communication in the volume switch. By the signal from the output of the E-477, BKMP-481 checks whether the IKO of the objects (or the incoming parts of one IKO to another) are similar. If this is not the case, the DSh-479 chooses the next BC 496.1-496.L. If the codes match, or one part of the code matches the code of the other, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the BKMP-491, which passes the F-488 and writes the IKO, command code, address and service messages from the ROM-486 to the BR- 487 and also allows the operation of the BPRDPRMMKL-491, which, through P3-492, requests the codes of numbers SKHYAOK-1, which are associated with the object that has the IKO data (at the address specified by the counter-468). In BR-489, these codes are recorded from BPRDPRMMKL-491. The signal from the output of the E-484, F-485 generates a signal, according to which the code СЧ-478, ROM 483 (address, command, service messages) is also recorded in the BR-482. This data passes through BPRDPRMMKL-492 and P3-492 to the addressee, who through R3-492, BPRDPRMMKL-491 writes to BR-490 the codes of the other point of the communication pair. According to the signal from the E-493 output, the data from the BR-489, 490 are sent to the electronic correspondence tables (ETS) 494, 495, which include the code of numbers СХЯОК-1 (i-inputs), and the i-outputs have coordinate codes x, y, z corresponding to the cell number codes. ETS-494 gives out x2, y2, z2, ETS-495-x1, y1, z1. Information from the ETS-494, 495 and PZU-515 (address, command, service packages) by the signal from the output of the E-513.1 is recorded in the BR-514. By the signal from the output of E-513.2, BPRDPRMMKL-512 from BR-514 through R3-511 transmits to the addressee for the propagation of a digital wave (and then establish communications). After the command is executed, it passes through Р3-511 to БПРДПРММКЛ-512, then to БР-516 and ДШ-518, the signal from which SL-output passes OR-473 and again transfers the T-474 to "1". Thus, all IRS that are not connected in the volume switch are viewed. These links are found and established. According to the sl-signal from the output DSh-479, T-464 again goes to "1" and is carried out in the further viewing of objects. When a signal appears on the DSH-469 sl-output, it passes through OR-468.1 and sets T-464 to “0”, and also allows the operation of BIVK 487.1, which tells the addressee that all communications are established.

Upon receipt of the command:

<erase the connection of images before T-time BASP> <(code) (T)>,

this command passes P3-507, BPRDPRMMKL-508, BR-509 and, upon a signal from the output of the E-510, DSh-509.1 generates a signal at the 2nd output, which passes through OR 528 and translates the T-525 to “1” and in RTI-529 records the time code from the BR-509. The generator 519 generates pulses that pass K-520, D-521 to +1 input SCH-522, DSH-523 selects the appropriate BK-497.1-497.L. By the signal from the output of the E-526, the R-531 writes the code from the corresponding PT3-459.1-459.L and, according to the signal of the E-532, the KMP-530 starts working. If the codes arriving at P-531 are equal to or greater than the code at RTM 529, then nothing happens and the DSh-523 chooses another BC 497.1-497.L. If “no”, then a signal will appear at the output of the KMP-530 comparator, which in the BR-534 will rewrite the IKO codes from the corresponding P (HKO) -451.1-458.L, from the ROM-535 the address, command, service parcel and the signal from the E-533 is received in the BPRDPRMMKL-508, transmitted to the addressee to eliminate communication in the SCNRC-1. Thus, all the other BPZOSUST-536.2-536.12 (536.1-451) work, connecting letters (sounds) with 12 (one reserve) types of words, BPZOSUST 537.1-537.4, connecting words with four types of sentences (decree, tale, viior, Uzvi), BPZOSUST-538.1-538.4, connecting four types of sentences with four types of texts and flat dynamic images (BHRDPOT), and BPZOSUST-539.1-539.4, connecting four types of sentences and four types of texts and volume dynamic images (BHRDOOT).

3.47 The functioning of the block associative memory in a given layout (BASTT)

Blocks generally work as described above.

3.48 the functioning of the unit recording operational information (BZOI)

The operational information recording unit (BZOI) -1284 (Fig. 109) works as follows. BVVZ-1269 receives information from the outside world and delivers it to the shift register block (BSR) -1270 (via RZS-1272.1, leased communication lines or the corresponding data transmission system). Sound from the outside world passes MKR-1272 (also through RZS-1272 and the data transmission system). The ADC-1273 is recorded on the t-input signal in the BSR-1274. Sound vibrations also arrive at BSLH-1227, which, upon a signal at the T-input, gives a harmonic code to the input of BSR-1278. This code is the name of the fragment. After a specified time, BVRMN-1275, for example, T = 10 min, according to the signal from DT-1276, the BSTP-1271 records the video signal from BSR-1270, an audio fragment from BSR-1274 and a fragment from BSR-1278, recording time from BVRMN-1275 . Upon receipt through RZ-1279 team:

<BZOI read the data> <(code) (parameters)>,

DShAK-1281 is triggered, which sets the address of the recording frame and, upon a signal from the output of E-1282, 1283, the information of BSTP-1271 is received through BPRDPRMMKL-1280 and RZ-1279 to the addressee. Team Code:

<BZOI enable> <(code)>,

passes P3-1269.1, BPRDPRMMKL-1269.2, BR-1269.3 and, on a signal from E-1269.4, the signal from the first output DSh-1269.5 translates T-1269.6 to "1", allowing the operation of BVV3-1269, MKR-1272, BSLH-1277.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<BZOI turn off> <(code)>,

similar to the above T-1269.6 goes into "0", prohibiting the operation of the above blocks.

3.49 the functioning of the block AB (n) communication (BAS)

Block AB (n) communication (BAS) -1238 (Fig. 110) operates as follows.

Team Code:

<BAS, transmit data on channel N> <(code) (code N) (data)>,

where N is the signal number, for example, ultrasonic, infrared, ultrashort wave, etc. Through P3-1209 passes to the corresponding (N) unit for receiving data of a multi-channel communication line (BPRDMKL) -1210.1. A signal will appear on its p-output, which records data from its I-outputs into a block of shift registers (BSR) 1216. The signal from E-1217 transfers the T-1218 to "1", opening the K-1219. The pulses from the G-1220 output pass K-1219, D-1221 to the T-input of the BSR-1216 and +1 input of the SCH-1222. The information signal from the i-outputs of BSR-1216 passes through the modulator (M) -1224, the clock signal from the output of D-1121 passes through the modulator (M) -1225 and enters the mixer (SM) -1226 and then into the transmitter AB (n) of the medium ( e.g. electromagnetic field).

The receiver AB (n) -1129 receives a signal from the AB (n) medium, which passes the filters (Ф) 1230, 1231, to the corresponding sensors DT 1232, 1233. The signal from the DT-1233 goes to the t-input BSR-1234, and the signal from DT-1232 to the I-inputs of BSR-1234, into which the incoming information is written according to the signal from the sl-output of BSR-1234 of the reception circuit (SHPRD) -1211.1 of a multi-channel communication line, information from BSR-1234 is transmitted to the addressee.

The BPRDMKL-1210, BPRMPRD-1237.1 SHPRD-1211.k works similarly

Upon receipt of the command code:

<BAS, transmit data on channel N (VCC)> <(code) (code N), (data)>,

information passes through the VCC-processor-1214, which through BPRMPRD-1215 transmits and receives data in encrypted form.

3.50 the functioning of the block external connectors (BVNR)

BVNR-1208 (Fig. 111) works as follows. External devices are connected to connectors 1207.1-1207.d. VK-O processor with its multi-channel communication line is connected to RZ-1204. Function BPRDMKL-1205.1-1205.d and SHPRD 1206.1-1206.d, as described above. Corresponding internal units VK-O of the processor are connected via Р3-1200 (ШАКД) to the corresponding РЗ-1201.1-n external units, connected through РЗЛ-1202 to the corresponding РЗЛ-1203.1.d of external devices. These devices interact with indoor units, and indoor units can communicate through these units with an external device.

3.51 The functioning of the text block (TB)

The test block (TB) -1203 (Fig. 112) works as follows. The corresponding packet of pulses containing the address and the command is received in BPRDMKL-1168. A signal appears on the p-output (T-1182.2 to “1”), which passes K-1273.1 and translates the T-1182.2 to “0”. T-1199.1-1199.n. By the signal to the p-input R-1174, incoming information is recorded into it from the I-outputs of the BPRDMKL-1168. Further, the signal from the output of the E-1175 allows the operation of the KMP 1176 and KMP-1177. If the address code recorded in the ROM-1179, or the command code recorded in the ROM-1180 do not match, then a signal appears on their “No” outputs, which translates the T-1182 into “1” through OR-1181.1. TB-1203 is ready for work again. If the device address code and the command code coincide at the “Yes” outputs of the KMP-1176, KMP-1172, signals appear that pass the I-element 1178 and transfer the T-1182.1 to “1” through the OR-1181. G-1184 generates pulses that pass the open K-1183, D-1185 to the T-input RI-1187. The signal from the output of OR-1181 makes +1 SCH-1188, DSH-1189 chooses BK-1194.1. RI-1187 interrogates each of the keys of BK 1194.1, allowing the data recorded in the corresponding registers of R-1193.1, through the corresponding BK-1194.1 to enter the i-inputs of SKHPRD-1169. The signal from the output of the E-1186 goes to the p-input SHKRD-1169, allowing you to transfer this data to the multi-channel line through P3-1167. Thus, a group of commands recorded in R-1193.1 is transferred to the unit under test. After the appearance of the signal at the last output of the RI-1197, the T-1192.1 goes to "0".

The tested unit, having processed a series of commands, gives back the data that is fed to the P-1190 i-inputs. The signal from the R-output of the BPRDMKL-1165 passes K-1178.2 and records the received data in the R-1190. Further, the signal from the output of the E-1191 allows the operation of the BK-1196.n (selected by RI-1187). The reference response data of the tested block through open BK-1196.1-n pass to the I1 inputs of KMP-1197.1, to the p-input of which the signal from the p-output of BK-1196.1-n passes. If the reference data and the result are the same, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-1197.1-n, which translates the T-1199.1-n to “1”. If they do not match, T-1199.1-n will remain at "0". The signal from “Yes” or “no” of the output of the ILC 1197.1-n passes OR-1198.1-n and translates the T-1182.1 to “1” and the MF-1188 to +1. A different row of BC 1194.2 and, accordingly, another testing device are selected. The above procedure is repeated again so testing all the blocks included in the proposed VKO-processor. When a signal appears on the “Yes” or “No” output of the ILC 1197.n, it passes OR 1198.n and records the state of T-1199.1-1199.n on the signal at the p-input in R-1201.2 (test results of the corresponding VK-0 blocks ) Next, the FI-1200 generates a signal and BC 1201.1 is open. Further, from R-1201.2 and ROM A-1202 (service parcels and address) passes to the I-inputs of SKHPRD-1169 and is transmitted to the addressee. According to the signal from the E-1192 to the r-input SHKPRD-1169. The signal from the output of OR-1198.n translates the SCh-1188 to “0” and through OR 1181.1 T-1182.2 to “1”. TB-1203 is ready for work again. By means of BPRDMKL-1170, SKHPRD-1171 and VKTS-1172 testing procedures of any given complexity are organized.

3.52 The functioning of the block is good-bad (BHP)

Block good-bad (BHP) -1166 (Fig.113) works as follows. The image code is transmitted via a multichannel communication line through the BPRDMKL-1131 to the block of video programs for responding to video data (BVPRvD-1143), enters the BR-1134 and is recorded by the signal at the p-input. On the trailing edge of this signal, all KMP-1135.1-1135.n are triggered, which compare the image codes located in the BR-1134 with the codes recorded in BPO-1135.1-1135.n. If the images do not match, nothing happens and the block does not respond. If one of the KMP-1135.1-1135.n is triggered, then a signal will appear on its “Yes” output, which sends signals to the p-input of video program memory blocks (BPVP) -1137.1-1137.n. These blocks contain programs of behavior (response) to the recognized image. By a signal from OR-1138 (F-1139) to the input of SHPRD-1137, data is transmitted to the addressee. Through BK-1140 from the ROM-1142 transmitted service data. The signal from the output of OR-1138 also resets the remaining E-1138.1-n to “0”, when the corresponding command arrives from BPRDMKL-1131 in BPO-1136.1-1136.n, images are recorded for comparison.

When the appropriate command is issued, the WCC-1142 is triggered, which can more accurately respond to the incoming image according to its program.

Upon receipt of the sound code in the BPRDPRM-1144, it passes to the BVPRZS-1145. This unit analyzes the code of the incoming audio signal and generates a program for responding to this audio signal in the same way as described above.

Upon receipt of the signal code from the odor sensor, it passes in a similar way (as described above) at the input of BVPRSR-1147, which generates (reads) the program in video images (or in the form of sound speech messages) of reaction to this signal as described above.

Upon receipt of signal codes from skin sensors, they pass to the inputs of BVPRKS-1149, which generates appropriate response programs.

Upon receipt of the signal codes from the taste sensors, they are fed to the inputs of the BVPRVS-1151, which generates a program for responding to this signal, which is transmitted to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the signal codes from temperature sensors, they are fed to the inputs of the BVPRTS-1153, which generates a video program for responding to this signal and then transfers it to the addressee.

Upon receipt of the signal codes from motion sensors, they pass BPRDPRMMKL-1154 and go to the inputs of BVPRDS-1155, which generates a video behavior (response to this signal).

When signals from internal sensors are received, they enter through the BPRDPRMMKL-1156 to the inputs of the BVPRVS-1157, which generates a program for responding to this signal.

Upon receipt of position signals, they pass BPRDPRMMKL-1158 to the inputs of BVPRSP-1259, which generate an appropriate response program.

When signals from other sensors arrive, they pass through the BPRDPRMMKL-1160 to the inputs of the BVPRDRD-1161, which generates an appropriate response program.

Upon receipt of the proposal codes, they pass BPRDPRMMKL-1162 to the inputs of BVPRPRD-1163, which develops an appropriate program for responding to this proposal.

Upon receipt of information in BPRDPRMMKL-1164, it also goes to the inputs and outputs of the WCC-1165, which can more accurately process the data.

3.53 The functioning of the block of the generator of noun words (BGSS)

The block generator of nouns (BGSS) -1119 (Fig.114) works as follows.

Through P3-1040, information is transmitted to BSR-1045.1-1045.n through one of the lines (or all at once) (through filters (FL) -1041.1-n and detectors (DT) -1043.1-n, DT-1044.1-n) . When a signal appears on the sl-output of the BSR 1045.1-1045.n, the corresponding KMP-1047.1-1047-n is triggered, which compares the information from the outputs of the BSR 1045.1-1045.n with the address code recorded in the ROM-1046. If the codes are not equal, nothing happens. If the code is equal, then a signal appears on the Yes-output of the corresponding ILC 1047.1-1047.n, which resets the remaining ILCs 1047.1-1047.n to “0” (they have an individual response time) and translates the corresponding T-1048.1-1048.n in “1”, which opens the corresponding BK-1049.1-1049.n, and the data from the corresponding BSR-1045.1-1045.n pass into the block of memory, images, words (sounds) (BPOZS) -1071.

The block responds to commands:

<BGSS write the image data in BP> <(code) (data)>,

<BGSS write the data of the sound name of the image in the PSU> <(code) (data)>,

<BGSS read the data of the sound code of the word corresponding to the image> <(code)>

When writing data to BP-1060.1-1060.n, the image codes and address of BP-1060.1-1060.n come from the corresponding BSR-1075.1-1075.n and by a signal to the p-input, triggering BP-1060.1-1060.d and data is written to it. Similarly, the sound code of the word of the corresponding image is recorded in BP 1062.-1062.d.

When submitting the image code, if this image is in BP 1060.1-1060.d and there is a sound code for the word of this image in the corresponding BP 1062.1-1062.d, on the Yes-outputs of the corresponding ILC 1059.1-1059.d and ILC 1063.1-1060.d a signal appears that passes through the corresponding OR-1069.1-1063.d through the corresponding Ф-1064.1-1064.d and opens the corresponding БК-1064.1-1064.d, as well as through OR-1068, opens the БК-1065. Image codes from the corresponding BP-1060.1-d and sound image codes from BP-1064.1-1064.d, service address codes and parcel codes from PZU-1068 through BK-1067 pass to SKHPRD-1053 and by the signal from the output of OR-1066 to r-input SHPRD-1053 is sent to a multi-channel communication line (RZ-1040). Upon receipt of a command from the BPRDMKL-1052, the E-1070 switches to the erected state. If there are image codes, an audio image code exists, the E-1070 signal from the output of OR-1066 goes to “0”, if these codes do not exist (ie, an image without names or a word without an image), then a signal appears at the output of E-1070 allowing the operation of the image similarity determination unit (BOPHO) -1092. From the corresponding BSR 1045.1-1045.n, the image code is transferred to the BR-1072 into the shadow image conversion unit (BPTO) -1073, a shadow image is obtained (by a signal from the output of the E-1070), whose codes are fed to the inputs of SHOPH-1074.1- 1074.k, to the other inputs of which codes from BP-1075.1-1075.k are received, in which codes of objects of comparison are recorded. This, for example, can be a shadow image of a circle, rectangle, tree, etc. According to the signal at the p-input of which, each SHOPH-1027.1-1027-k compares the incoming image with the image recorded in the corresponding BP-1075.1-1075.k, and generates a similarity code (number of matches). Each of SHOPH-1074.1-1074.k has its own response time, according to this signal, they arrive from their p-outputs in turn, through the corresponding F-1076.1-1076.k (allowing the operation of the corresponding BR3-1077.1-1077.k) (in which sound code for the image) and BRB-1078.1-1075.k (in which the code for the letter designation of the sample is recorded). These codes go to the i-inputs P2-1084 and P3-1087, respectively.

The signal from the corresponding P-output SHOPH-1074.1-1074.k through OR-1079.1 goes to the p-input KMP-1081. P1-1082 (contain the similarity code) is initially reset to zero. KMP-1081 compares the similarity code received from the corresponding SHOPH-1074.1-1074.k with the code recorded in P 1-1082. If the code recorded in P-1082 is greater than or equal to the code that came from SHOPH-1074.1-1074.k, then nothing happens. Next comes the signal from the next SHOPH 1074.1-1074.k. If the incoming code is larger than the P 1-1082 code, then a signal appears on the ">" - KMP-1081 output, which passes OR-1086 and shifts (+ T) the information (to the right) to BSRZ-1088 and BSRB-1089 and then records the sound code of the sample (such as BO, GO, VI, O, LE, LA, etc.) from Р2-1084 to БСРЗ-1088, the letter code of the sample from РЗ-1087 to БСРБ-1089. Further, the signal from the output of E-1083 allows overwriting the code received at the input of the KMP-1091 in P1-1082, and the codes from the corresponding BP3-1077.1-1077.K, BRP-1078.1-1078.K in P2-1084 and P3-1087, respectively . (When a signal arrives at "0", the input P 1-1082 also resets to P2-1084, P3-1087, SCh-1090.) Each time a signal is received at + T, the input BSRZ-1088, BSRB-1089 increases by +1 mid-frequency -1090.

Thus, in BSRZ-1088, BSRB-1080, sound and letter codes (respectively) of designations of samples similar to the image are accumulated. Upon receipt of the cp-output signal SHOPH-1074-k (the last), the signal from the output of E-1079.2, OR-1079.1, KMP-1081 everything happens as described above, and then the signal from the output of E-1080, through OR-1085, transmits information from P2-1084, P3-1087. BOPHO-1092 can be implemented by the VCC processor and a more complex image processing algorithm can be embedded in it. Further, the signal from the output of the E-1086 translates the T-1119 to “1”, the RI-1107 to “0”, the T-1108 to “1”, allowing the operation of the random number generator (RNG) -1121 and RI-1107 (pulses from the output G-1104, through K-1105, D-1106 pass to the t-input RI-1007). RNG-1121 randomly sends a signal to one of its outputs, which opens the corresponding BK-1122.1-1122.t. The output signal E-1124 records the codes from the corresponding BP 1123.1-1123.m in P-1125 (sound code (letter code) of the service word), which, if necessary, is added to the codes received in BOPHO-1092. When a signal arrives from the output of the E-1086, it also passes the E-1110, OR-1109 and goes to the T-inputs of the SR-1113, SR-1114. By this signal, codes from the corresponding BSRZ-1088 and BSRB-1099 are rewritten into it. Next, the signal from the output of the E-1115 at the (-T) input of the BSRZ-1088 and BSRB-1088 is shifted in the reverse (left) direction of the code, also through the first opening of the BK-1116 they go to the corresponding inputs of the SR-1113, SR-1114.

Codes from SR-1114 and codes from the corresponding BP-1096-1096.L (through the corresponding BK-1097.1-1097.L) KMP-1112 are compared. If the RI-1107 completely looked at all the power supplies 1096.1-1096.L and the signal did not appear on the “Yes” output of KMP-1112, a signal will appear on the RI-1107 sl-output, which translates T-1108 (K-1105 to “0”) locked and pulses from the G-1104 are blocked). F-1118 generate a signal that opens BK-1127 and codes from SR-1113, SR-1114. PZU-1126 (service information-address, parcels) are received in SKHPRD-1056 and by a signal at its p-input it transmits the code of the corresponding word (its sound code and its letter code) through the PZ-1040 arrives at the addressee.

If the received code of the image and recorded in the corresponding BP-1096.1-1096.b match, then a signal appears on the “Yes” output of the KMP-1112, which through IL-1117 resets to “0” the RI-1107, through IL-1109 adds the following the code from BSRZ-1088 (BSRB-1099) to SR-1113 (SR-1114) (increasing the final word due to the next word (syllable)) and the above procedure is repeated again.

If the entire supply of records from BSRZ-1088 (BSRB-1088) is used, a signal appears at the output of DSh-1091, which switches the T-1119 to “0”, which opens the lower BK-1116 and the codes from R-1125 pass to the inputs of the SR -1113, СР-1114, respectively, and the service part from the corresponding BP 1123.1-1123.rn is added to the word being incremented, selected at random. Next, the above procedure is repeated by comparing the resulting word and the words that are in memory. All VK-O processors are equipped with a generator and the approved (fixing) words already occur among the VK-O themselves until the word is unlike the others.

Upon request, through BPRDMKL-1054 for a given word, you can get an image that through BK-1100 (PZU-1099 service data address) through the storage system 1055 arrives at the addressee. Through BPRDMKL 2054 BP 1093.1-1093 is filled. L, BP-1095.1-1095.L similarly as described above BPRDMKL 1052.

All of the above procedure in a more developed form can be implemented programmatically through BPRDMKL-1056, SKHPRD-1057 and VCC-processor-1058.

Thus, BGSS-1119 can find a word according to the pattern, the word image, to form a new word according to the pattern.

3.54 The functioning of the block internal computing power (BVVM)

Block internal computing power (BVVM) -1268 (Fig.115) is designed to perform simple operations of the calculator, and organization of computing procedures. BVVM-1268 operates as follows.

The block responds to the following commands:

<BVM operation> <(code) (A) (B) (operation code)>,

<BVM answer> <(code) (data)>,

<BVM program> <(code) (parameters) (program)>,

<BVM program> <(code) (answer)>.

Upon receipt in BPRDG1RMMKL 1-1240, the corresponding digits A, digits B and the operation code for the p-signal, they are recorded in the corresponding BRA-1245, BRV-1246 and BROP-1148. The output signal E-1249 allows the operation of the calculator (CLK) -1250, which performs operations on variables.

Upon receipt of the relevant data in BPRDPRMMKL2-1241, each of the VCC-processors 1253.1-1253.n can be programmed with the corresponding program and then execute it.

Upon receipt of the relevant data in BPRDPRMMKL3-1242, each of the processors included in the tree structure can be programmed by the corresponding program and execute it.

To simulate complex structures, WCC processors are located in a block of volume-switched processors (BOKP-1257), which can be connected in a specified way. For these purposes serves SCHOK-1260 (Fig.115.b). When applying the appropriate code from BPRDPRMMKL4-1243 to the matrix decoder with memory (MDSH) -1261. According to the received code, he opens the corresponding keys 1262 of the volume switch, connecting the cubes of space, which themselves are switches or VCC processors. Thus, BOKP-1257 forms the structures of processors for data processing according to the programs transmitted through BPRDPRMKL4-1243.

The block of embedded volume-switched processors (BVOKP) -1258 creates computing (modeling) environments stacked in each other.

3.55 The functioning of the block of instincts (BI)

The block of instincts (BI) -1038 (Fig. 116) works as follows. The timer (TM) -1000 at a given time gives a time code and a signal to the p-inputs of KMP-1001. If the time code from TM-1000 and the code recorded in BR-1002.1 are the same, then a signal is generated at the Yes output of the corresponding comparator, opening the corresponding key block (BC) 1004, and through OR-1003, a signal to the p-input of BSR-1005 gets the program from BP-1002.2. At the same time, from the ROM (A) -1007, the BSR-1005 also receives the address of the code where it is necessary to transfer this figurative program and the corresponding service packages.

Then the E-1010 is triggered and the T-1011 goes to "1", opening the K-1013. The pulses from the G-1012 through K-1013 come to the t-input RI-1014, which interrogates K-1015.1-1015.n, determining the free line. When the corresponding K-1015 is open, the corresponding detector (DT) -1015 generates a signal (with a free line) from its inverse output, which translates the corresponding T-1017 to “1”, opening the corresponding K-1019.1-n, and through OR-1018 translates to “1” T-1022 and to “0” T-1011. In this case, the pulses from the G-1012 pass K-1023 and go through the modulator (M) -1024 and the mixer (SM) -1020 and the corresponding K-1019.1-n (this signal informs that the line is busy). BSR-1005 passes through the D-1023 to the t-input, shifting information (BSR-1005, M-1021, CM-1020 i-output to the corresponding K-1019.1-n input to the multi-channel line (to the selected channel)). The same signal through +1 input SCH-1008 increases its status code. Upon reaching the specified amount, a signal appears at the output of the DSh-1009, which resets to “0” Sch-1008, BSR-1005, T-1017.1-n, T-1022. The program has been transferred and BI-1038 is ready to go. If the line is busy, the RI-1014 will poll the channels until one of them is free.

Information from the outside world in the form of images enters through RZ-1030 to the input of BOPR2-1026. The comparator in BOPR2-1026 compares with the codes of the images recorded in the corresponding BP of this block (the image for which BI-1038 should work). Next, the above procedure is repeated for the image response unit (BRO-1033). Upon receipt of audio data through RZ-1031 to the inputs of the sound image response block (BRZO) -1034, everything happens, as for BOPR2-1026. Only the corresponding ILC compares the received sound image with the data of the corresponding memory block, where the images are recorded to which the BI-1038 should react.

BI-1038 contains a WCC processor-1035. It may contain more sophisticated response programs.

3.56 The operation of the block preliminary translation of the literal text (BPPBT)

Block preliminary translation of the literal text (BPPBT) -1 (Fig.11) operates as follows.

Team:

<Write BPPTB> <(code) (sentence 1) (sentence 2)>,

the connector of the multi-channel communication line RZ-1, BPRDPRMMKL-3 arrives and enters the BR-4. According to the signal from the E-6 output to the DS-5 p-input, a signal will appear at the first DSH-5 output, which is fed to the E-7 and allows the operation of the ILC 9.1-9.n. These comparators compare (sentence 1) coming from the BR-4 i-outputs and located in the corresponding BR 10.1-10.n.

If in one BR10.1-10.n the offer code is recorded that matches the offer with the received code, then at the output of one of the ILC 9.1-9.n a signal appears that generates a signal on the corresponding E-7.1-7.n, which passes OR -12 and resets to "0" E-7 and then goes to the B-input BIVK-31, which through BPRDPRMMKL-3 (and P3-2) transmits to the addressee what it is (sentence 1).

If none of the ILCs 9.1-9.7 worked, then a signal appears on the E-7 output, which translates the T-8 to "1", opening the K-11. The pulse from the output of G-12 passes K-11, D-13 to the + 1-input of the SCH-14 and the codes from its output go to the inputs of the DSh-16, which sequentially interrogates BK-23.1-n, BK-22.1-22.n and BC 21.1-21.n. Next, the signal from the output of the E-15 passes to the p-input of the KMP-19. If the code "empty" from the ROM-20 did not coincide with the code BR-10.1-10.n, which passed through the open DSh-16 BK-21.1-21.n, then DSh-16 chooses the next BC-21.1-21.n, if a signal appears on the DSh-16 sl-output, then it goes to the BIOSh-32 p-input (error reporting unit “there is not enough memory in the block”), which reports an error code to the addressee through BPRDPRMKL-3 and P3-2.

If the corresponding BR 10.1-10.n is empty, then a signal will appear on the “Yes” output of KMP-19, which will be sent to the corresponding BR-24.1-24.n through the open DSh-16 BK-23.1-23.n with and the outputs of the BR-4 are recorded (sentence 2), and through the corresponding BK-21.1-21.n to the corresponding BR 10.1-10.n, the record <language sentence 1> is recorded. The same signal passes to the p-input BIVK-33, which through BPRDPRMMKL-3 (RZ-2) informs the addressee that the command is complete.

When a command appears

<BPPBT find value> <(code) (sentence)>,

it passes RZ-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3, BR-4. According to the signal from the E-6 output, a signal will appear at the second output of the DS-5, which allows the KMP-25.1-25.n to work. Codes previously recorded in BR-10.1-10.n are compared with codes received from the BR-4 i-outputs. If there are no matches and no response after a given time, then the recipient must take this into account and write down a new match, as described above. If the codes match, then the corresponding ILC 25.1-25.n is triggered at its output, where a signal appears that passes through the corresponding E-26.1-26.n (which have an individual signal delay duration) and opens the corresponding BK-27.1-27. n In this case, the enable signal passes the corresponding BK-27.1-27.n, OR-28 zeroing out the remaining E-26.1-26.n and allows the recording of the desired proposal from BR-24.1-24.n through the corresponding BK-27.1-27.n in the BR -29 (and service data from ROM-29.1). The signal from the E-30 output enables the operation of the BPRDPRMMKL-3, which transmits data from the BR-29 (via P3-2) to the addressee.

According to the same or a more complex algorithm, the VCC-processor-34 processes the information and issues the corresponding offers through the BPRDPRMKL-35 (P3-36) to the addressee. If there will be n-languages, then for each pair a correspondence is made (BPPBT1-BPPBTp) (Fig. 117, a). Similarly, the sound translation unit works (BPZT1-BPZTn,) (Fig. 117. b). Only instead of letter codes of sentences in BR-10.1-10.n and BR 24.1-24.n are sound codes. Similarly, the block matching letters and sounds (BSBZ) and the block matching letters and sounds (BSZB) (Fig. 117, c).

3.57 The functioning of the block of imagination (BOBR)

The block of imagination (construction) (BOBR) -1 (Fig. 120) operates as follows. To implement the process of constructing a model (imagination), it is necessary to use an environment where it is possible to carry out the design process and the means of creating this model from objects. Initially, the objects are created by the BPOVKB and placed in the BASP (associative memory block), where they are stored. The model is built in BVKP (virtual memory cube block) using the VK-language for working on images (VK-VARIANT).

VK-VIRTUALLY contains the following operators:

1. <Name the object> <(name)>;

2. <Find the model of the object and put it in the buffer><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ )>;

3. <Place the object on the work platform> <(name)>;

4. <Set the rotation point of the object> <(name), (x, y, z)>;

5. <Set the rotation line of the object><(name), ((x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ ), (x ₂ , y ₂ , z ₂ ))>;

6. <Rotate the object around the point><(name), (± φ _x , φ _y , φ _z )>;

7. <Rotate the object around the axis ((x), (y), (z))> <(name), (± φ)>;

8. <Increase (decrease) the object> <(name), (d)>;

9. <Move the object> <(name), (± Δх, ± Δу, ± Δz)>;

10. <Compare two objects in a straight line><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ ), (x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ ), (x ₂ , y ₂ , z ₂ ), (± Δ1)>;

11. <Draw the section line of the object><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ )>;

12. <Divide the object into two along the straight line><(name)), (name ₂ ), (x ₁ , y ₁ , z ₁ ), (x ₂ , y ₂ , z ₂ ), (± Δ1) >;

13. <Outline the part of the object for transparency> <(name)>;

14. <Make the selected part of the object the specified degree of transparency> <(name), (q)>;

15. <Put a point in the object> <(name), (x, y, z)>;

16. <Place one object in another at the marked points><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ )>;

17. <Draw the object with thin lines> <(name)>;

18. <Draw an object, in three projections> <(name)>;

19. <Erase the object (part)> <(name)>;

20. <Paint the object with the tool> <(name)>;

21. <Embody the object in volume> <(name)>;

22. <Cut the object> <(name), (x, y, z). (Δ1)>;

23. <Select the outline of the object (part) for movement> <(name), (part)>;

24. <Put the phase of movement of the object (part)> <(name), (part)>;

25. <Let the object (part) move in phases> <(name), (part)>;

26. <Look at the object (model)> <(name)>;

27. <Look inside the object (part, model)> <(name)>;

28. <Choose a process on an object> <(name), (process: (transformation, swelling, combustion, coating, explosion, etc.)>;

29. <Choose effects when interacting with objects> <(name]), (name), (effect: (sound, flash, transformation, penetration, stop, etc.)>;

30. <Put the registrars inside the model> <(name)>;

31. <Give properties to an object> <(name), (properties: magnet, electric charge, liquid, material (wood, steel, etc.), strength, etc.)>;

32. <Place an object (model) in a medium> <(name), (medium: gravity, magnetic field, liquid, air, etc.)>;

33. <Put the object on another object><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ )>;

34. <Create a platform><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ )>;

35. <Put the object on the platform with its properties><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ )>;

36. <Write (count) the model> <(name)>;

37. <Archive (unzip) the object (model)> <name>.

Each VK-YARNO team is presented in two forms.

As it was described above and with the insertion “VCC”, for example, <Name the object (VCC)> <(name)>. In this case, the reception and processing of the command code goes through the VCC (processor) -4.

Each VK-YaRNO operator has its own operation unit (B01-BO 57) -8, 24-57, in which there can be one or several VCC (processors) -11 (BPRDPRMMKL-10, RZ-9). Since each of the corresponding blocks of BVOBR-1 contains its own RE, BPRDPRMMKL, the corresponding team can come either through RE-58, or through RE-2, or through RE-13. The results of the unit can be obtained through RZ-58, RZ-2, RZ-18.

The command <name the object> <(name)>

the corresponding B01-B057.d carries out the procedure for obtaining the name of the object from the corresponding proposal. For example, <Vior> <Where is the table> <all>. "Table" is the name of the object.

By the command <find the model of the object and put it in the buffer><(name ₁ ), (name ₂ )> the corresponding program of the corresponding B01-57.d interacts with BASP-280 (associative memory block) and receives the codes of the named object and places it under this or another name in the buffer BVKP-5.1-5.k.

By the command <place the object on the working platform> <(name)> the corresponding B0-8-57.d takes the object with the given name from the corresponding BVKPB-5.1-5.n and places it in the BVKP VOBR-7, which is the working platform where going to model a new image, for example, "a street of houses, roads, people, plants, cars, etc.".

When a team arrives

<look at the object (model)> <(name)> the code passes RZ-13, BPRDPRMMKL-14, BR-15, DSh-17 by the signal from the E-16 output, the corresponding block B01-57.d becomes active, which information from BVKPVOBR-7 translates into BVNTV-6, which forms a look at the constructed model, as described above for the internal view block.

G1, G2 signals from BVNTV-6 pass OR-22. E-23 to the p-in BPRDPRMMKL-19. Information about the views of the constructed model from two points (both ₁ and ₂ ) and service information from PZU-21 through BR-20 and BPRDPRMMKL-19, R3-18 are transmitted to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

To provide simulation of movement in BVKPVOBR-7, several blocks B01-57.d can work simultaneously. Data from BVNTV-6 can also pass through P3-58 to the addressee or P3-2 (through the VCC-processor-4).

The block of the virtual cube of memory (BVKP) -1 (Fig. 121) consists of the NW VKP, the description of which was done above. The WCC processor here serves as a decoder and command adapter. He addresses the incoming signals to the SY and coordinates their work according to the program recorded inside.

3.58 The functioning of the sound solver (RShZ) (text solver (RShT) figurative solver (RShO))

The sound solver (RShZ) -1 (Fig. 122) operates as follows. An audio sentence of the type <tale>, <order>, <ior>, <usi> with the ending <all> arrives through РЗ-2 from a multi-channel communication line, through БПРДПРММКЛ-3 to БР-4 and by the output signal Э-5, ДШ -6, at the 1st output, a signal is generated that allows you to write the sentence word codes into the block of sentence registers (BRPD) -7. Further, if K-8 is open (VCC-processor-68 does not work), the signal passes to the input of E-12. Further, if the T-14 is in the “1” state, then the K-13 is open and the signal from its inputs goes to the BR-10 input, into which the received proposal and service information from ROM-11 are recorded through BK-9. The signal from the output of the E-15 passes to the P-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-21 and the proposal with service information from the BR-10 is transmitted to the BASP, to receive a response program in VKVYA-language, to the incoming phrase: <decree (vior, tale, recognize)> <position> <all> <(code) (service data)>. The signal from the output of K-13 translates the T-14 to "0", which closes the K-13, BK-9 and opens the BK-16, K-18. The following phrase comes, is again recorded in the BRPD-7, and the signal of the 1st output DSh-6 passes K-8, K -18 and allows the codes of the received proposal (via BK-16) to be written to the stack memory unit (BSTP) -17. Thus, the block of word buffer memory (BBPSL) - sends the received sentences to the associative memory block (BASP) for the response program (text) and, if there are more sentences, writes them to BSTP-17.

Team Code:

<BASP response program> <(code) (sentences in VK-language) (images) (teams in VKVYA)>

pass RZ-22, BPRDPRMMKL-23, get into the BR-24 and the signal E-25, DS 26 from the 1st output produces a signal that allows the recording of received data from the BR-24 in the memory block of sound commands (offers on VK- language - in the sound (in the text)) (BPKZ) -27, in the memory block of image commands (BPKO) -28 and in the memory block of commands in the internal language (BPKVYA) -29, a signal to the p-inputs of these blocks. Commands are loaded in the parts [o, + k], [o, + m] (Fig. 122).

Upon receipt of the command code:

<stop RShZ (RShT, RShO)> <(code)>,

it passes RZ-22, BPRDPRMMKL-23, BR-24 and the signal goes E -25, DSH-26 generates a signal at the 2nd output, which translates T-29.1 to "0", a signal from the output of which inhibits the operation of DSh -26, OR-34. Upon receipt of the command code:

<allow the work of the RShZ (RShT, RShO)> <(code)>,

it, similarly to the above, produces a signal at the 3rd output of the DSh-26, which translates the T-29.1 to "1", which allows the DSh-36, OR-34 to work.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<put into operation RShZ (RShT, RShO)> <(code)>,

it, similarly to the output one, generates a signal at the 4th output of DSh-26, which resets BPKVYA-29 [o, + m], BPK3-27 [o, + k], BPKO-28 [o, + k], SCK2-35 and Passing through the OR-34, it starts the cycle of commands VKVYA. If the proposal was not received through BBPSL-19, the RShZ (RShT, RShO) works on the commands [o, -n]. After SCHK2-35 goes to "0", DSH-36 generates a code that opens the corresponding command from BPKVYA-29, through BK-30. The signal from the output of the IL-34 passes E-33 to the BR-31 p-input, writing the command from BPKVYA-29 to it. The command can be external or processed by the internal language command analysis unit (BAC) -152. The signal from the output of the e-32. 1 passes to E-123 and launches it (internal command (VNK)). If the E-123 is not reset to "0", a signal will appear at its output and the command from the BR-31 will be executed as an external one. The command code comes to the input of the KMP-82, which, on a signal at its p-input, compares the code from the ROM-83 with the incoming code. If they are equal, then a signal appears on the YES output, which translates into “0” SCHK2-35 and passes through OR-24, resets E-123 to “0”. The signal from the E-33 starts the cycle again.

When the team arrives:

<set to 0 SCHK2> <(code)>,

the internal command block is triggered zero (o) counter K2 (BVK (OK2)) - 84.

Upon receipt of the command:

<set-1 SCHK2> <(code)>,

it is processed by BVK (-1 K2) -88, as described above, and the signal from its output makes SChK2-35 (-1) and starts the cycle again, as described above.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<set +1 SCHK2> <(code)>,

BVK (+1 K2) -89 is triggered, which makes SCHK2-35 (+1), and starts the cycle again, as described above. Upon receipt of the command code:

<set SCHK2> <(code) (d)>.

BVK (IK2) -94 is triggered, a signal appears on the Yes-output of the KMP-90, which writes to the P-92 (d) from the BR-31. The signal from the output of E-93 passes through OR-81 (E-80) and enters the p-output of SCHK2-35, at the i-inputs of which there is a code from P-92. SCHK-2-35 is set to a predetermined state, and the signal to the 3rd input of OR-34 starts the cycle again. Upon receipt of the command code:

<set -1 SCH1> <(code)>,

BVK (-K1) -85 is triggered, which makes -1 SCHK1-47, and the signal from the output of OR-46 passes E-45 and allows the BR-39 to be recorded through the public keys of BK-38 (DSh-48) image codes from BPKO- 28 and codes of VK offers from BPCZ (T-27) through BK-41 to BR-42. Next, the signal from the E-44 output passes to the p-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-50, 52, which transmit data from the BPCZ (T) -27, BPCO-28 to the corresponding blocks (internal voice, internal screen). The signal from the output of E-33.1 through OR-37 makes +1 SCHK2-35 and through OR-34 starts the K2 cycle again.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<set +1 SCH1> <(code)>,

BVK (+1 K1) -86 is triggered, which at its output generates a signal that makes +1 SCHK2-47, DSh-48 is triggered, which opens the corresponding keys in BK-38, 41. In BR-39 and BR-42 are recorded corresponding images and offers from БПКО-28, БПКЗ (Т) -27 and service data from ПЗУ-40, 43 and similar to the above, these codes are transmitted through BPRDPRMKL 50, 52 to a multi-channel communication line.

The cycle starts again as described above.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<set 0 SCH1> <(code)>,

BVK (0K1) -87 is triggered, which translates to “0” SCHK 1-47 and, as described above, through OR-46 the cycle (K2) starts again.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<set SCH1> <(code) (d)>,

BVK (And K1) -95 is triggered, which SCHK2-47 sets in the d-code state by a signal from the p-output through OR-85.1 to the p-input SCHK2-47 and then through OR-46, E-45, E-44 , Э -33.1, OR-37 K2 cycle starts again.

When the team arrives

<do ± d SCH> <(code) (± d)>,

the BVK block (± d SCHK) -122 is triggered.

If (+ d), then KMP-115 and ROM-116 are triggered. On the Yes-output of the KMP-115 signal allows the operation of the adder (SUM) -117, which sums the value (d) from the corresponding outputs of the BR-31 and code SChK1-47.

The resulting code is fed to the I-outputs of the SCHK 1-47, where it is recorded by the signal from the g-output of the SUM-117 (via OR-121). If (-d), then the ILC -118 is triggered, the signal allows the operation (HF) -120, the codes of which also go to the I-inputs of the SCHK 1-47, where they are recorded by the signal from the g-output of the HF-120 (subtracting from the current state SCH 1-47 value d).

Upon receipt of the command code external to the analysis unit of the internal language command (BAC) -152, E-123 (MIC) does not go to "0". The signal from its output passes to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-54 and the command code from the BR-31 through P3-53 is transmitted to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee. For example, for the chassis movement block (BDSHAS), for the associative memory block (BASP), etc. Each such block can give an answer: it worked correctly, a) <answer-Yes> <(code)>; that didn’t work properly (need to be repeated); b) <answer-no> <(code)>; and no response is a failure (Sat). Thus, the format of the commands BPKVYA-29 (1) command is defined; 2) yes; 3) no; 4) Sat (tab. G1-Fig. 122)).

The response command code passes P3-55. BPRDPPRMMKL-56, BR-57 and by a signal with the output of E-58, DSh-59 at the 1st output generates a signal that passes OR-60 and allows the operation of KMP-131, KMP-133. If this command: a) KMP-133 is triggered. A signal appears on its Yes-output, which passes OR-135 and resets to "0" E -124 (failure) and then allows the adder (SUM) -127 to work, which adds the value to the value of the SCHK- 2-35 (I1 inputs) value ( 1) ROM-120. The resulting code from the SUM-127 i-outputs passes to the SCHK2-35 i-inputs and, according to the signal from the SUM-127 g-output, is written (set) to it through OR-81. A transition is made to a team that processes this situation. The signal to the 3-input OR-34 starts the cycle again (K2).

If command b) arrives, the KMP-131 (PZU-132) is triggered, the signal from its Yes output through the OR-135 resets the E-124 (SB) to “0” and enters the p-input SUM-129, which summarizes the value SChK2-35 and PZU-13 0 (2). The value of SCK2-35 increased by 2, as described above, and through OR-34 the K2 cycle will continue again. If the answer does not come or one KMP-131.133 does not work, then the signal from the E-124 output allows the operation of the adder (SUM) -125, which adds the value of ROM-126 to the current value of SChK2-35 (3). The code from the SUM-125 outputs sets SCHK2-35, as described above, and continues the K2 cycle through OR-34.

Upon receipt of the nulling command code, the block of operative memory of images (BOPO), the block of random access memory of the text (BOPT), the block of random access memory of sound (BOPZ):

<zeroed BOPO (BOPT, BOPZ) RShZ> <(code)>,

it is recognized by the BVK (OBPO) -98 block. KMP-96 (PZU-97) works. A signal appears on the Yes-output of the KMP-96, which resets the BOPO-74. Similarly, the corresponding block is activated in the control unit of the block of random access memory of the text (BUPRBOPT) -113, which, with the signal from the corresponding output (RP), resets the BOPT-73. Similarly, the control unit for the random access memory block (BUPRBOPZ) -1 14 is activated, which resets BOP3-72.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<-1SCHBOPO <(code)>,

BVK (-1 SCHBOPO) -108 is triggered, the output signal of which makes -1 SCHKBOPO-100, passes OR-101, E-79, OR-78, OR-37, makes +1 SCHK2-35 and continues through OR-34 K2 cycle.

When the command code arrives:

<+1 SCHBOPO> <(code)>,

the BVK block (+1 SCHBOPO) -109 is triggered, SCHBOPO-100 makes +1 and, similarly to the above, through KL-101, KL-37 the K2 cycle is repeated.

When the command code arrives:

<0 SCHBOPO> <(code)>,

the BVK block is activated (0 SCHBOPO) -110, SCHBOPO-100 goes to 0 and the K2 cycle repeats again, as described above.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<read data from BOPO (BOPT), BOPZ)> <(code)>,

the BVK (SCHBOPO) -111 block is activated (or the corresponding blocks in BUPRBOPT-113 and in BUPRBOP3-114), which gives a signal that reads (s) to the s-input of BOPO-74, passes OR-76, OR-75, E- 71.4 and writes to BR-71.1 information and service data from ROM-71.2. Further, according to the signal from the E-71.3, information from the BR-71.1 is output, through P3-70 from the BOPO-74, the addressee is received.

Upon arrival of the command code:

<write down in BOPO (BOPT, BOPZ) data> <(code)>,

BVK (ZPBOPO) -107 is triggered, a signal appears on the Yes input of KMP-102 (PZU-105), which translates the T-104 to "1", which opens the K-108 information from the addressee via a multi-channel communication line, passes P3-55 , БПРДПРММКЛ-56, passes through the BR-57 and, on a signal from the output of the E-58, ДШ-59 at the 2nd output, generates a signal that passes the open K-105 to the 3-input (record) of BOPO-74. The signal from the output of the E-106 resets to "0" T-104. Data from the BR-57 i-outputs is recorded in BOPO-74. BUPRBOPT-112, BUPRBOP3-114 also work.

Upon receipt of the command code:

<check the proposals received (BARP)> <(code)>,

BVK (BRPD) -148 (KMP-137DZU-138) is triggered. A signal appears on the Yes-output of the KMP-137, which enables the operation of the KMP-139. If the inverse output of the T-14 is “1”, then the signal is on the Yes-output of the KMP-139 (ROM-140). If it is “0”, then a signal appears on the No-output of the KMP-139. The signal from “Yes” or “No” outputs of KMP-139 is opened by the corresponding BK-143 or BK-142. Codes PZU-144 or PZU-142 pass to the IOT inputs of BUSCHK2-136 (the operation of which was described above). The signal from the output of OR-145 passes to the input of E-146.147. The signal from the output of the E-146 allows the operation of the BUSCHK2-136, which responds to the situation, as described above (table. G1 (Fig.122)). The signal from the output of the E-147 translates into "1" T-14.

When the command code arrives:

<check availability of the offer in BSTPBBPSP> <(code)>,

BVK (BSTP) -149 is triggered, similarly to BVK (BRPD-148). If on the Pr (sign) output of BSTP-17 the signal is “1”, then in BSTP-17 there is a sentence, if “0”, then there is no offer. Depending on this, BVK (BSTP) -149 recognizes the situation, and BUSCHK2-136 (as described above) sends the program recorded in BKPVYA to the appropriate position from BSTP-17 in the BRPD-7, the sentence is written and its processing cycle is repeated again, as was described above.

More complex algorithms for processing commands of the BAKVYA-152 block can be implemented on the VCC-processor-150, the outputs-inputs of which are connected to all the inputs-outputs of the BAKVYA-152.

When the command code arrives:

<write down (reset, replace) the program in the VCC BAKVIA)> <(code) (data)>,

it passes P3-61, BPRDPRMMKL-62 and enters the BR-63. The signal from the output of the E-64, DSH-65 at the 1st output produces a signal that allows you to record data from the BR-63 in the VCC-150. By means of the SHAKD connector (bus address, commands, data), the WCC -150 has the ability to transmit and receive data on this channel.

Upon arrival of VKVYA-commands (description of requests, situations), they pass P3-70.1, BPRDPRMMKL-70.2, BR-70.3 and, upon a signal from the input E-70.4, DSh-70.5, at the first output, they generate a signal that passes to the first input of the standby circuit SCHOZH) -70.9, which generates a signal to the pi-input of the situation stack memory block (BSTPS) -70.8, in which codes from and 1 inputs of the BR-70.3 are alternately recorded.

Upon receipt of the command:

<check the availability of commands in BSTPO <(code)>,

from BPKVYA-29 it is recognized by BVK (BSTPS) -70.11, which receives a sign signal (Pr) to the P2 input from BSTPS-70.8. If there is no data there, then BVK (BSTPS) -70.1 allows BUSCHK2-136 to switch to the corresponding command (as described above) for this situation. If there is data in the BSTPS-70.1, then the signal from the BVK (BSTPS) -70.11 P2 output is passed to the SCHOZH-70.9, which allows reading data from the BSTPS-70.1 and writing to the BR-70.3 (and codes from the ROM-70.6) and by the signal from E-70.7 overwrites these commands in the corresponding memory block (for example, BASP) to search for a response program. BVK (BSTPS) -70.11 with the help of BUSCHK2-136 (as described above) transfers RShZ (RShT, RShO) to the corresponding branch of the situation processing program.

3.59 Functioning of the watchdog unit (BTSD)

The watchdog block (BSTR) -1 (Fig.124) works as follows.

Team Code:

<turn on the watchdog block (BSTR)> <(code)>,

passes R3-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3, BR-4, and upon a signal from the output of E-5, at the first output of the DSH-6 it generates a signal that translates T-7 to "1".

Team Code:

<turn off the BSTR> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, it generates a signal at the second output of the DSh-6, which translates into T-7 “0”.

The pulses from the G-8 output pass through the open K-8, D-10 and go to the t-input of the SCh 10.1 and further DSh-11, which interrogates K-12.1-12.n. The corresponding reactive sensor (RD) -15.1-15-n receives data from the external environment: temperature, pressure, touch, sounds (noise), radiation, etc. and through the appropriate amplifier (U) -14.1-14.n provides the corresponding key 17.1-17.n, to the corresponding threshold element (PE) -13.1-13.n. If the parameter value exceeds the threshold value, a signal is generated that passes OR-16 and allows the message code from the ROM-19, code СЧ-10.1 (number RD-15.1-n) to be recorded in the BR-18. Further, the signal from the output of E-17 allows you to transfer data from the BR-18 through BPRDPRMMKL-3, RZ-2 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee.

3.60 the functioning of the time block (BVRM)

The time block (BVRM) -1 (Fig.125) works as follows.

Team Code:

<set initial time parameters> <(code) (data)>,

passes from a multi-channel communication line through РЗ-2, БПРДПРММКЛ-3, БР-4 and, on a signal from the output of Э-5, ДШ-6, at the first output, it generates a signal that records the incoming data from BR-4 into the RS-7 code of seconds , in RM-8 is the minutes code, in RF-9 is the clock code, in RD-10 is the day code (date), in PMC-11 is the month code, in WP-12 is the year code, in RFC-34 is a leap-day code (years) (1, 2, 3, 4). VK-0 processor uses its calendar, shown in Fig. 125. Here 2008 is 7516 (a leap year). The number of months is 13 to 28 days. The last month is 29 days. There are 365 days in a year, 366 days in a leap year (30 days in the last month). Each year begins on the first day at midnight (0 h, 0 min, 0 s), the shortest night of the year (at the time the Earth passes the farthest point from the Sun (in the Northern Hemisphere)). At the end of the year, Saturday is supplemented (in a leap year 2 Saturdays). Every 125 years, one Saturday in a leap year is not added. Summer has 4 months, the rest of the seasons (spring, winter, autumn) 3 months each (name of the months: 1 - ice, 2 - sup, 3 - hut - (winter), 4 - straight, 5 - torus, 6 - sowing - ( spring), 7 - May, 8 - happy, 9 - heat, 10 - mountains - (summer), 11 - cabbage, 12 - boron, 13 - don (autumn)). The names of 7 days (Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday) are on the same days of the year, including those highlighted separately. The day is divided into 10 hours (knots), 100 minutes (la), each minute is divided into 100 seconds (vi), the duration of a second is normal (the time between heart beats averaged by a person).

Team Code:

<turn on the BVRM time block> <(code)>,

similarly to that described above, at the second output DSh-6 generates a signal that translates the T-20 to "1", opening the K-21. Pulses from the G-22 exit pass K-21, D-23 and pass to the +1 input of the SChS-14. After 100 vi passes, a signal appears at the SCH-14 SL output, which makes +1 SCM-15. After 10 knots have passed, a signal appears on the SCM-15 SL output, which makes +1 SCH-16. After 10 hours have passed, a signal will appear on the SCCH-16 SL output, which makes +1 SCH-17. After 28 days have passed, a signal will appear on the SL-output of the RMS, which makes +1 MF. After the 13th month comes, the Sh-31 begins to work. If this is a normal year (not a leap year), then SCH-17 in the 13th month counts not 28, but 29 days and produces a signal at the sl-output, which translates SCH-19 to +1 and SCHVG-32 to +1. If SCHVG-32, through DSh-33, gives a signal to SCh-31 (leap year), then Sh-31 generates a signal at the second output (2-input of SChD-17). Every 125 years a signal is not generated. In this case, SCH-17 counts to 30 (days in the 13th month) and generates a signal at the sl-output, as described above.

Team Code:

<turn off the BVRM time block> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, it produces a signal at the third output of the DSh-6, which translates the T-20 to "0", closing the K-21.

Team Code:

<count time BVRM> <(code) (calendar code)>,

similarly to the above, depending on the calendar code, a signal is generated at the 4, 5, ..., 10 (n) -th output, which translates the corresponding T-29.1-29.10 (n) to "1", which opens the corresponding section.

BPVRM-25, which stores the corresponding calendar (Fig.125). The corresponding code is supplied to s -, m-, and -, d -, ms -, l-inputs of the BPVRM-25 and information is received on the p-signal from the HE-24 output to the 1-inputs of the BR-27 (time, day, month, year and other parameters of the selected calendar) and by the p-signal from the output of the E-26 it is recorded in it. The signal from the OR-30 output allows the E-28 to work and the signal from its output allows the information from the BR-27 to be transmitted through the BPRDPRMMKL-3, RZ-2 to the multi-channel communication line to the addressee. The signal from the output of the E-35 resets the T-29.1-29.10 (n).

3.61 The functioning of the destruction unit (BUNICH)

The destruction block (BUNICH) -1 (Fig. 127) works as follows.

Team Code:

<BUNICH> <(code)>,

passes RZ-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3, BR-4 and on a signal from the output of E-5, DSh-6 at the first output produces a signal that makes +1 SCH-7, E-19 sends a signal to the p-input of KMP-8 , which compares the code from the midrange-7 and the code from the ROM-9. If the number of commands (<BUNICH> <(code)>) is equal to the code from ROM-9, then a signal will appear on the YES output of the KMP-9, which, passing through the OR-10, activates the UIU-11, which destroys system (slow or fast depending on the algorithm of functioning of the UIU-11).

Team Code:

<counter 1 BUNIC at 0> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, it generates a signal at the second output of the DSh-6, which resets to "0" SCh-7.

Team Code:

<term BUNICH> <(code)>,

similar to the above, at the third output DSh-6 generates a signal that translates the T-12 to "1", opening the K-14. Pulses from the output of G-13 pass K-14, D-15 to +1 input SCH-16. The signal from the output of the E-20 allows the operation of the KMP-17. If the code recorded in the ROM-18 (term of operation) is equal to the code from the SCh-196, then a signal will appear on the Yes output, which, after passing through the OR-10, will activate the UIU-11.

Team Code:

<first term BUNICH> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, it generates a signal at the fifth output of the DSh-6, which translates to “0” SCh-16, and the countdown of the operation starts from zero.

Team Code:

<cancel the term BUNICH> <(code)>,

similarly to the above, it generates a signal on the fourth DSh-6, which translates the T-12 to "0", closes K-14.

3.62 The functioning of the orientation unit (BOARD)

The orientation unit (BORT) (Fig) is as follows. The description of the functioning of the blocks DUNC-3, BPCh-4, SHID 5, 6, 7, 8, SHIUSK-9, BUZL-10, MON-11, ION-12, BONNT-13 was described above

Through the connector RZM-14, additional units for BORT-1 are connected. The corresponding command codes pass through RZ-15: <BORT, DUNTS (BPChS-4, SHID-altimeter-5, SHID-depth meter-5, SHID-speed meter-7, SHID-pressure meter-8, SHIUSK-9, BUZL- 10, MON-11, ION-12 BONNT-13) (VCC)> <(code) (data)>. For BORT-1 with a marker (VCC), the BPRDPRMMKL-16 transmits data to the VCC-processor-17, which processes the data and then transfers it to the addressee through P3-15. By the appropriate command (without the VCC marker), information can be requested directly from any BORT-1 unit.

3.63 The functioning of the block of internal voice (BVNG)

The internal voice unit (BVNG) -1 (Fig. 128) operates as follows.

Team Code:

<say BVNG> <(code) (data)>,

passes into BZS-2 (the operation described above), which produces an audio signal in electrical form, which is mixed in a mixer (SM) -3 and then through the signal line connector (RPS) -4 enters the signal line. In order for the inner voice to be distinct and not distorted, it is necessary to reduce the level of signals in this line (channel), for example, to reduce the level of the input signal.

3.64 The functioning of the block internal screen (visions) (BEVN)

Block internal screen (visions) (BEVN) - (Fig.129) works as follows.

Team Code:

<write the image in BEVK> <(code), (data)>,

passes through R3-2, BPRDPRMMKL-3, BR-4 and, upon a signal from the output of E-5, DSh-6, at its output generates a signal that allows codes (as from light sensors (frequency) and their intensity) to be recorded in BEP-7 . T-17 goes into "1", K-16 opens (goes into standby mode). The video data transmission-reception unit (BPPrVD (Fig. 130)) generates a transmission start signal (label), which passes the RZS-12 filter (FL) -13, detector (DT) -14, to generate signals (Ф) through open К- 16 and translates the T-18 into "1", which opens the K-19. Pulses from the G-20 output pass K-19, D-21 to the +1 input of the SCH-22, the codes from the outputs of which pass the DSh-23 and open the corresponding keys in BK-8. Codes from the outputs of the BEP-7 are fed to the corresponding signal converters (PS) 9.1-9.n, which generate the corresponding amplitudes and frequencies of the signal that mimic the signal from the corresponding light sensors (TPA - Fig. 62), which pass into the mixer (SM) - 10, and then through SM-11 and RZS-11 to the signal line. When a signal appears on the SC-22 mid-output, the T-17 goes to “0”. The signal from the output of the E-25 writes to the BR-26 a code from the ROM-27 <command to write the image to the BEVN (completed)> <(code)>, which, according to the signal from the output of the E-24, is transmitted by the BPRDPRMMKL-28 through P3-29 to the multi communication line. The image (vision) recorded in BEP-7 is superimposed in line on existing signals (if they are absent, they are perceived as coming from outside).

Upon receipt of the command code:

<write the image in BEVN (VCC)> <(code), (data)>,

it passes RZ-30, BPRDPRMMKL-31 and enters the VKC processor -32. The signal from the p-output, which prohibits the operation of the DSh-6 and DSh-23. The signal from the i-outputs of the WCC-32 through BK-8 is generated by the control codes PS-9.1-9.n., As described above.

3.65 the functioning of the block of the reception and transmission of video data (BIPrVD)

Block transmit-receive video data (BPPrVD) - (Fig) works as follows. BDTS-5.1-5.n functions as described above, and generates a code from light sensors (colors (frequency)) and intensity at its outputs. According to the signal from the p-output to BDTS-5.1-5.n. Codes of these parameters are written into the corresponding Р-6.1.1.-6.1.2, 6.n.1-6.n.2. The signal at the p-output of the corresponding BDTS-5.2-5.n appears if a signal is received from the corresponding output of the RI-14, to the t-input of which pulses from the G-16 are received, through D-15. The signal from the D-15 output also passes to the E-14 and allows the recording of data from the corresponding R-6.1.1-6.1.2, 6.n.1-6.n.2 in BSR-7. The signal from the output of E-17 also translates the T-18 to "1", K-19 opens. Pulses from the G-16 output pass K-19, D-20 to +1 SCH-21 gathering, to the clocking (t) input of the BSR-7 and to the p-input of the DSh-22. The pulses from the BSR-7 i-output pass to the input of the modulator (M) -8 and then to the 1st input of the mixer (CM) -9, forming an information signal. The pulses from the G-16 output also pass through the D-24, the modulator (M) -23 and go to the 2nd input of the CM-9, forming a clock signal. The signal from the output of the RI-14 passes F-13 and goes to the modulator (M) -12 and then to the 2nd input of the CM-9, forming a label signal. Each video data transmission unit (BVPD) -2.1-2.n may have a dedicated line or a time-frequency distribution of channels. The signal from the CM-9 enters the CM-10 and then to the signal line through the connector (RZS) -11 (LSAI). The unit for receiving video data BprVD-3.1-n works as follows. The signal from the line (LSAI) passes through the RZS-25 to the filters FL-26 (clock signal), FL-27 (label), FL 28 (information signal). The signal from the output of the FL-27 passes the detector (DT) - 33, the pulse shaper (F) -34 translates the T-35 to "1", and the RI-32 to "0". The timing signal FL-26, DT-29, F-30, K-31 is fed to the t-input of the BSR-36. The information signal (in) passes FL-28, DT-37, DT-38 to the i-input of the BSR-36, where the incoming information is recorded. Pulses from the K-31 output also pass to the +1 SCH-39 input, which feeds its codes to the DSh-41 inputs. Upon reaching the specified number DSH-41 at the 1st output, a signal is generated that transfers the RI-32 to one position, a signal appears at its next output, which allows the information received in the BSR-36 to be recorded in the corresponding register P-42.1-n, P -43.1-n, which is sent to the addressee through the corresponding connector. When a signal appears on the RI-32 sl-output (all Р-42.1-n, Р-43.1-n are full), it resets Т-35 to “0”. And then the data transfer cycle is repeated.

3.66 the functioning of the block of reception and transmission of audio data (ЪГШЗД)

The block receiving sound data transmission (BPS) -1 (Fig) is as follows. The sound signal through a microphone (MKP) -2 is converted into electrical form and fed to an amplifier (or limiter) (U) -3, then mixed in a mixer (CM) -4 and then passes through a communication connector (RE) -5 into a signal line analog and pulse (LSAI).

3.67 The functioning of the block of the reception and transmission of sensor data and response actions (BIIDDOV)

Block receiving the transmission of sensor data and response actions (BPDDOV) -1. (Fig.132) works as follows. Connectors (RE) 6.1-6.n is connected to the corresponding sensors. The signals from the sensors pass to the corresponding analog-to-digital converters (ADC) -7.1-7.n, the codes from which are sent to the corresponding BK-8.1-8.n. The generator (G) -10 supplies pulses to the t-input RI-12 (via D-11), which sequentially issues pulses to the p-inputs, allowing the operation of the corresponding ADC-7.1-7.n. The signal from the outputs of E-9.1-9.n opens the corresponding BK-8.1-8.n. The pulse from the output of D-11 passes through E-13 to the p-input of the BSR-14 and writes to it data from the corresponding ADC 7.1-7.n (through the corresponding open BK-8.1-8.n). The pulse from the output of the E-12 also translates the T-15 to "1", opening the K-16, which passes pulses from the G-10 through the K-16D-17, to the +1 input of the MF-18 and to (t) (shift) input BSR-14 and on the modulator (M) -21. The output signal E-20 allows the DSh-19 operation, the information signal from the i-output of the BSR 14 passes modulators (M) -23, to the 1st input of the SM-22 and through P3-24 to line-25. The M-21 signal also goes through the 2nd input of the CM-22. When the specified number is reached, a signal appears on the 1st output of the DSh-19, which resets the SCh-18, T-15 to “0” and the transmission cycle is repeated again. This is how the data and information transmission unit (BPDI 2) works. The signal passes from line 25 through R3-24.1 to the filter (FL) -26 (information signal) and FL-27 (clock signal), the signal from the output of FL-26 passes through detector (DT) -28, pulse shaper (F) -29 to the BSR-30 i-input, to the clocking input, to which the impulse from the FL-27 arrives, through DT-31, F-32. The signal also goes to the +1 input of the MF-33 and then the I-inputs of the DSh-34. When the specified code is reached, a signal appears at the 1st output of the DSH-34, which resets the SCh-33 to “0” and generates a signal at the next output of the RI-36, which opens the corresponding BK-38.1-n. The signal from the E-37 output permits the recording of data from the BSR-30 into the corresponding R-39.1-39.n, which are transmitted to the corresponding RZ-49.1-49.n and the data reception cycle is repeated again. This is how the information reception unit (BPRI) -3 works.

The control codes (for remote drives) are received in РЗ-41.1-41.n and then to the corresponding Р-42.1-42.n. Generator (G) - 44 generates pulses that pass D-45 to the t-input RI-46, which opens the corresponding BC 43.1-43.n. The signal from the output of the E-47 writes codes to the BSR-51 from the corresponding R-42.1-42.n (through the corresponding BC 43.1-43.n). The signal from the output of the D-45 also translates the T-48 to "1", opens the K-49. The pulses from the G-44 output pass K-49, D-50, to the t-input of the BSR-53 and to the + 1-input of the SCH-52. The signal from the output of the E-50.1 allows the operation of the DSh-53. 1. Upon reaching the specified code SCH-52, at the 1st output of the DSh-53. 1, a signal appears that resets to “0” SCh-52 and T-48. The pulses from the BSR-53 i-output pass to the M-55 and then go to the SM-56, to the 2nd input of which a clock signal from the M-54 (from the D-50) is received. The signal from the output of SM-56 through RZ-57 enters the signal line (LSAI) -25. This is how the data transmission unit (BPDI) -4 works.

Next, the signal passes through P3-58 to the input of the filter (PL) -59 (information signal) and (PL) -60 (clock signal). The pulse from the output of the FL-59 passes DT-61, F-62 and enters the i-input of the BSR-63. The signal from the output (PL) -60 passes DT-64, F-65 to the t-input (shift) of the BSR-63 and +1 input of the SCH-66. When the specified code is reached by the signal from the output of the E-68, the DSh-67 generates a signal that resets the SCh-66 and generates a signal at the next output of the RI-69, which opens the corresponding BK-70.1-70.n and the signal from the output of the corresponding E -71.1-71.n allows writing to the corresponding P 72.1-72.n. Further, by a signal from the corresponding E-73.1-73.n, it allows the digital-to-analog converter (DAC) -74.1-74.n to work. (instead of which there may be a register if the executive body applies the command in digital form). Further, the analog signal through the corresponding connector (RE) 75.1-75.n is supplied to the executive body. Next, the data transmission-reception cycle is repeated again. This is how the data and information receiving unit (BPRDI) -5 and the whole BPSDOV-1.1-1.n work.

3.68 Operators of the internal VK - language (COM - commands) of the VK-O processor

1. The block forming the field of view (BFZ)

1 <Report the status of the BPBDTS BFPZ> <(code)>

2 Response <state of the BPBDTS BFPZ> (code) (data)>

2. Block external view BVVZ

3 <Turn by ± β BVVZ (VCC)> <(code), (± β)>

4 <Turn by ± φ BVVZ (VCC)> <code), (± φ)>

5 <Turn on ± γ BVVZ (VCC)> <(code), (± γ)>

6 <Do ± X BVVZ (VCC)> <(code), (± X)>

Hereinafter, if the VCC marker is not in the command, then it is accepted and executed without the VCC processor.

7 <BVVZ (VCC) - image, parameters, d> <(code), (parameters), (data)> output information from BVVZ

3. Pointer tracking unit (BSU)

8 <Enable guidance from BSU (VCC)> <(code), (data)> output from BSU

4. Hearing Block (BSLH)

9 <Hearing enable BSLH> <(code)>

<Hearing off BSLH> <(code)>

<BSLH data code> <(code), (data)> - response data of the BSLH unit with the specified field (code)

5. The sound signal unit (BSS)

10 <Speak sound (code)> <(code)> (A0, Ak, Uk k = 1, N, T)>

11 <speak the sound begin (code)> <(code)>

12 <Speak louder - hush (code)>

13 <say VCC (code)> <(sound phrase code)>

6. The block of privd and sensors (BLDT)

All teams R7 movement of elements of the DRDN - chassis. (For other types of chassis, their respective commands)

14.1 <Movement of the shoulder of the right hand> <(code) (± φ) (± β) (± γ)>

14.2 <Movement of the forearm of the right hand> <(code) (± φ) (± βр) (± γ)>

14.3 <Movement of the forelock of the right hand> <(code) (± φ) (± β)> ...

15.238 <Torso movement> <(code) (± φ) (± β) (± γ>;

7. Sensor unit tilt angles DUNA (DUNZ)

16 <Give the angles of inclination of the DUNA (DUNZ)> <(code)>

17 <tilt angles of the DUNA (DUNC)> <(code) (± φ, ± β, ± γ)>

Response information

8. Block of coating sensors (BDP)

18 <Give information on coverage sensors (BJP)> <(code)>

19 <BDP - information> <(code) (data from coverage sensors)>

9. Block of temperature sensors (BTM) 20. <Give information on temperature sensors (BTM)> <(code)>

21 <BTM - coating temperature> <(code) (data from the temperature sensor)>

10. The block of taste sensors (BV)

22 <Give a taste of BV> <(code)>

23 <Taste BV data> <(code), (data)

11. Odor unit (BZP)

24 <Give smell BZP> <(code)>

25 <Odor BZP> <(code) (data)>

12. The unit for counting the number of cycles (HHHZ)

26 <Read data from the pedometer counter (BPCHC)> <number>

27 <BPCC data> <(code) (data)> (Answer)

13. Pressure measurement scheme (SHID) (altimeter, depth gauge, speed meter)

28 <measure speed> <(code)>

29 <SHID speed> <(code) (data)>

30 <measure height> <(code)>

31 <SHID height> <(code) (data)>

32 <measure pressure> <(code)>

33 <SHID pressure> <(code) (data)>

34 <measure depth> <(code)>

35 <Depth of storage> <(code) (data)>

14. The scheme for measuring acceleration (SHIUSN)

36 <measure acceleration> <number (code)>

37 <ACCESS acceleration> <(code) (data)>

15. The block of ultrasonic location (BUZL)

38 <measure the distance in the directions of the BUZL> <(direction code)>

39 <Data of ultrasonic location BUZL> <(direction code) (data)>

16. Magnetic direction finder (MON)

40 <determine magnetic direction (MON)> <(code)

41 <MO - data> <(code) (data)> Response information from the Ministry of Education and Science

17. Inertial determinant of direction (ION)

42 <determine the inertial direction (ION)> <number>

43 <ION - data> <(code) (data)> Reply from ION

18. Block determining the direction of celestial bodies (BONNT)

44 <Determine the direction in celestial bodies (BONNT> <(code) (star) φβ>

45 <BONNT - direction> <(code) (data)> Response information

19. Image Search Unit (BPO)

46 <find the BPO image> <(code)>

47 <BPO image> <(code) (data)> Feedback

48 <Write image to BPO memory> <(image data)>

49 <Record sample in BPO> <(sample data) (background data)>

50 <Find a sample BPO VCC> <(sample data), (background)>

20. Block for determining the size of the sample (BOR)

51 <Record BRO image data> <image data>

52 <Record BRO sample data> <(sample data)>

53 <Find the boundaries of the BRO image> <(code)>

54 <Determine the dimensions of the BRO image (VCC)> <(image data) (sample data), (code)>

21. Block fill image (BZO)

55 <Write in the BZO the address of the chip> <(code)>

56 <Record data in the register of comparison of the background BZO from BPDO>

57 <Determine which chip is in the BPDO>

58 <BPOO BZO cleaved> <(code) (data)> - response from the BZO

59. <Write the comparison code in B30> <(code)>

60. <Write the image of the chip in BKO BZO> <(code) (data)>

61. <Get shadow object B30> <(code)>

62. <BZO shadow object> <(code) (data)>. Response information from BZO

63. <Highlight the image of the BZO VCC> <(image data)>

22. The plane displacement unit

64. <Write the image in the memory card> <(code) (data)>

65. <Set the offset value in the BSP> <NxNy>

66 <Sweep the image in the BSP plane> <(code)>

67. <BSP - offset in the plane> <(code) (data)> (answer)

68. <Sweep the image (VCC) BSP> <(code), (data), (NxNy)>

23. The increase - decrease in the plane (BUUP)

69. <Write the image of the BUUP> <(code) (data)>

70. <Enter the code of increase - decrease of CUUP> <(code) (± d)>

71. <Increase (decrease) BUUP> <(code)>

72. <Increase (decrease) (VCC) BOUP> <(code)>

73. <BUUP - increase (clever)> <(code) (data)>

Response information from BUUP

24. Block rotation around the axis BVRH (BBPY, BBPZ)

74. <Write image to BVRH (BVY, BBPZ)> <(code) (data)>

75. <Write the code for turning BVRH (BBPY, BBPZ)> <(code) (code for turning)>

76. <Rotate the image in BVRH (BBPY, BBPZ) (VCC)> <(code)>

77. <Rotate image in BVRH (BBPY, BBPZ) (VCC)> <(code) (data) (rotation code)>

78. <BVRH (BBPY, BBPZ) - data> <(code) (data)> (Answer)

25. Image Comparison Unit (BSO)

79. <Enable BSO> <(code)>

80 .. <Turn off the BSO (VCC)> <(code)>

26. Object identification unit (BIO)

81. <Is there a sound code for the image in the BIO?> <(Code) (sound code for the image)>

82. <There is a sound code of the image in the BIO!> <(Code)>

83. <Get image types by sound name BSO> <(code)>

84. <BSO - types of image by name> <(code) (data)>

85 .. <Record the sound code of the BIO image> <(code) (sound code)>

86. <BSO - Failed Overflow> <(code)>

87. <Zero RI BSO> <(code)>

88. <Clean the memory block of the BSO sample> <(code)>

89. <Translate BSVO BSO to the work of the WCC> <(code)>

90. <BSVO BSO failure> <(code)>

91. <Write the sample in BSO> <(code) (sample data)>

92. <Define the name of the BSO sample> <(code) (image code)>

93. <BSO - image name> <(code) (data)>

94. <BSO - no image> <(code)> (answer)

95. <Translate BSO in the WCC> <(code)>

27. Scheme cell BVKP (SNBVKP)

96. <Write down the data in the NI BVKP (VCC)> <(code) (X)>, <(code) (Y)>, <(code) (Z)>, <(code) ((φ, β, γ )>

97. <Compare SY BVKP (VCC)> <(code) (codes X, Y, Z)>

98. <Compare SY BVKP (VCC)> <(code) (codes φ, β, γ)>

99. <Write down the parameters of the point NW BVKP (VCC)> <(point code) (parameter code)> (point parameters)> <(data) (data) (data)> ... <<(data) (data) (data) >

100. <Read the parameters of the point AEC BVKP> <(point code) (parameter code)>

101 .. <Data from AEC BVKP (VCC)> <(code) (code) (data)> Reply from AEC BVKP

102 .. <Write RICO SYA BVKP (VCC)> <(point code) (code)>

103 .. <Consider RICO Xia BVKP (VCC)> <(code) (point code)>

104 .. <RICO Xia BVKP (VCC)> <(code) (point code) (data)> (answer)

105 .. <Read the parameters of RICO SYA BVKP (VCC)> <(point code) (parameter code)>

28. Block building an object in a virtual memory cube (BPO VKP)

106 .. <Work BPOVKP WCC> <(code)>

107 .. <BVK VCC> <(address code)>

108 .. <BNV VCC> <(code)>

109 .. <Turn on the rotation unit (БУВ БПОВКП)> <(code)>

110 .. <Turn off the rotation unit (БУВ БПОВКП)> <(code)>

111 .. <B keys sensor drive unit (BUV BPOVKP)> <(code)>

112 .. <Turn off (БУВ БПОВКП)> <(code)>

113 .. <Gateway 8 БПОВКП open (close)> <(code)>

114 .. <Gateway 9 BPOVKP open (close)> <(code)>

115 .. <Gateway 12 BPOVKP open (close)> <(code)>

116 .. <Gateway 3 BPOVKP open (close)> <(code)>

117 .. <Turn on (1) (turn off (О)) the BVV gaze tracking unit in BPOVKP> <(code) (code (1,0))>

118 .. <Turn on (1) (turn off (О)) VCC BVKP BPOVKP> <(code) (code (1, 0))>

119. <Transfer data from the VCC BVKP BPOVKP> <(code) (code (0,1))>

29. The block of internal gaze (BVNTV)

120 .. <Move the viewing object BVNTV> <(X, Y, Z) (VCC) (code) (code) (start) (finish) (code)>

121 .. <Reschedule the observation point of the BVNTV object> <(X, Y, Z) (VCC) (code) (code) (start) (finish) (code)>

122 .. <Fill BVKPO BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

123 .. <Fill in the BC BZKNG BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

124 .. <Fill in what BVNTV (VCC) sees>> (code)>

125 .. <Fill in the object BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

126 .. <Get information BVNTV (VCC)> <(code)>

30. Chassis movement block (BDSHAS)

127 .. <Turn on the body movement until the DB is not touched! T TA S (VCC)> <(code)>

128 .. <0 turn off the movement of the body when reacting to touch BDSHAAS (VCC)> <(code)>

129 .. <Write down the posture BDSHAS (VCC)> <sentence posture (name) BDSHAS> <pose image> <(code)>

130 .. <Write down the name of the movement BDSHAS (VCC)> Proposal of posture 1> <sentence of posture 2> <(code)>

131 .. <Start recording micromotion BDSHA (VCC)> <(code)>

132 .. <Stop recording micromotion BDSHA (VCC)> <(code)>

133..Define the pose of BDSHAS (VCC)> <(code)>

134 .. <BDSHAS code pose (VCC)> <(code) (data)> (response)

135 .. <Write down the memory status of BDSHA (VCC)> <(code)>

136 .. <Zeroing BDSAS (VCC)> <(code)>

137 .. <Work of the BDSHAS (VCC)> <(code)>

138 .. <Determine the force in BMKS BDSHAS (VCC)> <(address)> <(code)>

139 .. <Record the movements of the BDSHAS (VCC)> <(program)> <(code)>

140 .. <Speed BDSHAS (VCC)> <(code)> <(code)>

141 .. <Do BDShAS (VCC)> <(code)>

31. The block of initial recording of words

142 .. <TALE> <remember> <noun> <code (sound, text) noun>

143., <TALE> <remember> <excuse> <word code>

144 .. <TALE> <remember> <verb> <word code>

145 .. <TALE> <remember> <adverb> <word code>

146 .. <TALE> <memory> <numeral> <word code>

147 .. <TALE> <remember> <pronoun> <word code>

148 .. <TALE> <remember> <noun> <word code>

149 .. <TALE> <remember> <particle> <word code>

150 .. <TALE> <memory> <term> <word code>

151 .. <TALE> <remember> <service word> <word code>

32. Block for the formation of initial proposals (BFNP)

152 .. <TALE> <remember> noun> <data> <(all)>

33. Block recording proposals and images (BZPO)

153 .. <Count BZPO <(code) (data)>

154 .. <BZPO data <(code) (data)>

34. The block forming instructions with sentences and images (BFIPO)

155 .. <(ultrasound) (sentence)> <(image code)>

156 .. <Consider BFIPO> <(code)>

157 .. <BFIPO data> <(code) (data)> (response)

35. Associative memory block (BASP) digital wave propagation block (BRTSV)

158 .. <BASP BRTSV wave (VCC)> <(code) (X1, Y1, Z1) (X2, Y2, Z2)>

36. Communication formation unit BASP (BFSV)

159 .. <Find the BASP BFSV (VCC) path> <(code) (X1, Y1, Z1) (X2, Y2, Z2)>

37. Block storage of sounds and letters (BHrZB) (BASP)

160 .. <Write down the sounds (letters) of the BFZB BASP (VCC)> <(code) (data)>

161 .. <Read the address of cells (A) of the BFZB BASP (VCC)> <(code)>

162 .. <Transfer the data from the BPZVP to the BHrZB BASP cells> <(code) (data)>

163 .. <IKO reset - object BFZB BASP (VCC)> <(code)>

38. Block storage of words in the form of sound codes, letter codes and harmonious code (BHRSBGK) (BASP)

166 <write down BHRSBPO <(code) (data)>

167 <read BHRSBGK> <(code) (data)>

39. Block for storing proposals and images (BHrPRO) (BASP) 168 <write down BHrPRO <(code) (data)> 169 <read BHrPRO <(code) (data)>

40. Storage unit for flat dynamic images and texts (BHrDPPOT) (BASP)

170 <write BHrDPOT> <(code) (data)> 171 <read BHrDPOT> <(code) (data)>

41. Storage unit for dynamic volumetric images and texts (BHrDOOT) (BASP)

172 <write BHrDOOT> <(code) (data)> 173 <read BHrDOOT> <(code) (data)>

42. The control unit BASP (БУпрБАСП)

174. <0 clean cell volume communicator BUPBASP (VCC)> <(code)>

175. <BUPRBASP cells cleared> <(code)> (Answer)

176. <Fill in the cells of the volume communicator BUPBASP (VCC)> <(code)>

177. <BUPRBASP cells are filled> <(code)> (answer)

178. <Read the contents of the memory of the volume communicator БУпрБАСП (ВЦ)> <(code)>

179. <Make a connection BUprBASP (VCC)> <(code)>

180. <Erase the connection of objects after T - time БУпрБАСП (ВЦЦ)> <(code)>

(T) Yu

43. The block recording operational information (BZOI)

181. <Read data from BSOI> <(code) (parameters)>

182. <BZOI data> <(code) (parameters) (data)>

44. Block (N) communication (BAS)

183. <Transmit data on channel N (VCC)> <(code N) (data)>

45. The block of the generator of words from nouns (BGSS) 184 <BGGS (VCC) record the sound image in an individual form> <(code) (data)>

185. <BGGS (VCC) write down the sound pair of words corresponding to the image> <(code) (data)>

186. <BGGS (VCC) read the data of the sound code of the word corresponding to the image> <(code) (data)>

45. Block internal capacity calculation (BVVM)

187. <operation BVVM> <code (A) (B)>, <operation code>;

188. <BVVM resp> <(code) (data)>;

189. <BVM program> <(code) (program)>;

190. <BVM program> <(code) (data)> (resp.). All operation codes of the WCC processor in this block are available;

46. The block of preliminary translation of the literal text (BPPBT).

191. <BPPBT (VCC) record> <(code) (sentence 1)> <s (sentence 2)>

192 .. <BPPBT (VCC) translate> <(code) (sentence 1)>;

193 .. <BPPBT (VCC) answer> <(code) (sentence 2)>.

47. Block of imagination (BVOBR). 193-230 VK operators - YARNO.

48. Watchdog Block (BSTR)

231 .. <turn off (on) the BSTR watchdog block> <(code)>;

232 .. <BSTR situation report> with <(code)>.

49. Time block (BVRM).

233 .. <set initial time variables BVRM> <(code) (data)>;

234 .. <enable block of time BVRM> <(code)>;

235. <turn off the block of time BVRM> <(code)>;

236. <read the time BVRM> <(code) (calendar)>;

237. <BVRM - answer> <(code) (data)>.

50. Block of destruction (BUNICH).

238 .. <BUNICH> <(code);

239 .. <counter 1 BUNICH in o> <(code)>;

240. <term BUNICH> <(code)>;

241. <first the term BUNICH> <(code)>;

242. <cancel the term BUNICH> <(code)>.

51. Sound - text solver (RShZT).

243. 1 .. <go to point> <(code) (point)>;

244. 1 .. <assign R the return value (0, 1)> <(code) (R)>;

245. 1. <if A (>, ≥, =, <, ≤, ≠) then go to step (A); otherwise go to step (B)> <(code condition) (A) (B)>;

246. 1 .. <zero SCHK 1> <(code)>;

247. 1 .. <zero SCHK 2> <(code)>;

248. 1 .. <(±) SCH 1 (± SCH 2)> <(code)>;

249. 1 .. <find the link YAB (Yab) and go> <(code)>;

250. 1 .. <condition is fulfilled - execute A, condition is not fulfilled - B> <(code) (condition A) (condition B)>;

251. 1 .. <call the corresponding instruction from BASP> <(code) (sentence instruction)>;

252. 1 .. <add the clause code sentence in the instruction> <(code) (clause) (sentence instruction)? ";

253. 1 .. <replace the sentence in the instruction> <(code) (sentences 1) (sentence 2)>;

254. 1 .. <delete the sentence in the instruction> <(code) (sentence)>;

255. 1 .. <add (replace, delete) the link in the instructions> <(code) (link A) (link B)>;

255. 1.1 .. <write the updated instruction in the BASP with a new name> <(code) (name)>;

256. 1 .. <stop thinking RShZT (RShO)> <(code)>;

257. 1 .. <slow (fast) thinking of RZhZT (RZhO)> <(code) (± parameter)>;

258. 1 .. <thinking in steps> <(code) (± parameter)>;

259. 1 .. <START OF THINKING> <(code)>;

52 Shaped solver (RHO).

243. 2-259. 2. All teams (RShZT).

53. Reason. 260., <turn on (turn off) the meaning of N> <(code) (N)>;

261. <turn on (turn off) the screen of the internal view for N razmysle>> (code) (N)>;

262. <interrogation n meaning - decision)> <(code) (N) (question) (answer)>;

263. <turn on (turn off) the internal voice for N - meaning> <(code) (N)>;

264. <task the roster N)> <(code) (task)>;

265. <put the order of answers in the sense> <(code) (table)>.

3.69 Functioning of the general circuit VK-O - processor.

The VK-O processor as a whole operates in accordance with the above-described functioning of the input blocks therein. There are two modes:

training and work. The duration of the initial learning process depends on the complexity of the environment in which the VK-O processor operates. The more complex the environment, the longer the training. In the learning process, it is necessary to remember the corresponding blocks with sounds and images, words, sentences, texts and images, letters, texts and dynamic flat and three-dimensional images. It is necessary to remember the codes of poses and their sentences, to form micro-movements, movements and their sentences. Enter by transmitting sentences of the type: decree, uzvi, vior, tale, description of the situation and actions involved in the situation of the object. For this, texts of the VK - language are used, which together with the images create a text-shaped base for describing situations and actions, which is the basis for the functioning of the VK-O processor. Each intelligence included in the VK-O processor, and blocks included in the intelligence, can receive and transmit (if necessary) data along three lines: the SHAKD address bus, commands, data (which are connected to all digital processors included in the system (VCC) ); LSAR - lines of analog and pulse signals (along which signals in the form of pulses and modulation of signals (amplitude, frequency, phase and time division) are transmitted); VKVYA: via multichannel communication lines (by means of BPRDPRMMKL), providing transmission of VKVYA-commands, on which solvers (sound, text, figurative) of each network from the set of rods included in VK-O processor function. One of the ideas can be the main one and coordinate the actions of the entire collective of ideas, each of which is responsible for its own business: movement of parts and the whole chassis, imagination unit, orientation unit, internal view unit, long-term memory block, associative memory block, image building block in a virtual memory cube, etc. Each VK-O processor is assigned a mission - a program, the implementation of which ensures its interaction with the external environment from the moment of training to the last stages of operation. In addition to the built-in algorithms for the initial behavior, programs acquired during the training process, training also takes place during the operation of the VK-O processor. Moreover, to represent the external environment with sound and letter codes, a block for generating nouns is used, which creates names for objects (a process can also be an object). By means of a long-term memory unit, all information on the functioning of the VK-O processor and its controlled BDSHAS (BPST), as well as data on the external environment, are stored. If necessary, this information can be viewed. By means of the associative memory block, quick access to the algorithms (text programs) for responding to emerging situations (situation - response) is provided. During the minimum functioning of the VK processor or at a specially set time, the associative memory block (BASP) organizes the accumulated information: deletes objects and communications by time (forgets), adds a union of objects, prioritizes, etc. In the mode of minimal functioning of VK-O, the processor transfers control to the watchdog unit (BSTR), which transmits information of VK-O about the parameters of the surrounding and internal environment. Since the VK-O processor operates in real time, the time block (BVRM) implements it in time: by long terms, years, months, days, hours, minutes, seconds. An external clock can be implemented through other devices. If it is necessary to set the finiteness of the operating time of the VK-O processor (replacing it with a more perfect sample), the destruction unit (BUNICH) works. The orientation unit allows the VK-O processor to orient along the magnetic field, set the direction of movement along the inertial field, locate in a medium inaccessible to light, bind to movements along predefined celestial bodies, determine the distance traveled, acceleration and speed. During operation, respond to temperature, pressure and other parameters of the external and internal environment. The VK-O processor is controlled by a decree — sentences of the VK — language or coming in the form of images (visions), an internal voice recorded in memory and activated when a situation arises or in time. This is ensured by the internal screen unit and the internal voice unit. The imagination unit allows you to simulate situations using ready-made developments or by combining well-known models and algorithms in order to select the optimal solution. The helpers block is a set of blocks that perform specialized functions: the initial recording of words, the recording of sentences and images, the formation of instructions with sentences and images, the identification of objects (images), the definition of similarity of words, the implementation of instincts (behavior programs depending on the situation or time), generation of nouns for designating objects unknown to the system, adjustment of behavior (through appropriate meaning), through a set of rules (good or bad). Through internal computing power allows you to simulate the phenomenon of the environment (from the calculator to the networks of digital processors (VCC)). The assistant unit also contains a test unit that determines the readiness (compliance) of the system parameters of a given (normal) range of operation; operational information recording unit - holds for a short time very detailed information about the situation; the translation unit of the alphabetic text (sound) translates from one language to another; the block of external connectors provides the capacity of the VK-O processor by adding other blocks; unit for receiving information through additional channels, for example, in the mode of infrared electromagnetic radiation, etc. VK-O processor can only function in an environment that obeys laws, because only an ordered environment allows you to adapt to it and realize internal goals. The sensors that the VK-O processor is equipped with are connected to separate lines or to connectors of special data transmission systems that ensure the remoteness of the sensors. In the process of functioning, the inner world of VK-O processor is formed, which can be improved.

ACCEPTED ABBREVIATIONS

1. BDTS - block of light sensors;

2. G - pulse generator;

3. Ф - pulse shaper;

4. PP1, PP2, PPN - register first, second, p-th

5. K is the key;

6. D - divider;

7. T - trigger;

8. RI - pulse distributor;

9. E - delay element;

10. ADC - analog-to-digital converter;

11. BC - block;

12. ILC - comparator;

13. РЗ1, РЗ2, РЗ3, РЗ4 - connector first, second, third, fourth;

14. P1, P2 - register 1st, 2nd;

15. ROM - read-only memory;

16. BFZP - block forming the field of view;

17. BPBDTS - block of field blocks of light sensors;

18. BR1, BR2 - block registers of the 1st, 2nd;

19. SRPC - recognition scheme for parasol and its color;

20. SCH1, SCH2 - counter 1st, 2nd;

21. OR - an element or;

22. BR1PSTs - recognition unit of one parasol and its color;

23. BPPZ - memory block field of view;

24. U - amplifier;

25. BPRDPRMMKL - block transmission and reception of a multi-channel communication line ;.

26. PZUZ - permanent storage device color code;

27. PZUS - read-only memory chip (parasol) code;

28. BVVZ - block external view;

29. DAC - digital-to-analog converter;

З0. BO - optics unit;

31. DSS - light intensity sensor;

32. RO - light resistor;

33. DB - sensor block;

34. TSUM - tabular adder;

35. VK-C - digital processor;

36. DSH - decoder;

37. BDPP - block data memory field;

38. Ш - encoder;

39. REM - connector;

40. BSU - pointer tracking unit;

41. BFS - signal conditioning unit;

42. BKPP - block memory commands displacements;

43. BSLH - block hearing;

44. BP OVKP - block building an image in a virtual memory cube;

45. DTZ - hearing sensor;

46. FS - signal conditioner;

47. BSR - block shift registers;

48. BACP - block of analog-to-digital converters;

49. BCMP - block comparators;

50. BSTP - block stack memory;

51. BSDD - block summation and division into two;

52. BZS - block of sound signals;

53. CM - mixer;

54. ЗП - sound device;

55. FZS - shaper of a sound signal;

56. PE - threshold element;

57. BPDT - block of drives and sensors;

58. OSH - the general tire;

59. RA - address register;

60. I-input - information input;

61. P-input - permitting entry;

62. T-input - input of a clock signal;

63. RD - data register;

64. BVR - block external registers;

65. SHAKD - address bus data commands;

66. RK - the register of teams;

67. DShK - command decoder;

68. SHP - drive circuit;

69. SHDP - diagram of the drive sensor;

70. DCH - sensor;

71. SHN - tilt scheme;

72. DUNC - digital angle sensor;

73. DUNA - analog angle sensor;

74. SCHTM - temperature sensor circuit;

75. SHDP - scheme of coverage sensors;

76. SHZ - scheme of smell:

77. SHV - scheme of taste;

78. SHIUSK - scheme for measuring acceleration;

79. SHID - pressure measurement scheme;

80. SHISK - scheme for measuring speed;

81. SHRV - equilibrium scheme;

82. BDP - block sensor coverage;

83. BTM - temperature block;

84. BV - block taste;

85. BZP - odor block;

86. BPCC - block for calculating the number of cycles;

87. DD - pressure sensor;

88. FI - pulse formation;

89. Not - an element not;

90. ASSEMBLY - data processing scheme;

91. DUSK - acceleration sensor;

92. SCHOI - information processing scheme;

93. SHOPR - survey scheme;

94. SK - key scheme;

95. BUZL - block of ultrasonic location;

96. UZ - narrowly focused emitter;

97. FL - filter;

98. MON - magnetic determinant of direction;

99. SCHOBI - information processing scheme;

100. MD - a magnetic sensor;

101. ION - inertial determinant of direction;

102. ID - inertial sensor;

103. AMENITIES - data processing scheme;

104. BOI - information processing unit;

105. BONNT - block determining the direction of celestial bodies;

106. BPOBR - block memory images;

107. ЗП - entry - prohibiting entry;

108. BPO - image search block;

109. PSU - memory block;

110. BOR - block for determining the size of the image;

111. BKO - block touch image;

112. SB - output (input) - output (input) - failure signal

113. BZK - block coordinates;

114. WB - computing unit;

115. BZO - block fill image;

116. BPDO - image data memory block;

117. BSP - block displacement of the image in the plane;

118. SUM - the adder;

119. BUUP - block increase - decrease in the plane;

120. BVRkh, BVRu, BVRz - blocks of rotation around the axes x, y, z;

121. BS - block of encoders;

122. WPT - screen memory unit;

123. BSO - image comparison unit;

124. BSVO - block comparison of types of images;

125. BIO - object identification unit;

126. BRZK - block registers sound code;

127. СЯБВКП (СЯ) - cell scheme of a block of a virtual memory cube;

128. VKP - virtual cube of memory;

129. IKO - an individual code of an object;

130. TVKP - a point in a virtual memory cube;

131. SRK - pattern recognition commands;

132. Px, Py, Pz, registers x, y, z;

133. BZK 1, 2 - block recording coordinates 1, 2;

134. RICO - register of an individual code of an object;

135. SIKO - scheme of an individual code of an object;

136. PC - chip register (parasol);

137. RC1, RC2 - color code register 1, 2 of the parasol;

138. RI1, RI2 - register code intensity 1, 2 parts of the parasol;

139. SL - input (output) - service input (output);

140. BHPT - block storage of point parameters in a virtual memory cube;

141. BPOVKP - memory block of an object (image) in a virtual

memory cube;

142. DShK - command decoder;

143. SHU (ShK) - control bus (teams);

144. SHL1 - the first gateway;

145. CBDT - the central block of sensors;

146. KB - command unit;

147. PZUK - permanent storage device commands;

148. BUVP - control unit for rotation in a virtual memory cube;

149. ROM2 - ROM coordinates 2;

150. BVKP - block VKP;

151. SD - data bus; ША - address bus; ShK - team bus

152. Wx, y, z - encoder of coordinates x, y, z;

153. BPkh, y, z - block rotation around the axes x, y, z;

154. BODOKP - block detecting movement;

155. BNED - block a set of elements of movement;

156. Пх, Пу, Пz - coordinate converters x, y, z;

157. BEI - block of elements And;

158. BVNTV - block internal view;

159. BK 1, 2 — block of coordinates of the 1st, 2nd;

160. Sch x, y, z - counter coordinates x, y, z;

161. BRS - detachable connection block;

162. BVTN - block selection of the observation point;

163. BVKPG - the main block of the virtual memory cube;

164. СЧС, СЧД, СЧВ - counter of the corresponding parameters;

165. BV 1, 2 - block selection 1, 2nd;

166. BVKPO - block of the virtual cube of the object’s memory;

167. VKPO - virtual object memory cube;

168. VKPNO - virtual cube of memory of an observed object;

169. PZUM - ROM tags;

170. BPE1, BPE2 - screen memory unit 1, 2;

171. BPVE - memory block of internal screens;

172. BZKN 1, 2 - block recording cube observation 1, 2;

173. RhTs, Ruts, PzTs, - coordinate registers x, y, z of the center;

174. AB - arithmetic unit;

175. BDSHAS - block movement of the chassis;

176. BR - block registers;

177. BKP - block of touch keys;

178. EM - muscle element:

179. BMS - a block of compression muscles;

180. BMR - a block of muscle stretching;

181. BMRS - muscle block compression stretching;

182. BIC - block of information keys;

183. TD-D - trigger;

184. BSK - block of power keys;

185. BIVK - block informing about the shutdown of commands;

186. BPOP - a block of memory images images;

187. BRPP - block of posture assumption registers;

188. BIOS - error reporting unit;

189. BPMD - memory block micromotion;

190. BEECH - block of keys for measuring forces;

191. SCHK - counter teams;

192. BNZS - block initial recording of words;

193. BFNP - block for the formation of initial proposals;

194. BSR - block shift registers;

195. FAIRY TALE, ORDER, VIOR, UZVI - narrative, incentive, interrogative, conditional sentence

196. BRSC - block recognition of nouns;

197. BRPD - block recognition prepositions;

198. BRGL verb recognition unit;

199. BRPR - adjective recognition unit;

200. BRNR - adverb recognition unit;

201. BRLC - block recognition of numbers;

202. BRMS - block pronoun recognition;

203. BRSZ - block recognition of unions;

204. BRCHT - block recognition of particles;

205. BRTM - block recognition of terms;

206. BRL - block recognition of service words;

207. BPSUSCH - block of memory of nouns;

208. BPPD - a block of memory words of prepositions;

209. BPGL - a block of memory of words of verbs;

210. BPR - a block of memory words of adjectives;

211. BPNR - block memory words of adverbs;

212. BPCL - block memory words;

213. BPMS - a block of memory of pronoun words;

214. BPSZ - block of memory words of unions;

215. BHTCHT - a block of memory words of numerals;

216. BTR - a block of memory words of terms;

217. BPSL - block memory words;

218. BOPS - memory block of similarity of words;

219. BZPO - block recording proposals and images;

220. BFVHP - block for the formation of incoming proposals;

221. BPRP - block memory sentences;

222. BVVZ - block external view;

223. BPOK - block memory images;

224. BFIPO - block for the formation of instructions with sentences and images;

225. ACCOUNT - a counter of situations;

226. BSIT - a block of memory situations;

227. SIN - instruction counter;

228. BPINPr - block of memory instructions instructions;

229. BPSITOK - a block of memory of situations with images - frames;

230. BPIOK - memory block instructions images - frames;

231. BASP - block associative memory;

232. BRTSV - digital wave recognition unit;

233. BUPRBASP - control unit BASP;

234. BFSV - unit for the formation of relations;

235. BHRZB - block storage of letters and sounds;

236. BHRBZKG - block storage of words in alphabetic, sound and harmonic code;

237. BHRPO - block for storing proposals and images;

238. BHRDPOT - storage unit for dynamic flat images and texts;

239. BHRDOOT - storage unit for dynamic volumetric images and texts;

240. SCHAOK - cell circuit of a volume switch;

241. ROM - ROM of teams;

242. SHPI - scheme for receiving information;

24Z. SHOB - zeroing scheme;

244. BSP - a block of butt memory;

245. ROM - ROM with the command code failure;

246. BKBR - block of keys and registers;

247. SKHRZ - rewriting scheme;

248. SCW - a signal waiting circuit;

249. RTI - record time register;

250. IKO - an individual object code;

251. BPZAP - rewriting unit;

252. RICO - register of an individual code of an object;

253. BPSO - block signaling signal (code) reset;

254. BPRZP - block receiving records;

255. BPPRO - block memory sentences and images;

256. BPO - block memory images;

257. BPDPOT - memory block of dynamic flat images and texts;

258. BPTB - a block of text memory in the letter code;

259. BPTZ - a block of text memory in a sound code;

260. БПССХЯОК - a memory block of communications SCHAOC;

261. BSCHZSHYAOK - block reading records SCHAOK;

262. BPZB - block memory of sounds and letters;

263. BPS - block memory words;

264. BPPO - block memory sentences and image;

265. BSChZPOK - block

266. BPZOSUST - block rewriting, determining the relationship, the elimination of communication in time;

267. BPIO - memory block information about the object;

268. RTZ - register time recording (appearance in the system) of the object;

269. RSVO - the register of the presence (absence) of communication between objects in the volume switch;

270. BZOI - operational information recording unit;

271. MKP - microphone;

272. BVM - block of time;

273. BAS - block AB (n) connections;

274. M — modulator;

275. Tx - transmitter;

276. SHPRD - information transfer scheme;

277. SR - shift register;

278. PFP - receiver;

279. DT - detector;

280. BPRD - transmission unit;

281. BPRM - reception unit;

282. BPRMPRD - block transmit-receive;

283. BVNR - block external connectors;

284. РЗ - connector;

285. TB - test block;

286. BPRDMKL - unit for receiving data of a multi-channel communication line;

287. ROM - ROM address;

288. BHP - the block is good, bad;

289. KMPO - image switch;

290. BPVP - video program memory block;

291. BVPRVD - a block of video programs for visual data;

292. BPVPRSZ - memory block of video programs for responding to a smell signal;

293 BVPRIS - a block of video programs for responding to a skin signal;

294. BVPRVS - a block of video programs for responding to a taste signal;

295. BVPRTS - a block of video programs for responding to a temperature signal;

296. BVPRDSD - a block of video programs for responding to a movement signal;

297. BVPRVS - a block of video programs for responding to internal signals;

298. BVPRSP - a block of video programs for responding to a position signal;

299. EMP - electromagnetic radiation;

300. BVPRVRD - a block of video programs for responding to other sensors;

301. BVPRPRd - block of video programs for responding to sound sentences;

302. BGSS - block generation of nouns;

303. BPOZS - block memory images of sound signals (sounds)

304. BPTO - block conversion to text objects;

305. SHOPH - scheme for determining similarity;

306. BRZ - a block of registers for sound display of elementary images;

307. BPB - a block of registers of letter (code) display of elementary images;

308. BSRZ - a block of shift registers of sound codes;

309. BSRB - block shift registers of letter codes;

310. STACK - a block of stack memory;

311. BVVM - block internal capacity calculation;

312. ARB, BRV, BRS - block of variables A, B, C;

313. BROP - block register operations;

314. KLK - calculator;

315. BKLK - block calculator;

316. BLPR - block linear structure of processors;

317. BDSPR - block tree structure of processors;

318. OK - volume switch;

319. MDSHP - matrix decoder with memory;

320. SChOK - volume switch circuit;

321. BOKP - block volume-switched processors;

322. BVOKP - a block of embedded volume-switched processors;

323. BI - a block of instincts;

324. ED - data element;

325. BOPR - block figurative programs;

326. SHPRD - data transmission scheme;

327. BIPR (B) O - a block of instinctive programs in (video) images;

328. BRPZO - block response to the sound image;

329. BRO - response unit to (video) image;

330. BPPBT - block preliminary translation of the literal text;

331. BOPS - block for determining the similarity of words;

332. PIKO - object code identification register;

333. BFVHP - block for the formation of incoming proposals;

334. BSUSCH - a block of nouns;

335. BPA - a block of prepositions;

336. BGL - a block of verbs;

337. BDP - adjective block;

338. BNR - a block of dialects;

339. BSL - numeral block;

340. BMS - a block of pronouns;

341. BSZ - block of unions:

342. BChT - block of particles;

343. BAT - block of terms;

344. BSL - block of service words;

345. BSTR - guard unit;

346. BVOBR - block of imagination;

347. BVKPVOBR - block of the internal code of imagination;

348. BO 1, 2 — block of operations 1, 2;

349. SY - cell scheme;

350. NNS - set of NL;

351. nE — threshold element;

352. RE - recording element;

353. BVRM - block of time;

354. RS - register seconds;

355. RM - register of minutes;

356. RF - register of hours;

357. RD - register of days;

358. RMS - register of months;

359. RL - register of years (years);

360. СЧС - seconds counter;

361. SCH — minute counter;

362. SCH - days counter;

363. SCH — hours counter;

364. SCHMS - the counter of months;

365. SCHL - a counter of years;

366. BPVRM - time memory block;

367. SCHVG - counter of leap years (years)

368. RVL - register of leap years;

369. BUNICH - destruction unit;

370. UIU - device for the execution of the destruction process;

371. RShZ - sound solver;

372. RShT - text solver;

373. RHO - figurative solver;

374. BRPD - block of the registers of the proposal;

375. BBPS - block buffer word memory;

376. VNVYA - internal language (language of internal commands);

377. YARNO - the language of work on images;

378. BPKZ - memory block of sound commands;

379. BPKO - a block of memory teams of images;

380. BPKVYA - memory block of commands in the internal language;

381. BOPZ - a block of random access memory for audio data;

382. BOPT - a block of random access memory for text (letter) data;

383. BUPRBOPT - control unit BOPT;

384. BUPRBOPO - control unit BOPO;

385. BUPRBOPZ - control unit BOPZ;

386. BAKVIA - unit for analyzing internal language commands;

387. BPPDDOV - block receiving transmissions of sensor data and feedback;

388. BPDI - information transfer unit;

389. BPRI - block receiving information;

390. BPDI - data and information transmission unit;

391. BPRDI - block receiving data and information;

392. LS - signal line;

393. BPPZD - block receiving - transmitting audio data;

394. BVNG - block internal voice;

395. BZS - block recording signals;

396. BPPrVD - block receiving - transmitting video data;

397. BEVN - block of the internal screen;

398. BEP - a block of screen memory;

399. REM - meaning;

400. RZG - main connector;

401. OU - core block;

402. BVNV - block of external interactions;

403. BPM - block of assistants;

404. BOWS - block of bootstrapping programs (live connection);

405. PS - the subconscious;

406. SZ - consciousness;

407. DSTV - action;

408. RUM - mind;

409. VKO - an image processor (electronic brain);

410. DNDR - two-armed two-legged chassis;

411. VKSS - VK - semantic network.

Claims (1)

An electronic brain containing AND, OR, NOT elements, delay elements, diodes, resistors and transistors, as well as signal conditioners, decoders, filters, detectors, starter distribution schemes, triggers, counters, pulse distributors, registers, shift registers, memory blocks , power supplies, characterized in that the light sensor unit (BDTS) consists of sensors that respond to color and its intensity is black (H) -1; white (B) -2; red (K) -3; orange (O) -4; yellow (W) -5; green (H) -6; cyan (D) -7; blue (C) -8; violet (Ф) -9, each of the light sensors (TPA) 1-9 is connected to the corresponding analog-to-digital converter (ADC) 10-18, each TPA 1-9 has its own ROM 19-27, in which a color code is written, for example black is 0, white is 1, red is 2, etc. d, each ROM is connected with its outputs to the I2 inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) 28-36, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding ADCs 10-18, the P inputs of the BC 28-36 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -37, and the I2 outputs are respectively combined and connected to the I-inputs of the register (PP1) -38 (in which the color code is written), connected by the outputs to the inputs of the register PP2-39, the I1 outputs of the BC 28-36 are respectively combined and connected to I-inputs of the register PP3-40 (in which the intensity of this color is recorded), the outputs of which connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-41, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PP4-42 register (into which the maximum color intensity is recorded), the “yes” output of the KMP-41 is connected to the P-inputs of the PP2-39 and PP4-42, P the KMP-41 input is connected to the E-43, the input of which is connected to the delay element (E) -44 and to the P-inputs RR1-38, RR3-40, the E-44 input is connected to the T-input RI-37 and to the shaper pulses (Ф) -45, the input of which is connected to the output of D-46, the input of which is connected to K-47, the input of which is the input of the pulse generator (G), connected to D-48, connected to F-49, connected to another input K-47 and to the entrance F-50, whose output is connected to the “0” inputs of PP2-39 and PP4-42, (SL) -RI-37 output is connected to the E-51 (the output of which is the P-output of the sensor unit) and P-inputs registers Р2-52 and Р1-53, the inputs of which are connected to РР4-42 and РР2-39, respectively, and the outputs are I2 and I1 outputs of the BDTS-54 light sensor unit (Fig. 62), the first input of K-47 is connected to the output of the connector (РЗ1) -53. 1, the outputs of the E-51, P2-52, P1-53 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding connectors RZ2-53. 2, RZ3-53. 3, RZ4-53. 4, wherein the field of view field forming unit (BPSF) (parasol and its color recognition unit) consists of a field sensor block of light sensors (BPBDTS) -55, which is a set of Ai field fields consisting of m × n parasols containing d × k BDTS -54, each of BDTS-54 has its own outputs I2 and I1, G-inputs of BDTS-54 are combined and connected to the G-input of BPBDTS-55, each group of I1-outputs (color) of the parasol d. k (for example) is connected to the corresponding register P-56d. k, registers P-56d. k form a block of registers BR-57, each of 13 parasols (for example, 5 variants) has two BDTS-54, the outputs of these BDTS-54 are connected to the register PP1-58 and register PP2-59, each of the registers BR-57 connected by outputs to its comparator KMP-60d. k, allowing (P) -input of each of which is connected to the corresponding output of the pulse distributor (RI) -61, another group of inputs of each of the KMP-60d. k is connected to the outputs of the corresponding ROM-62d. k corresponding to each of the registers included in the BR-57, in ROM-62d. k the color code of the sensor corresponding to the place specified in the parasol is recorded, the T-input of RI-61 is connected to the output of D-63, the input of which is connected to the output of K-64, the SL-output of RI-61 is connected to the 0-input of T-65, the output of which connected to another input K-64, and 1-input connected to the output of the E-66, 0-input T-65 is also connected to the input of the E-67, connected to the input of the F-68, connected to the R-input of the BK-69, The 1st group of inputs is connected to the outputs of the SCH-70, the 2nd group of inputs is connected to the output of the ROM (C) -71, the 3rd group of inputs is connected to the outputs PP1-58, PP2-59 and the 4th group of inputs is connected to ROM (C) -72, in which the code number of this parasol is recorded, and the listed elements form the corresponding recognition scheme for parasol and its colors (SRPC) -73, input K-64 is g-SRPC-73, input E-66 is connected to the D-input of the SCH-70 and to P- the input PP1-58, PP2-59 and the P-inputs of the registers BR-57, is the pl-input of SRPC-73, “yes” - the outputs of each of the KMP-60 are connected and connected to the +1 output of the SCH-70, “no” - the outputs of KMP-60 are combined and connected to the -1 input of the SCH-70, the output of the F-68 is the P2 output of the SRPTs-73 and connected to the P-input of the BK-69, the outputs of the BK-69 are the I2-output of the SRPTs-73, the inputs of PP1 -58, PP2-59 and the inputs of the BR-57 are I1 input SRPTS E-73, E-67, wherein for each SRPTS-73 has an individual time delay; moreover, the P2 output SRPTs-13. 9-73 is connected to OR-74, the outputs of which are connected to all other P2-outputs of SRPC-73, the P1 inputs of all SRPC-73 are combined and connected to the output of F-75, the input of which is connected to the output of D-76, the input of which is connected to all Г-inputs СРПЦ-73, И2-outputs of all С2РПЦ-73 are combined and connected to the corresponding inputs of the registers РР3-77, РР1-78, РР5-79, РР6-80, РР9-81, РР11-82, output РР11- 82 is connected to the inputs of PP12-83, the output of PP9-81 is connected to the inputs of PP10-84, the outputs of PP6-80 are connected to the inputs of PP8-85, the outputs of PP5-79 are connected to the inputs of PP7-86, the outputs of PP1-78 are connected to the inputs of PP2- 87, output PP3-77 to the I-inputs of PP4-88 and I1 inputs of KMP-89, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of PP4-88, and the P-input is connected to the output of E-90, the input of which is connected to the output of OR-74, the output of F-75 connected to the 0-inputs of registers 83-88, the outputs of which are combined on the bus and connected to the I-inputs of the corresponding cell, the memory block of the field of view (BPPZ-92), the P-inputs of the registers 77-82 are combined and connected to the P2-outputs of SRPC-73 , P2-output SRPC 13. 9-73 is also connected to the E-91, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the corresponding BPPZ-92 cell, with blocks 56-91 forming a recognition unit for one parasol and its colors BR1PSTs-93, with each BR1PSTs-93 in the field of view corresponding to one cell 93. one. 1-93. m. n field of view memory block (BPS) -92, and each BPS-92 has a pulse amplifier (U) -94. 1 connected to the G-input of each BR1PSTs-93, in which it is connected to each g-input of each SRPTs-73, a multi-channel communication line (RZ) -94 connector. 2 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-94. 3, connected to a digital processor (VCC) -94. 4, connected by address (A), data (D) and control (U) buses to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPBDTS-55 and to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPPZ-92, the output of the BPPZ-92 is the output of OR-94. 5, P-inputs of the cells (registers) of the BPPZ-92 are connected to the corresponding E-95. one. 1-95 m. n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs OR 94. 5, each cell (registers) of the BPPZ-92 has I-outputs, which are the I-outputs of the BPPZ-92 connected to the connector (РЗ) -92. 1, and blocks 5-95 form a block for the formation of the field of view (BPS) -94. 6, exit OR-94. 5 is connected to the connector (RE) -92. 2 corresponding inputs and outputs of the WCC-94. 4 are connected to the connector (RE) -92. 4 bus addresses - commands - data (SHAKD); moreover, the block of external gaze (BVVZ) -96 (96. 1, 96. 2) consists of the G-97 generator connected to the K-98 key, connected to the D-99 divider, connected to the + 1-input of the SCH-100, connected to the digital-to-analog converter (DAC) -101, connected to the input of the optics unit (BO ) -102 (through BC 101. 1), the other input of K-98 is connected to the output of the T-103, the 0-input of which is connected to the SL-output of the SCH-100, the 1-input of the T-103 is the GL-input, the light intensity sensor (DSS) -104 is connected to the input the dimmer (PO) -105 connected to the SS input of BO-102, the register (P) -106 is connected to the γ-input of BO-102, P-107 to the β-input of BO-102, P-108 to the φ-input BO-102, the BD-109 sensor unit is located on a certain surface (for example, spherically concave) of the BDTS-54, which are included in the corresponding BPBDTS-55, each BDTS-54 in the BPBDTS-55 is connected to the corresponding BR1STs (from 1. 1 to m. n) -93, each of which is connected to the BPPZ-92, the cells of the BPPZ-92 are connected to the BK-110, the outputs of which are connected to the A-inputs of the tabular adder (TSUM) -111, the P-input of which is connected to the P-output of BPP3- 93 (via E-112. 1) and to the + 1- input of the SCH-112. The 2 outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the DSh-113, the outputs of which are connected to the input of the E-114, the output of which is connected to the 0-inputs of the R-115 and SCh-112. 2 The SL-output DSh-113 is connected to the R-input of R-116, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of R-115, and the outputs are connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-117, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of R-118, with “≥ The KMP-117 output is connected to the P-118, to the P-input of the R-119 and the P-input of the field data memory unit (BPDP) -120, the TSUM-111 G-output is connected to the P-input of P-115, the inputs of P -119 connected to the outputs of the SCH-100, BVVZ-96. 1 and 96. 2 can be located at a predetermined distance from each other, the СЛ-100 СЛ-output is connected to the Т-103 input "0", the "1" input is connected to the "0" input of the Р-118, the outputs of the Р-119 are connected to the inputs Encoder (W) 119. 1, information input “left-right” (IVP), information input “up-down”, (IVN), information input “left-right” (INLP), information input X (ИХ), P1, Р2, Р3, Р4 , SL 1, SL 2, Gl, 3-input RO-105, outputs DSS-104, outputs RO-105 are combined in a bus and connected to the terminal connector (PK) -120. 1 and to the block of registers (BR) -120. 2 and to the WCC-120. 3, which is also connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -97, I-outputs BPDP-120, d-outputs (range) Ш-119. 1, G-output (SL) SCH-100 connected to the connector (RE) -120. 4, the outputs and inputs of the connector of a multi-channel communication line (RE) -120. 5 are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-120. 6 is connected to the BR-120. 2, also connected to the RZ-120. 4, multi-channel communication line (RE) -120 connector. 7 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-120. 8, connected to the WCC-120. 3, connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the unit, a multi-channel communication line (RE) -120 connector. 9 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-120. 10, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-120. 11, and the I-inputs are connected to the BR-120. 12, connected by a P-output to the input of E-120. 11 and to the SL-output Sch-100, I-outputs BPDP-120, d-outputs Sh-119. 1 are also connected to the VCC-120. 3 and to the BR-120. 12. ROM-120. 13 is also connected to the BR-120. 12, connector (REM) -119. 1 combines the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BVVZ-96. 1 (2), and the pointer tracking unit (BSU) -121 consists of a zone sensor unit (BDZ) -122, the sensors of which are located between the BD-109 sensors, each zone field of view has a separate sensor (BDTS-54), responsive to illumination, such a sensor is connected to its signal shaper located in the signal conditioning unit (BFS) -123, the output of each of which is connected to the corresponding key of the key block (BK) -124, the outputs of which are connected to OR-125, the output of which is connected to the P2 input of the displacement instruction memory block (BPKP) -126 and to the 0 input -127, BPKP-126 has outputs I1, P1, I2, P2, the output of T-127 is connected to the 1st input of K-128, the other input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -129, K-128 is connected to the input D-130, the output of which is connected to the +1 input of the SCH-131, whose outputs are connected to the inputs of the DSh-132, whose I-outputs are connected to the corresponding I-inputs of the BK-124, the T-133 output is connected to the 1st input of K- 134, the other input of which is connected to the output of K-135, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of D-136, the input of which is connected to the output of G-129, the first input of K-135 is connected to the output of HE-137, the input of which is connected to the output F-138, the input of which is connected to the output of the central sensor (CD) -139 (BDZ-122), the SCH-131 outputs are also connected to the I-inputs of BPKP-126, the output of F-138 is also connected to the 1st input of K-140, the other input of which connected to the output of the D-136, and the output is connected to the K-141, the other input of which is connected to the output of the T-133, the connector of the multi-channel communication line (RE) -141. 1 is connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs BPRDPRMMKL-141. 2, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-141. 3, (the input of which is connected to the output of OR-141. 4), and the I-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BR-141. 5, the corresponding inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-141. 6 and to I1, I2, P1, P2 outputs of BPKP-126 and to the output of OR-141. 4, which is also connected to the output of K-141, (RE) -141. 7 is connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-141. 8, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BR-141. 9, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to 1 and 0 inputs of T-133, (SL1, SL2, respectively) and to the P1 input of BPKP-126, the second input is OR 141. 4 is connected to the output of the E-141. 10, the input of which is connected to the output of OR 125, the connector of a multi-channel communication line (RE) -141. 11 is connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-141. 12, connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the WCC-141. 13 connected to the I2-inputs of the BK-124, P3-input BPKP-126, to the output of OR 125; and the hearing block BSLH-142 (142. 1, 142. 2) consists of a sound sensor (DTZ) -143 that converts the sound vibrations of the medium into electromagnetic vibrations, connected (via the connector (RE) -143. 1) to the amplifier (U) -144 (the amplifier may have a limiting function with a strong signal), which is connected to the signal conditioners (FS) -145. 1-145. n, each FS 145. 1-145. n is connected to the corresponding ADC 146. 1-146. n connected to the corresponding inputs of the BR-147, the pulse generator (G) - 148 is connected to the D-149, connected to the F-150 is connected to the P-inputs of the FS 145. 1-145. n, AOC 146. 1-146. n and the input of the E-151. 1 connected to the R-input of the BR-147 and to the E-151. 2 connected to the P-input of the BKMP-152 block, the I2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-153, the I1-inputs of the BKMP-152 are connected to the I1-outputs of the BR-147, “Yes” - the output of the BKMP-152 is connected to -154 connected to the 0-input of the BSR-155, the P-input of which is connected to the "No" output of the BKMP-152, the I-input of the BSR-155 is connected to the corresponding outputs of the BR-147, and the output of the T-156 is connected to P1- the input of the stack memory block (BSTP) -157, the P2 input of which is connected to the “Yes” output of the BKMP-152, and the I1 input is connected to the outputs of the BSR-155, the “Yes” output of the BKMP-152 is also connected to the E-158 , the U-144 output is also connected to the I-inputs of the ADC (BACP) -159 block, Connector (RE) -159. 1 multi-channel communication lines are connected to the corresponding inputs of the outputs BPRDPRMMKL-159. 2, connected to the BR-159. 3, the P-input of which is connected to the input of the E-159. 4, connected to the R-input DSH-159. 5, the corresponding inputs of which are connected to the P, SL1, SL2 inputs of the BR-153, T-156, connector (P3) -159. 6 multi-channel communication lines connected to BPRDPRMMKL-159. 7, the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BR-159. 8, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BSTP-157, and the P-input to the output of the E-158, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-159. 10, P-input BR-159. 8 is also connected to the output of the E-158, the input of the E-159. 11, connected to the P-input BPRDPRMMKL-159. 7, the output of T-156 is connected to the P-input of D-149 and the P2-input of BR-147, connector (РЗ) -159. 12 multi-channel communication lines connected to BPRDPRMMKL-159. 13, connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the WCC-159. 14, connected to the corresponding BACP-159 inputs and outputs, to the BR-147 P3 input, and to the BSTP-157 I-output and to the E-158 output, I-outputs of the counter (MF) -159. 15 are connected to the I-inputs of BSTP-157, + 1-input Sch-159. 15 is connected to the output of the D-159. 16, the input of which is connected to the output of K-159. 17, the 1-input of which is connected to the output of the G-148, and the 2-input to the output of the T-159. 18, the 1-input of which is connected to the "no" output of the BKMP-152 and to the P-input of the summing and dividing unit into two (BSDD) -159. 19, 0-input SCH-151. 15, connected to the output of the E-159. 20, the input of which is connected to “yes” - the output of BKMP-152 and the P2-input of BSTP-157, 0-output of T-151. 18, the corresponding output DSH-159. 5 is connected to the first input of the register R-159. 21, the second inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-159. 3, and the outputs to the I-inputs of U-144, and the sound signal block (BZS) -160 consists of a pulse generator (G) -161 connected to the first input of K-162, the second input of which is connected to the output of T-163, and exit to D-164 and to the first entrance of K-165. 1, the output of which is connected to the input of D-165. 2, the outputs of the R-166 are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-166. 1, the I2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCH-166. 2, and the P-input is connected to the output of the E-166. 3, the input of which is connected to the +1 input of the SCH-166. 2 and to the exit of D-165. 2, with the DA output of KMP-166. 1, connected to the second input of OR-166. 4, and to the “0” input of the T-167, the first input of which is connected to the output of the E-168 (and the “0” input of the SCh-166.2), the input of which is connected to the first input of the T-163, and the output of the T-167 connected to the second input of K-165. 1, exit D-165. 2 is connected to the B-169 T-input, the D-164 output is connected to the R-inputs of threshold elements (PE) -175. 13. 1-13. n, the outputs of which are connected to the keys - 170. 1-170. n and to the P-inputs of the shapers of sound signals (FZS) 171. 1-171. n, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the respective amplifiers (U) -172. 1-172. n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the mixer (SM) -73, the outputs of which are connected to the amplifier (U) -174, the output of which is connected to the input of the sound device (RF) -175, which converts electrical vibrations into sound vibrations of the medium (through the connector ( RE) -174. 1), I2 inputs of the U-174 are connected to the outputs of the R-175. 1, the output of K-162 is connected to the corresponding inputs of K-170. one. n, multi-channel communication (RE) connector -175. 2 connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-175. 3 connected to the register block (BR) -175. 4, the P-input of which is connected to the input of the E-175. 5, connected to the P-input DSH-175. 6, connected to the outputs of the BR-175. 4, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the R-175. 1, I-inputs of R-166 and BSR-169, the first and second inputs of DSh-175. 6 are connected to the 1, 0 inputs of the T-163, the third output of the DSh-175. 6 is connected to the R-inputs of R-166, BSR-169, the second output DSh-175. 6 is connected to the P-input P-175. 1, multi-channel communication line (RE) -175 connector. 7 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-175. 8 is connected to the VCC-175. 9, connected by the corresponding inputs and outputs to DSh-175. 6, BR-175. 4, SM-173 and U-174, threshold element (PE) -175. 13 consists of a comparator (KMPA) -175. 10 connected to the ROM-175. 11 connected to the T-175. 12; moreover, the drive and sensor unit (BPDT) -176 consists of the WCC-177, to the common bus (OS) of which the address register (RA) -178, the command register (RC) -179, the first data register (RD1) -180, the second data register (RD2) -181 bus address - commands - data (SHAKD) (RZ-178. 1), VCC-177 is connected (through its block of external registers (BVR)) to the address register RA-182, to the first data register (RD1) -183, to the command register RK-184 and to the input data register (RD2) -185 allowing the output of the WCC-177 is also connected to the P-input of the command decoder (DShK) -186, the I-inputs of which are connected to the RK-184, the P-input of which is also connected to the P-output of the WCC-177 and the P-inputs of RA-182 , RD1-183, RK-184, RD2-185, DShK-186 is connected to the signal conditioner (F) -187, 188, 189, 190, the output of F-187 is connected to the R-input of DSh-191, the output of F-188 is connected to the R-input of DSh-192, the output of F-189 is connected to DSh-193, the output of F-190 is KEY TO DS-194, DS-191 outputs connected to respective inputs 195 F. 1-195. n, the outputs of the DSh-192 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding Ф 196. 1-196. h, outputs DSh-193 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding F 197. 1-197. 3, the outputs DSh-194 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding F 198. 1-198. e, multi-channel communication line (RE) -198 connector. 1 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-198. 2, the P-input is connected to the output of the E-198. 3, and I-inputs to the BR-198. 4, and I-outputs to BR-198. 5, the P-input of which is connected to the E-198. 6, connected to the P-input DSH-198. 7, the inputs of the E-198. 3, BR-198. 4, outputs DSH-198. 7, BR-198. 5 are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the WCC-177, the drive (C × P) 199. 1 - 199. t consist of the E-200 connected to the E-201, connected to the P-input of the DAC-202, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the P-203, connected to the inputs of the BK-204, connected to the RD1-183 and to the BK-205, the outputs which are connected to the P-206, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-207, connected to the P-input of the BK-205 and the corresponding F-195, the input of the E-200 is connected to the P-input of the BK-204, the output of the E-207 It is also connected to the input of the E-208 connected to the P-input of the DAC-209, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the drive (P), the first input of which is connected to the output of the DAC-202, SHP 199 is similarly arranged. 2-199. t, schematic diagram of the drive sensor SHDP 211. 1-211. t consists of BK-212, the outputs connected to RD2-185, connected by inputs to the outputs of R-213, and the P-input to the output of the E-214, the input of which is connected to the P-input P -213 and to the output of the E-215, input which is connected to the P-input of the ADC-216 and the corresponding F-196, the input of the ADC-216 is connected to the output of the corresponding sensor D-217, similarly arranged SHDP 211. 2-211. t, and the equilibrium circuit (CXPB) -218 consists of three tilt circuits (CXN) 219. 1-219. 3, each of which has the same structure and contains BK-219 connected to the RD2-185, inputs connected to the outputs of the R-220, P-inputs to the E-221, R-220, connected to the outputs of the ADC-222, R-input also connected to the input of E-223 and the output of the corresponding F-197, the input of the ADC-222 is connected to the output of the amplifier (U) -224, the input of which is connected to the output of the angle sensor (DUN) -225, which can be analog or digital (DUNA , ДУНЦ), the coating sensor block (BDP) -226 consists of the coating sensor circuits (SHDP) 227. 1-227. s, having a structure similar to SCHN-219, SHHDP-227, located at places where it is necessary to have information about contact with various surfaces, with each SHDP-227 connected to the output of the corresponding F-198, and the outputs connected to the inputs of RD2-185, the temperature block BTM-228 consists of circuits of temperature sensors SHDT 229. 1-229. r, have a similar structure CXH-219, only instead of DUN-225 a temperature sensor is connected, CXDT-229 is connected by outputs to RD2-185, and by inputs to the corresponding F-198, and the taste unit (BV) -230 consists of CXB 231 taste schemes . 1-231. p, which has a similar structure CXH-219, only instead of DUN-225 a sensor is connected that responds to chemical compounds, CXB-231 is connected by outputs to RD2-185, and by inputs to the corresponding F-198, and the odor block BZP-232 consists of circuits analysis of odor CPS 233. 1-233. y, SHKhZ has a structure similar to SHHN-219, only instead of DUN-225 is there a corresponding sensor, the SHKhZ-232 input is connected to the output of the corresponding F-198, and the output to the RD2-185, BPDT-176 input incorporates pressure measurement circuits ( SHID) -234, schemes for measuring acceleration (SHUSK) -235, schemes for measuring speed (SKHSK) -235. 1 and connector (RE) -235. 2, through which you can add the appropriate unit and sensors; moreover, the inclination angle sensor (DUN) can be made in two versions: analog and digital (DUNA, DUNC), in the analog version, the electrically conductive ring-225. 1 with d-conductive ring insulated contacts 225. 2, in ring 225. 1 is an electrically conductive liquid - 225. 3, the ring is 225. 1 connected to a voltage source; moreover, each isolated d-contact is connected to the corresponding diode (D) -225. 4 and resistance R-225. 5, which with their second inputs are connected to the 2-pin DUNA-225, the outputs of each D-225. 4 are combined and are the Z-output of DUNA-225, on which the output voltage is removed, each R 225. 5 has a given face value; moreover, a digital tilt angle sensor (DSC) can use a non-conductive ring (which can be flexible), along with an electrically conductive liquid, an 225-conductive ball can be used. 6, electrical contacts form pairs of isolated d-contacts - 225. 7, the first contacts of these pairs are combined and connected to the ROM-225. 8, and others to the corresponding key 225. 9. 1-225. 9. 8, the outputs of these keys are combined and connected to the 0-input of T-225. 10, the output of which is connected to the 2 input of K-225. 11, the first input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G-225. 12), and the output to the divider (D) is -225. 13, the output of which is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-225. 14, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of DSh-225. 15, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of K-225. 9. 1 -225. 9. d, the first entrance of the T-225. 10 is connected to output 225. 16, with elements 225. 1-225. 5 form the DUNA-225 (DUN), and the elements 225. 6-225. 16 - DUNZ-225. 17, E-225. 18 is connected to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-225. 19, connected to the RE-225. 20 (multi-channel communication line); moreover, BR-225. 1 is connected to the I-inputs BPRDPRMMKL-225. 19, and to the outputs of the PZU-225. 22 and to the SCH-225 outputs. fourteen. 0-input T-225. 10 is connected to the input of the E-225. 23, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-225. eighteen; moreover, the unit for counting the number of cycles (BPC) -chagomer contains a pressure sensor, each pressure sensor DD 1. 1-l. n is connected to the input of the corresponding pulse shaper (f) -2. 1-2. n connected to the + 1-input of the corresponding counter (MF) 3. 1-3. n connected to the I-inputs of the corresponding register (P) 4. 1-4. n, connected by outputs to the I-inputs of the block of registers (BR) -5, and P-inputs to the output of the corresponding K-6. 1-6. n, 1 inputs connected to the output of the corresponding delay element (E) 7. 1-7. n connected to the output of the corresponding pulse shaper (f) -2. 1-2. n, connector (RE) -8 of a multi-channel communication line, connected to BPRDPRMMKL-9, the P-output of which is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -10, connected to the input of the element HE-1 and the input of E-12, the output of which is connected to The P-input of the block of registers (BR) -5, to the input E-13, the output of which is connected to the P-input of BPRDPRMMKL-9, the output of HE-11 is connected to the corresponding inputs of K-6. 1-6. n, ROM 5. 1 is connected to the I2-inputs of the BR-5, elements 1-13 form a BPC (pedometer) -14. one; moreover, the pressure measurement circuit (SHID) -1 (altimeter, depth gauge, speed meter, touch sensor) consists of a pressure sensor (DD) -2 and a data processing circuit (EXT) -3, DD-2 consists of a nozzle with a hole-4 membrane (contact surface) -5, springs-6, movable part-7, fixed part-8, electrical contact group-9, valve (hole) -10, contacts-11, ССО-3 consists of a generator (Г) -12 connected to the first input of the key (K) -13 connected to the input of the divider (D) -14, connected to the +1 input of the SCH-15, connected to the I-inputs of the DSh-16, connected respectively ting outputs to the corresponding K-17 keys. 1-17. k, the second inputs are connected to the corresponding contacts 11, and the outputs to the P-input of the block of registers (BR) -18 (I1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the MF-15, and I2-inputs are connected to the ROM-18. 1), to the input of E-19 and to “0” the input of T-20, the 1-input of which is connected to the output of E-21, and the output to the second input of K-13, the input of E-21 is connected to the “0” input of the midrange -15 to the Р-output БПРДПРММКЛ-22, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-18, Р-input to the output of E-19, and the inputs-outputs to the connector (RE) -23 of the multi-channel communication line, the output of the ROM-24 is connected to the first contact of each pair of contacts 11; moreover, the acceleration meter circuit (SHIUSK) -1 consists of an acceleration sensor (DUSK) -2 and the information processing circuit (SHOI) -3, DUSK-2 consists of six tubes-4 (these tubes can be paired or separated), on each tube there is a series of pair-contacts-5, in each tube there is a moving load-6 and spring-7 fixed on one side to load-6, on the other to the end of tube-4, tubes-4 are located along the orthogonal axes x, y, z. moreover, the first contacts-5 are connected to the output of the ROM-8, the generator (G) -9 is connected to the first input of the key (K) -10, connected to the input of the divider (D) -11, connected to the +1 input of the SCH-12, outputs which are connected to the I-inputs of the decoder (DS) -13, the second input of K-10 is connected to the output of T-14, the first input of which is connected to the output of E-15, the input of which is connected to the "0" input of the SCH-12, elements 9- 15 form a polling circuit (SHOPR) -16, their number is equal to the number of tubes-4, outputs DSh-13 (I1 - outputs SHOPR-16 (1-6)) are connected to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding keys 17. 1-17. n, the second inputs of which are connected to the corresponding contacts-5 of the corresponding tubes-4, keys 17. 1-17. n form a key circuit (SC) -18 (1-6), the key outputs 17. 1-17. n of each SK-18 are connected and connected to the “0” input of T-14 of the corresponding SHOPR-16, the “0” inputs of T-14 of SHOPR-16 are connected to the input of E-19 connected to the P input of BPRDPRMMKL-20, P - the input of which is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-12 of each SHOPR-16, the inputs and outputs are connected to the РЗ-22 I1-I6 inputs of the BR-22 are connected to the I2-outputs of the corresponding SHOPR-16, and the R-output of the E-23 whose input is connected to the input of E-19, ROM-20. 1 is connected to the I7-inputs of the BR-22, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-20; moreover, the block of ultrasonic location (BUZL) -1 consists of a pulse generator (G) -2 connected to a divider (D) -3 connected to the first input of the key (K) -4 connected to a signal conditioner (FS) -5 connected to narrowly focused emitter (IZ) -6, the second input of K-4 is connected to the output of F-7. 1, the input of which is connected to the first input of K-8 (and the output of T-7), the second input of which is connected to the output of G-2, and the output is connected to the input of D-9, connected to the +1 input of the MF-10, a narrowly targeted receiver ( PR) -11 is connected to the input of the filter (Ф) -12, connected to the input of the divider (D) -13 is connected to the input of the signal shaper (FS) -14, connected to "0" input T-7 and P-input of the register block ( BR) -15, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the SCH-10, and the I2 inputs to the outputs of the PZU-16, the P-input of the BR-15 is also connected to the input of E-17, connected to the P-input of the BPRDPRMKL-18 , I1-inputs of which are connected to I-outputs B -15 and F outputs are connected to the first input 7 and T "0" -Log MF-10, inputs and outputs BPRDPRMMKL - 18 are connected to the terminal (RH) -19 multichannel communication line; moreover, the magnetic direction determinant (MON) -1 consists of a magnetic sensor (MD) -2 and an information processing circuit (SChOBI) -3, MD-3 consists of a magnetic element with NS poles-4 placed in sphere-5, which has N - the end of the magnetic element 4 of the reflector-6, sphere 5 provides free passage of the magnetic field, sphere-5 is placed in the outer sphere-7, which is separated from sphere 5 by a transparent medium (for example, the corresponding liquid), sphere 5 has buoyancy in this medium, balancing its gravity, on the external sphere is a given quantity of emitters and receivers (elements) - 9, 9 emitters connected to the corresponding keys (K) -10. 1-10. k-10. n, and the pulse generator (G) -11 is connected to the first input K-12, which is connected to the input D-13, which is connected to the 2 inputs of the keys (K) -10. 1-10. n, the K-12 output is also connected to the D-14 input, which is connected to the +1 input of the MF-15, the I-outputs of which are connected to the DSh-16 inputs, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the 1st inputs of the corresponding K-10 keys. 1-10. n, connector (RZ) -17 of a multi-channel communication line connected to BPRDPRMMKL-18, P-output connected to the first input of T-19, the outputs of receivers-9 are combined and connected to the input of the F-20 filter connected to the input of the detector (DT) - 21, connected to the input of the signal shaper (Ф) -22, connected to the “0” input of T-19, to the input of E-23 and the P-input of BR-24, connected by I2 inputs to ROM-25, I1 inputs to I-outputs SCH-15, and I-outputs to I-inputs BPRDPRMMKL-18, the P-input of which is connected to the output E-23; moreover, the inertial determinant of direction (ION) -1 consists of the inertial sensor ID-2 and we are processing data SKHODN-3, ID-2 consists of three tubes-4 closed in a ring and located in accordance with the orthogonal planes (xy), (xz), (yz), inside the tubes there is liquid-5, on the tubes are liquid-6 propulsors, consisting, for example, of a screw (screw) -7, engine-8, battery plates 9, all tubes-4 are placed in a sphere-9 permeable to electrolyte. 1, outer sphere 10 and sphere 9. 1 have a corresponding gap 11 in which the liquid (electrolyte) is located, the inner sphere 9. 1 with its elements has zero buoyancy balanced by gravity, the liquid 11 is transparent to the selected radiation (for example, electromagnetic) on the outer surface of the sphere 9. 1 there is a reflector 12, sphere-10 is also permeable to electrolyte, located in the housing, on the outer surface of sphere-10 there are elements 13 consisting of a transmitter and a receiver, each of which is connected to the I-inputs of BOI-14 (similar to BOI-26 MY -1) connector (RZ) -15 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-16, the P-output of which is connected to the P-input of BOI-14, P2, the I2-outputs of which are connected to the P, I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-17 ; moreover, the block determining the direction of celestial bodies (BONNT) -1 consists of a connector (RE) -2 multi-channel communication lines connected to BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the block of registers (BR) -4, and P-output to the delay element (E- 5, connected to the corresponding inputs of the register block (BR) -6. 1-6. n, registers α (Pα) -7. 1-7. n, registers β (Pβ) -8. 1-8. n, the output of E-3 is connected to the P-inputs of the BR 6. 1-6. n, Pα 7. 1-7. n, Pβ 7. one. -7. n and input E-9, outputs of the BR 6. 1-6. n, Pα-7. 1-7. n, Pβ 7. 1-7. n are connected to the corresponding inputs of the block of keys (BC) 10. 1-10. n, the output of E-9 is connected to the first input of OR-11, connected to the T-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -12 to the input of E-13, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the memory unit (PSU) -14, connected to AND -BK-10 outputs. 1-10. n and the DSh-15 outputs, (the SL output of which is connected to the “0” input of RI-12), and the inputs of which are connected to the SCh-16 outputs, the “0” input of which is connected to the E-9 output, and the +1 input connected to the output of OR-17, the first input of which is connected to the output of E-13 and the first input of OR-18, the output of which is connected to the P-inputs of the image memory blocks (BPOBR) -19. 1-19. d, and the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the WCC-20, the inputs and outputs of which are connected to the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-21, the other inputs and outputs of which are connected to the RE-22 of the multi-channel line, the SL-output of RI-12 is connected to the input of E- 23 and the BR-24 P-input, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-25, the BR-24 outputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-3 inputs, the P-input of which the E-23 output is connected, the corresponding output of the WCC-20 is connected to the inhibit (RF) to the input of the comparator unit (BKMP) -26, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-27 (the input of which is connected to the output of the E-13; m “NO” - the outputs are connected to the second input of OR-17, and “YES” - the outputs are connected to the inputs of OR-28, the output of which is connected to the inhibit input OR-17 and to the P-inputs Pα-29, Pβ-30, AND - the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding B2-I2 outputs, the E-31 output is connected to the E-32 input and the BR-33 P-input (the I1, I2 inputs of which the outputs Pα-29, Pβ-30 are connected), and I3 - the outputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-34, and the outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-35 (whose P-input is connected to the output of the E-32), the outputs of which are connected to the RP-36 of a multi-channel communication line; moreover, the image search unit (BPO) -266 consists of a trigger (T) -267 connected to a key-268, connected to a divider (D) -269, connected to the +1 input of the counter (MF) -270 and to E-271, connected to the P-input of KMP-272, connected to OR-273, connected to the “0” input of T-267 to F-274, F-275, the second input connected to 1 and 2 outputs of T-276, respectively, “0” - the input of which is connected to the output of the E-277, the input of which is also connected to the output of the OR-273, the SL output of the SCh-270 is connected to the + 1-input of the SCh-278, the output of which is connected to the Sh-279 encoder connected to the corresponding address inputs memory block ty (BP) -280, the corresponding address inputs are also connected to the corresponding outputs of the Sh-281 encoder, the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the SCh-270, the SL-output of the SCh-278 is connected to the 1st input of the T-276 and the 2nd input OR-273, the block of registers (BR) -282 is connected to the I2 inputs of KMP-272, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BP-280, R-283 is connected to the I-inputs of the SCH-270, R-284 is connected to I- inputs SCH-278, the output of the pulse generator (G) -285 is connected to the second input of K-268, the input of F-274 (C1), F-275 (C1) are connected to I1, I2 inputs of the BR-285. 1, the I3 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of Ш-279, 281, and the outputs are connected to the I-inputs of БПРДПРММКЛ-285. 2, the inputs and outputs of which are connected to the RZ-285. 3, (I, P) outputs BPRDPRMMKL-285. 2 are connected to the (I, P) inputs of the BR-285. 4, connected to the inputs of DSh-285. 6, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-285. 5, connected to the P - input of the BR-285. 4 first exit DSH-285. 6 is connected to the first input of the T-267 and the P-input of the SCH-270, 278, the second output of the DSh-285. 6 is connected to the R-input of the BP-280, and the third output is connected to the R inputs of the R-283, R-284, BR-282, RZ-285. 7 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL - 258. 8, connected to the WCC-258. 9, connected to the inhibitory input, DSh-285. 6, ROM-285. 10 is connected to the BR-285 I4 inputs. 1, the output of the E-277 is connected to the p-input of the BR-285. 1 and to the entrance of the E-285. 11, connected to the p-input BPRDPRMMKL-285. 2, elements-267-285 form a touch block image (BKO) -285. 12; moreover, the block determining the size of the image (BOR) -285 consists of blocks for touching images (BKO) 286. 1-286. 4 I1 inputs connected to the I1 inputs of the memory unit (PSU) -287, and P1 inputs connected to the corresponding (1, 2, 3, 4) outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -288, the T-input of which is connected to the output OR -289, 1, 2, 3, 4 whose inputs are connected to the C2 outputs of the corresponding BKO-286. 1-286. 4, A-outputs BKO-286. 1-286. 4 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding BC 290. 1-290. 4, the P-inputs of which are also connected to the corresponding outputs of the RI-288, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the corresponding R-291. 1-291. 4 and A-inputs BP-281 (A1-A4), C2-outputs BKO-286. 1-286. 4 are also connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding P-291-291. 4, C1-outputs of BKO-286. 1-286. 4 are combined (output failure (sb)) and connected to the I1 input of the register block (BR) -291. 5, the I2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the R-291. 1-291. 4, and the I3 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-291. 6, C2-output of BKO-286. 4 is connected to the input of the E-291. 7, connected to the second input of OR-291. 8 (whose first input is connected to the B2-286 C2 outputs. 1-286. 4), and the output is connected to the input of the E-291. 9, the output of which is connected to the P-input BPRDPRMMKL-291. 10, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-291. 5, and the inputs and outputs to the connector (RE) -291. 11 multi-channel communication lines, P, I-outputs BPRDPRMMKL-291. 10 are connected to the (R, I) inputs of the BR-291. 12, P-exit E-291. 13 is connected to the R-input DSH-291. 14 (and the entrance to the P-input of the BR-291. 12; and the first exit DSH-291. 14 is connected to the P2 input of BP-287 and to the P2 inputs of BKO-286. 1-286. 4, the second output is connected to the P-input of OR-289, the third output is connected to the P3 inputs of BKO-286. 1-286. 4, I-output BR-291. 12 is connected to the I-inputs of BP-287, (I1, I2) - to the inputs of BKO-286. 1-286. four. BPRDPPRMMKL-291. 15 inputs and outputs connected to the connector (RE) -291. 16 multi-channel communication lines, and other inputs and outputs to the WCC-291. 17, the P-output of which is connected to the inhibitory input DSH-291. 14 and outputs of the VCC-281. 17 are connected to the corresponding inputs of BP-287; moreover, the coordinate setting unit (BPC) - 292 consists of a register (P) -293 (x coordinate), a register (P) -294 (coordinate y), the P-input P-293, 294 is connected to the P-input BZK-292 and to the E-295 input, connected to the E-296 input, connected to the E-297 input, connected to the E-298 input, connected to the E-299 input, connected to the E-300 input, connected to the E-301 input, is G -exit BZK-292, outputs E-297, 298, 299, 300, connected to the inputs of pulse shapers (Ф) 302, 303, 304, 305, respectively, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-306 and P-inputs of BK-308 , 309, 310, 311, respectively, whose outputs are combined and are Ā (X, Y) -out dams BZK-292, inputs of the БК 308-311 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding registers (Р) 312-319 (РХ, РУ), registers (Р) -312, 314 317, 319 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding calculators of blocks (WB) 320, 321 , 322, 322. 1 performing operations ((X-1), (X + 1), (Y-1), (Y + 1)), respectively, whose P-inputs are connected to the output of E-296, and the I-inputs to the outputs of the corresponding P- 293 and P-294; moreover, the image fill unit (BZO) -323 (1, 2) consists of BKO-324, connected to BK-325, connected to BP1-326, the Pl-input of BKO-324 is connected to the first input of T-327, whose 0-input connected to the E-328 output, the input of which is connected to the B-325 P-input and to the F-329 output (whose input is connected to the BKO-324 C2 output), to the E-330 input and the first input of OR-331, the output which is connected to the input of the E-332 (whose output is connected to the B (record) -input of the BP1-326) and to the +1 input of the SCh-333, the outputs of which are connected to the addresses (A) of the inputs of the BP1-326 and to the I-inputs of the ILC -334, ≠ 0 the output of which is connected to the second input OR-335, the output of which connected to the P-input of the BZK-336 (X, Y) inputs are connected to the (X, Y) outputs of the BP1-326, I1 inputs of the BKO-324, connected to the I1 inputs of the BPDO-337, address register outputs (RA) -338 is connected to the inputs of the BK-339, the outputs of which are connected to the A-inputs of the BPDO-337, the P-input of the BK-339 is connected to the input of the E-340, connecting the elements of the E-340. 1, OR-340. 2, E-340. 3, OR-340. 4, described further, the BPDO-337 I1 outputs are connected to the KMP-341 I1 inputs, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the P-342 outputs, the P-input of which is connected to the OR-342 output. 1, the first input is connected to the output of the E-340. 1, with the BPDO-337 I1 inputs connected to the R-342 I inputs, the BK-343 outputs (whose R input is connected to the E-340 input), no (BZO-323 (1), Yes (BZO-323 (2)) - the output of the KMP-341 is connected to the input of the E-343. 1, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the ROM-343. 2 (the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the R-342), the input of the E-343. 1 are also connected to the input of the E-343. 3, the output of which is connected to the corresponding input of OR-343. 4, the output of which is connected to the BPO-337 P-input, the BPDO-237 A inputs are connected to the BK-344 outputs, the I-inputs of which are connected to the (X, Y) - BKO-324 outputs, the P-input is connected to the T output -327, with the BPO-337 A inputs also connected to the BK-345 outputs (whose P input is connected to the HE-346, whose input is connected to the BK-344 P input), the I-output of which is connected to the BZK A-outputs -336, the G-output of which is connected to the input of the E-347, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the KMP-341, the output of the E-340 is connected to the 2nd input of the OR-348 (the first input of which is connected to the second input of the OR- 240. 2 and the G-output of the BZK-336, and the output is connected to the input of the E-340. 1, ROM outputs (TO) (shadow object ROM) - 349 are connected to I3-inputs of BP2-350, I1 inputs of which are connected to I1 - outputs of BPDO-337 and inputs of BK-343, and I2-inputs are connected to I2-outputs of BPDO -337, and 3 input - (recording) is connected to the output of the E-340. 3 (the input of which is connected to the KMP-341 output), and the A inputs are connected to the A-outputs of the BZK-336, the G-output of the BZK-336 is connected to the E-351 input (the output of which is connected to the -1 input of the SCH-333 ) and the E-352 input (whose output is connected to the KMP-334 P-input), to the E-353 input (whose output is connected to the 3 input - (record) BP3-354, whose I-inputs are connected to BP1- I-outputs 326), the K-355 output is connected to the D-356 input, connected to the F-357 input, connected to the BP2-350 input to the C (read) input, and the BP2-350 I-outputs are connected to the E-358, 359, 360 inputs to the inputs of BK-361 (the outputs of which are connected to the D-inputs of BP1-326), and the A-inputs are connected to the outputs I will give SCh-362 (the -1-input of which is connected to the output of the E-358), and the I-inputs of KMP-363 (the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-360), the output of which is connected to the 0-input of BP2-350, to the first entrance OR-340. 4 and to the third input of the OR-335, the outputs of the SCH-362 are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-365 (the I2 inputs of which are connected to the ROM (0) -3651), "= 0", the output is connected to the second input of the OR-340. 4, and to the C input - (reading) BPZ-354, to the 0-input of E-364. 1, the output of which is connected to the first input of the T-364 (the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-355 and the P-input of the BK-361), and the input is connected to the P-input of the KMP-365 and to the “= 0” output of the KMP- 334, “0” inputs of the SCH-362, SCH-366, SCH-333 are connected to the B1-324 P1 input, the +1 SCH-366 input is connected to the E-353 input, and the outputs to the BP3- address (A) inputs 354, the B-339 P-input is connected to the F-367 output, the BP1-326 I-inputs are connected to the BK-368 outputs, the P-input of which is connected to the E-328 input, and the I-inputs are connected to the BPDO- I2 outputs 337; moreover, the pulse generator (G) -369 is connected to the second input of K-355, the connector of a multi-channel communication line (RE) -369. 1 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-369. 2, connected to the BR-369. 3, the P-input of which is connected to the E-369. 4, which is connected to the P-input DSH-369. 5, the I-input of which is connected to the I-outputs of the BR-369. 3, the I-outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of BKO-324, RA-338, BPDO-337, R-342, I-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-369. 2 are connected to the BR-369 I-outputs. 6, the P-input of which is connected to OR-369. 7 and to the entrance of the E-369. 8, the output of which is connected to the P-input BPRDPRMMKL-369. 2 and 0-input T-369. 9, the output of which is connected to the I3-input of the BR-369. 6, the 4-inputs of which are connected to the output of the ROM-369. 10, the third entrance OR-369. 7 is connected to the output of K-369. 11, the first input of which is connected to the output of the T-369. 12, the 0-input of which is connected to the output of the E-369. 13, and the first input is connected to the first input of OR-369. 14 and to the third exit DSH-369. 5, the first output of which is connected to the P-input of RA-338, the second output is connected to the first input of OR-369. 14, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-367, and the fourth output is connected to the second input of the OR-342. 1, the first input of which is connected to the second input of K-369. 11 and to the entrance of the E-369. 13, fifth exit DSh-369. 5 is connected to the B3-324 P3 output, the sixth input to the BKO-324 P2 input, the seventh output to the OR-343 2nd input. 4, the eighth output of the DSh-369. 5 is connected to the p1 input of BKO-324; moreover, the connector (RE) -369. 15 multichannel communication lines connected to the inputs and outputs BPRDPRMMKL-369. 16, the other inputs and outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VCC processor -369. 17, the P-output of which is connected to the RF input (prohibition) ДШ-369. 5; moreover, the image bias block in the plane (BSP) -370 consists of a memory block (BP) -371, with I-outputs connected to the I-inputs of the memory block (BP) -372, whose P-input is connected to the output of the E-373, whose input connected to the input of E-374 (whose output is connected to the C input (reading) BP-371), and the output of the divider (D) -375 (whose input is connected to the output of the key (K) -376. 1, the first input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -376. 2, connected to the “+1” counter input (MF) -377, the service (SL) output and 0-input of which are connected to the +1 and 0-meter inputs (MF) -377, the outputs of the MF-377, 378 are connected to the inputs of the encoders (W) -379, 380, respectively, the outputs of which are connected to the address (A) inputs of the BP-371, the trigger output (T) -381 is connected to the second input of K-376. 1, and the 0-input is connected to the СЛ-output СЧ-378, the D-375 output is also connected to the Э-382 input, the output of which is connected to the Р-inputs of the adders (СУМ) -383, 384, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the encoders ( Ш) -387, 388, respectively, the outputs of which are connected to the address (A) inputs of BP-372, the service (SL) outputs of Ш-387, 388 are connected to the inputs of OR-389, the output of which is connected to the input of a pulse shaper (Ф) -389. 1, connected to the second input of OR-389. 2, connected to the input of the E-389. 3, connected to the register block (BR) -389. 4, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BP-372, the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-389. 5, P-input BR-389. 4 is connected to the output of the E-389. 3, and to the entrance of the E-389. 6, connector (P3) -389. 7 multichannel communication lines connected to BPRDPRMMKL-389. 8, (I, P) - whose inputs are connected to the output of the E-389. 6, and the I-inputs are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-389. 4 and (P, I) outputs connected to the register block (BR) -389. 9, the P-input of which is connected to the E-389. 10, connected to the P-input of the decoder (DS) -389. 11, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-388. 9, and the first output is connected to the P-input of the BP-371, the second output is connected to the first input of the T-381 and 0 inputs of the SCH-377, 378, and the third output is connected to the P-inputs of the P-385, 386. RZ-389. 12 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-389. 13, connected to the WCC-389. 14, the P-output of which is connected to the RF input (prohibition) of the DSh-388. eleven; moreover, the increase-decrease block in the plane (BUUP) consists of a pulse generator (G) -1, connected to the first input of the key (K) -2, connected to the divider (D) -3, connected to the "+1" counter input (MF ) -4, connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш1) -5, service (СЛ) output СЧ-4 is connected to the +1 input of the counter (СЧ) -6, connected to the inputs Ш1-7, memory block (БП) -8 И -connected to PS _i - to the inputs of the memory unit (PSU) -9, the I-outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the BP-10, the I-outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the key blocks (BC) -11, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the signal conditioner (Ф) - 12, the input of the delay element (E) -13 connected to the input, connected to the P-input of the memory unit (PSU) -14, register (PN _i ) -15 is connected to N _i BP-9 inputs, trigger (T) -16 with an output connected to the second input of K-2, 0-input connected to the SL-output of the SCh-6 and to the input of E-17, connected to the input of E-18 and to the P-input block of registers (BR) -19, I1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BP-14, I2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-20, and the outputs are connected to the I-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-21, the P-input of which is connected to the output of E-18 and other inputs the outputs are connected to the connector (RE) -22 of a multi-channel communication line, (I, P) outputs of the BPRDPRMKL-21 are connected to the (P, I) outputs of the register block (BR) -23, the P input of which is connected to E-24 connected to the P-input of the decoder (D ) -25, the first input of which is connected to the R-input of BP-8 (AND-input of which is connected to the outputs of the AND-BR-23), a second output connected to a first input of T-16, a third output connected to the P-input PN _i -15, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-23, the connector (P3) -26 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-27, connected to the VCC processor-28 with the R-output connected to the ZP input ( prohibition) DSH-25, PN outputs _i -15 are connected to Ш2-30, the A-inputs of which are connected to the outputs Ш1-5, Ш1-7, and the outputs are connected to the A-outputs of BP-10; moreover, the rotation block around the axis (BVRH, BVY, BBPZ) consists of a pulse generator (G) -1, connected to the first input of the key (K) -2, connected to the input of the divider (D) -3 connected to the + 1-input of the counter ( MF) -4 connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш1) -5, the SL-output of the MF-4 is connected to the + 1-input of the MF-6, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш1) -7, the output of D-3 is also connected to the input E-8, SL-output SCH-6 is connected to the 0-input of T-9, and the output of E-8 is connected to the C-input (read) of the memory unit (PSU) -10, address (A) inputs of which are connected to the outputs Ш1-5 (X), Ш1-7 (У), outputs of the register Рφ _x (Pφ _at , Pφ _z ) -11 are connected to φ _x (φ _y , φ _z ) -inputs of the encoder unit (BS) -12, the address inputs of which are connected to the A-inputs of the BP-10, and the A-outputs are connected to the Ā-inputs of the memory unit (PSU) -13 (whose P-input is connected to the output of E-14 , the input of which is connected to the output of D-3), And the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the key block (BC) -15, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding I-inputs of the screen memory block (БПЭкран) -16, whose P-input is connected to the output E-14.1, the input of which is connected to the SL-output of the SCH-6, the I-outputs of the BP-screen-16 are connected to the I-inputs (REM connector) of the visual field forming unit (BFZ) -17, R- the input of which is connected to the output of the E-18 (whose input is connected to the SL-output of the SCh-6) and the input of the E-19, whose output is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -20, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the key block (BC ) -21, the outputs of which are connected to the I1 inputs of the block of registers (BR) -22, the P-input of which is connected to the output of E-23 (whose input is connected to the SL-output of the SCH-6), and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM -24, the output of E-23 is also connected to the input of E-25, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-26, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BR-22, and the input-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-26 are connected the signals to the connector (РЗ) -27 of the multi-channel communication line, Р, И-outputs of БПРДПРММКЛ-26 are connected to Р-И-inputs of БР-28, Р-input of which is connected to input Е-29, whose output is connected to Р-input ДШ -30, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of BR-28, the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of BP-10 and Pφ _x (φ _y , φ _z ) -11), the first output of the DSh-30 is connected to the P-input of BP-10, the 3rd output of the DSh-30 is connected to the P-input of Pφ _x (Pφ _y Pφ _z ), The 2nd input of the DSh-30 is connected to the first input of the T-9, the connector (RZ) -31 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMKL-32, connected to the VCC processor 33, the P-output of which is connected to the inhibitory (ZP) - entrance DSh-30; moreover, the image comparison unit (BSO) -422 consists of the first memory unit (BP1) -423 (I, P) -inputs of the keys connected to the block (BC) -423. 1, also consists of a second memory unit (BP2) -424 (I, P) -inputs connected to the BK-424. 1, and the outputs of the unit of comparators (BKMP) -425 connected to the I2-inputs, the I-inputs of which are connected to the BP1-423 outputs, and the P-inputs are connected to the E-426, and Yes, the No-outputs are connected to +1, - 1-inputs of the counter (MF) -427, I-inputs connected to the outputs of the ROM-428, and a P-input connected to the P-input BP1-423, and I-outputs connected to the inputs of the key block (BC) -429, I2- the inputs of BKMP-425 are also connected to the inputs of the key block (BK-430), the P-input of BP1-423 is also connected to the first input of T-431, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-432. 1, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -432. 2, and the output is connected to the D-433 input, the output of which is connected to the +1 input of the counter (MF) -435, the output of which is connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш) -436, the service output of the MF-435 is connected to the +1 input of the counter (MF ) -437, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the encoder (Ш) -438, the inputs of which and the outputs of Ш-436 are connected to the address (A) inputs of BP1-423, 424, the СЛ-output СЧ-437 is connected to the 0-inputs of СЧ- 435, 437, T-431, input E-439 and input E-440, the output of which is connected to a pulse shaper (Ф) -441. 1, the output of which is connected to the P1 inputs of BK-429 and BK-430, the output of E-439 is connected to the 1st input of the key (K) -441. 2, connector (P3) -441. 3 multi-channel communication lines, connected to BPRDPRMMKL-441. 4, connected to the (P, I) inputs of the register block (BR) -441. 5, the P-input of which is connected to the input of the E-441. 6, connected to the P-input of the decoder (DS) -441. 7, the I-inputs connected to the outputs of the BR-441. 5, and the first and second inputs to the 1 and 0 inputs of the trigger (T) -441. 8, the direct output of which is connected to the P-inputs of BK-423. 1, BK-424. 1, 429, 430, K-441. 2, and the inverse output is connected to the P-input of the WCC processor-441. 9 and P-inputs BK-441. 10-441. 13, K-441. fourteen; moreover, the unit for comparing types of images (BSVO) -1 consists of blocks for comparing images (BSO) -2. 1-2. n, keys (K) -3, 4, 5, P4-input BSVO-1 is connected to the first input of K-3, connected to the first input of trigger (T) -6, connected to the first input of key (K) -7, second the input is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -8, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -9 connected to the clocking (T) -input of the pulse distributor (RI) -10, the service (SL) output of which is connected to 0 "input T-6, and the outputs are connected to the P-inputs of the blocks of keys (BC) 11. 1-11. n, And-inputs connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory units (PSU) - 12. 1-12. P. And the outputs of BK-11. 1-11. 7 are connected to the I-inputs of the stack memory unit (BSTP) -13, the P-input of which is connected to the output of E-14, the input of which is connected to the output of D-9, the output of K-4 is connected to the input of E-15 and to the first inputs of OR -16. 1-6. n, OR-17. 1-17. n, the output of E-15 is connected to the first input of T-18, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of K-19 (the first input of which is connected to the output of the generator (G) -8), the pulse distributor (RI) -20, The T-input is connected to the output of the divider (D) -21, connected to the output of K-19, the SL-output of the RI-20 is sb- (failure) - the output of the BSVO-1, and the corresponding outputs are connected to the first inputs of the keys (K) - 22. 1-22. n, the second inputs of which are connected to the (NOT) outputs of the triggers (T) -23. 1-23. n, the first inputs of which are connected to the 0 inputs of BP-12. 1-12. n and to the K-5 output (clear) (the second input of which is the “0CH” input of the BSVO-1), and the 0 inputs are T-23. 1-23. n are connected to the outputs of the corresponding K-22. 1-22. n that are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) 24. 1-24. n, the I-inputs of which are connected to the 1-inputs of the BSVO-1, and the (P, I) outputs are connected to the (P, I) inputs of the corresponding BP-12. 1-12. n, outputs K-22. 1-22. n are also connected to the inputs of OR-25, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of RI-20 and T-18. I1, I2-outputs BSO-2. 1-2. n are connected to the corresponding inputs P1-26 and P2-27, the P-inputs of which are connected to the 0-input E-15 and input E-28, the register (P3) -29 is connected to the I2 inputs of the comparator (CMP) -30, I1 - the inputs of which are connected to the outputs P1-26, and ">" - the output is connected to the P-inputs RZ-29 and P4-31, the inputs are connected to the outputs P2-27, the I-inputs of PZ-29 are connected to the outputs P1-26 , outputs РЗ-29 are И2-outputs (similarity number), and outputs Р4-31 are И3-outputs image codes BSVO-1, 0-input E-15 is connected to output OR-33, connected to Г-outputs BSO-2 . 1-2. n; moreover, the object identification unit (BIO) -1 consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3 connected to the block of sound code registers (BRZK) -4, the P-input of which is connected to the input E-5, whose output is connected to the P-input of the decoder (DS) -6, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR (ZK) -4, and the first output is connected to the P-input of the block of registers (BR) -7 and the first input of the trigger ( T) -8, connected to the first input of the key (K) -9, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -10, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) - 11, is connected to the clocking (T) -input of the pulse distributor (RI) -12, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding comparators (KMP) -13. 1-13. n, YES-outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-14, and I1-inputs are connected to the outputs of the memory block of the sound code (BZKD) -15. 1-15. n, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the BR-7, the output of the OR-14 is connected to the “0” input of the T-8, to the P-input of the ROM (is) 16, the first input of the OR-17 is connected to the P-input BPRDPRMMKL-18 connected to the connector (RE) -19 multi-channel communication lines; moreover, BPRDPRMMKL-18 is also connected to ROM (no) -20, the P-input of which is connected to the second input of OR-18 and the service (SL) output of RI-12, I1 outputs of BCBO-21. 1-21. N are connected to the I1 inputs of the register block (BR) -22, and the outputs of which are connected to the BPRDPRMKL-23, connected to the connector (RE) -24 of the multi-channel communication line, and the P-input is connected to the output of the E-25, connected to the P- input BR-12 and input E-26, connected to the second output DSH-6, the outputs of the ROM-27 are connected to the I2-inputs of the BR-22, the third output DSH-6 is connected to the first input of the T-28, connected to the first input of K- 29, the second input of which is connected to the output of the G-10, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -30 connected to the T-input of the RI-31, “0” -input of the T-28 is connected to the output of the OR-32, ROM outputs (0) -33 connected to I1-I I give comparators (ILC) -34. 1-34. n, the P-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the RI-31, and the I-inputs are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BZKD-15. 1-15. n, I-outputs of the BR (ZK) -4 are connected to the I-inputs of BK-35. 1-35. n, (connected to the I-inputs of BZKD-15. 1-15. n) whose P-inputs are connected to the Yes-outputs of the corresponding KMP-34. 1-34N, G-outputs BSVO-21. 1-21. n are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BK-35. 11-35. one. n, And - inputs connected to the outputs of the corresponding BZKD-15. 1-15. n service (SL) output of RI-31 is connected to the R-input of the ROM of sat (failure) -36, connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-37, connected to the connector (RE) -38 of the multi-channel communication line, the connector (RE) -39 is connected to I2-inputs BSVO-21. 1-21. n, the sb-outputs of which are connected to the second input of the OR-40 (connected to the R-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-37) and the P-input of the ROM (sb), the failure-41 is connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-37, the connector (RE) -42 of multi-channel the communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-43, (P, I) inputs connected to the (P, I) inputs of the register block (BR) -44, the P input of which is connected to the E-45 input connected to the P-input of the decoder ( DSh) -46, the first output of which is connected to the P2 inputs of BSVO 21. 1-21. n, the second output is connected to the P1 inputs of BSVO-21. 1-21. n, outputs BK-35. one. 1-35. one. n are connected to the I-inputs of the register (P1) -47, I1, I3-outputs BSVO-21. 1-21. n are connected to the I-inputs of the register (P2) -48, the register (P5) -49, the P-inputs P1-47, P2-48 are connected to the inputs E-50, the outputs P1-47 are connected to the I-inputs of the register (P4) -51, the second output ДШ-46 is connected to the “0” -input of the register (РЗ) -52, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs Р2-48, and the outputs are connected to the I2-inputs of the comparator (КМП) -53, И1-inputs which is connected to the outputs P2-48, ">" - the output of the KMP-53 is connected to the P-inputs of the registers P4-51, P3-52, (P6) -54, the inputs are connected to the outputs P5-49, the input E-55 is connected to R-input of the register block (BR) -56, and the output to the first input OR-57, ROM-58 is connected to the I4 inputs of the BR-56, I3, I2, I1 the outputs of which are connected to P6-54, P3-52, P4-51, respectively, prohibiting (RF) input of the BR-56 is connected to the P-input of the ROM (no) -59 and the output of the E-60, the input of which is connected to the second output DSH- 46, the outputs of the ROM (no) -59 are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-43, and the P-input of the ROM (no) -59 is also connected to the second input of the OR-57, G-output BSVO-21. g connected to the input of the E-61, connected to the input of the E-55, G-outputs BSVO-21. 1-21. n are connected to the inputs of OR-62, connected to the input of the E-50 and the “0” input of the E-60, the connector (RE) -63 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMKL-64, connected to the VCC-65, the P-output connected to prohibiting (RF) inputs DSh-46 and DSh-6; moreover, the cell circuit block of the virtual memory unit (SJ) -471 consists of: BK-472 (connected to the cell connector (RZYa) -472. 1), the inputs of which are the A-inputs of the SY-471, and the P-input is connected to the P-input of the K-473, the input of which is the P-input of the SY-471, the outputs of the BK-472 are connected to the I-inputs of R-474, P - the input of which is connected to the K-473 output and the E-475 input, the output of which is connected to the KMP-476 P-input, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the P-474 outputs, and the I2 inputs to the PZU-477 outputs, "Yes" -the output of KMP-476 is connected to the “1” input of the T-478, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the T-479, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-480 and K-481, the 2nd input of which is connected to P-input SYA-471, and the output is connected to the input of the command register (RC) -482, the outputs of which connected to the outputs of the BK-480, and the outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the command decoder (DShK) -483, the first output of which is connected to the “1” input of the T-484 and the “0” input of the T-479 (via OR-479 . 1), the inverse output of the T-478 is connected to the P-inputs of the BK-472, K-473, the output of the T-484 is connected to the K-485 and the P-input of the BK-486, the other input of the K-485 is connected to the P-input of SY- 471, the output of K-485 is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-487 and to the E-488, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-489, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-490, the corresponding outputs of the BK-490 are connected to the P- the inputs of BK-492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497, the outputs of the SCH-482 are connected to the inputs of the DSh-498, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-490, the outputs of the BK-492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding registers PX-499, PY-500, PZ-501, Pα-502, Pβ-503, Pd-504, the P-inputs of which are connected to the outputs the corresponding E-505, 506, 507, 508, 600, БЗК2-602 with their I-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-603, the I-inputs of which are connected to the D-inputs of the SY-471 and to the I-inputs of the BK-486, 480, and the P-input is connected to the 1st input of K-604, the output of which is connected to the P-input of BZK2-602, the other input of K-604 is connected to the P-input of SYA-471, 1, 2, 3 group of outputs (X, Y , Z) is connected to KMP1-605, the other corresponding inputs of which are connected to similar outputs of BZK1-601, 4, 5, 6 - the inputs of BZK-602 are connected to the corresponding inputs of KMP2-606, the other corresponding outputs of which are connected to the outputs of BZK1-601 (α, β, d), outputs “Yes” KMP1-605, KMP2-606 are connected to the input of the E-607 and to the first input of the T-608, the second input of which is connected to the output of the E-607, the elements 605-608 form the block KMP (BKMP) -609, the output of the T-608 is "Yes" output SYA-471, the BZK2-602 SL output is connected to the T-610 "0" input, and to the IL-611 input, the other input of which is connected to the BZK1-601 SL output and the T-484 "0" input, the first input of the T-610 is connected to the second output of the DShK-483, and the output is connected to the P-input of the BK-603, K-604. The (N + 1) output DShK-483 is connected to the first input of the T-612, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-613 and the input of K-614, the other input of which is connected to the P-input of the SY-471, and the output is connected to P-input P (IKO) -615 (register of an individual code of the object) and to the input E-616. N, I-inputs P (IKO) -615 are connected to the outputs of the BK-613, and the P-input of which is connected to the output of the F-618 (whose input is connected to the (N + 2) output of the DShK-483), and the output is connected to D - to the inputs (outputs) of СЯ-471, the output of E-616 is connected to the “0” input of T-612 and to the corresponding input of OR-611, elements 612-618 form an object code identification circuit (SIKO) -619, the corresponding input OR- 611 is connected to the output of OR-620, the I-inputs of BK-621 are connected to the D-input of SY-471, the P-input of BK-621 is connected to the 1st input of K-622, the first input of which is connected to the P-input of SY-471 , and the output to the + 1-input of the SCH-623 and to the input of the E-624, the output of which is connected to -625, the output of which is connected to the B-626 P-input and whose inputs are connected to the DSh-627 inputs, whose inputs are connected to the SCh-623 outputs, the B-626 K-output is connected to the T-628 "0" input (the first the input of which is connected to the corresponding output of the DShK-483, and the output is connected to the P-input of BK-621), SCh-623 (via E-658. 1), the outputs of the BK-626 are connected to the P-inputs of the BK-629, 630, 631, 632, 633, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the PC1 (parasol (chip) code register) - 634, the color register of the first part of the parasol (PC2) - 635-color register of the second part of the parasol (RSZ) -636, intensity register 1 (PC4) -637, intensity register 2 (PC5) -638 (and other parameters PC (k) -638. k), the corresponding P-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding E-639-643. k, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding outputs of BK-626, the output of E-658. 1 is connected to the 1st input OR -644, the output of which is connected to the 1st input OR-620, the I-inputs of the BK-645 are connected to the "D" inputs of the SY-471, and the P-input is connected to the 2nd input K-646 (the first input of which is connected to the P-input of СЯ-471), and also to the T-647 output, the first input of which is connected to the corresponding DShK output - 483, the K-646 output is connected to the + 1-input of the mid-range 648 and to the input of E-649, the output of which is connected to the input of F-650, the output of which is connected to the P-input of BK-651, to the I-inputs of which the outputs DSh-652 are connected, connected to the outputs of the SCh-648, the outputs of BK-651 are connected to the P-inputs of BK-653, 654, 655, 656, 657. k, the I-inputs of which are connected to PC1-634, PC2-635, PC3-636, PC4-637, PC (k) -638. k, respectively, and the outputs are connected to the I-inputs of BK-645, elements 621-657. k are combined into a block for storing parameters of a virtual memory cube point (BHPT) -669 (1-q), inputs and outputs of BHPT3-669. 2-669. q connected to the corresponding elements of a similar BHPT - 669. 1, multi-channel communication line (RE) -601 connector. 1 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-601. 2, connected to the VCC-processor-601. 3, the P-output of which is connected to the prohibit (RF) input DShK-483; moreover, the block for constructing images in a virtual memory cube (BPOVKP) -860 is designed to form an image in the CPSU, consists of a processor-660 VCC. 1, control buses (ШУ), address buses (ША), data buses (ШД) connected to the gateway first (ШЛ1) -661, outputs - the inputs of which are connected to БВВ3-662, in the center of which is the central block of sensors (ЦБДТ) - 663, BVV3-662 with its inputs and outputs is also connected to the second gateway (ШЛ2) -664, ША and ШУ VKC-660. 1 is connected to the command unit (KB) -665, (DSHA-666), the first output of which is connected to the F-667, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-668, the outputs of which are connected to the command register (PK) -669 The P-input of which is connected to the E-670, whose input is connected to the output of the DSHA-666, the outputs of the PK-669 are connected to the inputs of the command decoder (DShK) -671, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the F-671. 1, T-672, F-673, T-674, 675, 676, 677, 678, 679, 679. 1, 679. 2 (to the inputs “1” and inputs “0”), the output Ф - 673 is connected to the gaze direction block (BNV) - 681, to “1” is the input of T-682 and to the input of E-683, the output of which is connected to “0 »The input of T-682, the output of which is connected to K-684, the first input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -685, and the output to the input of D-686, is connected to the E-687 and to + 1 input of the mid-range 688, the “0” input of which is connected to the F-673 output, the SL output is connected to the +1 input of the SCh-689 and to the E-690, the E-677 output is connected to the F-691 and to the E-692, E-693 the output of which is connected to the F-694, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-695 and to the E-696. The I-inputs of BK-695 are connected to the outputs of the ROM-697 (ROM of the end of the address to control the VKP cell), the output of the E-696 is connected to the F-698, the output of which is connected to the R-input of the BK-699, the I-inputs of which are connected to the ROM commands (ROM (K)) - 700, the output of the F-698 is connected to the E-701 (the output of which is connected to the OR-702) and to the P-input of the BK-699, the outputs of the SCH-688 are connected to P (α) -703, the SCH-689 outputs are connected to P (β) -704, the d-output to ШЛ2-664 is connected to P (d) -705, the outputs P (α) -703, P (β) -704, P (d) -705 connected to the inputs of BK-706, 707, 708, respectively, the corresponding input of OR-702, connected to the output of OR-709, the output of the F-698 is also connected to the E-710, the output of which о is connected to the F-711, the output of which is connected to the B-706 P-input and to the input of OR-709, the E-710 output is also connected to the E-712, the output of which is connected to the F-713 (the output of which is connected to the p-input BK-707 I-input OR-709) and to the E-714, the output of which is connected to the F-715, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-708 and to the input of the OR-709, the outputs of the BK-695 are connected to the A-inputs the fourth gateway (ШЛ4) -716, the outputs of БК-699 are connected to the D-inputs of ШЛ4-716, to which the outputs of БК-706, 707, 708, 702 are also connected. 1, the output of OR-702 is connected to the R-input of SHL4-716, the corresponding outputs of KB-665 are connected to SHL1-661, SHL2-664, SHL4-716, SHL5-717, SHL6-718, connector (P3) -719 with its inputs - outputs (ША, ШД, ШУ) connected to ШЛ5-717 and to БПДТ-720, connected to the connector (Р3) -720. 1 SHAKD, the corresponding inputs of ШЛ6-718 are connected to the rotation control unit (БУВ) -721, connected to the connector (Р3) -722. The SC-689 SL output is connected to K-723, 724, the K-723 output is connected to the SCH-725 + 1 input, the outputs of which are connected to the RZ-729, the K-724 output is connected to the +1 SCH-726 input, outputs which are connected to RZ-722, and the “0” input is connected to the “0” input of the SCh-725 and to the output of the F-673, the input of K-724 is also connected to the input of the E-727, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-728 whose input is connected to the P-input of BK-729 And the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-730, and the outputs to the corresponding inputs of the PZ-722, the output of the E-727 is connected to the input of the E-731, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the PZ -722, СЛ-output СЧ-725 is connected to the “0” input of T-722. 1, the “1” input of which is connected to the SC-726 SL output, and the outputs are connected to K-723, 724 (direct and inverse respectively), the outputs of K-723, 724 are connected to the P1, P2 inputs (respectively) of the unit rotation control in a virtual memory cube (BUVKP) -733 connected to the F-734, 735, the output of the F-734 is connected to the P-input of the BK-736, the I-inputs of which are connected to the ROM (K1) -737, the output of the F-735 is connected to the B-738 P-input, the I-inputs of which are connected to the second coordinate ROM (ROM (K2)) - 739, the outputs of the BK-736, 738 are connected to ШЛ8-740. VCC-660. 1 are also connected to ШЛ3-741, which is connected to the block memory cube (БКП) -742. 1 (ША, ШД, ШУ) - connected to РЗМ-743. 3 and through it to the block of the virtual memory cube (BVKP) -743 (743. 1, 743. 2), each point of which consists of SYA-471, I, U, S, Z - inputs of the BVKP-743 are connected to ШЛ11-744 and ШЛ12-745, ША, ШД, ШУ - outputs of the ACC, are also connected to ШЛ9-746, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs and outputs of the SHL8-740 and to the inputs of the image conversion unit in the virtual memory cube (BPRO) -747, through P3-748; moreover, A and P - outputs P3-748 are connected to an address decoder (DCA) -749 whose output is connected to the F-750, connected to the E-751. 1, connected to the E-752, connected to the F-753, connected to the E-754, connected to the F-755, connected to the E-756, connected to the F-757, connected to the E-758, connected to the F-759, connected to the E-760, connected to the З-input ШЛ12-745, К-outputs Р3-748 connected to the corresponding inputs of the БК-761, Р-input of which is connected to the Ф-750, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the command register (RC) - 762, the P-input of which is connected to the E-751. 1, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the first command encoder (ШК1) -763, the Р-input of which is connected to the Ф-753 output, the outputs of the PK-762 are also connected to ШК2-764, РХ-765, PY-766, PZ-766. 1, the P-inputs of which are connected to the F-755, F-757, F-759, respectively, the outputs of the PX-765, PY-766, PZ-766. 1 are connected to the encoder XYZ (ШXYZ) -767, the outputs ШК1-763 and its P-input are connected to the (I, P) inputs of the rotation block around the X axis (BPH) -768, which consists of key blocks (BC) -769 . 1-n, connected to the rotation around the axis X (PX) -770. 1-n, (BVRH) connected to the corresponding block of keys (BC) -771. 1-n, which are connected to the corresponding inputs of ШЛ12-745, inputs БК-769. 1-n are also connected to the corresponding inputs of ШЛ12-745, the outputs of ШК1-763 are connected to the corresponding inputs of БК-769. 1-n and BK-771. 1-n, Р-inputs ПХ-770. 1-n are connected to the BPH-768 P-input, similar to VPH-768 BPY-772, BPZ-773 are arranged, the increase-decrease block (BUU) -774, the outputs of ШК2-764 are connected to the BUU-770, the output of ШXYZ-767 is connected to the block of movement on X, Y, Z (BPXYZ) -775, consisting of BK-776. 1-n connected to X, Y, Z of the movement block (BHXYZ -777. 1-n), I-inputs of BK-776. 1 - n and outputs of BK-778. 1 -n are connected to the corresponding inputs, outputs ШЛ12-745, Р-input БК-776. 1-n, 778. 1-n connected to the output of the E-765. 1, connected to the F-757 output, the corresponding BVV3-662 outputs are connected to the gaze tracking unit (BVV) -779, the generator (G) -780 is connected to the BK-781, connected to the D-782, connected to the D-trigger (DTT) ) -783, the direct output of which is connected to the P-input of ШЛ10. 1-784, the inputs and outputs of which are connected to the inputs - outputs of BVV3-662, and the other group of inputs and outputs is connected to the BSU-785, the first and third group of outputs of each are connected to P (α) -786 and P (β) -787, respectively , a d-outputs ШЛ10. 1-784 are connected to the inputs of P (d) -788, I-inputs of BK-789, are connected to the outputs of ROM-790 (ROM addresses), outputs P (α) -786, P (β) -787, P (d) -788, connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-791, 792, 793, the output of OR-794 is connected to the R-input of SHL10. 2-795, the P-input of which is connected to the direct output of the DTT-783, ШУ, ША, ШД VKC-660. 1 are connected to the DSH-796 inputs, the corresponding output of which is connected to the first input of the T-797, the “0” input of which is connected to the second DSh-796 output, the T-797 output is connected to the BS1-input of BSU-785 and the second input of K- 781, the BSU-785 G-input is also connected to the E-798, to the F-799, the output of which is connected to the B-786 P-input and the E-800 input, the output of which is connected to the F-801 input, the output of which is connected to the P- input BK-791, input OR-794, input E-802, the output of which is connected to F-803, the output of which is connected to the P-input BK-792, input OR-794 and input E-804, the output of which is connected to F- 805 and P-input BK-793, input OR-794, P- move BK-793. 1, connected to the output of P (I) -788. 1 connected to the I-outputs of SHL10. 1-784, the inverse output of the DT-783 is connected to the Р-input of ШЛ11-744 and the input of the block for determining the movement of the image in the memory cube (BODOKP) -806, this block consists of blocks of a set of motion elements (BNED) -807. 1 - g (where r = VK4 = 728), the inverse output of the DTT-783 is connected to Ф - 808 whose output is connected to the 1st input of the T-809, the output of which is connected to the K-810, "0" is the input of the T-809 connected to the output of the E-811, the 1st output of the DSH-796 is also connected to the 1st input of the T-813, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of the E-814, the input of which is connected to the input of the F-815, the input of which is connected to the E-816, whose input is connected to the E-817, whose input is connected to the F-808, and the output to the B-818 P-output, whose inputs are connected to the SHLI-744 outputs, and the outputs to the first conversion unit (BPR1) - 819, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the F-815, and the outputs are connected to the comparator unit (BKMP) -820, the P-inputs of which are connected to a pulse distributor (RI) -821, the T-input of which is connected to the output of K-810, the outputs of the BKMP-820 are connected to OR-822, the output of which is connected to + 1-input SCH-823 (“0”, the input of which is connected to the output of F-815); moreover, the RI-821 SL output is connected to the E-824 input, the output of which is connected to the F-825, the output of which is connected to the B-826 P-input. The IK-inputs of BKMP-820 are connected to the outputs of the memory unit (BP2) -827, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of BPR1-819 and the P-inputs to the output of K-812, The I-inputs of BK-826 are connected to the outputs of PX- 828, PY-829, PZ-830, P (α) -831, P (β) -832, P (d) -833, the generator (G) -834 is connected to the 1st input of K-810 (g-input ), G-outputs of BNED 807. 1- (R-1) are connected to the 2nd input of OR-835, and the G-output of BNED is 807. r is connected to the 1st input OR-835 whose output is connected to the Р-input Р2-837, Р1-838, the I-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of БК-826 and СЧ-823, the outputs of Р1-838 are connected to the I1-inputs of the ILC -839, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of P4-840, The I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of P1-839, the P-output of KMP-839 is connected to the output of E-836. PZU-842, 843, 844, 845, 846, 847 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding BK-848, 849, 850, 851, 852, 853, outputs P3-841 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding PX-854, PY-855, PZ -856, P (α) -857, P (β) -858, P (d) -859 connected to the corresponding BK-860, 861, 862, 863, 864, 865, the P-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the E-866,867,868,869,870,871 the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of BK 848-853, to E-872, 873, 874, 875, 876, 877, respectively, and to the outputs of OR-878, the output of which is I-outputs BK-848-853, BK-860- 865 are connected to ШЛ14-879, inputs ШЛ6-718 are connected to inputs ШЛ7-880, connector (РЗ) -716. 1 multi-channel communication line is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-716. 2, connected to the WCC - processor - 716. 3, which is connected to the corresponding elements БПОВКП-860, connector (РЗ) -744. 1 multi-channel communication line is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-744. 2, connected to the BR-744. 3, connected to the E-744. 4, connected to the DSH-744. 5, connected to the E-744. 6 and C-input BVKP-743. 2, the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-744. 2, connector (RE) -745. 1 multi-channel communication line is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-745. 2, connected to the VCC-745. 3, connected to BVKP-743; moreover, the internal view unit - (BVNTV) -882 consists of a VCC processor (VCC) -883, which has a data bus (ШД), address bus (ША), command bus (ШК - control bus (ШУ)) connected to the connector (РЗ ) -884, ША VKC-883 is connected to ДШ-885, and Р-input ДШ-885 is connected to the corresponding line ШК-ВЦ-883, the 1st and 2nd outputs of ДШ-885 are connected to the corresponding inputs of T-886, whose output is connected to the B-887 P-input and the F-888 input, the output of which is connected to the E-890 inputs and the P-891 P-input, whose inputs are connected to the BK-887 output and to the P-892 inputs, P-input which is connected to the output of the E-890, the output of the E-890 is connected It is also suitable for the “0” input of the T-893, the output of which is connected to the K-894, the output of which is connected to the (K + 1) SCh-895 outputs of which are connected to the I2 inputs of the KMP-896, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs P-892, and “=” - the output is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-895 and to the “0” input of the T-893, the P-input of the KMP-896 is connected to the output of the E-897, the input of which is connected to the output of K -894, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of D-898, the input of which is connected to the generator (G) -899, the outputs of R-891 are connected to the DShK-900, 1-12 outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding T - 901- 906, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs respectively existing K - 907-912, the other inputs of which are connected to the output of the G-899, and the outputs to the inputs of the D-913-918; moreover, the output of D-913 is connected to the +1 input of the frequency response -919, the output of D-914 is connected to the -1-input of the frequency response-919, the output of D-915, 916, 917, 918, similar to the corresponding inputs of the counters SCh-920, 921, blocks 885-921 form the first coordinate block (BK1) - 922, BK2-923 has the same structure and connection as the BK1- 922, the outputs SHA, ShK, VKTs-883 are connected to the corresponding inputs DSh-924, the first and second outputs of which connected to the corresponding T-925, the outputs-inputs of which are connected to the ShA, ShD, ShK VKTs-883, and blocks 924-926 form a detachable connection block (BRS) -927, of which there are 7 sets (BRS-927-933), for I connect other VCC image processing processors; (ША, ШК) The VKTs-883 is connected to the ДШ-934,1th and 2nd output of which is connected to the corresponding inputs of the T-935, the output of which is connected to the Ф-936, 937, the output of the Ф-937 is connected to the output of the E- 938, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-939 and to the OR-938. 1, (ШК, ША) VKTs-883 is also connected to the DSh-940, the 1st and 2nd outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the T-941, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-942, 943, the output of the latter is connected to the input E-944, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of OR-938. 1, the output of which is connected to the C-input (reading) of the block of the virtual cube of the main memory (BVKPG) -946, elements 934-944 form a block for the selection of the observation point (BVTN) -945; the main virtual memory cube block (BVKPG) -946 consists of a virtual main memory cube (VKPG) -947 and a socket (switch) P3-948, provides communication between VKPG-947 elements and external devices. (SHA, ShD, ShK) VKTs-883, also connected to DSh-949, DSh-949 output is connected to the 1st input of T-950, generator output (G) -951 is connected to the 1st input of K-952, 2 whose input is connected to the output of the T-950, and the output is connected to the D-953, the output of which is connected to "+1" - the input of the SCH-954 and to the input of the E-955, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the T-956 , The 2nd input of which is connected to the output of OR-957, the СЛ-output of СЧ-954 is connected to the + 1-input of СЧ-958, the СЛ-output of which is connected to the 2nd input of Т-950, and the СЛ-output of СЧ-959 connected to the 2nd input of OR-957, and the “+1” input is connected to the output of K-960, the first input of which is connected to the output of T-956, and the other the input is connected to the output of D-961, the input of which is connected to the output of K-952 and to the input of E-962, the output of which is connected to the input of E-963, the output of which is connected to the P-input of KMP-964, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs PZU-965, and the “NO” output is connected to the 2nd input of OR-957, elements 949-965 form the first (BV1) -966 selection block, the outputs (ША, ШД) of the VKTs-883 are connected to A, D inputs DSh-967, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the T-968, the output of the generator (G) -969 is connected to the 1st input of the K-970, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the T-968, and the output is connected to the input D-971, the output of which is connected to +1 - the input of the SCH-972 Whose SL output is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-973, the SL output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the T-968, the D-971 output is also connected to the input of the E-974, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of T -975, the output of which is connected to K-976, the output of which is connected to the + 1-input of the SCH-977, the SL-output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the OR-978, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of the T-975, and 2 the K-976 input is connected to the D-979 output, the input of which is connected to the K-970 output, the D-979 output is connected to the E-980 input, the output of which is connected to the E-981 input, the output of which is connected to the KMP P-input -982, whose I2 inputs are connected s to the outputs of the PZU-983, "NO" - the output of the KMP-982 is connected to the 1st input of the OR-978, elements 967-983 form the second (BV2) -984 selection block; the outputs of the midrange-954, midrange-958, midrange-959 are connected to α, β, d are the inputs of the corresponding block of the virtual object memory cube (BVKPO) -985, which contains VKPO -986, midrange-972, 973, 977 are connected to α, β, d-inputs of BVKPNO-987, I-outputs of BVKPG-946 (P3-948) are connected to I-inputs of BVKPO-985 and the inputs of the block of a virtual cube of observation memory of an object (BVKPNO) -987 (containing a virtual cube of memory of an observed object) ( VKPNO) -988), the I-inputs of BVKPO-987 are connected to the ROM of the label (ROM (M)) - 989, X, Y, Z - the inputs of BPKPNO-987, BVKPO-985 are connected to the I-outputs BK1-922, BK2- 923, G-output BK2-923 is connected to the 2nd input of OR-944. 2, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of the E-944. 1, and the output is connected to the 3rd input of BVKPNO-987, the C-input of BVKPNO-987 is connected to the output of E-980, the outputs of the SCh-954 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the encoder α (Шα) -991, the outputs of the SCh-958 are connected to the encoder inputs β (Шβ) -992, the outputs Шα-991, Шβ-992 are connected to the corresponding A1, A inputs of the screen memory unit of the first (BPE1) -993, the 3rd input of BPE1-993 is connected to the output of the KMP-964, and The I-inputs of BPE1-993 are connected to the I-inputs of BVKPO-985, and the outputs SCh-972, SCh-973, Шα-994, Шβ-995 are connected to the corresponding A1, A2 groups of inputs of BPE2-996. The 3rd input of BPE2-996 is connected to the NO output of KMP-982, the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BVKPNO-987, BPE1-993 and BPE2-996 form a memory block of the internal screen (BPVE) -997; The first observation cube task unit (BZKN1) -998 consists of center coordinate registers (RCC) -999, (РЫЦ) -1000, (PZЦ) -1001, (output Ф-936 is connected to the Р-inputs of registers 999, 1000, 1001, 1002, 1003), which are connected to the corresponding arithmetic units (AB adders or subtracters) 1004-1009 (connected respectively to РХ1, PY1, PZ1, РХ2, PY2, PZ2 -1010-1015), АБ-1116-1021 (connected respectively PX3, PY3, PZ3, PX4, PY4, PZ4-1022-1027), AB-1028-1033 (connected to PX5, PY5, PZ5, PX6, PY6, PZ6-1034-1039), AB-1040 1045 (connected to PX7 , PY7, PZ7, PX8, PY8, PZ8-1046-1051), the outputs of PX, PY8, PZ are connected to an encoder (Ш) -1052 connected to БК-1053, п connected to I-inputs - outputs BVKPG-946, R-input BK-1053 is connected to the output of T-935, inputs RHTs-999, RUTs-1000, RZTs-1001 is connected to I-outputs BK1-922, outputs and 1 BZKN1-998 connected to the I-inputs of BVKPO-985, the outputs I1 of BZKN2 -1054 are connected to the I-inputs of BVKPNO-987, the output of E-1003 is connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding batteries, the output of E-1002 is connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding registers; the second observation cube task unit (BZKN2) -1054 has a similar structure of BZKN1-998 and the I2 inputs are connected to the I-inputs of BK2-923, the P1 input is connected to the F-942 output, the P2 input is connected to the T-941 input. I1 inputs are connected to I-outputs of BVKPG-946; each of the blocks: BK1, BK2-922, 923, BVTN-945, BV1, BV2-966, 984; BVNP-946, BVKPO-985, BVKPNO-987, BPVE-997, BZKN1, BZKN2-998, 1054 can be implemented by VCC-processors; connector (P3) -884. 1 multi-channel communication line is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-884. 2, connected to the BR-884. 3, E-884. 4, connected to P3-884, connector (P3) -601. 1 multi-channel communication line is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-601. 2, connected to the VCC-processor-883. Connector (P3) -996. 1 multi-channel communication line is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-996. 2, connected to the BR-996. 5, to BPVE-997, PZU-996. 6, connected to the BR-996. 5, connected to the E-996. 3, E-996. 4, which are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-996. 2; moreover, the BDASHS-1 chassis movement block consists of a connector (РЗ2) of a multi-channel communication line connected to the БРРДПРММКЛ-3, connected to the register block BR-4, Р-output БПРДПРММКЛ-3 is connected to the input E-5, the output of which is connected to Р- the DSh-6 input, the I-inputs of which are connected to the BR-4 I2 outputs, the second DSh-6 output is connected to the first OR-7 input, the output of which is connected to the first T-8 input, the first T-9 input is also connected to the second DSh-6 input, and “0” the input is connected to the third DSh-3 output, and the output is connected to the second K-10 input, the first input of which is connected to the output T-8, and the third input is connected to the pulse generator G-11, and the output is connected to the input of the D-12 divider, the output of which is connected to the + 1- input of the SCh-13. and to the E-14, whose output is connected to the R-inputs of the DSh-15, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCH-13, and the outputs to the corresponding keys of the BKP-16 touch key block, muscle elements (EM-17. 1-17. L), form connections between themselves, and the final EMs are fixed in the necessary places of the levers of the chassis, EM-17. 1-17. L incorporate touch sensors (DP), elements EM-17. 1-17. L combined in a block of muscle compression BMS-18. 1-18. L, others are combined into a muscle block stretching BMR - 19. 1, BMS - 18. 1 and BMR-19. 1 are combined into a block of muscle tension-compression BMRS-20. 1-20. d, outputs K-16. 1-16. n BKP-16 is connected to the corresponding inputs of OR-21, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of T-8, to the first input of T-22 and the input of E-23, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of T-22, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the Sh-24 encoder, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-25. 1-25. n, block of information keys BIK-25, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the Sh-26 encoder, and whose P-input is connected to the T-22 output and to the E-27 input, the output of which is connected to the Z-input (record) of the counter ( MF) -28, whose I-inputs are connected to the Sh-26 outputs, the OR-21 output is also connected to the F-29 input, the output of which is connected to the TD-30 D-trigger, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-31, and the second input to the output G -11, and the output to the input D-32, which is connected to the + 1-input of the SCH-28 and to the input F-33, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the encoder Ш-34, the outputs of which are connected to the BK-35, the outputs of which are connected to the C-inputs of the power key block (BSK) -36, P-inputs of the keys BK-36. 1-36. n, BSK-36 are connected to the outputs of BK-37, the inputs of which are also connected to the I-outputs of Sh-24, with “Not” - the TD-30 output is connected to the F-38, the output of which is connected to the second input of OR-7 and to the first input of K-39, the second input of which is connected to the output of the T-40, the first output of the DSH-6 is connected to the first input of the T-41, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-42, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G ) -43, and the output is connected to the D-44 input, the output of which is connected to the "+1" -input of the SCh-45, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the DSh-46, the outputs of which are connected to the input entrances of the BC - 47. 1-47. z, BK-48. 1-48. z, BK-49. 1-49. z, BK-50. 1-50. z, the outputs of the position memory blocks (BPOZ) -51 -51. z are connected to the I-inputs of the corresponding BK-50. 1-50. z, outputs BK-48. 1-48. z are connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-52, the I2-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-53, the corresponding outputs of the BC 47. 1-47. z are connected to the corresponding inputs of the blocks of proposals for the memory of proposals (STPP) -54. 1-54. z, outputs BK-50. 1-50. z are connected to the I2 inputs of the KMP-55, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the BMRS-20 I-outputs. 1-20. d, “Yes” - the output is connected to the “0” input of the E-56, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the KMP-52, the input of the E-56 is connected to the output of the E-56. 1, the input of which is connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-45, “Yes” - the output of the KMP-52 is connected to the 3rd input of the OR-57, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-41, SL-output DSh-45 is connected to the second input of OR-57, “Yes” - the output of KMP-55 is also connected to the 2nd input of OR-57 and to the P-input of the BIVK (command execution information block) -58, which is connected to the БПРДПРММКЛ- 3, the corresponding outputs of the BK-47. 1-47. z connected to the I-inputs of the blocks of memory images of the pose (BPO) -59. 1-59. z, “Yes” - KMP-52 output, also connected to the E-60, the output of which is connected to the BIVK-61 P-input, the fourth DSh-6 output is connected to the first T-61 input. 1, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-63, and the second input to the output of the pulse generator G-62, and the output is connected to the input of D-64, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCh-65, the output of which is connected to I-inputs DSH-66, which is connected to the corresponding R-inputs of BK-67. 1-67. j, BK-68. one. r-68. j. r is connected to the P1 inputs of the BK-69. 1-69. j, the D-64 output is also connected to the KMP-71 P-input, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the BR-4 I1 inputs, and the I2 inputs to the BK-69 outputs. 1-69. j, corresponding outputs of BK-67. 1-67. j are connected to the corresponding inputs of the register block of the sentence-1 (BRPP1) -72 sentence. 1-72. j and to the corresponding inputs of the corresponding blocks of the register of the sentence-2 (BRPP2) -73 proposal. 1-73. J, “Yes” - the output of the KMP-71 is connected to the “0” input of the E-74, the input of which is connected to the output of the E-70, and the output to the P-input of the KMP-75 I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-69. 1-69. J, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-76 “Yes” - the output of the KMP-75 is connected to the P-inputs of the BK-67. 1-67. j and to the first input of OR-77, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of T-61. 1, the DSh-66 SL-output is connected to the BIOS-78 R input, and the DSh-46 SL-output is connected to the BIOS-79 P-input (error information block), the BIVK “input” P-input is connected -80 to the “Yes” output of KMP-71, the P-input of BIVK-81 is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-75, “Yes” the output of the KMP-71 and the SL-output of DSh-66 are also connected to the corresponding inputs of OR-77, blocks 81, 80, 78, 79, 58, 61 are connected to the (R, I) inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-3, 5, 6; the DSh-6 outputs are connected to the “1” and “0” inputs of the T-40, “0” - the input of which is also connected to the “0” input of the SCH-65, the T-40 output is connected to the input of the F-82 (connected to the “0” input of the SCH-83) and to the P-input of the DSh-84, the I-inputs of which are connected to out I will give SCh-83, and the outputs are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BK-68. one. 1-g, 68, J, 1-r and other P-inputs of which are connected to the output of the E-85, the input of which is connected to the output of the K-39, "0" outputs BK-68. one. 1-r, 68. J. lr connected to the corresponding blocks of memory micromotion (BPMD) -86. one. 1-r, 86. J. lr, outputs Р3-87 are connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-88, connected to БР-89, Р-output БПРДПРММКЛ-88 is connected to input Е-90, whose output is connected to Р-input of encoder (Ш) -91, the first input of which is connected to input F-92, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of BK-93. 1-93. n, to the input of the E-94, the output of which is connected to the P-inputs of the KMP-95. 1-95. z, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BK-93. 1-93. d, and the I2 inputs are connected to the I-inputs of the BR-96, the I-input of which is connected to the I-outputs of the BMRS-20. 1-20. d, and “Yes” - the outputs are connected to the corresponding E-97. 1-97. z, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-98, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-99 and the "0" inputs of the E-97. 1-97. z, the output of the E-99 is connected to the R-input of the BR-100, BR-101. The I-inputs of the BR-100 are connected to the outputs of the BK-102. 1-102. z, I-inputs of the BR-101 are connected to the outputs of the BK-103. 1-103. z, and the P-inputs of BK-101. 1-101. z, BK-102. 1-102. z are connected to the outputs of the corresponding F-104. 1-104. z, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding E-97. 1-97. z, the output of the E-99 is connected to the input of the E-105, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the E-106, the output of which is connected to the R-input of BIOSh-107 (the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-88), the output of the BR -100, 101 is connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-88, P3-108 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-109, connected to the BR-110, which is connected to the DSh-111, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-112, the input of which is connected to The R-input of BR-110, DSh-111 is connected to the corresponding outputs to T-113, which is connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-114, BK-115, the subsequent one is connected to the corresponding outputs of BK-37, BK-35, U- BMPC20 outputs. 1-20. d are connected to the Y-inputs of the block of force measurement keys (BUK) -116, the P-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs DSh-111, and the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-117, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs block of analog-to-digital converters (BACP) -118, the P-input of which is connected to the third output ДШ-111 of the input E-119, the output of which is connected to the Р-input of BR-120, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BACP-118, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-109, the output of the E-119 is also connected to the input of the E-121, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-109, the outputs of P3-122 connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-123, connected to the BR-124, connected to the encoder (Ш) -125, the P-input of the BR-124 connected to the input of E-126, the output of which is connected to the P-input of Sh-125, to the input of E-127 The P-input of which is connected to the first output of Ш-125, which is also connected to the I-inputs of BK-128. 1-128. q, the P-inputs of which are connected to the output of the E-127, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BR-129. 1-129. q. , and to the BR-130. 1-130. Q, the corresponding output of Ш-125 is connected to Р-131 and Р-132 (via БК-133), the second output of Ш-125 is connected to the input of E-134, connected to the first input of OR-135, connected to + 1-input of the command counter (SCHK) -136 (“0” - the input of which is connected to the E-134 input), the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of DShK-137, “+1” - the SCHK-136 input is connected to the E-138 input, which is connected to To the KMP-139 P-input, the I-inputs of which are connected to the SCHK-136 outputs, and the 2-inputs are connected to the P-132 outputs, the E-138 output is connected to the P-140, P-142 P-inputs, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BK-142. 1-142. d and BK-143. 1-143. d, moreover, “Yes” - the output of the KMP-139 is connected to the P-input of BIVK-144, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of BPRDPRMKL-123, the outputs of BRPP1-72. 1-72. j connected to the I2 inputs of the KMP-145. 1-145. J, outputs BRPP1-72. 1-72. j connected to the I2 inputs of the KMP-145. 1-145. j, outputs BRPP2 73. 1-73J are connected to the KMP-146 I2 inputs. 1-146. J I1-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the R-140, R-141, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the elements of I-147. 1-147. J, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding E-148. 1-148. J outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-149 and to the inputs of the corresponding F-150. 1-150. J, the output of OR-149 is connected to the input of the E-151, the outputs of the F-150. 1-150J are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BK-152. 1-152. J, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the stack memory block (BSTP) -153, the A-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCh-154, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of the E-151, the input of the E-155, the output of which is connected to 1 -th input of T-156, and the output is connected to the first input of K-157, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCH-154, and the second input is connected to the output of OR-158 and the input of E-159, the output of which is connected to “0” input of BSTP-153 and to the input of E-160, the output of which is connected to the P-input of KMP-161, I1 inputs of which are connected to I-outputs of BSTP-153, and I2 inputs to the outputs of PZU-162, “ Yes "- the output is connected to the output of the E-163 (" 0 the input of which is connected to the output E-159), the I-outputs of BSTP-153 and the output of E-163 are connected by the corresponding inputs to BK-114, BK-115, connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-35, BK-37, the inputs of OR-158 are connected to the exits of D-164. 1-164. L, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of K-165. 1-165. L, the second inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the pulse generators (G) -166, and the first inputs are connected to the corresponding outputs of the ДШ-167, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the Р-131, Р3-168 connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-169, connected to the VKTs-170 connected to the corresponding elements BDSHAS-1, the output of the E-138 is connected to the input of the E-171 is connected to the P-inputs of the KMP-145. 1-145. J, KMP-146. 1-146. J and to the input of E-172, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of OR-149, and the output is connected to the R-input of BIOS-173; moreover, the block for determining the similarity of words first (BOPS1) consists of a generator (G) -1, a key (K) -2 connected to a divider (D) -3 connected to a clocking (T) -input of a pulse distributor (RI) -4 and to input E-5, the second input K-2 is connected to the output of T-6, input "1", which is connected to the output of E-7, and "0" the input is connected to the service (SL) output of RI-4, and input E -7 is connected to the P-input of the register (P) -8, the input E-7 is the P1-input of BOPS1, the outputs of P-8 are connected to the I-inputs of the subtractors (B1-9. 1-BN-9. N), whose I2 inputs are connected to the corresponding PI-12. 1-PN-12. N, outputs B1-9. 1-BN-9. N connected to the respective adders (SUM) -10. 1-10. n, the P-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of RI-4, these same outputs are connected to the corresponding enable inputs of P1-12. 1-n, P (code) -13. 1-n, P (1KO) -14. 1-n, the corresponding inputs and outputs of which are connected to the address bus (A) and data bus (D), outputs BK-11. 2-11. n are connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-15, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of PP (0) -16 (and are the I0-outputs of BOPS1), the P1 input of BOPS1 is also connected to the input of setting the maximum value of PP (0) -16 , “0” inputs of PP1-17, PP2-18, PP3-19, the P-inputs of which are connected to “Yes” - the output of the KMP-15, and the outputs are (I1, I2, I3) - the outputs of BOPS1, and I- the inputs of these registers are connected to the outputs of P1-12. 1-n, P (code) -13. 1-n, P (1KO) -14. 1-n, the PP (0) -16 outputs are also connected to the KMP-20 I1 input, the P input of which is connected to the RI-4 SL output, and the I2 inputs are connected to the threshold code register (RP) -21, inputs which is connected to the address bus (A) and data bus (D), control bus (U), the output is "KMP-20, connected to the P-input of KMP-22, I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of PP2-18, and I2-inputs are connected to outputs P (All) -23, the inputs of which are connected to buses A, D, U, “Yes” - the output of KMP-22 is “all” - the output of BOPS1-24, and BOPS-25 differs from BOPS1- 24, in that it contains BOPS1-24 and a WCC processor-26. 1, connected to BPRDPRMMKL-26. 2, connected to the connector (RE) -26. 3 multi-channel communication lines; moreover, the first sentence formation unit (BFNP1) consists of a hearing unit (BSLH) -117 connected to (I, P) outputs through BK-117. 1, K-117. 2, respectively, to the (I, P) inputs of BOPS-118, “no” —the output of which is connected to KF-119, the 1st input OR -120 is connected to the “1” -input of T-121, “0” - the input of which is connected to the exit of the E-122. The 1st output of T-121 is connected to the 1st input of K-123, the 2nd output to the 2nd input of K-124, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of F-119 and to the 1st input of K-125 , The 2nd input of which is connected to the 1st output of the T-121, the 2nd input of OR-120 is connected to the output of K -125. (I, P) inputs of BOPS-118 are connected to (I, P) inputs of R-126 connected to inputs of BK-127, whose P-input is connected to the output of K-125, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the shift register block ( BSR) -128, (I3, I2, I1, I0) - the inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BPS-118, recording (З) - the input of the BSR-128 is connected to the output of the E-129, ROM (P) (service data) - 130 are connected to the BSR-128, the input of the E-129 is connected to the clocking (T) input of the BSR-128 and the output of OR-131, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of K-123, connected to the E-132 (is the G-output BFNP1), connected to the input of E-122, "Yes" - output BOPS-11 8, connected to the input of the F-133, connected to the 1-input OR-120, P3-117. 3 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-117. 4, connected to the BR-117. 5, E-117. 6, connected to DSh-117. 7, connected to the T-117. 8, connected to 2 inputs of BK-117, K-117. 2, BFNP-135 consists of BFNP1-134 connected to BSLH-117, connected to the VCC-processor-135, connected to RZ-135. 1 (SHAKD) connected to BPRDPRMMKL-136, connected to P3-137 multi-channel communication line; moreover, the block of initial recording of words (BNZS) consists of a block of hearing (BSLH) -139, (I, G) - outputs connected to (I, G) - the inputs of the block for the formation of initial sentences (BFNP) -140 (through BK-139. 7, K-139. 8), (I, G) - outputs connected to (I, P) - inputs of the corresponding block of shift registers (BSR) -141, the pulse generator (G) -142 is connected to the 2nd input of the key (K) -143, 1 whose input is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -144, the first input of which is connected to the output of E-145, the input of which is connected to the G-output of BFNP-140, the output of K-143 is connected to the input of the pulse divider (D) -146, the output of which is connected to the clocking (T) input of the BSR-142 and to the input of the E-147, the output of which is connected to the enabling input (P) of the comparator (KMP) -148, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the I2 outputs of the BSR-141, and I2 output connected to the outputs of the ROM (pause code) - 149, RP-139. 1 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-139. 2, connected to the BR-139. 3, connected to the T-139. 5, connected to DSh-139. 4, BK-139. 7, K-139. 8, the P-input of the BR-4 is connected to the E-139. 6, connected to the P-input DSH-139. 4, where the I1 outputs of the BSR-141 are connected to the I-inputs of the key blocks (BC) -150, 151, 152, 153, 154, which are connected by the P-inputs to the corresponding outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -155, clocked (t) - the input of which is connected to “Yes” - the output of KMP-148, and “0” - the input is connected to the G-output of BFNP-140, the outputs of BK-150, 151, 152, 153, 154 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding registers (P) - 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, the P-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -161, 162, 163, 164, 165, the service (SL) output of the RI-155 is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф ) -166, the output of which is connected to the pulse shaper (F) -167, the P-inputs of the key blocks (BC) 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, the output F-167 is connected to the P-input of the comparator (KMP) -173, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs BK-168 (SKAZ), and the I2 inputs are connected to the PZU-174, G - the output of the BFNP-140 is also connected to the “0” input of the counter (MF) -175, the outputs of which are connected to the I1 inputs of the comparator (CMP) - 176, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-177, and the P input is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -178, the outputs of the ROM-179 are connected to the I2 inputs of the comparator (CMP) - 180, the I1 inputs of which are connected to outputs (A) BK - 169, “Yes” - the output of the KMP-180 is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -181, the comparator (KMP) -182 I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the PZU-183, I1 inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-170 (V), “No” is the output of the KMP-182 connected to the delay element (E) -184, "Yes" - the output is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -185. 1, elements 182, 183, 184, 185. 1 form a noun recognition block (BRSC) -186. 2, preposition recognition block (BRPD) -186, verb recognition block (BRGL) -182, adjective recognition block (BRPG) -188, adverb recognition block (BRNR) -189, numeral recognition block (BRLC) -190, pronoun recognition block (BRMS) -191, union recognition unit (BRRS) -192, particle recognition block (BRCHT) -193, term recognition block (BRTM) -194, service word recognition block (BRLS) -195 has the same structure as BRSS -185. 1, the P-inputs of these blocks are connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-173, and the I-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-170 (B), “No” - the outputs are connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-175, the outputs T-185. 1 and the P-outputs of blocks 186-195 are connected to the corresponding keys 196-206, “Yes” outputs of the KMP-173 are also connected to the P-input of the comparator (KMP) -207, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-208, and I1-inputs are connected to the outputs of BK-172 (D), “Yes” - the outputs are connected to the trigger (T) -209. 1 and to the delay element (E) -209. 2, “0” -input of which is connected to “No” -exit of KMP-207 (“Yes” -input of KMP-176), trigger output (T) -209. 2 is connected to the first input of the I-210 element, the T-181 output is connected to the second I-210 input, the outputs of the BK-171 (C) are connected to the key block (BK) -211, the “0” input of which is connected to the key output ( K) -196 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -212, the outputs of BK-211, are connected to the I1 inputs of the block of comparators (BKMP) -213, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -214, I2- the inputs of BKMP-213 are connected to the outputs of the noun memory block (BPSUSCH) -215, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-211, and the A-inputs are connected to the outputs of the decoder (DS) -216, and the P-input is connected to the output of the element after holders (E) -217, the input of which is connected to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -218 (and to the output of the divider (D) -219), and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the DSh-216, the input of D-219 is connected to the key output (K) -220, the 2nd input of which is connected to the trigger output (T) -221, the first input is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-218 and to the output of the F-212, with the “0” input of the T-221 connected to the output of OR-222, the first input of which is connected to the "there" -exit of BKM-213, the "EMPTY" -exit of which is connected to the p1 input of the power supply unit (С) Щ-215 and to the second input of OR-222, elements 211-222 form a memory block of nouns (BPSCH) -223, input K-220 is connected to the output of the generator of pulses (G) -224, memory block of prepositions (BPPT) -225, memory block of verbs (BPGL) -226, memory block of adjectives (BPPG) -227, memory block of adverbs (BPNR) -228, memory block of numerals (BPCL) - 229, pronoun memory block (BPMS) -230, union memory block (BPSZ) -231, particle memory block (BPCT) -232, term memory block (BTPR) -233, service word memory block (BPSL) -234 have the same the structure as BPSCH-223, with its (G, I) inputs connected to the output of the G-224, with its I inputs connected to the outputs of the BK-171 (C), its P1 inputs connected to the corresponding keys (K) -197 , 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, St. they have r-outputs connected to OR-235, connected with their R-inputs to a decoder (ДШ) -236, their I-inputs connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-237, which is connected to the corresponding connector (РЗ) -238 of a multi-channel communication line, (И, P) outputs БРРДПРММКЛ-237 are connected to ДШ-236 А2- (part of outputs) are connected to А-inputs of blocks 233, 225-234, and Р-output is connected to input of delay element (Э) -239, connector (Р3) - 240 multi-channel communication lines connected to BPRDPRMMKL-241, connected to the VCC-processor-242, connected to the corresponding outputs of the block; RZ-209. 2 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-209. 3, connected to BIOS-209. 4, BIVK-209. 5, the P-input of which is connected to the "NO" output of the KMP-207 and to the output of the E-209. 2, elements 139-242 form an initial word recording unit (BSS) -243; moreover, the first incoming sentence generation unit (BFVHP) -1 consists of a noun block (BSUSH) -27, a block of prepositions (BPD) -28, a block of verbs (BGL) -29, a block of adjectives (BPG) -30, a block of adverbs (BNR) -31, block of numerals (BSL) -32, block of pronouns (BMS) -33, block of unions (BSZ) -34, block of particles (BChT) -35, block of analysis of terms (BAT) -36, block of service words (BSL) -37, each of blocks 27-37 is connected to the corresponding BC 38-48 and to the corresponding T-49-59, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding K-60, 70, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BC-38- 48 (through the corresponding F-60. 1-70. 1) and “0” inputs of the corresponding T-49-59, the outputs of which are also connected to the inputs of K-71-81, the first inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding pulse shapers (Ф) -82-92, the output of the generator (Г ) -93 is connected to K-94, connected to D-95, which is connected to the R-96 T-input, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of K-60-70, F-82-92, the second K-94 input is connected to the T-97 output, the “0” input of which is connected to the RI-96 SL output, and the first input is connected to the E-98 output, which is connected to the P-inputs of blocks 27-37, (I1, I2) - the inputs of the blocks 27-37 combined, outputs K-71-81 o are connected and connected to the KMP-99 P-input, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-38-48, and the I2 inputs are connected to the PP0-100 outputs, the inputs of which are connected to the KMP-99 I1 inputs, “Yes” - the output of which is connected to the P - inputs PP0 -100, PP1-101, PP2-102, PP3-103, "0" - the inputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of blocks 27-37, inputs PP1-101, PP2-102, PP3-103 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BC - 38-48, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the block of shift registers (BSR) -104, “Yes” - the output of the KMP-99 is connected to the first input of T-105, “Not” - the output of which connected to K-106 input, cat output Horn is the “Failure” (No) output of BFVHP1, and the 2nd input is connected to the RI-96 SL output and to the BSR-104 T-input, to the E-107 input, the output of which is connected to the Z-input (recording) BSR-104, SL-output RI-96 is also connected to the input of E-108, the output is "All" BSL-32 is connected to the first input of the T-109, the output of which is connected to the input of K-110, the other input of which is connected to the output of E -108, and the output is connected to the “0” input of T-109 and is the G-output (ready) BFVHP1-111, BFVHP-112 contains BFVHP1-111 and is accordingly connected to the VCC-113, which is connected to the receiving unit - whether multi-channel data transmission communication institute (BPRDPRMMKL) -114 connected to the multi-channel communication line (РЗ) -115 connector; to RCC-113 connected RZ-113. 1 (ShAKD), RZ-113. 2 (LSAI), RZ-106. 1 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-106. 2, connected to the BR-106. 4, connected to the ROM-106. 3, P-input BPRDPRMMKL-106. 2 is connected to the E-106. 5, connected to the output of K-106, RZ-110. 1 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-110. 2, connected to the BR-110. 3, connected to the E-110. 4, connected to the DSh-110. 5, connected to BK-116. 1, K-116. 2, connected to blocks 27-37; moreover, the block for recording sentences and images (BZPO) consists of a block of hearing (BSLH) -244 connected (I, G) to the outputs of the block for generating incoming sentences (BFVHP) -245, connected to the block of shift registers (BSR) -246 ( And, G (P)) - inputs (through BK-245. 1, K-245. 2, 245. 3), the R-input of the BSR-246 is connected to the delay element (E) -247, connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -248, the output of which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -249, the second input of which is connected to the output of the generator pulses (G) -250, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -251, the output of which is connected to the clocking (T) input of the BSR-246 and the input of the delay element (E) -252, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the comparator (KMP) -253, whose I1 inputs are connected to the BSR-246 I2 outputs, and the I2 inputs are connected to the ROM-254 outputs (pause), and the “Yes” output is connected to the delay element (E) -255 input, 0 ”- the input of which is connected to“ Yes ”- the output of the KMP-256, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-252, the I1 inputs are connected to the I1 outputs of the BSR-246, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-257, The I-outputs of BSR-246 are connected to the I-inputs of BK 258-261, BK 262. 1-262. n, BK-263, connected by outputs to the I-inputs of the registers (P) 258. 1-261. 1, P-262. one. 1-262. one. n, P-263. 1, the P-inputs of BK-258-263 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -264, the “0” input of which is connected to the B-246 P-input, the T-input is connected to the E-255 output, shear ( SD) input is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-216 and to the “0” input of the E-255, the outputs of the P-258. 1-P-263. 1 connected to the corresponding BK-265. n-268, BK-269. 1-269. P, BK-270, P-inputs P-259. 1-263. 1 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -271-276, the output of E-276 is also connected to a pulse shaper (F) -277, the output of which is connected to the P-inputs of BK-265-270, the outputs of BK-265-268, 270 are connected to the corresponding comparators (KMP) -278, 281, 282, the P-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -283-286, 287, (I1, I2) - the inputs of the KMP-278-281, 282 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding ROM-288-291, 292, and “Yes” outputs are connected to the inputs of the I-293 element, which is connected to the T-input of the counter (MF) -294 and to the input of the delay element E-295, which the input is connected to ohm to the “0” input of the E-296, and the output to the input of the F-297, which is connected to the 1-input of the T-298, connected to the 1-input of the K-299, the 2nd input is connected to the output of the D-300, connected to the output of G-301, the output of K-299 is connected to the T-input of the SCH-302, the “0” input of which is connected to the F-303, connected to the output of the T-298, and the outputs of the SCH-302 are connected to the DSh-304, the outputs SCH-294 is connected to A1 (address) inputs of the blocks of sentences memory (BPR) -305, the key output (K) -299 is connected to the P-input of the external sight block (BVVZ) -306 (via K-306. 8), the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the frame memory unit (BPOK) -307 (through BK-306. 9), the outputs of BK-265-270 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPPR-305, the VKC processor-308 is connected to the corresponding elements of the described unit (BFVHP-245, SCh-294, 302, BVV3-306), to the BPRDPRMMKL-309, which connected to R3-310 multi-channel communication line, RZ-311 connected to BPRDPRMMKL-312, connected to R-313, connected to DSh-314 (connected to SCh-294), DSh-315 (connected to BPOK-307), connected to E-316, connected to BPRDPRMMKL-312, with RZ-306. 1 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-306. 2, connected to the BR-306. 3, connected to the E-306. 4, connected to DSh-306. 5, connected to the T-306. 6, T-306. 7, connected to the BK-245. 1, K-245. 2, 245. 3, T-306. 6 is connected to K-306. 8, BK-306. 9. RZ-306. 10 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-306. 11, connected to the ROM-306. 12, 306. 13, 306. 14, E-306. 1, connected to OR-306. 15, connected to K-306. 17, connected to the T-input SCH-302, elements 244-316 form a block for recording sentences and images (BZPO-317); moreover, the block for generating instructions with sentences and images (BFIPO) consists of a block of hearing (BSL) -318, (I, G) inputs connected to the block for generating input sentences (BFVHP) -319, (I, G) the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding BSR-320 inputs (via BK-319. 1, K-319. 2, 319. 3), the R-input of the BSR-320 is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -321, the output of which is connected to the "1" input of the trigger (T) -322, the output of which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -323, the other the input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -324, and the output is connected to the input of the pulse divider (D) -325, the output of which is connected to the clock input (T) of the BSR-320 and to the input of the delay element (E) -326, output which is connected to the P-input of the comparator (CMP) -327, the I1-inputs of which are connected to the I2-outputs of the BSR-320, and the I2-inputs to the outputs of the ROM (pause code) - ROM (P) -328, "Yes" -exit KMP-327 connected Valid delay element (E) -329, "0" is connected to the output -Log OR 329. 1, the first input of which is connected to the “Yes” output of the comparator (ILC) -330, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-326, and the I1 inputs are connected to the I1 outputs of the BSR-320, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs PZU-331, the output of E-329 is connected to the clocking (T) input of the pulse distributor (RI) -332, the shift (SD) input of which is also connected to the "Yes" output of the KMP-330. The “0” input of RI-332 is also connected to the R-input of BSR-320, the corresponding outputs of RI-332 are connected to the P-inputs of BK-333-339 and to the corresponding delay elements (E) -340-346, the outputs of which are connected to P-inputs of the respective registers (P) -347-353, the I-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BK-333-339, the L-output of the RI-332 is connected to the input of the E-354, the output of which is connected to the "0" input of T -322 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -355, the output of which is connected to the Р-inputs of БК 356-362, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding Р-347-353, the “0” inputs of which are connected to the Р-input Bsr -320, and the output of F-355 is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -363, the output of which is connected to the P-inputs of the comparators (KMP) -364-369, I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding R-347, 348, 350, 351, 352, 353 (through the corresponding block of keys), and the I2 inputs are connected to the corresponding ROM-370-375, the output of the E-363 is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -376, the output of which is connected to "No" - the output of this entire block, the “0” input of the E-376 is connected to the T-input of the situation counter (SCHIT) -377, which is also connected to the output of the I-378 element, whose inputs are connected to the “Yes” outputs K P-364-369, T-input SCHIT-377 is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -379, the output of which is connected to the record (3) -input of the situation memory block (BPSIT) -380, whose AC inputs (address) connected to the outputs of SCHCIT-377, and the I (n) inputs are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BC - 356-362, and the “+1” input of the counter (SCH) -381 is also connected to the R-input of the BSR-320, the outputs of the SCH- 381 are connected to the decoder (DS) -382, the first output of which is connected to the enable (P) input of the RI-332, and the remaining outputs are connected to the corresponding I-inputs OR-383, the output of which is connected to the input of the delay element and (E) -384. 1 and to the enable P-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -384, "0" -input of which is connected to the output of the E-384. 1, and the clock input is connected to the E-329 output, the RI-384 outputs are connected to the P-outputs of the key block (BC) -385-388, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I1-outputs of the BSR-320, the P-inputs of these BK- 385-388 are connected to the inputs of the corresponding delay elements (E) -389-392, the outputs of which are connected to the enabling inputs (P) of the corresponding registers (P) -393-396, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BK-355-388 , I-outputs of R-394 are connected to I1 inputs of comparators (KMP) -397 (I2 inputs of which are connected to outputs of PZU-398, KMP-399 (I2 inputs of which are connected to outputs of PZU-400), KMP-401 ( AND The 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-402), “Yes” - the outputs of the KMP 397, 399, 401 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the OR-403, “No” - the outputs of the KMP-397, 399, 401 are connected to the corresponding inputs of I-404 , the first output of the DSh-382 is also connected to the “0” input of the pulse distributor (RI) -405, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of the KMP-406 comparators. 1-406. n, the I2-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the ROM-407. 1-n, and the I1 inputs are connected to the I-outputs of the R-393, and the “Yes” outputs are connected to the IL-408, the “No” outputs are connected to the I-409 inputs, the P-396 outputs are connected to the I1 inputs comparator (ILC) -500 I2-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-501, “No” - the outputs of the PZU-500 are connected to the “No” outputs of this unit I1-outputs of the BSR-320, are also connected to the I1 inputs of the comparator (ILC ) -502, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the OR-383, and the clocking (T) input is connected to the output of the E-329, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-503, and the "Yes" output is connected to the input of the element delays (E) -504, and to the "SD" -input (shear) RI-384, in the E-504 stroke is connected to the P-input of the comparator (KMP) -504, and the I1 inputs are connected to the I3 outputs of the BSR-320, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-503, and “No”, the output is connected to the P- input KMP-500, to the T-input RI-405, and P-inputs KMP-397, 399, 401, I1 outputs of the BSR-320 are also connected to the I-inputs of the key block (BK) -506, the outputs of which are connected to AND - inputs of the register (P) -507, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -508, the input of which is connected to the P-input of the key block (BC) -506 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -509, input which is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-505 and to the “0” input of the SCH-381 and to the second input control or-329. 1, the output of the E-508 is connected to the input of the pulse shaper (F) -600 and to the first input of the OR-601, OR 601-602, connected to the "0" and "+1" inputs of the corresponding instruction counter (SCH) -603, the clocking (T) input of which is connected to the I-604 outputs whose inputs are connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-500, the output of the OR-403, the output of the OR-408, the output of the I-604 is also connected to the pulse shaper (Ф) -605 and to the delay element (E) -606, the output of which is connected to the first input of OR-607, the second input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -608, the input of which is also connected to E-508, the output of OR-607 it is connected to the P-inputs of key blocks (BC) -609-612, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of P-393-396, the output of the E-508 is also connected to the delay element of the E-601. 1, the output of which is the “ready” (G) output of the entire block, the I-outputs of the register (P) -507 are connected to the I-inputs of the key block (BC) -613, the output of OR-607 is also connected to the first input of OR-614 the output of which is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -615, the pulse generator (G) -616 is connected to the input of the divider (D) -617 connected to the first input of the key (K) -618, the second input of which is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -615, and the output is connected to the "+1" input of the frame counter (SCHK) -619, the output of K-618, is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -618. 1, the service (SL) output of the SCHK-619 is connected to the “0” input of the T-615 and to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -620, the “0” input of which is connected to the second input of the OR-614 and the output of the E-608, and the output is connected to the enable (P) -input of the key block (BK) -621, the outputs of the BK-613 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BK-609, the outputs of the BK-609-612 are connected to the corresponding I-inputs of the instruction memory block proposals (BPINPR-622), and the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCHI-603, and the record (3), the input is connected to the output of the OR-607, the output of the E-379, and also connected to the third input of the OR-614, the outputs of the SCHIT 377 are also connected to the AC inputs block memory situations situations images frames (BPSITOK) -623, permitting (P) input which is connected to the output of the E-618L, the outputs of the SCHI-603 are also connected to the AC- (address) inputs of the memory block image instructions frames (BPINOK) -624, VCC processor 625 is also connected to the (I, G) outputs of BFVHP-319 (via BK-319. 1, K-319. 2, 319. 3), and the inputs and outputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-626, connected to the connector (RE) -627 of the multi-channel communication line, the connector (RE) -628 of the multi-channel communication line, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-629, connected to the register (R) -630, connected to decoders (DSH) -631, 632, DSH-631 with outputs connected to "0", "-1", "+1" inputs of SCHI-603, SCHK-619, SCHSIT-377, DSh-632 connected with corresponding outputs to the delay element (E) -639 (connected to the Р-input of БПРДПРММКЛ-629) and to the read-in (MF) inputs of БПИНОК-624, БПСИТОК-623, БПИНПР-622, БПСИТ-380, the corresponding inputs of VCC-625 are connected, also to exit E-618. 1, the corresponding inputs of the WCC-625 are also connected to the I-outputs of the external view unit (BVVZ) -634, P3-601. 1 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-601. 2, connected to the ROM-601. 3, 601. 4, 601. 5, connected to OR-601. 6, connected to the E-601. 7, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-601. 2, P-input PZU-601. 5 is connected to the output of the E-601. 1, P-input PZU-601. 4 is connected to "No" - the output of the KMP-500, P-input PZU-601. 3 is connected to the output of K-634. 10. RZ-643. 3 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-644. 4, connected to the BR-643. 5, connected to the DSH-643. 6 (E-643. 7) connected to the T-643. 8 (connected to BK-319. one. k - 319. 2, 319. 3), T-643. 9 (connected to K-643. 1, BK-643. 2, K-634. 10), elements 318-634 form a block for the formation of instructions, sentences and images (BFIPO) -635; moreover, the associative memory unit (BASP) consists of a digital wave propagation unit (BRTSV), a communication generation unit (BFSV), a control unit for an associative memory unit (BUPRBASP), sound and letter storage units (BHRZB), word storage blocks in sound, letter codes and harmonics (BHRSZBKG), blocks for storing sentences and images (BHRPRO), blocks for storing dynamic flat images and texts (BHRDPOT), blocks for storing dynamic three-dimensional images and texts (BHRDOOT), cell circuit diagrams of a volume switch (SCNRC); moreover, the volume switch cell circuit (SCNOK) -1 consists of keys (K) -2 (1-6), the first K-2 outputs are external inputs - SCNOK-1 outputs, by which it is connected to the surrounding SCNOK 3-8, second outputs K-2 (1-6) are interconnected and connected to filters (FL) -9, 10, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the respective detectors (DT) -11,12, the output of DT-11 is connected to the I-input of the shift register ( CP) -13, the clocking (T) input of which is connected to the output of the DT-12, and the output is connected to the I1 inputs of the switch (KMP) -14, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM command (ROM) -15, and the service SL-output of CP-13 is connected to the permitting (P) -input of the KMP-14, elements 9-15 form an information reception circuit (SHPI) -15. 1, “Yes” - the output of the KMP-14 is connected to the “0” inputs of P _out -15 and P _in -17, which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding LH - 18, 19, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the U (control) inputs of the keys (K1-K6) - 2, the outputs of the cell address decoder (LH) -20 are connected to the first inputs of the keys (K) -21-28, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding recording and reading inputs of the corresponding path register (RP) -29, wave register RV-30, P _in -17, P _out -16, the outputs of which are I1, I2, I3, I4 - the outputs of SCHAOK-2, the second inputs of K-21-28 are Z1, C1, Z2, C2, Z3, C3 inputs of SCHAOK-1, each of SCHAOK-3-8 has 2-6 inputs - outputs for connection with other SCNAC; moreover, the digital wave propagation block (BRTSV) -31 consists of a connector (RE) -32 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-33, connected to the register block (BR) -34, K-outputs connected to the decoder (DSH) -35, The P-input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -36, the input of which is connected to the P-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-33, service (SL-output DSh-35 is connected to the first input of the T-37 trigger, the output of which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -38, P-input of the key block (BK) -39, 40, the element "Not" -41, the output of the pulse generators (G) -42 is connected to the second input K-38, the output of which is connected to the input of the divider (D) -43, the output of which is connected to “+1” the input of the counter (MF) -44 and Z (record) to the input of BK-39, the service (SL) output of the MF-44 connected to the “0” input of T-37, the ROM outputs (O) -45 are connected to the I-inputs of BK-40, elements 37-45 form a zeroing circuit (SCW) -46, counter outputs (MF) -47 are connected to address ( A) -inputs of the stack memory unit (BSP) -48, СЛ-output СЧ-44 is also connected to the delay element (Э) -49, the output of which is connected to the first input OR-50, the output of which is connected to "+1" - input SCH-47, to the input of the delay element (E) -51, the output of which I will connect it is connected to the B (recording) input of the BSP-48, the SC-44 SL output is also connected to the B (recording) input, the P-52 input, the "0" input of the SCH-53, the "0" input of the stack memory unit (BSP) -54, the first input of the wave counter (SCH) -55 and the first input OR-56, the output of which is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -57, the I-outputs of the BSP-48 are connected to the I-inputs of the computers (V) -58- 63, the P-inputs of which are connected to the output of the delay element (E) -64, the input of which is connected to the midrange input of the BSP-48 and the output of the E-57, the output of the E-64 is also connected to the first input of the T-65, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-66, the second input, which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -67, and the output is connected to a divider (D) -68, the output of which is connected to the clocking input (T) of the pulse distributor (RI) -69, 1-6 outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of the key blocks (BK) 70-75, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding B-58-63, the outputs of the BK-70-75 are combined and connected to the corresponding inputs of the encoder (Ш) -76, the output of the D-68 is also connected to the input of the delay element (E) -77, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the comparator (CMP) -78, "Yes" is the output of which is connected to the P-input of the informing unit about the execution of the command (BIVK) -79, the SCHV-55 output is connected to the I-inputs of the key block (BK) -80, the p-input of which is connected to the "Not" output - 41, and the outputs are I2 - the BRTSV-31 outputs, whose A-outputs connected to the outputs of the BK-39 and the corresponding outputs of the BK-81, the inputs of which are connected to the A-outputs of Sh-76, and the I2-inputs of the BRTSV-31 are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-82, the outputs of which are connected to the I1-inputs of KMP-83 The P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-84, the input of which is connected to the "No" output of the KMP-78, I2-inputs of the KMP-83 are connected to the ROM outputs (O) -85, and the "No" output is connected to the first T-86 input, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-87, the second input of which is connected to the SL-output of RI-69, the output of K-87 is connected to the "0" input of E-98, connected to "-1" - the input of SCH-47, the output of K-87 also connected to the R-input of BPRDPRMMKL-89, the I-inputs of which are connected to ROM (K) -90, and the corresponding inputs and outputs are connected to RZ-91, "-1" - the input of the MF-47 is also connected to the input of E-92 the output of which is connected to the R-input of DSh-93, the SL-output of which is connected to the “0” input of the E-94, the input of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-65 to the input of the E-94, and the output to the third input OR -56, moreover, the SL-output DSh-93 is connected to the first input of the T-95, “0” is the input of which is connected chen to the second input of OR-56, and output to the first input of the K-96. The 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the G-67, and the output to the D-97, the output of which is connected to the second input of the OR-50, the input of the E-98, the mid-input of the BSP-54, the output of the E-98 is connected to "-1 "- input SCH-53 and input E-99, connected to the R-input DSh-100, the output of which is connected to the" 0 "input T-95.3, (recording) - the input BSP-54 is connected to the output E-101 connected to "+1" - the input of the midrange-53, BK-39, 40, 80, 81, C2, I2, A2-outputs, I2, Z2 inputs of the BRTSV-31 are connected to the corresponding inputs - the outputs of the WCC-102, are connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-103, connected to РЗ-104; moreover, the communication formation unit (BFSV) -105, consists of a multi-channel communication line (RZ) -106 connector, connected to the BPRDPRMKL-107, connected to the register block (BR) -108, the B-output of the BPRDPRMKL-107 is connected to the delay element (E ) -109, the output of which is connected to the enable P-input of the command decoder (DS) -110, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-108, the I2-outputs of the BR-108 are connected to the I1 inputs of R-111, and I3 - BR-108 outputs are connected to I1-inputs Р2-112, Р1 input Р2-112, Р-input Р1-111 are connected to СЛ-output ДШ-110, which is also connected to input Е-113, the output of which is connected to Р- entrance am of calculators (B) -114 (x, y, z, + 1), 115 (x, y, z-1), 116 (x, z, y + 1), 117 (x, z, y-1) , 118 (y, z, x + 1), 119 (y, z, x-1), as well as to the “1” input of the T-120, the output of which is connected to the first input of K-121, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -122, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -123, the output of which is connected to the T-input of RI-124, the outputs 1-6 of which are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BK-126-131, the outputs which are combined and connected to the P2-112 I2 inputs, the E-125 output is connected to the E-133 input, the output of which is connected to the KMP-132 P-input, the “Yes” output of which is connected to the first input of the OR-134 and to R-input BIVK-135, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding R-inputs BPRDPRMMKL-107, I2-output BFSV-105 is connected to the I-input R-136, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-137, the input of which is connected to the input E-138, the output of which is connected to the P-input of KMP-139, the SL-output DSh-110, is connected to the input of a pulse shaper (Ф) -140, the output of which is connected to the first input of OR-141 and to the P-input of ROM-142 the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of R-143, the P-input of which is connected to the output of OR-141, and the outputs are connected to the I2-inputs of KMP-139, the second input of OR-141 is connected to ">" - the output of KMP-139 and the input -144, the output of which is connected to the second input of OR-134 and to the P2-input of P2-112, the output of E-144 is also connected to the input of E145, the output of which is connected to the "0" inputs of RI-124, T-120, the output of E- 144 is also connected to the E-146, the output of which is connected to the “1” input of the T-120, the SL-output of the RI-124 is connected to the P-input of the BPRDPRMMKL-147 (РЗ) -148 and the ROM of the “Failure” command (ROM (С )) - 149, the outputs of BK-126-131 are connected to the I-inputs of the encoder (Ш) -150.1, the outputs of which are the addresses (A) of BFSV-105 and are connected to the corresponding inputs of the SCHAOK-1, the outputs of the connector of the multi-channel communication line (RE) -150 connected to BPRDPRMMKL-151, which is connected EN to the VCC-processor-152, which is connected to the BR-108, Ш-150.1 and to the inputs and outputs of the BFSV-105; moreover, the block of storage of sounds and letters (BHrZB) -154 consists of a pulse generator (G) -155, connected to a divider (D) -156, connected to the E-157, F-158, “+1” input SCH-159 and to the P-input of the timer (TM) -160, the output of the F-158 is connected to the P-input of the BK-161, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-162, the outputs of the SCH-159 are connected to the I1 inputs of the BK-161, I2- the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-163, the outputs of the SCH-159 are also connected to the I-inputs of the DSh-165 whose corresponding outputs are connected to the enabling inputs of the corresponding BK-166.11, 166.12-166.n1, 166.n2, the I-inputs of which are connected to I-outputs BR-167, (And, P) inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-162, whose P output is also connected to the input of E-168, the output of which is connected to the B (recording) inputs of BK-166.11, 166.12-166.n1, 166.n2, (And , H) - the outputs of these BCs are connected to the (I, Z) inputs of the corresponding P-169.11 169.12-169.n.1, 169.n.2, the I-outputs of the BR-167 are also connected to the time register and the individual object code ( IKO) -170.1-170.n (the corresponding outputs ДШ-165, Э-168 are also connected), the output of the E-168 is also connected to the E-171, the output of which is connected to the first input of the waiting circuits (SCW) -172, the first output of which connected to 3- inputs R-173.11, 1, 173.n2 and R-input RTI-176.1-176.n, elements 155-161, 163, 165 form a rewrite circuit (SKHPRZ) -175, RZ-176 is connected to BPRPRMMKL-177 whose outputs are connected to the command encoder (ШК) -178 and to Р-179.1 - Р-179.n connected with their outputs to the I2 inputs of KMP-180.1-180.n, I1 - the outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the RTI-176.1-176.n, " Yes ”- the output of KMP-180.1 is connected to the 1st input of T-181 and T-181.1, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of K-182, the output of which is connected to the R-input of BR-183, PZU-184, 185 connected to (I1, I2) - inputs of the BR-183, the P-input of which is connected to the input of the E-186, connected (I-outputs of the BR-183) to the BPRDPRMK - 187, connected to RZ-188, with the 2nd output of ШК-178 connected to the 3rd input of K-189, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of G-190, and the output is connected to the input of D-191, the output of which connected to the t-input RI-192 and to the 1st input of the T-193, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the K-194, the output of which is connected to the input of the D-195, the output of which is connected to the t-input of the BSR-196, The I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-197.1, the T-input of the BSR-196 is connected to "+1" - the input of the SCH-198, the SL-output of which is connected to the "0" -input of the T-193, which is the T-output of the unit , the outputs of the RI-192 are connected to the R-inputs of K-191.1-199. M, the 3rd output of ShK-178 is connected to the 1st K-200, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of T-181.1, and the output is connected to the input of the signal supply unit “0” (BPSO) -201, which consists of T-202 connected to the 2nd input of K-203, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of the G-204, and the output is connected to the input of the D-205, the output of which is connected to the T-input of the RI-206, whose SL output is connected to the “0” input of the T-202 and is the “1” output of the BPSO-1, and the I-outputs are connected to the BK-207, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-209, and the output is connected to the modulator (M) -208.1, connected to the 1st input of the mixer (SM) -210, the 2nd input of which it is connected to the output of the modulator (M) -208.2, the input of which is connected to the output of D-205, the output of SM-210 is connected to the 1st inputs of K-211.1-m, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the output of T-202, the outputs of K- 211.1-m are I-outputs of BPSO-201, elements 178, 181, 182, 184, 185, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201 form a transfer unit and records (BPZAP) -212.1 the same structure and the corresponding connection are BPZAP-212. N, A-inputs of BHRZB-154 are connected to the outputs of DSh-216, which are connected to the corresponding inputs of DSh-165, BK-166, R-173, RTI-176, BK-214, BK-215, I-inputs - outputs of BHZB -154 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-214, 215, the TS input is connected to the BK-214, the T3 input of the BHRZB-154 is connected to the BK-215, the outputs of the ROM-216 are connected to the I3 inputs of the BR-183, VKTs-217 is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-218 connected RZ-219; moreover, the word storage unit in the form of sound, letter codes and harmonics (BHRSZBKG) -220 consists of a pulse generator (G) -211 connected to a divider (D) -222 connected to F-223, E-224, "+1" - the SCH-225 input, the T-timer input (TM) -226, PZU-227 and SCH-225 are connected to I1, I2 are connected to the BK-228 inputs, respectively, the SCH-225 outputs are connected to the I-inputs of DSh-229 (elements 221- 229 form a rewrite circuit (SHPRZ) -230), the P-input of the detector (DT) is connected (synchronization input) to the output of RZ-230.1 (LSAI), the outputs of the BK-228 are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-231 to the P-input of which, connected output e-224, and the corresponding input dy - the outputs are connected to the connector of a multi-channel communication line (RE) -232, and to the corresponding inputs of the register block (BR) -233, the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the key block and register blocks (BKBR) -234.11, P-inputs which are connected to the outputs of the E-235, the input of which is connected to the P-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-231, the corresponding outputs of the DSh-229 (SKHPR3-230) connected to the P-inputs of the BKBR-234 and to the register-time of recording data and an individual object code (IKO -RTI) -236.1-236.n, the output of the E-235 is also connected to the input of the E-272, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the signal standby circuit (SCW) -238, the first output of which is connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BR-239.11, 239.12, 239.13-239.n1, 239.n2, 239.n3, the outputs of the corresponding RTI-236.1-236.n are connected to the inputs of the RTI-240.1-240. n, the inputs and outputs of RZ-241 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-242, (I, P) whose outputs are connected to the overwrite unit (BPZAP) -243.1-243.n, whose I-inputs are also connected to the I-inputs of the registers individual object code (RICO) -244.1-244.n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding I1 inputs of the comparators (ILC) -245.1-245.n, the outputs of which are connected to “1” - the inputs of the corresponding BPZAP-243.1-243.n, and I2-in dy connected to the outputs corresponding to RTI-240.1-240. N, A _{I am} out., A _{I am} I / O BPZAP-243.1-243.n connected to the (I1, I2) inputs of the BR-245, and I3 inputs connected to the outputs of the ROM-246, and the P-input connected to the G-outputs BPZAP-243.1-243.n and to the input of the E-247, the output of which is connected to the P-input BPRDPRMMKL-248, and the inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-245, and the inputs and outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the connector of a multi-channel communication line (RE) -249, The “0” input of BPZAP-243.1-243.n is connected to the “0” input of BKBR-234, BR-230, RTI-236, 240 and to the zero signal transmission signal (code) block (BPSO) -250, the output of which is connected to the corresponding Nl-Nk input of the corresponding BSR-251, (I1, I2, AND 3, I4) - inputs of BPZAP-243 are connected to the corresponding (I1, I2, I3, I4) - inputs of BK-252.1-252.4, input E-253 is connected to input E-254, the output of which is connected to the “0” input T -255, the first input of which is connected to the input of E-253, and the output is connected to the P-inputs of BK-252.1-252.4, elements 250-255 form a receiving-recording unit (BPRZP) -256.1-256.n, (и1- I5), the inputs of which are connected to the (I1-I5) inputs of the stack memory block (BSTP) -257 the recording input (ZS) is connected to the E-253 output, the multi-channel communication line (RZ) -260 connector is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-261 input-outputs connected to the VCC processor connected to the corresponding the inputs BKBR-234, BPZAP-243, BR-233, BPRZP-256, AA inputs of BHRSZBKG-220 are connected to inputs DSh-263, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of BK-264 and BK-265, the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of BK-264 and are the inputs - outputs of BHRSZBKG-220, (TS, T3) whose inputs are connected to the P-inputs of BK-265 and BK-264, respectively, whose I-outputs are connected to the I-outputs of BR- 233, and the I-inputs of BK-265 are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-239 and the outputs of the RTI-236; moreover, the block for storing sentences and images (BHRPRO) -266 consists of SKHPR3-267 connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-268, connected to the P3-269 and to the BR-270, connected to the memory block of the sentences and images (BPPRO) -271.1-271.n, consisting of BK-272, 273, 274, 275 connected to the BR-276, 277, image memory block (BPO) -278, BR-279, respectively, the R-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-268 is connected to the E-280 input, the output of which is connected to the corresponding inputs of BPPRO-271.1-272.n and to the input of E-281, it is connected to the first input of the SHZHO-282, the first input of which is connected to the P-inputs of BPPRO 283.1-283.n, P3-284 of a multi-channel communication line under The key to BPRDPRMMKL-285 is connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPZAP - 286.1-286.n and to the I-inputs of the registers of the individual object code (P (IKO)) - 287.1-287.n, connected to the KMP-288.1-288.n, connected to (IKO) - to outputs of BPPRO-283.1-283.n connected to BPPRO - 271.1-271.n, A _{I am} B, A _{I am} out BPZAP-286. 1-286. n are connected to I1-I2 - inputs of the BR-289, I3-outputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-290, G-outputs BPZAP-296. 1-296. n are connected to the BR-289 P-input, to the E-292 input, the output of which is connected to the БРРДПРММКЛ-292 Р-input, connected to РЗ-293 and BR-289 I-outputs, “0” inputs of BPZAP-286. 1-286. n are connected to the "0" -input P (IKO) -282. 1-287. n, BPPRO-283. 1-283. n, BPPRO-271. 1-271. n and the corresponding BPRZP-294. 1-295. n which are also connected to I2-I4 - inputs BPZAP-286. 1-286. n, (I1-I5) outputs connected to the corresponding inputs of the stack memory block (BSTP) -295 connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-296, connected to the RZ-297, the VCC processor-298 is connected to the corresponding elements of the BHRPRO-266 and to the BPRDPRMMKL- 279, which is connected to the RZ-300, DSh-301 is connected to the corresponding outputs - the inputs of BHPRO-266; moreover, the storage unit for dynamic flat objects and texts (BHRDPOT) -304 consists of SKHPR3-305 connected to the BPRDPRMKL-306, connected to the RZ-307 and to the BR-308 connected to the memory unit of the dynamic flat text object (BPDOT) -309. 1-309. n, consisting of a block of keys (BC) -310 connected to the BR-311, BK-312, connected to the memory blocks of images (BPO) -313, BK-314 connected to the memory blocks of the text in the letter code (BPTB) -315 and BK-316 is connected to BR-317, and BK-318 is connected to the text memory block in sound code (BPTZ) -319, and BK-320 is connected to BR-321, and BK-322 is connected to BPO-323, P -exit BPRDPRMMKL-06 is connected to the E-324, connected to the BPDPOT-309 and the E-325 connected to SHOZH-326, connected to the BPDPOT-327. 1-327. n, РЗ-328 connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-329, connected to БПЗАП -330. 1 - 330. n to P (PPI) -331. 1-331. n connected to the I1 inputs of the ILC 322. 1-332. n connected to the respective BPDPOT-327. 1-327. n, the corresponding outputs BPZAP-330. 1-330. n connected to the BR-313, which is connected to the outputs of the ROM-334, G-outputs BPZAP 330. 1-330. n are connected to the E-335, which is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-336 (and to the I-output of the BR-333) and to P3-337, the corresponding outputs of the BPDPOT-327. 1-327. n connected to BPRZP-338. 1-338. n, connected to BSTP-339, BPRDPRMMKL-340, which is connected to RZ-341, VCC processor-342 is connected to elements BHRDPOT-304 and BPRDPRMMKL-343, connected to RZ-344, DSh-345 is connected to BK-346 and BK -347, which is connected to the corresponding elements BHRDPOT-304; moreover, the storage unit for dynamic volumetric images and texts (BHRDOOT) has a similar structure as BHRDPOT-304; moreover, the control unit for the associative memory unit (BUPRBASP) -392 consists of a connector (РЗ) -393 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the БПРДПРММКЛ-394 connected to the BR-395 (and Э-396), the corresponding outputs connected to the decoder (ДШ) - 397, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the P-396, the first output of the DS-397 is connected to the first input of the T-398, connected to the first input of the K-399, the second input of which is connected to the output of the G-400, and the output is connected to the D- 401, the output of which is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-402, the D-401 output is connected to the input of the E-403, the output of which is connected to 3 (recording) - the input the memory lock of the state of the circuits of the cells of the volume switch (БПССХЯОК) - 404, the A-inputs are connected to the I-outputs of the SCH-402 and connected to the A-inputs of the SCHYaOK-1, the output of the D-401 is also connected to the inputs of the E-405, E-406, E-407, the outputs of which are connected to C1, C2, C3 inputs SCHYAOK-1, (I1-I4) - the outputs of which are connected to I1-I4 inputs BSSHYAOK-404, the SL-output SCH-407 is connected to the "0" input T- 398 and the input of E-408 and the input of the pulse shaper (F) -409, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BK-410, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-411, containing the command code and service messages, I-outputs of the BC -410 connected to I-input am БПРДПРММКЛ-394, whose P-input is connected to the E-408 output, elements 408-411 form a command execution information unit (BIVK) -412, a pulse generator (G) -413 is connected to the first input of the K-414 key, the second the input of which is connected to the output of the T-415, and the output is connected to the input of the D-416, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCH-417 and to the input of the E-418, the output of which is connected to the C-input (readout) of БПССХЯОК-404 , The SL output is connected to the “0” input of the T-415, the D-416 output is connected to the inputs of the E-419, 420, 421, the outputs of which are connected to the 31, 32, 33 inputs of the SCHAOK-1, SL-output of the SCH-417 also connected to the BI input P K2-422 connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-394, the P3-423 connector of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-424, connected to the VCC processor-425, which is connected to the corresponding elements of the reading unit - recording cell circuits of the volume switch (BSCHZSSHYOK) -426, the third output of the DSh-397 is connected to the first input of the T-427, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-428, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -429, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -430, the output which is connected to the “+1” input of the SCH-431, the D-430 output is also connected to the E-432 input, the output is a cat This is the TS-output of BUPRBASP-392 and is connected to the E-433 input, the output of which and the SCh-431 output (which is the AA-output of BUPRBASP-392) are connected to the corresponding input of the object, image and text memory block (BPOOT) -434. 1-434. 4, a memory block of a flat image and text (BPPOT) -435. 1-435. 4, a block of memory sentences of images (BPPO) -436. 1-436. 4, word memory block (BPS) -437. 1-437. 12, a block of memory of sounds and letters (BPZB) -438, the fourth output of the DSH-397 is connected to the first input of the T-439 connected to the first input of K-440, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -441, and the output connected to the D-442 input, the output of which is connected to “+1” - the MF-443 input and to the E-444 input, the output of which is connected to the E-445 input which is the T3 output of BUPRBASP-392, and the I-outputs of the MF-443 are also the AA-outputs of BUPRBASP-392 (together with the outputs of the SCH-431) and E-444 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BPOOT, BPPOT, BPPO, BPS, BPZP, and the SL-output of the SCH-443 is connected to "0" - the entrance of the T-439 and the P-input of BIVK-446. 2, are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-394, the VCC processor (VCC) -447 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-448, (P3-449) and to the corresponding elements of the read unit of the volume switch memory record (BSCHZPOK) -450, rewriting unit, determining communication, eliminating time communication (BPZOSUST) -451 consists of a P3-452 connector connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-453 connected to the BR-454 (the B-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-453 is connected to the E-454 input. 1) connected to the BK-455. 1-455. L, the P-inputs of which are connected to 1, 2, 3 ,. . . , L-outputs СХПР3-456, outputs БК-455. 1 -455. L connected to the inputs of the memory blocks of information about the object (BPIO) -457. 1-457X, registers of PPI (P (PPI)) - 458. 1-458. L, recording time registers (PT3) -459. 1-459. L, presence (absence) communication registers (PCB) -460. 1-460. L, corresponding to the outputs of BPIO-457. 1-457. L, P (IKO) -458. 1-458. L, PT3-459. L459. L, PCB-460. 1-460. L are connected to the corresponding I-inputs of BK-461. 1-460. L, delay element (E) -462 is connected to the first output of OR-463, connected to the first input of T-464, connected to the first input of K-465, the second input of which is connected to the output of the G-466 pulse generator, and the output is connected to D -467, the output of which is connected to the + 1 input of the SCH-468, “0” - the input of which is connected to the first input of the OR-468. 1 (the output of which is connected to the “0” input of the T-464) and to the SL-output DSh-469, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the SCH-468, and the outputs are connected to the P-inputs of the BK-461. 1-461L, the D-467 output is connected to the E-470 input, the output of which is connected to the KMP-471 P-input, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the BK-461 outputs. 1-461. L, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-472, and the “Yes” output is connected to the first OR-473, the output of which is connected to the first input of the T-474, the output of which is connected to the first input of the K-475, the second input of which is connected to the output of the G-466, and the output is connected to the input of the D-476, the output of which is connected to the E-477 and to the + 1 input of the SCH-478, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the DSh-479 "Yes" - the output of the KMP-471 is connected to P - the input of the IKO (RICO) -480 register, the I-inputs of which are connected to the IK-outputs of the BK-461. 1- 461. L, and the outputs are connected to the I1 inputs of the comparator unit (БКП) -481, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-477, and the “Yes” output is connected to the “0” input of the BR-482, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZU-483, “Yes”, the output of the BKMP-481 is connected to the E-484, the output of which is connected to the input of the F-485 output, which is connected to the P-input of the BR-482, the outputs of the ROM-486 are connected to the I2-inputs of the BR- 487, the P-input of which is connected to the output F - 488, the input of which is connected to "0" - the input of T-474 and "Yes" to the output of the BKMP-481, the SL-output DSH - 469 is connected to the P - input of the BIVK-487. 1, the output Ф - 488 is connected to the РР-input of the BR-489, the Р2-input of the BR-490 is connected to the Ф-485 output, the corresponding outputs of the BR-487, BIVK-487. 1 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-491, and the G-outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the BR-489, 490 and to the inputs and outputs of the P3-492, the P-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-491 is connected to the input of the E-493, the output of which is connected to the P- inputs of electronic correspondence tables (ETS) -494, 495, I-inputs BK-461. 1-461. L, connected to the corresponding And-inputs BK 496. 1-496. L, the P-inputs of which are connected to the inputs of DSh-479, and the outputs of which are connected to the I2-inputs of BKMP-481, I-outputs of BK-496. 1-496. L connected to the I-inputs of the BK 497. 1-497. L and to the entrances of BK-498. 1-498. L, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BR-499, the connector (P3) -500 is connected to the BPRDPRMKL-501 is connected to the BR-502, is connected to the DSH-509, the P-input of which is connected to the E-504, the output of which is connected to To the B-PDRMPMMKL-501 P-input, the E-504 output is connected to the E-505 and to the E-506 connected to the BR-499 P-input, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPMMKL-501 (and E-505), The I-inputs of which are connected to the inputs of the BK-498. 1-498. L. R3-507 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-508, connected to the BR-509, connected to the DSh 509. 1, the first output is connected to the E-462, and the P-input is connected to the E-510 output, the input of which is connected to the B-output of the BPRDPRMMKL-508, with P3-511 connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-512, the E-493 output is connected to the E input -513. 1, the output of which is connected to the input of the E-513. 2 and to the P-input of the BR-514, the I-outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-512, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the E-513. 2, the outputs of the PZU-515 are connected to the I-inputs of the BR-514, the I-outputs of the BPRDPRMKL-512 are connected to the I-inputs of the BR-516, the P-inputs of which are connected to the P-outputs of the BPRDPRMKL-512 and to the input of E-517, the output which is connected to the P-input DSH-518, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-516, and the SL output is connected to the second input of the OR-473, the output of the pulse generator (G) -519 is connected to the first input of the key (K ) -520, the output of which is connected to the input of D-521, the output of which is connected to the “+1” input of the SCh-522, the outputs of which are connected to the I-inputs of DSh-523, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of BK-497. 1-497. L, and the SL output is connected to the first input of OR-524, the output of which is connected to the “0” input of T-525, the output of which is connected to the 2nd input of K-520, the output of which is also connected to the input of E-526, E -527 is connected to the first input of OR-528, the 2nd input of which is connected to the second input of DSh-509. 1 and to the P-input of the time register (RTM) -529, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-509, and the outputs are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-530, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the inputs of the R-531, I - the inputs of which are connected to the inputs of the BK-497. 1-497. L, and the P-input is connected to the output of the E-526 and E-532, the outputs of which are connected to the P-input of the KMP-530, ">" - the output of the KMP-530 is connected to the input of the E-533, the output of which is connected to the 0-input E-527 and to the P-input BPRDPRMMKL-508, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-534, the P-input of which is connected to ">" - the output of the KMP-530, I1 inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-497. 1-497. 1, I2-outputs to the inputs of the PZU-535, the corresponding I-outputs of DSh-397 are connected to BPZOSUST-536. 1-536. 12, BPZOSUST 537. 1-537. 4, BPZOSUST-538. 1-538. 4, BPZOSUST 539. 1-539. 4, the P3-540 connector is connected to all connectors inside the BPZOSUST, the VCC processor is connected to the corresponding BPZOSUST blocks and to the BPRDPRMKL-542, which is connected to the Р3-543, elements 452-535 form a block for rewriting, determining communication and eliminating communication in time (BPZOSUST ) (without elements 536, 537, 538, 539); moreover, the associative memory unit (BASP) -544 consists of a digital wave propagation unit (BRTSV) -545, a control unit for an associative memory unit (BUPRBASP) -546, a communications unit (BFSV) -547, multi-channel communication line connectors (P3) -548 . 1-548. 2, letter sound storage unit (BHRZB) -549, 12 word storage units in sound, letter code and harmonics (BHRSZBKG) -550. 1-550. 12, four blocks for storing offers and images (BHRPOT) (decree, tale, vior, uzvi) -551. 1-551. 4, four blocks for storing dynamic flat images and texts (BHRDPOT) -552. 1-552. 4, four blocks of storage of dynamic volumetric images and texts (BHRDOOT) -553. 1-553. 4 and m the number of circuits of cells volume switch (SCNOK) -554. 1-554. m; moreover, the recording unit of the operative information (BZOI) consists of BVV3-1269, I, P-outputs connected to I, P-inputs of the block of shift registers (BSR) -1270, the outputs of which are connected to the block of stack memory (BSTP) -1271, microphone ( MKP) -1272 is connected to the ADC-1273, connected to the block of shift registers (BSR) -1274, connected to the corresponding inputs of the BSTP-1271 (connector LSAI (RZS) -1272. 1 is connected to the inputs of BVV3-1269, RZS-1272. 2 is connected to MKP-1272), the time unit (BVR) -1275 is connected to a divider (DT) -1276, the output of which is connected to the T-inputs of BSTP-1271 and the hearing unit (BSLH) -1277 (connected to RZS-1272. 2), (I, G) - the outputs connected to the block of shift registers (BSR) -1278, connected to the corresponding inputs of the BSTP-1271, the connector of the multi-channel communication line (P3) -1279 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1280, (I, P) - the outputs of which are connected to the code address decoder (DSHAK) -1291, the outputs of which are connected to the address (A) inputs of the BSTP-1271 and to the delay element (E) -1282, the output of which is connected to the R-input of the BSTP-1271 and delay elements (E ) -1283, the output of which is connected to the R-input of BPRDPRMMKL-1280, the SL-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BSTP-1271, G-output BB3-1269 is also connected to the R-input of the DSh AK-1281, P3-1269. 1 multi-channel communication line is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-1269. 2, connected to the BR-1269. 3 and E-1269. 4, connected to DSh-1269. 5, connected to (1,0) - inputs of the T-1269. 6, connected to BVV3-1269, MKP-1272, BSLH-1277, elements 1269-1283 are combined in the operational information recording unit (BZOI) -1284; moreover, the communication unit AB (n) (BAS) consists of a connector (P3) -1209 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDMKL-1210. 1-1210. k, and SKHPRD 1211. 1-1212. to. P3-1209 is also connected to the BPRDMKL-1212 and SHPRD-1213, which are connected by the corresponding inputs and outputs to the VCC-processor-1214, which is connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs and the receiving-transmitting unit BPRDMKL-1215, I-outputs of the BPRDMKL-1210. 1 are connected to the block of shift registers BSR-1216, the P-input of which is connected to the P-output of the BPRDMKL-1210. 1 and input E-1217, the output of which is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -1218, the output of which is connected to the first input of the key (K) -1219, the second input of which is connected to the output of the generator (G) -1220, and the output is connected to the D-1221 divider, the I-output of which is connected to the clock input of the BSR-1216, connected to "+1" - the counter input (SI) -1222, the "0" input of which is connected to the R-output of the BPRDMKL-1210. 1, and the outputs are connected to the inputs of the decoder (DS) -1223, the service (SL) output of which is connected to the “0” input of T-1218, the information (I) output of the BSR-1216 is connected to the input of the modulator (M) -1224 , the output of D-1221 is also connected to the M-1225 connected to the second input of the mixer (SM) -1226, the first input of which is connected to the M-1224, and the output is connected to the input of the transmitter (PRD) -1127 AB (n) of studying (ultrasonic , ultraviolet, infrared, light AB (n)), the elements 1216-1227 form the transmitter unit (BPRD) -1228, the signal receiver AB (n) fields (PFP) -1229 is connected to the filters (FL) -1230 and FL-1231, FL-12 30 is connected to a divider (DT) -1232, FL-1231 is connected to DT-1233, which is connected to the T-input of the shift register block (BSR) -1234, whose I-input is connected to the output of DT-1232, and the service (SL) - the output of the BSR-1234 is connected to the R-input SHPRD-1211. 1, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of BSR-1234, elements 1229-1234 constitute a data receiving unit, BPRD-1228 and BPRM-1235 form a transmit-receive unit (BPRMPRD) -1236, BPRDMKL-1210. k and SKHPRD-1210. k are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPRMPRD-1237, the elements 1209-1237 form an AV (n) communication unit (BAS) -1238; moreover, the block of external connectors (BVNR) consists of a connector (P3) -1204 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDMKL-1205. 1-1205. d and SHPRD-1206. 1-1206. d, appropriately connected to external connectors (P3) -1207. 1-1207. d, elements-1204-1207 constitute a block of external connectors (BVNR) -1208, connector (P3) of ShAKD-1200 is connected to similar connectors P3-1201. 1-n, connector (RZL) LSAI-1202 is connected to similar RZL-1203 connectors. 1-k; moreover, the test block (TB) consists of a connector (P3) -116. 7 multi-channel communication lines connected BPRDMKL-1168, to the data transmission circuit (SHPRD) -1169, BPRDMKL-1170, SKHPRD-1172, the corresponding inputs and outputs, information I-outputs BPRDMKL-1170 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the WCC-processor-1172, R -the output of the BPRDMKL-1170 is also connected to the corresponding input of the VKTs-1172, the I-inputs and the P-input of the SKHPRD-1171 are connected to the corresponding outputs of the VKTs-1172, the P-output of the BPRDMKL-1168 is connected to the inputs of K-1173. 1 and K-1173. 2, exit K-1173. 1 is connected to the P-input of the register (P) -1174 and to the input of the delay element (E) -1175, the output of which is connected to the P-inputs of the comparators (KMP) 1176, 1177, “YES” - the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs And- 1178, the outputs of the PZU-1179 are connected to the I2 inputs of the KMP-1176, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the R-1174, the outputs of the PZU-1180 are connected to the I2 inputs of the KMP-1177, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of P- 1174, the output of the I-1178 is connected to the 1st input of the OR-1181. 2, the output of which is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -1182. 1, exit K-1173. 1 is connected to the “0” input of the trigger (T) -1182. 2, the direct output of which is connected to the corresponding input of K-1173. 1, and the inverse output to the corresponding input of K-1173. 2, exit T-1182. 1 is connected to the 1st input of the key (K) -1183, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the generator (G) -1284, the output of K-1183 is connected to the input of the divider (D) -1185, the output of which is connected to the input of the delay element (E) -1186 and to the T-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -1187, the output of OR-1181, is also connected to the + 1-input of the counter (MF) -1188, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the decoder (DS) -1189, the output K-1173. 2 is connected to the P-input of the register (P) -1190 (and to the input of the delay element (E) -1191) connected to the I-outputs of the BPRDMKL-1168, the output of the E-1186 is connected to the P-input of the SHPRD-1169 and to the output of the delay element (E) -1192, the input of which is connected to the I-input OR-1181. 1 (the output of which is connected to the "0" input of the T-1182. 2) and to the “0” input of the SCH-1188, registers (P) -1193. 1-1193. n are connected by their outputs to the corresponding key blocks (BC) -1194. 1-1194. n, the P1 inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the DSh-1189, P2 inputs of the BK-1194. 1-1191. n are connected to the corresponding outputs of RI-1187, and the outputs of BK-1194. 1-P94. n connected to the I-inputs SHPRD-1169, the outputs of the registers (P) -1195. 1-1195. n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) -1196. 1-1196. n, outputs of BK-1196. 1-1196. n is connected to the first information (I1) input of the respective comparators KMP-1197. 1-1197. n, (“Yes”, “No”) - the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs OR - 1198. 1-1198. n, “Yes” - outputs of KMP-1197. 1-1197. n are connected to the “1” inputs of the corresponding triggers (T) -1199. 1-1199 n, outputs OR-1198. 1-1198. n-1 are connected to the second input of OR-1191, the output of OR-1198. n are connected to the input of the E-1192 and to the input of the pulse shaper (Ф) -1120, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the key block (BC) -1201. 1, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the register (P) -1201. 2, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the T-1199. 1-1199. n, and the P-input is connected to the output of OR-1198. n, I2-inputs of BK-1201. 1 are connected to the outputs of the PZU-1202, “No” - the outputs of the KMP-1176-1177 are connected to the 2nd input OR -1181. 1, the first input of which is also connected to the input of the E-1192, and the output to the "1" input of the T-1182. 2, elements 1167-1202 form a test block (test block TB) -11203; moreover, the block is good poorly (BHP) consists of a connector for a multi-channel data line (P3) -1130 connected to a multi-channel line data reception unit (BPRDMKL) -131 and a data transmission circuit (SHPRD) -1132, BPRDMKL-1132 and SHPRD-1132 form data transmission and reception unit (BPRDPRM) -1133, information (I) and enable (P), outputs BPRDMKL-1131 are connected to the inputs of the register block (BR) -1134, whose I-inputs are connected to the I-inputs of the image comparator (CMP) -1135. 1135. n, and the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the image memory block (BPO) -1136. 1-1136. n, (I, P) inputs of which are connected to the corresponding (I, P) inputs of the video program memory block (BPVP) -1137. 1-1137. n and to the corresponding outputs of the BPRDMKL-1131, Yes - the outputs of the KMP-1135. 1-1135. n are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BPVP-1137. 1-1137. n (via E-1138. 1-n) and to the corresponding inputs of OR-1138, the output of which is connected to a pulse shaper (Ф) -1139, the output of which is connected to the Р-input of БК-1140 and Р-input of СХПРД-1132, И1-inputs of БК-1140 are connected to outputs BPVP-1137. 1-1137. n, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the PZU-1142, the outputs of the BK-1140 connected to the I-inputs of SKHPRD-1132, the corresponding inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRM1-1133 are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs. VCC-processor-1143, blocks 1134-1143 form a block of video programs for responding to visual data (BVPPRVD) -1143, P3-1130 is also connected by corresponding inputs - outputs to the BPRDPRMKL-1144, which is connected by its inputs and outputs to the block of video programs of the audio signal (BVPRZS ) -1145, having the same structure as BVPRVD-1143, only in BPO 1136. 1-1136. n the harmonic code of the sound signal is recorded, the outputs-inputs of P3-1130 are also connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1146 connected to the inputs and outputs of the odor signal response video memory unit (BVPRSZ) -1147, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD-1143, P3-1130 inputs and outputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1148 outputs and inputs, which is connected to the skin signal response program unit (BVPRKS) -1149, the P3-1130 outputs and outputs are connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1150 inputs and outputs, which is connected to the video recording unit responsive to taste signals (BVP BC) -1151, the inputs and outputs of R3-1130 are connected to the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1152, which is connected to the block of the video program for reacting to temperature signals (BVPRTS) -1153, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD-1143, the inputs and outputs of the P3 -1130 is also connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-1154, which is connected to the inputs - outputs of the block of video programs for reacting to motion signals (БВПРСД) -1158, it has the same structure as БВПРВД-1143, inputs and outputs Р3-1130 are also connected to БПРДПРММКЛ- 1156, which is connected by inputs - outputs to the block of video programs for responding to internal systems Genals (BVPRVS) -1157, having the same structure as BVPRVD-1143, but BPO-1136. 1-1136. n of this unit stores the intensity and location of the corresponding internal sensor, and KMP-1135. 1-1135. n-compare these codes, the inputs and outputs of P3-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1158 (having the same structure as the BPRDPRMMKL-1133), which is connected to the inputs and outputs of the block of video programs for responding to position signals (BVPRSP) -1159, having the same structure as BVPRVD-1143, but BPO-1136. 1-1136. n of this block of the image of the poses (position) of the VK-O chassis of the processor and its mechanical parts, and KMP-1135. 1-1135. n compare these codes, the inputs and outputs of P3-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMKL-1160, which is connected to the inputs and outputs of the block of video programs for responding to signals from other sensors, for example, radiation, electromagnetic radiation (EMR) (BVPRDRD) -1161, which has the same structure as BVPRVD-1143, but BPO-1136. 1-1136. n of this block stores the intensity codes, type codes and codes of the place of receiving the signal, and KMP-1135. 1-1135. n compare these codes, the inputs and outputs of R3-1130 are connected to the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1162, which is connected by the inputs and outputs to the block of video programs for responding to audio signals issued in sentences (BVPRPRD) -1163, which has the same structure as the BVPRVD- 1143, the inputs and outputs of P3-1130 are also connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-1164, which is connected to the inputs and outputs and the WCC processor-1165, blocks 1130-1165 form a block good - bad (BHP) - 1166; moreover, the noun word generation block (BGSS) consists of a connector (RE) - 1040 connected by its outputs to filters (FL) -1041. 1-1041. n, 1042. 1-1042. n connected respectively to the detectors (DT) -1043. 1-1043. n, 1044. 1-1044. n, Dt 1043. 1-1043. n connected to the information inputs of the block of shift registers (BSR) -1045. 1-1045. n, and the outputs of Dt-1044. 1-1044. n connected to the clocking (T) inputs of the BSR 1045. 1-1045. n, the outputs of the ROM-1046 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the KMP-1047. 1-1047. n, the other inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BSR 1045. 1-1045. n, service (SL) outputs of which are connected to the (P) inputs of the corresponding KMP-1047. 1-1047. n, "Yes" - the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the triggers (T) -1048. 1-1048. n, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of BK-1049. 1-149. n, information I-inputs of which are connected to the corresponding outputs of the BSR-1045. 1-1045. n, “Yes” - outputs of KMP-1047. 1-1047. n are also connected to the inputs of OR-1050, the output of which is connected to the delay element (E) -1057, the output of which is connected to the "0" inputs of the BSR 1045. 1-1045. n, and “0” inputs of the T-1048. 1-1048. n, elements 1047-1051 form a block for receiving data on a multi-channel communication line (BPRDMKL) -1052, outputs P3-1040 are also connected to a circuit for receiving data (SHPRD) -1053, BPRDMKL-1054, SHPRD-1055, BPRDMKL-1056, SHPRD- 1057, which are connected to the VCC-processor-1058, the corresponding outputs of BK-1049. 1-1049. n are connected to the corresponding inputs of the image comparators (ILC) -1059. 1-1059. n, the other inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory units (PSU) -1060. 1-1060. n, the corresponding inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-1049. 1-1049. n, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the audio signal comparators (ILC) -1061. 1-1061. n, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory units (PSU) -1062. 1-1062. n, “Yes” - outputs of the ILC 1061. 1-1061. n and ILC 1059. 1-1059. n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding OR-1063. 1-1063. n, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding pulse shapers (Ф) -2064. 1-1064. d, the outputs of which are connected to the enabling inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) -1065. 1-1065. n the corresponding inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BP-1060. 1-1060. n and to the corresponding outputs of BP-1062. 1-1062. n, outputs OR-1063. 1-1063. n are also connected to the OR-1066, which is connected to the BK-1067, connected to the ROM-1068, P-inputs of the BK-1060. 1-1060. n and BC 1062. 1-1062. n are connected to OR-1069, the output of which is connected to the delay element (E) -1070, the “0” input of which is connected to the output of OR-1066 and to the P-input SHKHPD-1053, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-1065 . 1-1065. n and the outputs of BK-1067, blocks 1059-1070 form a block of memory for images, sounds, words first (BPOZS1) -1071, the outputs of the BPRDMKL-1052 are connected to the information (I) inputs of the register block (BR) -1072, the outputs of which are connected to The I-inputs of the block transforming into a shadow object (BPTO) -1073, allowing (P) -the input of which is connected to the output of the E-1070 (BPOZS1-1071), the outputs of the BPTO-1073 are connected to the inputs of similarity determination circuits (SHOPH) -1074. 1-1074. n, other inputs that are connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory blocks of elementary images, BP-1075. 1-1075. n, allowing P-outputs SHOPH-1047. 1-1047n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding pulse shapers (Ф) -1076. 1-1076. n, to the P-inputs of the corresponding blocks of the registers of sound display of elementary images (RHL) -1077. 1-1077. n and to the P-inputs of the register blocks of the letter (code) display of elementary images (BRB) -1078. 1-1078. n, and the P-outputs SHOPH-1074. 1-1074. n-1 are connected to the inputs of OR-1079. 1, P-output SHOPH-1074. n is connected to the delay element (E) -1079. 2, the output of which is also connected to the OR-1079. 1, P-output SHOPH-1074. n connected to the E-1080, I-outputs SHOPH-1074. 1-1074. n are connected to the I-inputs of KMP-1081, the P-input of which is connected to the output of OR-1079. 1, and the I2 inputs of KMP-1081 are connected to the outputs of the first register (P1) -1082, the “0” input of which is connected to the P-inputs of SHOPH-1074. 1-1074. n and outputs E-1070 (BPOZS1) -1071 (via E-1072. 1), ">" - the output of the KMP-1081 is connected to the input of the E-1083, the output of which is connected to the P-inputs of P1-1082 and P2-1084, the output of the E-1083 is also connected to the P-input of P3-1087, in P1- 1082 is the code for similarity of the image, in P2-1084 is the sound code of this image, the information (I) inputs of P2-1084 are connected to the outputs of BP3-1077. 1-1077. n, I-inputs P3-1087 are connected to the outputs of the BRB-1078. 1-1078. n, the outputs of P2-1084 are connected to the block of shift registers of sound codes (BSRZ) -1088, and the outputs of P3-1087 to the inputs of blocks of shift registers of alphabetic codes (BSRB) -1089, the input of E-1083 is connected to the clock (+ T) input BSR3-1088, BSRB-1089 and to the “+1” -input of the counter (MF) -1090, “0” -input of which is connected to the “0” -inputs of Р1-1082, Р2-1084, Р3-1087, outputs СЧ- 1090 are connected to the inputs of the decoder (DS) -1091, blocks 1071-1091 form a block for determining the similarity of images (BOPHO) -1092, the corresponding outputs of the BPRDMKL-1054 are connected to the memory block of word images (BP) -1093. 1-1093. L connected to the inputs of the corresponding key blocks (BC) 1094. 1-1094. L, the corresponding outputs of the BPRDMKL-1054 are connected to the inputs of the KMP 1095. 1-1095. L, the other inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the memory block of sound and letter codes of words (BP) -1096. 1-1096. L connected to the corresponding inputs of the BPRDMKL-1054 and to the corresponding inputs of the BK-1097. 1-1097. L, “Yes” - outputs of the KMP-1095. 1-1095. L connected to the P-inputs of the BK-1094. 1-1094. L and to the corresponding inputs of OR-1098, the outputs of the ROM-1099 are connected to the BK-1100, the 2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-1094. 1-1094. L, the 1st input of the BC 1100 is connected to the output of the pulse shaper (F) -1101 and to the input of the delay element (E) -1102, the output of which is connected to the P-input of SKHPRD-1055, the input of F-1102 is connected to the output of OR-1098 , elements 1093-1102 form a memory block of images of sound and letter codes of words (BPOZBS) -1103, a pulse generator (G) -1104 is connected to a key (K) -1105 connected to a divider (D) -1106 connected to "T" -input of the pulse distributor (RI) -1107, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BK-1097. 1-1097. L, the other input of K-1105 is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -1108, the “1” input of which is connected to OR-1109, the input of which is connected to the output of the delay element (E) -1110, the input of which is connected to the output of the delay element ( E) -1080, the output of D-1106 is also connected to the E-1111, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the KMP-1112, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK-1097. 1-1097. L, And, And, I-inputs are connected to the outputs of the shift register CP-1113, and the T-input of the shift register (CP) -1114 is connected to the output of OR-1109 and to the T-input of CP-1113 and to the input of the delay element E-1115 , the output of which is connected to the inputs of the reverse shift (-T) BSR3-1088, BSRB-1089 and to the "-1" input of the SCH-1090, the corresponding outputs of the key blocks (BC) -1116 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the CP-1113 and CP- 1114, the “0” input of the RI-1107 is connected to the output of the OR-1117, the first input of which is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP 1112 and the service (SL) output of the RI-1107 is connected to the pulse shaper to the other input of the OR-1109 ( F) -1118 and to “0” input of T-1108, SL-output DSh-1091 is connected to a “0” input of trigger (T) -1119, the first input of which is connected to the corresponding input of OR-1120 and to another input of OR-1117, output OR-1120 is connected to the enable (P) input of the random number generator (RNG) -1121, the corresponding outputs of which are connected to the enable (P) inputs of the key blocks (BC) -1122. 1-1122m, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding memory blocks of codes, sounds and letters of service words (BP 1123. 1-1123. m), the output of OR-1120 is also connected to the delay element (E) - 1124, which is connected to the P-input of the register (P) -1125, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BK-1122. 1-1122. m, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding inputs of the БК-1116, ПЗУ-1126 are connected to the corresponding inputs of the key block (БК) -1127, the other inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of CP-1113 and CP-1114, and the outputs are connected to the corresponding And- inputs СХПРД-1055, elements 1104-1127 form a word formation block (BFS) -1128, the above elements 1040-1128 form a noun word generation block (BSSS) - 1119; moreover, the block of internal computing power (BVVM) consists of a connector (P3) -1239 of a multi-channel communication line connected to reception transmitting units of a multi-channel communication line (BPRDPRMMKL) -1240-1244, corresponding inputs and outputs, information outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1240 are connected to the register block variable A (ARB) -1245, the register block of variable B (BRV) -1246, the register block of the result of variable C (BRS) -1247, the block of operation registers (BROP) -1248, which allows the output (P-output) of the BPRDPRMKL-1240 to R-inputs BRA-1245, BRV-1246, BROP-1248 and to the input of the backside arms (Э) -1249, whose output is connected to the Р-input of the calculator (КЛК) -1250, И1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BRA-1245, И2-inputs are connected to the BRV-1246, И3-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BROP-1247 and the I-outputs are connected to the inputs of the BRS, and the G-outputs are connected to the R-input of the BRS-1247 and to the delay element (E) -1251, to the R-input of the BPRDPRMKL-1240, elements 1245-1251 form a calculator block (BKLK) -1252, inputs-outputs of БПРДПРММКЛ-1242 are connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of the VCC-processor-1253. 1-1253. n connected by an internal bus (HW) into a linear structure, forming a block of linear processors (BLPR) -1254, the inputs and outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1242 are connected by inputs and outputs to the VCC processor, forming a tree structure from various levels (1-n) (VCC -1255. one. 1-1255. 2. 1, VCC-1255. one. 2-1255. n C), forming a block of the tree-like structure of processors (BDSPR) -1256, the matrix decoder with memory (МДШП) -1261 has “Code” inputs and allows P-input connected to keys (K) -1262. one. 1-1262. 1, (n-1) connected to the remaining keys (K) -1262. 2. 1-1262. 2. (n-1) second line, etc. d. to the n-th line, the listed n-lines of МДШП-1256 and К-1262 form a volume switch circuit (СХОК) -1260, outputs-inputs БПРДПРММКЛ-1243 are connected to a block of volume switched processors (БОКП) -1257, in the center of each cube of 27 cubes is a digital processor (VCC), they form a common BOKP-1257 of a given size, the inputs - outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-1244 are connected to a block of embedded volumetric switched processes (BVOKP) -1258, which consist of a BOKP-1257, or volumetric switch blocks (without processor inside); moreover, the unit of instincts (BI) consists of a timer (T) -1000 connected to the unit of comparators (BKMP) -1001, connected to the block of registers 1002. 1 connected to the memory unit 1002. 2, “Yes” - the outputs of the comparators of the block of comparators 1001, are connected to the I-inputs of the OR-1003 element and to the P-input of the key blocks (BC) -1004, connected to the I-inputs of the block of shift registers (BSR) -1005, P- the input of which is connected to the delay element (E) -1006, the input of which is connected to the output of OR-1003, the corresponding I-inputs of the BSR-1005 are connected to the outputs of the ROM address - 1007, the “0” input of the BSR-1005 is connected to the 0-input of the counter (MF) -1008 and to the output of the decoder (LH) -1009, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the counter (MF) -1009, “+1” - the input of which is connected to the clocking T-input of BSR-1005, the output of OR-1003 It is also connected to the E-1010, the output of which is connected to the “1” input of the trigger (T) -1011, the output of the pulse generator (G) -1012 is connected to the first input of the key (K) -1013, the second input of which is connected to the output of T- 1011, and the output is connected to the T-input of the pulse distributor (RI) -1014, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding keys K-1015. 1-1015. n- (N) - channel data line, and the outputs of these keys are connected to the inputs of the respective detectors DT-1016. 1-1016. n, the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding first inputs of the triggers (T) -1017. 1-1017. n the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of OR-1018 and to the corresponding inputs of the keys K-1019. 1-1019. n the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the BK-1015. 1-1015. n other inputs of K-1019. 1-1019. n are connected to the outputs of the mixer (SM) -1020, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the modulator (M) -1021, the input of which is connected to the I-output of the BSR-1015, the output of OR-1018 is connected to the first input of the T-1022 and to 0-input T-1011, the output of T-1022 is connected to the first input of K-1023, the second input of which is connected to the output of G-1012, and the output is connected to the input of the modulator (M) -1024 and to the input of the divider (D) -1025, the output of which is connected to the B-1005 T-input, blocks 1000-1004 form a block of figurative response programs (BOPR) -1026, blocks 1005-1025 form a data transfer circuit (SHPRD) -1027, BOPR2-1028 have the same structure then BOPR1-1026, SKHPRD-1029 have the same structure as SHKPRD-1027, BOPR2-1028 is connected to the corresponding inputs of SKHPRD-1029, BOPR3-1030 has the same structure as BOPR1-1026, BOPR3-1030 is connected to the inputs SKHPRD-1032, blocks 1028 and 1029 form an image response block (BRO) - 1033, blocks 1030 and 1031 form a sound image response block (BRZO) -1034, a multi-channel data line connected to the corresponding inputs and outputs of SKHPRD-1027, SKHPRD-1029, VCC-processor-1035, connector (RE) -1030. 1 is connected to the corresponding inputs of BOPR2-1028, and the corresponding inputs of the VKC-1035, connector (RE) -1031. 1 is connected to the corresponding inputs of BOPR3-1030 and the corresponding inputs of VKTs-1035, a multi-channel data line is connected to the connector (RE) -1031. 2, the listed blocks form blocks of instincts (BI) -1036; moreover, the block of preliminary translation of alphabetic text (BPPBT) - 1 consists of a connector (RE) -2 multi-channel communication line connected to BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to BR-4, I-outputs connected to I-inputs DSH-5, R-input which is connected to the output of the E-6 (the input of which is connected to the P-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-3), the E-7 is connected to the first input of the T-8, and the input to the KMP-9. 1-9. n, outputs connected to the inputs of the corresponding E-7. 1-7. n "0" -input T-8, connected to the output of OR-8. 1, I2-inputs of the KMP-9. 1-9. n connected to the outputs of the BR-10. 1-10. n, the output of T-8 is connected to the first input of K-11, the second input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -12, and the output is connected to the input of D-13, the output of which is connected to the "+1" input of the SCh-14 and to the input E-15, the I-outputs of the SCH-14 are connected to the inputs of the DSh-16, the P-input of which is connected to the output of the T-8, the inputs of the OR-17 are connected to the outputs of the corresponding E-7. 1-7. n, the output of the E-18 is connected to OR-8. 1, and the input is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-19 I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-20, and the P-input is connected to the output of the E-15, and the I1 inputs are connected to the outputs of the BK-21. 1-21. n, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the corresponding BR-10. 1-10. n, I-outputs DSh-16 are connected to the P-inputs of BK-22. 1-22. n, (I, P) -the outputs of which are connected to the (I, P) inputs of the BR 10. 1-10. n, BR-4 I-outputs are also connected to BK-23 I-inputs. 1-23. n, the P-inputs of which are also connected to the I-outputs of DSh-16, and the (I, P) outputs are connected to the (I, P) inputs of the BR-24. 1-24. n, I-outputs BR-10. 1-10. n are connected to the I1 inputs of the corresponding KMP-25. 1-25. n, I2 inputs are connected to the BR-4 I-outputs, KMP-25 outputs. 1-25. n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding E-26. 1-26. n, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BK-27. 1-27. n connected to the inputs of OR-28, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the BR-29, and the I-inputs are connected to the outputs of the BC 27. 1-27. n the output of OR-28 is also connected to the "O" input of the E-26. 1-26. n and to the input of E-30, the output of which is connected to the P-input of BPRDPRMMKL-3, and the inputs are connected to the I-outputs of BR-29, the output of OR-17 is connected to the P-input of BIVK- (is) -31, SL-output DSh-16 is connected to the “0” input of the SCH-14 and to the input of OR-81 and to the P-input of the BIOS error block-32, “Yes” - the output of KMP-19 is connected to the P1 inputs of BK-22. 1 - 22. n and to the P-input of BIVK-33, I, G-outputs of BIVK-33, BIOSh-32, BIVK-31 are also connected to I, P-inputs of BPRDPRMKL-3, and VCC (processor) -34 is connected to the corresponding elements of the BPPBT -1, as well as to BPRDPRMMKL-35, which is connected to the connector of a multi-channel communication line (RE) -36; the imagination unit (BVOBR) -1 consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-3, connected to the VCC-processor-4, the address bus (SHA), the data bus (SHD), the command bus (SHK) connected to blocks of virtual cubes of buffer memory (BVKPB) -5. 1,5. k, to the block of internal gaze (BVNTV) -6, to the block of the virtual cube of memory of imagination (BVKPVOBR) -7, to the first block of operations (BO1) -8, consisting of a connector (РЗ) -9 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL- 10 connected to the VCC-processor-11, p _one - the input of which is connected to the output of the trigger (T) -12, the 0-input of which is connected to the P2 output of the VKC-11, the connector (P3) -13 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMKL-14, connected to the register block (BR) -15 , The P-input connected to the input of E-16 connected to the P-input of the decoder (DS) -17, the I-inputs connected to the corresponding outputs of the BR-15, the inhibition (RF) input is connected to the P-output of the VCC-processor-4, the connector (RE) -18 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-19, And inputs connected to the outputs of the register block (BR) -20, I3 inputs connected to the output of the ROM-21, and I1, I2 - inputs connected to I1, I2-outputs of BVNTV-6 (connected to I1, I2 - inputs of VCC processor-4), (G1, G2) - the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of OR-22, connected to the input of the delay element (E ) -23, connected to the R-input of БПРДПРММКЛ-19, I-outputs of BR-15, I-outputs of ДШ-17 (ША, ШД, ШК) - VCC-processor-4 is also connected to BO1-8, BO2-24 - BO34-56, BO-57. 1-57. d, also connected to the connector (RE) -58 of the multi-channel communication line, the virtual memory cube block (BCC) -1 consists of the connector (RE) -2 of the multi-channel communication line connected to the cell circuit of the virtual memory cube (AE) -3. one. one. 1-3. n n n, combined in a set of NW (NSW) -4, connected A, P, Yes, Yes inputs - outputs to the corresponding inputs of the WCC processor-5 connected to BPRDPRMKL-6 connected to the connector (RE) -7 multi-channel communication line, each SY-3. one. 1L-3. n n n has d-circuits per point of virtual space (memory cube), and BVKP-1 itself has at least two NSNS-4, VCC-5 is connected to the terminal (RE) -5. 1 (SHAKD); moreover, the sound solver (RShZ) - 1 consists of a connector (RS) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-3 connected to the register block (BR) -4, P-connected to the E-5 input, connected to the DS-P input -6, the 1st output of which is connected to the 1st input of OR-6. 1, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the e-6. 2, and the output is connected to the P-input of the block of sentence registers (BRPD) -7, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-4, outputs OR-6. 1 is also connected to the 1st input of K-8, the outputs of the BRPD-7 are connected to the I-inputs of the BK-9, the outputs of which are connected to the I1 outputs of the BR-10, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-11, the output of K- 8 is connected to the input of the E-12, connected to the 1st input of the K-13, connected to the P-input of the BR-10, the “0” input of the T-14, the “Not” output is connected to the P-input of the BK-16 ( the outputs are connected to the I-inputs of the stack memory unit (BSTP)) and to the 2nd input K-18, the first input of which is also connected to the input E-12, the inputs of BK-16 are also connected to the corresponding outputs of the BRPD-7, elements 9-18 form a block of the buffer memory of words (BBPSL) -19, input E-6. 2, prohibiting (ЗП) -input ДШ-6, is connected to the output of the E-17. 1, connector (P3) -20 of a multi-channel communication line, connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-21, whose P-input is connected to the E-15 output, and the I-inputs are connected to the BR-10 I-outputs, connector (P3) -22 of the multi-channel line connection, connected to the inputs-outputs of the BPRDPRMMKL-23, connected to the BR-24, the P-input connected to the E-25, connected to the P-input DSH-26, the 1st output of which is connected to the P-inputs of the command memory by sound ( BKPZ) (BKKT text) -27, image memory command block (BPKO) -28, internal command memory block (BPCVY) -29, I1-outputs of which are connected to I-inputs of BK-30, the outputs of which are connected to I1- in I’ll give BR-31, whose I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-32, and the P-input is connected to the E-32 input. 1 and to the output of E-33, the output of which is connected to the output of OR-34, the 1st input of which is connected to the "-1" input of SCHK2-35, and the 2nd input to the "+1" input, 3rd to the p-input, the 4th input to the "0" input and to the output of the E-29. 2 (the input is connected to the “0” inputs of the BPKO-28, BPKVYA-29, BPKZ (T) -27 and to the 4th output of the DSh-26), and the inhibitory (ZP) input is connected to the output of the T-29. 1, (0,1) inputs of which are connected to the (2-3) outputs of DSh-26, respectively, the outputs of SChK2-35 are connected to inputs of DSh-36, the outputs of which are connected to the P-inputs of BK-30. The “+1” input of SCHK2-35 is also connected to the output of OR-37, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of E-33. 1, BPKO-28 I1 outputs are connected to BK-38 I-inputs, the outputs of which are connected to BR-39 I1 inputs, I2 inputs of which are connected to PZU-40 outputs, BPKZ (T) -27 I1 outputs are connected to The I-inputs of BK-41, the outputs connected to the I1-inputs of the BR-42, the I2-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM 43, and the P-input is connected to the input of E-44, to the P-input of BR-39, to the output of E- 45, connected to the output of OR-46, (1, 2, 3, 4) - the inputs of which are connected to (-1, + 2, 0, p) - the inputs (SCH1) -47, respectively, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs ДШ- 48, the outputs of which are connected to the R-inputs of BK-38, BK-41, connector (RE) -49 multi-channel line with ides connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-50, the connector (RZ) -51 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-52, the P-inputs of the BPRDPRMKL-50, 52 are connected to the E-44 output, and the I-inputs are the outputs to the BR-39, BR- 42, respectively, the connector (RE) -53 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-54, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR-31, the connector (RE) -55 of the multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-56, connected to the BR- 57, the P-input of which is connected to the input of E-58, the output of which is connected to the P-input of DSh-59, (1-2) the outputs of which are connected to the (1-2) inputs of OR-60, the connector (RP) - 61 multi-channel communication lines zi connected to BPRDPRMMKL-62, connected to BR-63, P-output connected to E-64, connected to P-input DSH-65, I-inputs of which are connected to BR-63 outputs, connector (RE) -66 of a multi-channel line communication is connected to BPRDPRMMKL-67, connected to the VCC-processor-68, connected to the output of OR-6. 1, I-outputs BRPD-7, to the 2nd input of K-8 and to the connector (РЗ) of the bus - addresses of commands, data (ШАКД) -69, connector (РЗ) -70 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to БПРДПРММКЛ-71, connected to the outputs of the BR-71. 1, I2 inputs connected to the outputs of the ROM-71. 2, the P-input is connected to the input of the E-71. 3 (connected to the input of the BPRDPRMMKL-71), I-inputs of the BR-71. 1 are connected to the I-outputs of the block of random access memory of sound data (BOPZ) -72, I-outputs of the block of random access memory of text data (alphabetic) (BOPT) -73, I-outputs of the block of random access memory of images (BOPO) -74, and BOPZ- 72, BOPT-73, BOPO 74 and elements 75, 76 constitute a random access memory (BOPM) -76. 1, input E-71. 4 is connected to the output of OR-75, the 1st input of which is connected to the midrange (readout) - to the BOP3-72 input, and the 2nd input to the output of OR-76, the 1st input of which is connected to the BOPT-73 C-input, and the 2nd input to the C-input of BOPO-74, the 3rd input of OR-37 is connected to the output of OR-77, the 1st input of which is connected to the output of OR-78, the 1st input of which is connected to "0" - input BOPO-74, and the 2nd input is connected to the output of the E-79, the R-input SCHK2-35 is connected to the output of the E-80, the input of which is connected to the output of OR-81, the I-outputs of the BR-31 are connected to the I1 inputs KMP-82, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-83, and the P-input is connected to the output of the E-32. 1, and “Yes” - the output is connected to the “0” input of the counter (SCHK2) -35, elements 82, 83 form a block of the internal command for setting the “0” command counter 2 (SCHK2) (BVK (OK2)) - 84, block set the internal command to (-1) SCH 1 (BVK (-K1)) - 85 has the structure of the BVK (OK2) -84 block, with the I-inputs connected to the I-outputs of the BR-31, and the P-input to the output of E-32 . 1, which is connected by an input to the 1-input of OR-46, the internal command block (+1) SCH 1 (BVK (+ 1K1)) - 86 has the structure of block 84 and the inputs are connected to the inputs of the BR-31, and the P-inputs to the output E-32. 1, output to the 2nd input OR-46, the internal command block set to “0” SCH 1 (BVK (OK1)) - 87 has a block structure - 84 and is connected to the BR-31 I-output, and the P-input is connected to exit E-32. 1, and the output is connected to the 3rd input of OR-46, the internal command block set (-1) SCH (BVK (-1 K2)) - 88 has the structure of block-84, similarly connected to the BR-31, E-32. 1, the I-output is connected to the 1st input of the OR-34, the internal command block set (+1) SCHK2 (BVK (+ 1K2)) - 89 has the same structure as the block 84 and is similarly connected to the BR-31 outputs and E-32. 1, and the output is connected to the 1st input of the OR-37, the I-outputs of the BR-31 are connected to the I1 inputs of the KMP-90 (whose P input is connected to the output of the E-32. 1), and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-91, the “Yes” output of the KMP-90 is connected to the P-input of the P-92 and to the input of the E-93, connected to the 1st input of the OR-81, I-inputs R-92 are connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-90, and the I-outputs are connected to the I-inputs of SCHK2-35, elements 90-93 form a unit for setting the set state of SCHK2 (BVK (IK2)) - 94, element E-95 is connected to 1st OR-78 input, the input is connected to the “Yes” output of the KMP-96, the I-inputs of which are connected to the BR-31 I-outputs, and the P-input is connected to the E-32 output. 1, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-97, elements 95-97 form an internal command block set to "0" BOPO (BVK (0 BOPO)) - 98, the internal command block reduce (increase) by (d) the state of the BOPO counter (BBK (± d SCHBOPO)) - 99 is connected to the BR-31 and E-32. 1, A (address) - the inputs of BOPO-74 are connected to the outputs of SCHBOPO-100, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of block-99, the P-output of which is connected to the R-input of SCHBOPO-100 and to the 1st input OR -101, KMP - 102, the last (I1, P) inputs connected to the outputs of the BR-31, E-32. 1, and the I2 inputs are connected to the outputs of the PZU-101, and the “Yes” input is connected to the 1 input of the T-104, the output of which is connected to the 3rd input of K-105 (the 2nd input of which is connected to the 2nd DSh-59 output), and the output is connected to the recording (3) -input of BOPO-74 and to the input of E-106, the output of which is connected to the 0-input of T-104, elements 102-106 form a block of the internal command for writing data to the BOPO ( BVK (ZPBOPO)) - 107, BVK (-1 SCHBOPO) -108, BVK (+1 SCHBOPO) -109, BVK (0 SCHBOPO) - 110 have a block structure - 84 and are connected to (-1, + 1,0) - inputs SCHBOPO-100, to (1, 2, 3) - inputs OR-101 and to the corresponding outputs BR-31 and E-32. 1, BVK (SBOPO) -SH is connected to the 4th input of OR-101 and to the C (reading) input of BOPO-74, elements 95-111 form the BOPO control unit (BUPRBOPO) - 112, the BOPT control unit (BUPRBOPT) - 113, the control unit BOPZ (BUPRBOPZ) -114 have the same structure as the BUPRBOPO-112 only connect respectively to BOPT-73, BOP3-72, I1 inputs of KMP-115 are connected to the I-outputs of BR-31, and P- the inputs are connected to the output of the E-32. 1, and the I2 inputs are connected to the ROM outputs (+) - 116, and the "Yes" output is connected to the P-input of the adder (SUM) -117, I1 inputs of the KMP-118 are connected to the I-outputs of BR-31, P - the input is connected to the output E -32. 1, I2-inputs are connected to ROM outputs (-) - 119, "Yes" - the output is connected to the P-input of the subtractor (HF) -120, I1-inputs of which are connected to I1-inputs of SUM-117 and the corresponding outputs of BR-31 and the I2 inputs are connected to the SUM-117 I2 inputs and the SCHK1-47 outputs, the SUM-117, HF-120 outputs are connected to the SCHK1-47 I-inputs, and the SUM-117 and HF-120 G-outputs are connected to ( 1, 2) - to the inputs of OR-121, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of OR-85. 1, the 2nd input of which is connected to the P-input of BVK (IK1) -95, and the output is connected to the P-input of SCHK1-47 and to the 4th input of OR-46, elements 115-121 form a block of BVK (+ d SCHK1 ) -122 having the same structure as BVK (± d SCHBOPO-99), output E-32. 1 is connected to the input of E-123 (VNK), the 0-input of which is connected to the output of OR-134, and the output is connected to the P-input of BPRDPRMKL-54 and to the input of E-124, SB, the output of which is connected to the P-input of SUM- 125, connected to the I-inputs of SCHK2-35, and the G-output is connected to the 2nd input of OR-81, I1-inputs of SUM-125, which is connected to the outputs of SCHK2-35, and the I2-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM (- 3) - 126, SUM-127 with I2 inputs connected to the outputs of ROM (1) -128, I1 inputs connected to I1 inputs of SUM-125, (I, G) outputs to (I, G) inputs SUM- 125, I2-inputs SUM-129 are connected to the outputs of the ROM (2) -130, I1-inputs are connected to the I1-inputs of the SUM-127, (I, G) - outputs are connected They are connected to the (S, G) outputs SUM-127, the I-outputs of the BR-57 are connected to the I1 inputs of KMP-131, the I2 inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-132 and to the I1 inputs of the KMP-133, I2 inputs which is connected to the outputs of the ROM-134, the P-input is connected to the P-input of the KMP-131, the output is connected to the P-input of the SUM-127 and to the 1st input OR-135, the 2nd input of which is connected to the "Yes" output KMP-112 and to the P-input of SUM-129, the output of OR-135 is connected to the “0” input of E-124, elements 124-135 form a block, counter settings (SCHK2) (BUSCHK2) -136, I1-inputs of KMP- 137 are connected to the BR-31 I-outputs, and the I2 inputs are connected to the ROM-138 outputs, and the P-input is connected to the E-32 output. 1, and “Yes” - the output is connected to the KMP-139 P-input, the I1 inputs of which are connected to the T-14 inverse output, and the I2 inputs are connected to the ROM-140 outputs, and “No”, “Yes” - the outputs connected to the P-inputs of BK-141 (whose I-inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM-142), BK-143 (the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM-144) and to the input of the OR-145, the output of which is connected to the E-146 (the outputs of which are connected to the P-input of KMP-131 (P2-input of BUSCHK 2-136)), the I-input of E-147, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of T-14, and the outputs of BK-141,143 are connected to IOT- the inputs of KMP-131 (BUSCHK2-136), elements 137,147 form an internal command block, the reaction acting on the received proposal (BVK (BRPD)) - 143, the internal command block for responding to the received proposal (BVK (BRPD)) - 148, the internal command block for responding to those in BSTP-17 (BVK (BSTP)) - 149 has the same the structure as the BVK (BRPD) -148, (I1, P) inputs are connected to the BR-31, E-32. 1, the P2 input is connected to the PR output (a sign of finding a sentence) BSTP-17, the P1 output is connected to the P-input of the BSTP-17, (P2, I) outputs are connected to the (P2, IOT) inputs of BUSCHK2-136 accordingly, the VCC-processor-150 is connected by the R-input to the 1st output of the DSH-65, and the I-inputs to the I-outputs of the BR-63, the corresponding inputs are the outputs to the bus, address, command, data (SHAKD) -151 connector , I-outputs - inputs to the corresponding elements (82-151) of the internal language command analysis unit (BAC) -152, РЗ-70. 1 is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-70. 2, connected to the BR-70. 3, E-70. 4, connected to the DSH-70. 5, connected to the BR-70. 3, connected to the ROM-70. 6, connected to the E-70. 7, connected to the situation stack memory unit (BSTPS) -70. 8, connected to a standby circuit (SCW) -70. 9, which is connected to the BSTPS-70. 8 and to the E-70. 10, BSTPS-70. 8 is connected to the BVK (BSTPS) -70. 1, connected to the IOT input BUSCHK2-136; moreover, the watchdog block (BSTR) -1 consists of a connector (P3) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to BPRDPRMMKL-3, connected to the register block (BR) -4, with a P-input connected to an E-5 input, connected to a P-input a decoder (DS) -6 connected to the BR-4 I-outputs, the first DS-6 output is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -7, the 0-input of which is connected to the second DS-6 output, and the output is connected to the first input key (K) -8, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) -9, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -10, connected to the clocking T-input of the counter (MF) -10. 1, connected to the I1 inputs of the BR-18 and to the inputs of the pulse distributor (RI) -11, the outputs are connected to the first inputs of the keys (K) -12. 1-12. n, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of threshold elements (PE) -13. 1-13. n, the second inputs of K-17. 1-17. n connected to the outputs of the amplifiers (U) -14. 1-14. n, the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the recording elements (RE) -15. 1-15. n, outputs PE-13. 1-13. n are connected to the inputs of OR-16, the output of which is connected to the output of E-17 and the P-input of the block of registers (BR) -18, connected (P, I) inputs of BPRDPRMKL-3, the corresponding I-inputs of BR-18 are connected to the outputs ROM-19; moreover, the time block (BVRM) -1 consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMKL-3, connected to the register block (BR) -4, with a P-input connected to input E-5, connected to a P-input decoder (DS) -6, the first input of which is connected to the P-inputs of the register of seconds code (PC) -7, registers of minutes code (PM) -8, register of code hours (RF) -9, register of days code (RD) -10 , months code register (RMS) -11, years (years) code register (RG) -12 (P-inputs are also connected to the E-13 input), the outputs of which are connected to the corresponding seconds counters (SCH) -14, mi counters ut (SCHM) -15, hour counters (SCH) -16, day counters (SCH) -17, month counters (SCHMS) -18, year counters (SCH) -19, connected by P-inputs to the output of E-13, the second the DSh-6 output is connected to the first input of the trigger (T) -20 (“0” - the input of which is connected to the third DSh-6 output), and the output is connected to the first key input (K) -21, the second input of which is connected to the generator output pulses (G) -22, the output of which is connected to the input of the divider (D) -23, the output of which is connected to the element "Not" -24, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the time memory unit (BPVRM) -25, the corresponding inputs of connected to the outputs of counters-14-19, “Not” - output - 24 is also connected to the input of E-26, the output of which is connected to the P-input of the register block (BR) -27 (I1-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of BPVRM-25) , I-inputs of BPRDPRMMKL-3 are connected to I-outputs of BR-27. 4, 5, 10 (n) outputs of DSh-6 are connected to the first inputs of triggers (T) -29. 1, 29. 2, ... 29. 10 (n), the outputs of which are connected to the P1-P10 (n) inputs of BPVRM-25, the outputs of T-29. 1-29. 10 (n) are connected to the inputs of OR-30, the output of which is connected to the P-input of E-28, the outputs of the SCHMS-18 are also connected to the I1 inputs of the encoder (Ш-31, the SL-output of the SCHMS-18, is also connected to “+ 1 ”- to the input of the counter of leap years (years) (SCHVG) -32, the outputs of which are connected to the SL inputs of the decoder (DS) -33, the outputs of which are connected to the I2-inputs of Sh-31, the first and second outputs of which are connected to (1 , 2) - to the SCHD-17 inputs, the R-input of the SCHVG-32 is also connected to the E-13 output, and the I-inputs are connected to the leap year register (RVL) -34 outputs, the P-input is connected to the first DSh-6 output , and I-inputs to I-outputs B R-4, the outputs of the PZU-36 are connected to the I2-inputs of the BR-27, the outputs of the SCHL-19 are connected to the encoder (Ш (125)) - 19. 1, connected to the 3rd input of the SCH-17; moreover, the destruction unit (BUNICH) -1 consists of a connector (RE) -2 of a multi-channel communication line connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-3, connected to the register unit (BR) -4, to the P-inputs connected to the input E-5, connected to P- decoder (DSH) -6 input, And - inputs connected to BR-4 outputs, DSH-6 first output connected to + 1-meter input (MF) -7, outputs connected to I1-inputs of comparator (KMP) -8, I2 - the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the PZ-9, and “Yes” - the output is connected to the first input of OR-10, the output of which is connected to the device for the execution of the destruction process (ICD), the second in the DSh-6 output is connected to the SCh-7 0 input, the DSh-6 third output is connected to the first trigger input (T) -12, whose 0 input is connected to the fourth DSh-6 output, the pulse generator (G) - 13 is connected to the first key input (K) -14, the second input of which is connected to the output T - 12, and the output is connected to the input of the divider (D) -15, the output of which is connected to + 1 counter input (MF) - 16, the 0-input of which is connected to the fifth output of the DSH - 6, and the outputs are connected to the I1 inputs of the comparator (ILC) - 17, I2 - whose inputs are connected to the outputs of the ROM - 18, and "Yes" - the output is connected to the second input OR - 10, P is the input of the ILC - 8 connected to the output of the E-19, the input of which is connected to the first output of the DSH-6, the P-input of the KMP - 17 is connected to the output of the E-20, the input of which is connected to the output of the D-15; moreover, the orientation unit (BOARD) consists of a connector (RE) - 2 multi-channel communication lines connected to the DSC - 3, BPChS - 4, SHID (altimeter) -5, SHID (depth gauge) - 6, SHID (speed meter) - 7, SHID (pressure meter) - 8, SHIUSK - 9, BUZL - 10, MON - 11, ION - 12, BONNT - 13, a connector for additional units (REM) - 14, a connector (RE) - 15 of a multi-channel communication line is connected to the BPRDPRMMKL - 16, connected to the WCC - processor - 17, And - the outputs are also connected to the inputs (outputs) of the blocks - 3 - 14; moreover, the internal voice unit (BVNG) - 1 consists of a signal recording unit (BSS) - 2, connected to a mixer (SM) - 3, connected to a signal line connector (RPS) - 4; moreover, the internal screen unit (BEVN) - 1 consists of a connector (RE) - 2 multi-channel communication lines connected to the BPRDPRMMKL-3, connected to the block of registers (BR) - 4, whose P-input is connected to the input E - 5, the output of which connected to the P-input of the decoder (DS) - 6, the 1st input of which is connected to the P - input of the screen memory unit (BEP) - 7, the I-inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BR - 4, I-outputs of the BEP - 7 connected to the I2-inputs of the BK - 8, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the respective signal converters (code - frequency) (PS) - 9. 19. n, the outputs of which are connected to the mixer (SM) - 10, the output of which is connected to the line mixer (SM) - 11, the inputs and outputs of which are connected to the signal line connector (RE) - 12, the service (SL) output of the RE - 12 is connected to the filter (PL) - 13, connected to the detector (DT) - 14, connected to the pulse shaper (Ф) - 15, connected to the 1st input K - 16, the 2nd input to T - 17, and the 1st the input to the 1st output of the DSH - 6, and the output of K - 16 is connected to the 1st input of T - 18, and the output to the 1st input of K - 19, the 2nd input of which is connected to the output of the pulse generator (G) - 20, and the output to the input D - 21, the output of which is connected to T- the MF - 22 input, the outputs of which are connected to the DSH - 23 inputs, the outputs of which are connected to the p - inputs of the BK - 8, SL - MF - 22 output is connected to the "0" inputs of T - 17, 18 and to the inputs of E - 24, E - 25, the output of the latter is connected to the R-input of the BR - 26, the I-inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the ROM - 27, and the outputs are connected to and - the inputs of the BPRDPRMKL - 28, the outputs of which are connected to R3-29 of the multi-channel communication line, R3- 30 multi-channel communication lines are connected to BPRDPRMMKL - 31, connected to the VCC - processor - 32, connected to the inhibit inputs (Зп) ДШ - 6, ДШ - 24; moreover, the block receiving - transmitting video data (BPPrVD) - 1 consists of blocks transmitting video data (BPVD) - 2. 12. n and video data receiving units (BPPrVD) - 3. 1 - 3 n, interconnected by lines - 4 (LSAI), blocks of light sensors (BDTS) - 5. fifteen. n connected by I-outputs to the corresponding registers (P) - 6. one. 16. one. 2-6. n 16. n 2, the P-inputs of which are connected to the P-outputs of the corresponding BDTS 5. fifteen. n, outputs P -6. one. 16. n 2 are connected to the I-inputs of the shift registers (BDS) - 7, And - the input of which is connected to the input of the modulator (M) - 8, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the mixer (SM) - 9, the output of which is connected to the input of the mixer ( SM) - 10, the input-output of which is connected to the communication line connector (RPS) - 11, the 2nd input of the SM-9 is connected to the output M - 12, connected to the output of the pulse shaper (Ф) - 13, connected to the SL - output RI - 14, T - the output of which is connected to the output of D - 15 (and the outputs are connected to the corresponding BDTS 5. fifteen. n ), the input connected to the output G - 16, the output D - 15 is connected to the input E - 17, connected to the P - input of the BSR-7 and to the 1st input T - 18, connected to the K - 19, connected to the input D - 20, connected to the T - input of the BSR - 7, to the "+1" input of the MF - 21 and to the P - input of the DSh - 22, which is connected to the "0" input of the MF - 21, the 1st input of the DSH - 22 is connected to "0" - the input of the MF - 21 and to the 0-input of T - 18, 3 - the input of the SM - 9 is connected to the input of M - 23, connected to the input of D - 24, connected to the input of G - 16, the signal line connector (RE ) - 25 is connected to the filter (FL) - 26 (clock signal), FL - 27 (label), FL - 28 (information), FL-26 output is connected to the detector input orov (DT) - 29, connected to the input of the pulse shaper (F) - 30, connected to the 1st input of K - 31, the output of FL - 27 is connected to the input of DT - 33, connected to F - 34, connected to T - 35 (and to the "0" inputs of RI - 32, BSR -36), the "0" input of which is connected to the SL - output of the RI - 32, and the output to the 2nd K-31, the output of the FL - 28 is connected to the input of the DT - 37, connected to the input F - 38 connected to the I - input of the BSR - 36, the output of K - 31 is connected to the "+1" input of the MF - 39, to the input of E - 40, connected to the R-input of the DSH - 42, AND - the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the MF - 39, and the 1st output is connected to "0" - the input of the MF - 39 and to the clock (T) - input of the RI - 32, corresponding Suitable outputs RI - 32 are connected to the inputs of the P-Fp - 42. one. 1, 42. 2. 1 -42. n 1, 42. n 2, and - the inputs of which are connected to the I-outputs of the BSR - 36, and the outputs are connected to the RE-44. one. 1 - 44. n 2, which are also connected to the corresponding outputs of RI - 32; moreover, the receiving unit for transmitting audio data (BPSZ) - 1 consists of a microphone (MKP) - 2, an amplifier (U) - 3, a mixer - 4 and a signal line connector (RPS) - 5; moreover, the reception unit - transmitting sensor data and response actions (BPDDOV) -1 consists of an information transmission unit (BPDI) - 2, an information receiving unit (BPRI) - 3, a data transmission unit (BPDN) - 4, a data receiving unit (BPRD) -5, connectors from signal sources (P3) -6. 1-6. n connected to analog-to-digital converters (ADC) - 7. 1 - 7. n are connected to the inputs of the corresponding BC - 8. 1-8. n connected to the P - inputs and to the corresponding e - 9. 19. N, the pulse generator (G) - 10 connected to the divider (D) -11, connected to the T-input of the pulse distributor (RI) - 12, connected to the inputs of the corresponding E - 9. 19. n and P - inputs of the corresponding ADC - 7. 1 - 7. n, the output D - 11 is connected to the input of E-13, connected to the P - input of the BSR - 14, And - the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK - 8. eighteen. N, the output of E-13 is also connected to the 1st input of T - 15, connected to the 2nd input of K - 16, connected to the input of D - 17, connected to the "+1" input of the MF - 18, connected to the input of the DS - 19, P - the input is connected to E - 20 (connected to the input D - 17), the 1st output is connected to the "0" output of the MF - 18 and to the "0" input of T - 15, the first input To - 16 is connected to the output of G - 10, the output of D - 17 is also connected to the T - input of the BSR -14 And - the output of M - 21, is connected to the 2nd input of SM-22, the first input of which is connected to the output of M - 23 (connected to the I - output of the BSR - 14), and the outputs are connected to the connector (RE) -24, connected to the signal line - 25; signal line - 25 is connected to the connector (RE) -24. 1, connected to the filters (FL) - 26, 27, the output of the FL - 26 connected to the input of the DT - 28, connected to the input of the pulse shaper (F) - 29, connected to the I - input of the BSR - 30, the output of the FL - 27, connected to the input of DT - 31, connected to the input of F - 32, connected to the T-input of the BSR - 30 and the "+1" -input of the MF - 33, connected to the input of the DSH - 34, P - the input of which is connected to the output of E - 35 ( the input of which is also connected to the output F - 32 to the T - input of the pulse distributor (RI) - 36 and to the input E - 37, the outputs of RI - 36 are connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding BC - 38. 1 - 38. n connected to the inputs of P - 39. 1 - 39. n, P2 inputs of the BC - 38. 1 - 38. n are connected to the output E - 37, the outputs of the connector (RE) - 41. 1 - 41. n connected to the inputs of the registers (P) - 41. 1 - 41. n, connected to the inputs of the BC 43. 1 - 43. n connected by P inputs to the inputs of the corresponding P3-41. 1 - 41. n, the pulse generator (G) - 44 is connected to the D - 45, connected to the RI - 46, connected to the P - input of the corresponding BC - 43. 1 - 43 n, the output D - 45 is also connected to the input E - 47 and to the 1st input T - 48, the outputs of which are connected to the 1st input K - 49 (the 2nd input of which is connected to the output G - 44) , and the output is connected to the input D - 50, the output of which is connected to the T - input of the BSR - 51 (And - the inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the BK - 43. 1 - 43. n), to the "+1" -input of the midrange - 52, the outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the DSh-53, the 1st output of which is connected to the "0" -input of the midrange - 52, the "0" -input of T - 48, P - input DSH - 53, connected to the output e - 50. 1, the input of which is connected to the output of D - 50, the output of which is also connected to the input of M - 54, I - the output of the BSR - 51 is connected to the input of M - 55, the output of which is connected to the 1st input of the SM - 56, the 2nd input which is connected to the output of the M-54, and the output is connected to the input of the connector (RE) - 57, connected to the signal line - 25, connected to the connector (RE) - 58, connected to the input of the filters (PL) - 59, 60, the output of the PL - 59 is connected to the input of the DT - 61, connected to the input of the F - 62, connected to the I - input of the BSR - 63, the output of the FL - 60 is connected to the input of the DT - 64, connected to the input of the F - 65, is connected to "+1" - midrange input - 66, connected output and LH - 67, R - input connected to the output E - 68 (connected to output F - 65), and the 1st output is connected to the T input RI - 69 connected to the respective inputs P-BR - 70. 1 -70 n and to the inputs of E - 71. 1 - 71. n connected to the P-inputs, P - 72. 1 - 72. n connected by inputs to the corresponding BC - 70. 1 - 70. n (connected to the I-outputs of the BSR - 63), E - 73. 1 - 73. n connected to the P-inputs of the corresponding digital-to-analog converters (DACs) - 74. 1 - 74 n, inputs connected to the outputs of P -72. 1 - 72 n, and the outputs connected to the inputs of the corresponding connectors (RE) - 75. 1 -75. n to which the corresponding actuators are connected; moreover, the electronic brain as a whole consists of razmyslov (REM), connected to a multi-channel communication line of reception - transmission of internal language operators (VKVYA), interconnected by buses (ША, ШД, ШК (ШУ)) and a multi-channel signal line of analog pulses (LSAI), Razmys (REM) - 1 consists of a given number of solvers (sound, text) - RShZ (T) and figurative solvers, interconnected with other blocks of REM - 1: LSAI, SHAKD, VVVYA, connector (RZ) - 2 is connected to the block transmitting - receiving video data (BPPrVD) - 3, connector (RE) - 4 connected to the receiving unit а - audio data transmission (BPS) - 5, connector (RE) - 6 connected to the block for generating sound signals (BPS) - 7, connector (RE) - 8 connected to the transmission block - receiving sensor data and response actions (BPS) - 10, connected to the connector (RE) - 9, connected to the connector (RE) - 10. 1 (SHAKD, VKVYa, LSAI), solvers (RShZ (T), RShO) are combined into a block of solvers (BRSh) - 11, connected to the block of imagination (BVOBR) - 12, connected to the block for constructing the image in a virtual memory cube (BPOVKP) - 13, connected to the internal view unit (BHTV) - 14, connected to the orientation unit (BORT) - 15, connected to the watchdog unit (BSTR) - 16, connected to the internal screen unit (BEVN) - 17, connected to the internal voice unit (BVNG) - 18, connected to the associative memory unit (BASP) - 19, connected to the long-term memory unit (BDP) - 20, I connect associated with the destruction unit (BUNICH) - 21, connected to the time unit (BVRM) - 22, connected to the chassis movement unit (BDSHAS) - 23, connected to the drive and sensor unit (BPS) - 24, connected to the object identification unit (BIO) ) - 25, connected to a block for determining the similarity of words (BOPS) - 26, connected to a block for initial recording of words (BPS) - 27, connected to a block for recording sentences and images (BZPO) - 28, connected to a block for generating instructions with sentences and images ( BFIPO) - 29, connected to the block of instincts (BI) - 30, connected to the block of gene walkie-talkie of nouns (BGSS) -31, connected to the block good - bad (BHP) - 32, connected to the block of internal computing power (BVVM) - 33, connected to the block recording operational information (BZOI) - 34, connected to the test block ( TB) - 35, connected to the block of preliminary translation of alphabetic text (BPPBT) - 36, connected to the block AB (n) - communication (BAS) - 37, connected to the block of external connectors (BVNR) - 38, P3 - 2, BPRVD - 3, P3 - 4, BPZD - 5, P3 - 6, BFZS - 7, P3 - 8, 9, BPDDOV - 10, P3 - 10. 1 combined into an external interaction unit (BVNV) - 39, BRSH-11, BVOBR - 12, BPOVKP - 13, BVNTV - 14, BORT - 15, BSTR - 16, BEVN - 17, BVNTV - 18, BASP - 19, BDP - 20, BUNICH - 21, BVRM - 22, BDSHAS - 23, BPDT - 24 are combined into a core block (BY) - 40, BIO - 25, BOPS - 26, BNZS - 27, BZPO - 28, BFIPO - 29, BI - 30 , БГСС - 31, БХП - 32, БВВМ - 33, БЗОИ - 34, ТБ - 35, БППБТ - 36, БАВ - 37, БВНР - 38 are combined into a block of assistants (BPM) - 41. four.

Images